710D Backhoe - Technical Manual (TM1537)

710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test
TECHNICAL MANUAL 710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test

TM1537 26FEB02 (ENGLISH)
For complete service information also see: 710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test (Complete) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710D Backhoe Loader Repair (Complete) . . Radial Piston Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6059 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OEM Engine Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternators and Starting Motors . . . . . . . . . . 6068 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Series Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM1537 TM1538 CTM7 CTM8 CTM11 CTM67 CTM77 CTM104 CTM43
Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division

LITHO IN U.S.A.
!TM1537__26FEB02!
!DCG!
Introduction
Foreword
This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual. This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and tests sections help you identify the majority of routine failures quickly. Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair. Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. See DB1990 Service Publications Catalog to order a complete Technical Manual (TM) or a Technical Manual Section (TMS). A complete Operation and Test manual includes the following sections: 1. 9000 Section 9000 General Information 2. 9005 Section 9005 Operational Checkout Procedure 3. 9010 Section 9010 Engine 4. 9015 Section 9015 Electrical System 5. 9020 Section 9020 Power Train 6. 9025 Section 9025 Hydraulic System 7. 9031 Section 9031 Heating and Air Conditioning
TX,710D00 1925FEB021/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=2
Introduction John Deere Dealers IMPORTANT: Please remove this page and route through your service department. Listed below is a brief explanation of WHAT was change and WHY it was changed. 1. Section 9000: To include any specifications, oil capacity and safety concerns for new rear axle, transmission, charge pump, park brake, and service brake valve. 2. Section 9005: To add operational checks for new transmission, park brake, differential lock, and service brake valve. 3. Section 9010: To include miscellaneous updates and update serial numbers. 4. Section 9015: To include information for new engine, front console, and side console harnesses. To add new tachometer and low brake pressure warning system. 5. Section 9020: To add information for new transmission and rear axle. For machines (S.N. 872257 ), information on the park brake and differential lock will now be provided in this section. 6. Section 9025: To make required changes because of new charge pump located on the rear of the transmission. To change plumbing and schematics required by the removal of the park brake/differential lock valve. To add information on the new service brake valve. 7. Section 9031: To improve format and add information on new side console harness. 8. ..
CED,TX03399,4247 1912JUN981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=3
Introduction
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=4
Introduction
Help!! Help!! Help!! Help!!

We need your help to continually improve our technical publications. Please FAX or mail your comments, ideas and improvements on this comment sheet.
SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works P.O. Box 538 Dubuque, Iowa 52004-0538 Dept. 304 Attn: Publications Supervisor
FAX NUMBER: 319-589-5800

TM1537 710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test Manual Ideas, Comments, (Please state Page Number): OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of "ALL" Installation Instructions provided to you? (Check one) Poor 1 Company Name Address Phone FAX No. Dealer Acct. No. 2 3 Fair 4 5 Good 6 7 Very Good 8 9 Excellent 10
THANK YOU!
TX,HELP,153715 1916SEP961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=5
Introduction
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=6
Contents
9000
SECTION 9000General Information Group 01Safety Information Group 02General Specifications Group 03Torque Values Group 04Fuels and Lubricants SECTION 9005Operational Checkout Procedure Group 10Operational Checkout Procedure SECTION 9010Engine Group 05Theory of Operation Group 15System Diagnostic Information Group 20Adjustments Group 25Tests SECTION 9015Electrical System Group 05System Information Group 10ASystem Diagrams (S.N. 872256) Group 10BSystem Diagrams (S.N. 872257 ) Group 15ASub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) Group 15BSub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ) Group 20References SECTION 9020Power Train Group 05ATheory of Operation (S.N. 872256) Group 05BTheory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ) Group 15ASystem Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872256) Group 15BSystem Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257 ) Group 20Adjustments Group 25ATests (S.N. 872256) Group 25BTests (S.N. 872257 ) SECTION 9025Hydraulic System Group 05Theory of Operation Group 15Diagnostic Information Group 20Adjustments Group 25Tests SECTION 9031Heating and Air Conditioning Group 05Theory of Operation Group 15Diagnostic Information
Group 20Adjustments Group 25Test
9005
9010
9015
9020
9025
9031
INDX
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT 2002 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual Previous Editions Copyright 1993, 1997, 1998
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=1
Contents
9000
9005
9010
9015
9020
9025
9031
INDX
TM1537 (26FEB02)
ii
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=2
9000
Section 9000
General Information
Contents
Page Page
Group 01Safety Information Handle Fluids SafelyAvoid Fires . . . . . . . .9000-01-1 Prevent Battery Explosions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-1 Prepare for Emergencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-1 Prevent Acid Burns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-2 Handle Chemical Products Safely . . . . . . . . .9000-01-3 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-3 Park Machine Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-4 Support Machine Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-4 Wear Protective Clothing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-4 Work in Clean Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-5 Service Machines Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-5 Work In Ventilated Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-5 Illuminate Work Area Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-5 Replace Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-6 Use Proper Lifting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-6 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating . . .9000-01-6 Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-7 Keep ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-7 Service Tires Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-8 Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-8 Practice Safe Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-9 Use Proper Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-9 Dispose of Waste Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-10 Live With Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-10 Group 02General Specifications 710D Backhoe Loader Specifications . . . . . .9000-02-2 710D Backhoe Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . .9000-02-3 710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. 830204). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-4 710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. 830205 ) . . . . . . . . .9000-02-5 710D Backhoe Loader Specifications (S.N. 872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-6 710D Backhoe Loader Specifications (S.N. 872329 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-8 710D Backhoe LoaderOther Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-11 710D Backhoe Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 710D Drain and Refill Capacities. . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 710D Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities . . .9000-02-14 Group 03Torque Values Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-1 TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-1 ROPS Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-2 Checking Wheel Fastener Torque . . . . . . . . .9000-03-3 Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-4 Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-5 Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-6 Check Oil Lines And Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-8 Service Recommendations for 37 Flare and 30 Cone Seat Connectors . . . . . . . . .9000-03-9 Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-10 Service Recommendations for Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-12 Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings. . . . . . . .9000-03-13 Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting . . . . . . . .9000-03-14 Group 04Fuels and Lubricants Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Do Not Use Galvanized Containers. . . . . . . .9000-04-2 Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-2 Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-3 Transmission Oil, Hydraulic System Oil and Differential Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil . . . . . . . . .9000-04-5 Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-6 Grease for Extendible Dipperstick . . . . . . . . .9000-04-6 Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Diesel Engine Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-8
9000-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=1
Contents
9000
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=2
Group 01
Safety Information
Handle Fluids SafelyAvoid Fires
When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers. Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris. Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously.
9000 01 1
DX,FLAME 1929SEP981/1
Prevent Battery Explosions

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode. Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer. Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16C (60F).
DX,SPARKS 1903MAR931/1
Prepare for Emergencies

Be prepared if a fire starts. Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
UN23AUG88
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
DX,FIRE2 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=11
TS291
TS204
UN23AUG88
TS227
UN23AUG88
Safety Information
9000 01 2
Prevent Acid Burns

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 1530 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: 1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.
UN23AUG88
DX,POISON 1921APR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=12
TS203
Safety Information
Handle Chemical Products Safely

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment. (See your John Deere dealer for MSDSs on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.)
UN26NOV90
9000 01 3
DX,MSDS,NA 1903MAR931/1
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
UN23AUG88
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,FLUID 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=13
X9811
TS1132
Safety Information
9000 01 4
Park Machine Safely

Before working on the machine: Lower all equipment to the ground. Stop the engine and remove the key. Disconnect the battery ground strap. Hang a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag in operator station.
DX,PARK 1904JUN901/1
Support Machine Properly

Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before you work on the machine. If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment, securely support the machine or attachment. If left in a raised position, hydraulically supported devices can settle or leak down. Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual. When implements or attachments are used with a tractor, always follow safety precautions listed in the implement operators manual.
DX,LOWER 1917FEB991/1
Wear Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine.
DX,WEAR2 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=14
TS206
UN23AUG88
TS229
UN23AUG88
TS230
UN24MAY89
Safety Information
Work in Clean Area

Before starting a job: Clean work area and machine. Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job. Have the right parts on hand. Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts.
9000 01 5
DX,CLEAN 1904JUN901/1
Service Machines Safely

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury could result. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
UN23AUG88
DX,LOOSE 1904JUN901/1
Work In Ventilated Area

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension. If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area
UN23AUG88
DX,AIR 1917FEB991/1
Illuminate Work Area Safely

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.
DX,LIGHT 1904JUN901/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=15
TS223
UN23AUG88
TS220
TS228
T6642EJ
UN18OCT88
Safety Information
9000 01 6
Replace Safety Signs

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the machine operators manual for correct safety sign placement.
UN23AUG88
DX,SIGNS1 1904JUN901/1
Use Proper Lifting Equipment

Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe injury or machine damage. Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components in the manual.
DX,LIFT 1904JUN901/1
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. Remove paint before welding or heating: If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.
UN23AUG88
DX,PAINT 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=16
TS220
TS226
UN23AUG88
TS201
Safety Information
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.
9000 01 7
DX,TORCH 1903MAR931/1
Keep ROPS Installed Properly

Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque. The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused.
UN23AUG88
DX,ROPS3 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=17
TS212
TS953
UN15MAY90
Safety Information
9000 01 8
Service Tires Safely

Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available. Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
DX,RIM 1924AUG901/1
Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust

Avoid breathing dust that may be generated when handling components containing asbestos fibers. Inhaled asbestos fibers may cause lung cancer. Components in products that may contain asbestos fibers are brake pads, brake band and lining assemblies, clutch plates, and some gaskets. The asbestos used in these components is usually found in a resin or sealed in some way. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as airborne dust containing asbestos is not generated. Avoid creating dust. Never use compressed air for cleaning. Avoid brushing or grinding material containing asbestos. When servicing, wear an approved respirator. A special vacuum cleaner is recommended to clean asbestos. If not available, apply a mist of oil or water on the material containing asbestos. Keep bystanders away from the area.
UN23AUG88
DX,DUST 1915MAR911/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=18
TS220
TS211
UN23AUG88
Safety Information
Practice Safe Maintenance

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep area clean and dry. Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine to cool. Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work. Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts. Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris. On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems or welding on machine. On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from tractor before servicing electrical system components or welding on machine.
9000 01 9
DX,SERV 1917FEB991/1
Use Proper Tools

Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and procedures can create safety hazards. Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches. Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.
DX,REPAIR 1917FEB991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=19
TS779
UN08NOV89
TS218
UN23AUG88
Safety Information
9000 01 10
Dispose of Waste Properly

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries. Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking from them. Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage the Earths atmosphere. Government regulations may require a certified air conditioning service center to recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants. Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste from your local environmental or recycling center, or from your John Deere dealer.
UN26NOV90
DX,DRAIN 1903MAR931/1
Live With Safety

Before returning machine to customer, make sure machine is functioning properly, especially the safety systems. Install all guards and shields.
1907OCT88
DX,LIVE 1925SEP921/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=20
TS231
TS1133
Group 02
General Specifications
9000 02 1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=21
9000 02 2
710D Backhoe Loader Specifications
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change without notice. Wherever applicable, specifications are in accordance with ICED and SAE Standards. Except where otherwise noted, these specifications are based on a standard machine with 21L-24, 16PR, R4 rear
tires; 14.5/7516.1, 10PR, F3 front tires with 75 percent CaCl2 fill; 1.15 m3(1.5 cu yd) loader bucket; 610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS; full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.
TX,115,RR2655 1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=22
T6245AF1
UN19OCT88
710D Backhoe Loader Dimensions

Extendible Dipperstick Backhoe ALoading height, truck loading position BReach from center of swing mast CReach from center of rear axle DDigging depth (SAE): (1) 610 mm (2 ft) flat bottom (2) 2440 mm (8 ft) flat bottom EMaximum digging depth FGround clearance, minimum GBucket rotation HTransport height JOverall length, transport KStabilizer widthtransport LStabilizer spreadoperating MOverall width (less loader bucket) Digging force, bucket cylinder (power dig position) Digging force, crowd cylinder 5.53 m (18 ft 2 in.) 5.26 m (17 ft 3 in.) 5.55 m (18 ft 2 in.) 356 mm (14 in.) 152/162 4.21 m (13 ft 10 in.) 8.13 m (26 ft 8 in.) 2.44 m (8 ft 0 in.) 3.48 m (11 ft 5 in.) 2235 mm (88 in.) 57.5 kN (12,940 lb force) 42.7 kN (9600 lb force) 5.51 m (18 ft 1 in.) 5.24 m (17 ft 2 in.) 5.52 m (18 ft 1 in.) 356 mm (14 in.) 152/162 4.31 m (13 ft 11 in.) 8.13 m (26 ft 8 in.) 2.44 m (8 ft 0 in.) 3.48 m (11 ft 5 in.) 2235 mm (88 in.) 57.5 kN (12,940 lb force) 42.7 kN (9600 lb force) 7.03 m (23 ft 1 in.) 6.82 m (22 ft 4 in.) 7.04 m (23 ft 1 in.) 356 mm (14 in.) 152/162 4.31 m (13 ft 11 in.) 8.13 m (26 ft 8 in.) 2.44 m (8 ft 0 in.) 3.48 m (11 ft 5 in.) 2235 mm (88 in.) 57.5 kN (12,940 lb force) 29.8 kN (6700 lb force) Standard 4.03 m (13 ft 3 in.) 6.90 m (22 ft 8 in.) 8.15 m (26 ft 9 in.) Retracted 3.98 m (13 ft 1 in.) 6.90 m (22 ft 8 in.) 8.15 m (26 ft 9 in.) Extended 4.65 m (15 ft 3 in.) 8.31 m (27 ft 3 in.) 9.56 m (31 ft 4 in.)
9000 02 3
Loader with 1.24 m3 (1.62 yd3 ) Bucket NWheelbase ODig below groundbucket level PRollback at ground level QDump clearance, bucket at 40 RMaximum height to bucket hinge pin SMaximum bucket dump angle TReach at full height, bucket at 40 2.29 m (90.5 in.) 147 mm (5.8 in.) 40 2.80 m (9 ft 6 in.) 3.57 m (11 ft 8 in.) 40 851 mm (33.5 in.)
Loader with 1.0 m3 (1.375 yd3 ) Bucket and MFWD 2.29 m (90.5 in.) 152 mm (6.0 in.) 40 2.80 m (9 ft 6 in.) 3.61 m (11 ft 10 in.) 40 836 mm (32.9 in.)
TX,115,RR2626 1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=23
9000 02 4
710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. 830204)

Item Measurement Specification
Engine: John Deere 6059T turbocharged diesel, 4-stroke cycle Net Power @ 2200 Gross Power @ 2200 Cylinders Bore and Stroke Displacement Fuel Consumption, Typical Compression Ratio Maximum Torque @ 25% at 1400 rpm Main Bearings Electrical System Alternator Lubrication Power Power Quantity Distance Volume Consumption Compression Torque Rise SAE 86 kW (115 hp) SAE 90 kW (120 hp) 6 106.5 x 110 mm (4.19 x 4.33 in.) 5.884 L (359 cu in.) 7.6 to 12.5 L/h (2.03.3 gal/hr) 17.8 to 1 465 Nm (343 lb-ft)
Quantity Voltage Amperage
7 12 volts 65 amps Pressure system w/full-flow filter and cooler Suction Dry
Fan Air Cleaner
CED,OUO1032,1216 1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=24
710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. 830205 )

9000 02 5
Engine: John Deere 6068T and PowerTech 6068T turbocharged diesel, 4-stroke cycle, Model # 6068TT050 Net Power @ 2200 Gross Power @ 2200 Cylinders Bore and Stroke Displacement Fuel Consumption, Typical Compression Ratio Maximum Torque @ 27% at 1400 rpm Main Bearings Electrical System Alternator Power Power Quantity Distance Volume Consumption Compression Torque Rise SAE 87 kW (116 hp) SAE 93 kW (125 hp) 6 106.5 x 127 mm (4.19 x 5.00 in.) 6.8 L (414 cu in.) 9.5 to 14.3 L/h (2.53.8 gal/hr) 17.0 to 1 515.5 Nm (380 lb-ft)
Quantity Voltage Amperage
7 12 volts 95 amps w/AC 65 amps w/o AC
PowerTech is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
CED,OUO1032,1217 1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=25
9000 02 6
710D Backhoe Loader Specifications (S.N. 872328)

Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with standard 21L x 24 rear and 14.5/75 x 16.1 front tires Forward 1 Forward 2 Forward 3 Forward 4 Speed Speed Speed Speed 5.1 km/h (3.1 mph) 8.7 km/h (5.4 mph) 17.9 km/h (11.1 mph) 30.6 km/h (19.0 mph)
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with standard 21L x 24 rear and 14.5/75 x 16.1 front tires Reverse 1 Reverse 2 Speed Speed 5.4 km/h (3.4 mph) 9.6 km/h (6.0 mph)
Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with MFWD and 21L x 28 (required) rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires Forward 1 Forward 2 Forward 3 Forward 4 Speed Speed Speed Speed 5.5 km/h (3.4 mph) 9.6 km/h (6.0 mph) 19.8 km/h (12.3 mph) 33.9 km/h (21.0 mph)
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with MFWD and 21L x 28 (required) rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires Reverse 1 Reverse 2 Speed Speed 6.0 km/h (3.7 mph) 10.6 km/h (6.6 mph)
Continued on next page
TX,9000,BG785 1919AUG991/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=26
9000 02 7
Item
Measurement
Specification
Steering Non-Powered Axle Turning radius with brakes Turning radius without brakes Clearance circle with brakes Clearance circle without brakes Axle oscillation stop-to-stop Turning radius with brakes Turning radius without brakes Clearance circle with brakes Clearance circle without brakes Axle oscillation stop-to-stop Steering wheel turns stop-to-stop, both axles 4.37 m (14 ft 4 in.) 4.63 m (15 ft 2 in.) 11.02 m (36 ft 2 in.) 11.54 m (37 ft 10 in.) 20 4.39 m (14 ft 5 in.) 4.76 m (15 ft 7 in.) 11.06 m (36 ft 3 in.) 11.80 m (38 ft 9 in.) 18 3.0 to 3.8
Mechanical Front-Wheel-Drive
Hydraulic System: Closed center (variable flow, constant pressure) Main Relief Main Pump Radial Pistons Flow @ 15 170 kPa (151 bar) (2200 psi) Charge Pump Flow @ Fast Idle (Minimum) Filter, Return Oil Pressure Quantity Flow Rate 17 500 kPa (175 bar) (2550 psi) 16 radial pistons, variable flow 201 L/min (53 gpm)
Flow Rate
64 L/min (17 gpm)
10 micron steel enclosed, replaceable paper element 20/cm (50/in.) mesh
Screen, Pressure Oil
TX,9000,BG785 1919AUG992/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=27
9000 02 8
710D Backhoe Loader Specifications (S.N. 872329 )

Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with standard 21L x 24 rear and 14.5/75 x 16.1 front tires Forward 1 Forward 2 Forward 3 Forward 4 Speed Speed Speed Speed 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph) 8.8 km/h (5.5 mph) 21.9 km/h (13.6 mph) 35.4 km/h (22.0 mph)
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with standard 21L x 24 rear and 14.5/75 x 16.1 front tires Reverse 1 Reverse 2 Reverse 3 Speed Speed Speed 6.1 km/h (3.8 mph) 9.8 km/h (6.1 mph) 24.5 km/h (15.2 mph)
Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with MFWD and 21L x 28 rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires Forward 1 Forward 2 Forward 3 Forward 4 Speed Speed Speed Speed 5.6 km/h (3.5 mph) 9.5 km/h (5.9 mph) 23.5 km/h (14.6 mph) 38.1 km/h (23.7 mph)
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with MFWD and 21L x 28 rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires Reverse 1 Reverse 2 Speed Speed 6.4 km/h (4.0 mph) 10.6 km/h (6.6 mph)
CED,TX03679,3599 1919AUG991/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=28
9000 02 9
Item
Measurement
Specification
Reverse 3
Speed
26.2 km/h (16.3 mph)
Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with MFWD and 20.5L x 25 rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires Forward 1 Forward 2 Forward 3 Forward 4 Speed Speed Speed Speed 5.8 km/h (3.6 mph) 9.7 km/h (6.0 mph) 24.0 km/h (14.9 mph) 38.7 km/h (24.1 (mph)
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with MFWD and 21.5L x 25 rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires Reverse 1 Reverse 2 Reverse 3 Speed Speed Speed 6.4 km/h (4.0 mph) 10.8 km/h (6.7 mph) 26.7 km/h (16.6 mph)
Steering Non-Powered Axle Turning radius with brakes Turning radius without brakes Clearance circle with brakes Clearance circle without brakes Axle oscillation stop-to-stop Turning radius with brakes Turning radius without brakes Clearance circle with brakes Clearance circle without brakes Axle oscillation stop-to-stop Steering wheel turns stop-to-stop, both axles 4.37 m (14 ft 4 in.) 4.63 m (15 ft 2 in.) 11.02 m (36 ft 2 in.) 11.54 m (37 ft 10 in.) 20 4.39 m (14 ft 5 in.) 4.76 m (15 ft 7 in.) 11.06 m (36 ft 3 in.) 11.80 m (38 ft 9 in.) 18 3.0 to 3.8
Mechanical Front-Wheel-Drive
CED,TX03679,3599 1919AUG992/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=29
9000 02 10
Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic System: Closed center (variable flow, constant pressure) Main Relief Main Pump Radial Pistons, Variable Flow Flow @ 15 170 kPa (151 bar) (2200 psi) Charge Pump Flow @ Fast Idle (Minimum) Pressure Quantity 17 500 kPa (175 bar) (2550 psi) 16
Flow Rate
201 L/min (53 gpm)
Flow Rate
90 L/min (24 gpm)
CED,TX03679,3599 1919AUG993/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=30
710D Backhoe LoaderOther Information

Transmission (S.N. 872328): John Deere designed and built planetary power shift with torque converter, four speeds forward and two speeds reverse. The 310 mm (12.2 in.) single stage, dual phase torque converter has 1.99:1 stall torque ratio. Transmission (S.N. 872329 ): A single stage torque converter drives a hydraulically engaged, four speeds forward and three speeds reverse, countershaft type power shift transmission. MFWD AxleIf Equipped: For machines (S.N. 872328), limited slip differential with 19.64:1 ratio. For machines (S.N. 872329 ), limited slip differential and opposite input rotation with 14.00:1 ratio. Final Drives: Heavy-duty, inboard mounted planetary type. Evenly distributes axle shock loads over three gears that run in a cooling oil bath. Brakes: Hydraulic wet disk service brakes are mounted inboard and are pressure cooled and lubricated. They are self-adjusting, self-equalizing, and require no periodic service. Individual pedals allow them to be applied together or separately. The parking brake is an independent system that is spring-applied, hydraulically released and controlled by an electric switch on the control console. All brakes conform to SAEJ1473. Tires: Regular Front: 14.5/75 x 16.1, 10PR, F3 Rear: 21L x 24, 16PR, R4 Axle
9000 02 11
CED,TX03679,3601 1919AUG991/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=31
9000 02 12
Front: 14.5/75 x 16.1, 10PR, F3 Rear: 21L x 28, 14PR, R4 Front: 16.5L x 16.1, 10PR, I-1 Rear: 21L x 28, 14PR, R4
MFWD Front: 15 x 19.5, 8PR, lug thread Rear: 21L x 28, 14PR, R4 Operating Weights:
710D Basic Machine Add Optional Weights: Cab MFWD Extendible Dipperstick with Required Counterweights Optional Front Counterweight Reversible Stabilizer Pads
Weight
10 450 kg (23 000 lb)
Weight Weight Weight
227 kg (500 lb) 590 kg (1300 lb) 618 kg (1362 lb)
Weight Weight
318 kg (700 lb) 41 kg (90 lb)
Loader buckets: 1.24 m3 (1.62 cu yd) 1.34 m3 (1.87 cu yd) Weight Weight 435 kg (960 lb) 680 kg (1500 lb)
CED,TX03679,3601 1919AUG992/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=32
710D Backhoe Buckets

Width mm (in.) Loader 2337 (92) 2438 (96) Backhoe 457 (18) 610 (24) 762 (30) 914 (36) Heaped Capacity m3 (cu yd) 1.24 (1.62) 1.34 (1.75) 0.22 (0.29) 0.31 (0.41) 0.42 (0.55) 0.53 (0.69)
9000 02 13
TX,115,RR2628 1919AUG991/1
710D Drain and Refill Capacities

Engine Coolant Engine Oil (Including Filter) Transmission with MFWD (S.N. 872328) Transmission without MFWD (S.N. 872328) Transmission (S.N. 872329 ) Hydraulic Reservoir Fuel Tank Front Axle (MFWD) Front Wheel Planetary (MFWD) Rear Axle Differential (S.N. 872328) Rear Axle (S.N. 872329 )
Capacity Capacity Capacity
26 L (28 qt) 19 L (20 qt) 13.2 L (3.5 gal)
Capacity
9.5 L (2.5 gal)
Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity
15 L (4 gal) 40 L (10.5 gal) 166 L (44 gal) 12.3 L (3.25 gal) 1 L (1.1 qt) 18 L (4.75 gal)
Capacity
16 L (4.25 gal)
TX,9000,BG788 1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=33
9000 02 14
710D Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick. Based on SAE J31. Rated lift capacities are in kg (lb). Lift capacities are hydraulically limited. ADipper Lift at 65 BSwing Pivot CBoom Lift
Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin, loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are 87% of the maximum lift over any point on the swing arc and do not exceed 75% of the tipping load.
Angle between boom and ground is 65. Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick and standard equipment.
TX,115,RR2660 1919AUG991/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-14
T7840AS
UN06OCT92
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=34
9000 02 15
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with 1.52 m (5 ft) Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted. Based on SAE J31. Rated lift capacities are in kg (lb). Lift capacities are hydraulically limited. ADipper Lift at 65 BSwing Pivot CBoom Lift
NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves side stability, therefore improving lift capacity
to the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.

Continued on next page TX,115,RR2660 1919AUG992/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-15
T7840AU
UN26OCT92
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=35
9000 02 16
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with 1.52 m (5 ft) Extendible Dipperstick, Extended. Based on SAE J31. Rated lift capacities are in kg (lb). Lift capacities are hydraulically limited. ADipper Lift at 65 BSwing Pivot CBoom Lift
TX,115,RR2660 1919AUG993/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-16
T7840AT
UN06OCT92
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=36
Group 03
Torque Values
Hardware Torque Specifications
Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the following charts unless a special torque is specified.
9000 03 1
TX,90,FF1225 1915MAR931/1
710D Tire Pressure

NOTE: Tire shipping pressure may not be the same as tire operating pressure. You may change tire pressures to suit working conditions according to tire manufacturers recommendations.
Tire Size (Front) 14.5/75 x 16.1, 10PR, F3 15 x 19.5, 8PR (w/MFWD only) 16.5 L x 16.1, 10PR, I-1 Pressure Pressure Pressure 276 kPa (2.8 bar) (40 psi) 276 kPa (2.8 bar) (40 psi) 276 kPa (2.8 bar) (40 psi)
Tire Size (Rear) 20.5 x 25, 12PR, R4 21 L x 24, 16PR, R4 21 L x 28, 14PR, R4 Pressure Pressure Pressure 241 kPa (2.4 bar) (35 psi) 276 kPa (2.7 bar) (40 psi) 248 kPa (2.5 bar) (36 psi)
TX,55,RR2589 1902OCT981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=37
Torque Values
9000 03 2
ROPS Torque Specifications

CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque. The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused. When installation of equipment on a machine necessitates loosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must be tightened to 420 84 Nm (310 62 ft-lb).
ROPS Mounting Bolts
Torque
420 84 Nm 310 62 lb-ft)
CED,OUTX782,583 1918AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=38
TS176
UN23AUG88
Torque Values
Checking Wheel Fastener Torque

Tighten wheel cap screws.
Specification Front Standard AxleTorque ................ 230 + 35 -46 Nm (170 + 26 -34 ft-lb) Front MFWD AxleTorque .................... 407 + 60 -80 Nm (300 + 45 -60 ft-lb) Rear AxleTorque ................................. 575 + 170 -115 Nm (425 + 125 -85 ft-lb)
9000 03 3
TX,90,RR2625 1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=39
T8196AY
UN14MAR94
T6000AU
UN18OCT88
Torque Values
9000 03 4
Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
DX,TORQ1 1920JUL941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=40
TS1656
1902APR97
Torque Values
Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
9000 03 5
DX,TORQ2 1920JUL941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=41
TS1657
1902APR97
Torque Values
9000 03 6
Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values

CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They may slip and cause injury. Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed for a specific application. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of amount shown in chart.
UN18OCT88
04T,90,M170 1901AUG941/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=42
T6873AC
UN18OCT88
T6873AB
UN18OCT88
T6873AA
Torque Values
METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa Nominal Dia Nm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 27 30 33 36
a
9000 03 7 M-Bolt
T-Bolt lb-ft 29 63 108 176 265 392 539 735 931 1372 1911 2548 3136 46 80 130 195 289 398 542 687 1012 1410 1890 2314 Nm 21
H-Bolt lb-ft 20 45 88 137 206 294 392 539 686 1029 1421 1911 2401 Nm 15 33 65 101 152 217 289 398 506 759 1049 1410 1772
lb-ft 10 20 34 54 78 118 167 216 274 392 539 735 931 7 15 25 40 58 87 125 159 202 289 398 542 687
Torque tolerance is 10%.
04T,90,M170 1901AUG942/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=43
Torque Values
9000 03 8
Check Oil Lines And Fittings

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury may call the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, or other knowledgeable medical source. Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks or damage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight. Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching moving machine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replace immediately. Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If you find tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately. IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in torque chart. When you tighten connections, use two wrenches to prevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings.
TX,90,DH1559 1901AUG941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=44
X9811
UN23AUG88
Torque Values
Service Recommendations for 37 Flare and 30 Cone Seat Connectors

1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt or obvious defects. 2. Defects in tube flare cannot be repaired. Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop leaks. 3. Align tube with fitting before attempting to start nut. 4. Lubricate male threads with hydraulic fluid or petroleum jelly. 5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on torque chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART Thread Size 3/8 - 24 UNF 7/16 - 20 UNF 1/2 - 20 UNF 9/16 - 18 UNF 3/4 - 16 UNF 7/8 - 14 UNF 1-1/16 - 12 UN 1-3/16 - 12 UN 1-5/16 - 12 UN 1-5/8 - 12 1-7/8 - 12 UN Nm 8 12 16 24 46 62 102 122 142 190 217 lb-ft 6 9 12 18 34 46 75 90 105 140 160
UN18OCT88
9000 03 9
NOTE: Torque tolerance is 10%.
T82,BHMA,EL 1919MAR961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=45
T6234AC
Torque Values
9000 03 10
Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings

Straight Fitting
UN18OCT88
1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects. 2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape. 3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.
04T,90,K66 1919MAR961/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=46
T6243AE
Torque Values Angle Fitting 1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B) completely to head-end (C) of fitting.
UN18OCT88
9000 03 11
2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer contacts face of boss. 3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index (maximum of one turn). NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. 4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten locknut and back-up washer to proper torque value.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART Thread Size 3/8-24 UNF 7/16-20 UNF 1/2-20 UNF 9/16-18 UNF 3/4-16 UNF 7/8-14 UNF 1-1/16-12 UN 1-3/16-12 UN 1-5/16-12 UN 1-5/8-12 UN 1-7/8-12 UN Nm 8 12 16 24 46 62 102 122 142 190 217 lb-ft 6 9 12 18 34 46 75 90 105 140 160
NOTE: Torque tolerance is 10%.
04T,90,K66 1919MAR962/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=47
T6520AB
Torque Values
9000 03 12
Service Recommendations for Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings

1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free of dirt or defects. 2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free of damage or defects. 3. Lubricate O-rings and install into groove using petroleum jelly to hold in place. 4. Push O-ring into the groove with plenty of petroleum jelly so O-ring is not displaced during assembly. 5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint together to insure O-ring remains in place. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE Nominal Tube O.D. mm 6.35 9.52 12.70 15.88 19.05 22.22 25.40 31.75 38.10 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 0.875 1.000 1.250 1.500 in. -4 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 Dash Size Nm Thread Size in. lb-ft 9/16-18 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 16 24 50 69 102 102 142 190 217 Nm 12 18 37 51 75 75 105 140 160 Swivel Nut lb-ft 5.0 9.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 3.5 6.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 Bulkhead Nut
UN18OCT88
NOTE: Torque tolerance is +15 -20%.
04T,90,K67 1901AUG941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=48
T6243AD
Torque Values
Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings
9000 03 13
ASealing Surface
BSplit Flange
CPinched O-Ring
DSingle Piece Flange TORQUE CHART Nm lb-ft
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component. 2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below. DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten.
Nominal Flange Size 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5
Cap Screw Size Min 5/16-18 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 20 28 37 47 62 73 107 158 158 158 158 Max 31 54 54 85 131 131 131 264 264 264 264 Min 15 21 27 35 46 54 79 117 117 117 117 Max 23 40 40 63 97 97 97 195 195 195 195
TX,9000,BG380 1914JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=49
T6890BB
UN01MAR90
Torque Values
9000 03 14
Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting
ASealing Surface
BSplit Flange
CPinched O-Ring
DSingle Piece Flange
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component. 2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 5. After components are properly positioned and cap screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw,
a
then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below. DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten.
TORQUE CHARTa Threadb M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 Nm 12 30 57 95 157 217 334 421 lb-ft 9 22 42 70 116 160 246 318
Tolerance 10%. The torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in flange and cap screw bending and connection failures.
b
Metric standard thread.
04T,90,K175 1905JAN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=50
T6890BB
UN01MAR90
Group 04
Fuels and Lubricants

Fuel Specifications
Use ONLY clean, high-quality fuel. Use Grade No. 2-D fuel above 40F (4C). Use Grade No. 1-D fuel below 40F (4C). Use Grade No. 1-D fuel for all air temperatures at altitudes above 1 500 m (5000 ft). IMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5 percent, the engine oil drain interval must be reduced by 50 percent (to 125 hours). Use fuel with less than 1.0 percent sulfur. If possible, use fuel with less than 0.5 percent sulfur. The cetane number should be 40 minimum. If you operate your machine where air temperatures are normally low or where altitudes are high, you may need fuel with a higher cetane number. Cloud PointFor cold weather operation, cloud point should be -12C (10F) below lowest normal air temperature. For maximum filter life, sediment and water should not be more than 0.10 percent.
9000 04 1
TX,9000,BG789 1904MAR971/1
Diesel Fuel
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the diesel fuel available in your area. In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low temperature requirements of the geographical area in which they are marketed. Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are recommended. In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following properties: Cetane number of 40 minimum. Cetane number greater than 50 is preferred, especially for temperatures below -20C (-4F) or elevations above 1500 m (5,000 ft). Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least 5C (9F) below the expected low temperature. Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum of 3100 gram load level as measured by the BOCLE scuffing test. Sulfur content: Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5%. Sulfur content less than 0.05% is preferred. If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval for engine oil and filter by 50%. DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 1.0%. Bio-diesel fuels may be used ONLY if the fuel properties meet DIN 51606 or equivalent specification. DO NOT mix used engine oil or any other type of lubricant with diesel fuel.
DX,FUEL1 1917FEB991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=51

9000 04 2
Do Not Use Galvanized Containers

IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanized containers reacts with zinc coating on the container to form zinc flakes. If fuel contains water, a zinc gel will also form. The gel and flakes will quickly plug fuel filters and damage fuel injectors and fuel pumps. DO NOT USE a galvanized container to store diesel fuel. Store fuel in: plastic containers. aluminum containers. specially coated steel containers made for diesel fuel. DO NOT USE brass-coated containers: brass is an alloy of copper and zinc.
MX,FLBT,C 1904JUN901/1
Fuel Tank
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is hot or running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank. DO NOT smoke while you fill fuel tank or work on fuel system. To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of each days operation. Shut off engine before filling.
TX,45,DH1588 1905FEB991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=52
Diesel Engine Oil
9000 04 3
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature range during the period between oil changes. The following oil is preferred: John Deere PLUS-50 If John Deere PLUS-50 engine oil and a John Deere oil filter are used, the service interval for oil and filter changes may be extended by 50 hours. The following oil is also recommended:
John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the following: API Service Classification CG-4 Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred. If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used, reduce the service interval by 50%.
PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
TX,45,JC2234 1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=53
T101239
1922MAY96

9000 04 4
Transmission Oil, Hydraulic System Oil and Differential Oil
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature range during the period between oil changes. The following oils are preferred: JOHN DEERE HY-GARD John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:
John Deere Standard JDM J20C John Deere Standard JDM J20D Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid is required: John Deere BIO-HY-GARD1, 2
HY-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. BIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company.
1
BIO-HY-GARD meets or exceeds the minimum biodegradability of 80% within 21 days according to CEC-L-33T-82 test method. BIO-HY-GARD should not be mixed with mineral oils because this reduces the biodegradability and makes proper oil recycling impossible.
TX,45,JC1864 1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=54
T100663
1910MAY96
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil
9000 04 5
Depending on the expected air temperature range between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the chart above. The following oils are recommended:
John Deere API GL-5 Gear Oil Oils meeting API Service GL-5 (MIL-L-2105B or MIL-2105C) Oil meeting MIl-L-10324A may be used as arctic oil.
T82,45,C11 1915MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=55
T6247AB
1905JAN89

9000 04 6
Grease
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the expected air temperature range during the service interval. The following greases are preferred: John Deere MOLY HIGH TEMPERATURE EP GREASE
John Deere HIGH TEMPERATURE EP GREASE John Deere GREASE-GARD Other greases may be used if they meet one of the following: NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB
GREASE-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
TX,45,JC1134 1919AUG991/1
Grease for Extendible Dipperstick

SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure (EP) performance and containing 3 to 5 percent molybdenum disulfide (preferred).
TX,45,DH1576 1921JAN921/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=56
T8358AI
1927MAR95
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants

Conditions in certain geographical areas may require lubricant recommendations different from those printed in this manual. Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may not be available in your location. Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information and recommendations. Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the performance requirements as shown in this manual. The temperature limits and service intervals shown in this manual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils. Re-refined base stock products may be used if the finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.
9000 04 7
DX,ALTER 1918MAR961/1
Mixing of Lubricants
In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil. Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet certain specifications and performance requirements. Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant performance. Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific information and recommendations.
DX,LUBMIX 1918MAR961/1
Cold Weather Operation

Additional information on cold weather operation is available from your John Deere dealer.
T82,BHFL,E 1931MAY901/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=57

9000 04 8
Diesel Engine Coolant

The engine cooling system is filled to provide year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37C (-34F). The following engine coolant is preferred for service: John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant The following engine coolant is also recommended: John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a 40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water. Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for heavy-duty engines may be used if they meet one of the following specifications: ASTM D5345 (prediluted coolant) ASTM D4985 (coolant concentrate) in a 40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water Coolants meeting these specifications require use of supplemental coolant additives, formulated for heavy-duty diesel engines, for protection against corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting. A 50% mixture of ethylene glycol engine coolant in water provides freeze protection to -37C (-34F). If IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing additives or antifreeze that contains sealing additives. Coolant Drain Intervals Drain the factory fill engine coolant, flush the cooling system, and refill with new coolant after the first 3 years or 3000 hours of operation. Subsequent drain intervals are determined by the coolant used for service. At each interval, drain the coolant, flush the cooling system, and refill with new coolant. When John Deere COOL-GARD is used, the drain interval may be extended to 5 years or 5000 hours of operation, provided that the coolant is tested annually AND additives are replenished, as needed, by adding a supplemental coolant additive. If COOL-GARD is not used, the drain interval is reduced to 2 years or 2000 hours of operation. protection at lower temperatures is required, consult your John Deere dealer for recommendations. Water quality is important to the performance of the cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.
DX,COOL3 1905FEB991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=58
Section 9005
Operational Checkout Procedure

Contents
Page 9005
Group 10Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 John Deere Radial Piston PumpUse CTM7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 John Deere 6059 Engine (S.N. 830204) Use CTM8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. 830204)Use CTM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 John Deere Inboard Planetary AxlesUse CTM43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 John Deere OEM Engine Accessories (S.N. 830205 )Use CTM67 . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 John Deere Alternators And Starting MotorsUse CTM77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 John Deere 6068 Engine (S.N. 830205 ) Use CTM104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-3 Gauges and Indicators Check With Engine Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-3 Gauge and Indicators Check With Engine On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-6 Brake System Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-10 Steering System Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-14 Transmission Neutral Disconnect Circuit Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-15 Driving Check (MFWD Disengaged If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-16 Driving Check for Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-25 Hydraulic System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-27 Heater and Air Conditioning Checks . . . . . .9005-10-33 Cooling System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-37 Air System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-39 Lubrication System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Fuel System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Engine Speed and Performance Checks . . .9005-10-42 Accessories Check (Engine Stopped) . . . . .9005-10-44 Cab Component Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-46 Miscellaneous Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-51
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=1
Contents
9005
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=2
Group 10

Use this procedure to check all systems and functions on the machine. This checkout procedure is designed so technician can make a quick check of the operation of machine while sitting in operators seat. A location will be required which is level, has adequate space to complete the driving checks and to work machine. The engine, power train and hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature. Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, external leaks, loose hardware, loose linkage) prior to doing the checkout procedure. No special tools or gauges are needed. Always start in the left column and read completely; follow this sequence from left to right. Read each check completely before performing. Make a copy of the Operational Checkout Record Sheet and record the results of each check on this sheet. At the end of each check, if no problem is found (OK:), you will instructed to GO TO NEXT CHECK. If problem (NOT OK:) is indicated, you will be given repair required or CTM number. If verification is needed, you will be given next best source of information after GO TO: Group 10 (System Operational Checks) Group 15 (System Diagnostic Information) Group 20 (Adjustments) Group 25 (Tests) CTM (Component Technical Manual)
9005 10 1
TX,D300,DS1984 1906APR951/1
John Deere Radial Piston PumpUse CTM7

For additional information, the component CTM is also required. Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
UN07SEP88
CED,TX03679,5015 1905FEB991/1
John Deere 6059 Engine (S.N. 830204) Use CTM8

UN07SEP88
CED,TX03679,5016 1905FEB991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=61
M44215
M44215
John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. 830204)Use CTM11

UN07SEP88
9005 10 2
CED,TX03679,5017 1905FEB991/1
John Deere Inboard Planetary AxlesUse CTM43

UN07SEP88
CED,TX03679,5019 1905FEB991/1
John Deere OEM Engine Accessories (S.N. 830205 )Use CTM67

UN07SEP88
CED,TX03679,5016 1905FEB991/1
John Deere Alternators And Starting MotorsUse CTM77

UN07SEP88
CED,TX03679,5018 1905FEB991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=62
M44215
M44215
M44215
M44215
John Deere 6068 Engine (S.N. 830205 ) Use CTM104

UN07SEP88
9005 10 3
CED,TX03679,5014 1905FEB991/1
Gauges and Indicators Check With Engine Off
1/1
Gauges, Indicators and FNR/Range Lever Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: No movement of fuel gauge, check logic module fuse. Go to Section 9015 Gauges and Monitor ChecksFuel Gauge Check.
T7447AH UN04JAN91 T7860AE UN06OCT92
NOT OK: Clean air cleaner element. NOT OK: Check MFWD fuse. NOT OK: Inspect and repair bulb. Go to Repair Manual.
Move FNR/range lever to neutral position. Turn key switch to ON position. LOOK: Fuel gauge must move to indicate correct fuel level reading. LISTEN: Accessory relay click must be heard when key is turned on. LOOK: Front wheel drive indicator light (if equipped) must be ON. LOOK: Hour meter must not be turning.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=63
M44215

Start Circuit Check OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If starting motor turns slowly, turn steering wheel left and right while cranking engine. If starting speed increases, check hydraulic pump destroke solenoid wiring. Go to Section 9015 Starting Circuit Checks, Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid. NOT OK: If engine turns but does not start, check fuel shutoff fuse. NOT OK: Check fuel supply. NOT OK: If starting motor does not operate, check FNR fuse and start relay fuse. NOT OK: Go to Section 9015Starting Circuit.
9005 10 4
T7394BH UN10DEC90 T103007 UN30OCT98
(S.N. 872256) Apply park brake.
(S.N. 872257)
Move FNR/range lever to neutral position and turn key to START position. LOOK: During engine cranking, all eight indicator lights must be on. On Machines S.N. 872256 SERVICE REQUIRED INDICATOR light must light and STOP must flash . On Machines S.N. 872257 SERVICE REQUIRED INDICATOR light and STOP must be on. LISTEN: Starting motor must operate and engine must start. NOTE: It is normal for stop indicator and park brake light to come ON as engine slows, but must go OFF when engine has stopped. Turn key switch to OFF position.
T7447AH UN04JAN91
1/1
Monitor Indicator Light and Alarm Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check monitor fuse. NOT OK: Check logic module fuse. Go to Section 9015 Gauges and Monitor ChecksDisplay Monitor Check. NOT OK: If motor starts and bulb check position is OK, key switch failed or there is a short in the wiring. Go to Section 9015 Key Switch Test.
T7394BH UN10DEC90
T103007 UN30OCT98
(S.N. 872256) Turn key switch to BULB CHECK position.
(S.N. 872257)
LOOK: On machines S.N. 872256 all monitor indicators and SERVICE REQUIRED INDICATOR light must be on, STOP must flash and alarm must "BEEP". On machines S.N. 872257 all monitor indicators , SERVICE REQUIRED INDICATOR light and STOP must be on, and alarm must "BEEP". LISTEN: Starting motor must NOT operate.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=64

Monitor Indicator Light Check OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Park Brake and Engine Oil Indicator lights stay on for 3 to 5 seconds after key switch 9005 is OFF. 10 5 NOT OK: Check for "open" in Charging Circuit. Go to Section 9015Charging Circuit Check. NOT OK: If Park Brake Engine Oil and Alternator Indicators stay on, check for open in monitor/charging section. NOT OK: Go to Section 9015Starting Circuit Checks.
1/1
T7394BH UN10DEC90
T103007 UN30OCT98
(S.N. 872256) Turn key switch to OFF position. LOOK: All lights must go out.
(S.N. 872257)
Engine Low Oil Pressure and Alternator Low Voltage Indicator Light Check
NOT OK: No engine low pressure indicator light. Check sender to wiring connection. Go to Section 9015 Gauge and Monitor ChecksMonitor Red Light and Alarm Priority Check.
T7394BH UN10DEC90 T103007 UN30OCT98
(S.N. 872256)
(S.N. 872257)
Turn key switch to BULB CHECK position then back to ON position. LOOK: Only engine low oil pressure and alternator low voltage indicators must be on. On machines S.N. 872256 STOP light must flash, seat belt light must be on and alarm must "BEEP". On machines S.N. 872257 STOP and seat belt lights must be on and alarm must "BEEP"
NOT OK: No alternator low voltage indicator light. Check wiring to bulb by unplugging tachometer connector at alternator. Alternator light will come ON.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=65

FNR/Range Lever Check OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: See Section 16 of Repair Manual. 9005 10 6
T7447AG UN04JAN91 T7447AI UN04JAN91 T7447AH UN04JAN91
Move the FNR/range lever to forward, reverse, then neutral position. Twist range handle on FNR lever. FEEL: Can detents be felt in forward, neutral and reverse? Can four gear ranges be felt when twisting range handle? LOOK: FNR/range lever must align with neutral position to quadrant when in neutral (center) detent position. LOOK: Does pointer on range handle line up wtih correct gear number on FNR/range handle?
1/1
FNR/Range Lever Neutral Start Switch and Reverse Warning Alarm Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If motor turns, check neutral start relay and FNR switch. Go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: No reverse warning alarm, inspect FNR switch and reverse warning alarm relay. NOT OK: Inspect wiring to alarm. Go to Section 9015, Reverse Warning Alarm Circuit.
T7447AG UN04JAN91
T7447AI UN04JAN91
NOTE: On machines with S.N. 872256, neutral start switch is part of FNR circuit and is not on transmission spool. Reverse warning alarm is powered by FNR switch and reverse relay. Put transmission in neutral. Move FNR/range lever to forward position and turn key to START position. Move FNR/range lever to reverse position and turn key to START position. LISTEN: Starting motor must NOT operate. LISTEN: Reverse warning alarm must sound when FNR/range lever is in reverse position.
1/1
Gauge and Indicators Check With Engine On
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=66

Park Brake Indicator and Tachometer/Hour Meter Circuit Check IMPORTANT: If engine low oil pressure indicator light stays ON, stop engine immediately and check oil level. OK: Go to next step in this check. NOT OK: If engine low oil pressure indicator light stays on, stop engine 9005 immediately and check oil 10 level. Go to Group 7 9010-Diagnose Engine Malfunctions, Low Oil Pressure.
T7447AH UN04JAN91 T7394BH UN10DEC90
(S.N. 872256)
NOT OK: If alternator indicator light is on, increase engine speed to 1200 rpm and alternator light must go out. Go to Section 9015 Charging Circuit Checks. NOT OK: If no park brake light, go to Group 9015 Park Brake Circuit Checks.
T103007 UN30OCT98
(S.N. 872257) Apply park brake. Put FNR/range lever in neutral position. Move FNR/range lever to 1st gear position. LOOK: On units S.N. 872256 park brake indicator and STOP indicator lights must be on and flashing, all other lights must go out. On units S.N. 872257 park brake indicator and STOP indicator lights must be on, all other lights must go out. Alarm must "BEEP".
1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=67

NOTE: Hour meter turns very slowly (one tenth hour every six minutes). OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If no hour meter or tachometer movement, go to Section 9015 Gauges and Monitor ChecksTachometer and Hour Meter Checks. NOT OK: If park brake light stays ON, go to Section 9015Park Brake Circuit Checks.
9005 10 8
T7860AD UN06OCT92
T7394BH UN10DEC90
(S.N. 872256)
T103007 UN30OCT98
(S.N. 872257) LOOK: Hour meter indicator (A) must rotate every 3 seconds. LOOK: Tachometer must indicate rpm. Release park brake. LOOK: Park brake indicator and STOP light must go out. Alarm must stop "BEEPING".
19 2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=68

Engine Speed Control Lever Linkage Check OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Tighten friction lock. Go to Group 9010-20 Speed Control Lever Tension.
T7447AH UN04JAN91
T7367AE UN17SEP90
Apply park brake. Move FNR/range lever to neutral. Operate engine at slow idle. Make note of rpm on tachometer. Move speed control lever to fast idle position. LOOK: Speed control lever must remain at selected position. LOOK: Tachometer must read: (S.N. 830204) 850 50 rpm slow idle 2375 50 rpm fast idle. (S.N. 830205) 900 25 rpm slow idle 2375 25 rpm fast idle
9005 10 NOT OK: Check injection 9 pump override linkage. Go to Group 9010-20 Engine Speed Control Linkage.
1/1
Engine Speed Control Pedal Linkage Check
Depress speed control pedal. LISTEN: Engine speed must be the same as with speed control lever in fast idle position.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust Speed Control Linkage Override. Go to Group 9010-20 Engine Speed Control Linkage.
T6171AF UN09DEC88
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=69

Start Aid Check (If Equipped) Operate engine at slow idle. Push start aid button once. LISTEN: Engine speed must increase then return to slow idle. 9005 10 10 NOT OK: Check fuse. Go to Section 9015Start Aid Check. OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check can contents by shaking.
1/1
Brake System Check
1/1
Service Brake System Check
Start engine. Unlock brake pedals. Set engine at 1200 rpm. Move FNR/range lever to 2nd gear.
T6171AH UN09DEC88
OK: Continue check. NOT OK: Excessive leakage in brake system. Inspect brake valve. Go to Repair Manual.
After machine has moved for 3 seconds, depress and hold left brake pedal. Repeat procedure for right brake pedal. FEEL: Brake should stop tire rotation. LOOK: Machine should pull to the side that the brake pedal is depressed.
1/1
Service Brake Equilization Check (SN 872256 )
Park machine on inclined surface. Lock service brake pedals together. Park brake OFF. Allow machine to coast forward. Slowly apply service brakes to stop machine.
T6171AI UN09DEC88
OK: Go to next step. NOT OK: Do Service Brake and Pedal Adjustment, Group 9025-20. NOT OK: Do Service Brake Valve Test, Group 9025-25.
LOOK: Does front of machine pull to either left or right when service brakes are applied?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=70

Service Brake Retraction Check Park machine on inclined surface. Lock service brakes together. Park brake OFF. Shift FNR/range lever to neutral. Release service brakes.
T6171AI UN09DEC88
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Do Service Brake and Pedal Adjustment, Group 9025-20. NOT OK: Do Service Brake Valve Test, Group 9025-25.
9005 10 11
LOOK: Does front of machine pull to the side when service brakes are released?
1/1
Service Brake Pressure Indicator And Brake Accumulator Precharge (S.N 872257)
NOTE: Axles and hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If fewer than 7 brake pedal applications are required to turn brake pressure indicator ON, accumulator charge pressure may be low. Go to Brake Accumulator Precharge Test in Group 9025-25. NOT OK: If brake oil pressure indicator does not come ON, check service brake pressure indicator in Group 9015-15.
T6171AH UN09DEC88
T103007 UN30OCT98
Stop engine. Key switch ON. DO NOT start engine. Press right brake pedal and record number of applications until brake pressure indicator comes ON. LOOK: Are at least 6 brake pedal applications needed before brake pressure indicator comes ON? Repeat procedure for left brake pedal.
1/1
Pedal Stop Check
Stop engine. Release pedal latch. Depress and release each brake pedal. LOOK: Brake pedals must move freely and return to the up position. Both pedals must be even with each other in the up position.
OK: Go to next step in this check. NOT OK: Brake return passage may be closed. Inspect valve. Go to Repair Manual.
T6171AH UN09DEC88
Lift each pedal. FEEL: (SN 872256) Pedals must have approximately 6 mm (0.25 in.) free-travel above the rest position. (SN 872257 ) Pedals must have no free-travel above the rest position.
T6171AG UN09DEC88
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust brake light switches to get free-travel. For (S.N. 872256) go to Repair Manual. For (SN 872257 ) go to Service Brake Valve and Pedal Adjustment in Group 9020.25 .
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=71

Brake System Leakage Check Start engine and run for 10 seconds. Unlock brake pedals. Run engine at slow idle. Depress and hold right brake pedal. Release brake pedal.
T6171AH UN09DEC88
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Excessive leakage in brake system. Go to Group 9025-25 Brake Valve Leakage Test. NOT OK: Inspect horn, brake, light fuse. OK: Go to Section 9015Lighting Circuit.
9005 10 12
LISTEN/LOOK: Engine speed will not decrease as pedal is depressed. LISTEN: There must NOT be any noticeable engine speed change when pedal is released or depressed. LOOK: Rear brake light must come "on" when either pedal is depressed. Repeat for left pedal.
1/1
Brake Pedal Latch Check
Latch the brake pedals together. Kick each brake pedal three times. LOOK: Latch must move freely and stay in desired position.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Repair latch.
T6171AI UN09DEC88
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=72

Park Brake Check OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust park brake. Go to Group 9025-20 on machines with (S.N. 872256).
9005 10 13
T7860AF UN26OCT92
(S.N. 872256)
T103007 UN30OCT98
(S.N. 872257)
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Fasten seat belt before doing this check. Fasten seat belt. Start machine on dry hard pavement. Disengage MFWD (if equipped). Raise loader bucket to transport height, stabilizers fully up, and backhoe off the ground. Move the park brake switch (B) to the OFF position. Move the FNR/range lever to 2nd gear, forward position. Operate engine at 1000 rpm and drive approximately 7 m (20 ft) before moving the park brake switch to the "ON" position. LOOK: The machine must stop within 2 m (6 ft). LOOK: On machines with S.N. 872256, park brake switch light (B) will be ON. On machines with S.N. 872257, park brake indicator in monitor will be on. FEEL: Transmission must shift into neutral.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=73

Brake Drag Check Engine on. Position machine on a gradual grade with front of machine downhill. 9005 10 14
T6171AL UN09DEC88
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Brakes dragging. Go to Group 9025-25, Service Brake Valve Pressure Test.
Lift buckets so they clear ground. Shift FNR/range lever to neutral, differential lock pedal up, disengage park brake and release service brakes. LOOK: Machine must move freely down slope.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from machine unexpected movement. Apply park brake, lower equipment, shut engine off, and block wheels before servicing machine.
1/1
Steering System Check
1/1
Steering System Operational Check
Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm. Turn steering wheel from full left to full right several times. LOOK: Front wheels must move smoothly in both directions. LOOK: When steering wheel is stopped, front wheels must stop moving. NOTE: Internal leakage or sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels to continue to move after steering wheel is stopped.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check hydraulic oil level. NOT OK: Check Steering System Leakage. Go to Group 9025-25.
1/1
Steering System Leakage Check
NOTE: Hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature for this test. Run engine at approximately 1000 rpm. Turn steering wheel until wheels are against stop. Continue turning steering wheel, using approximately 11.3 Nm (100 lb-in.) force. Repeat leakage check turning steering wheel to the left. LOOK: Steering wheel should turn approximately 5 rpm, left or right. NOTE: Use good judgment. Excessive steering wheel rpm does not mean steering performance will be affected.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Go to Steering System Leakage Test in Group 9025-25. NOT OK: Repair steering cylinder. Go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: Repair steering valve. Go to Repair Manual.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=74

Steering Priority Valve Check Operate engine at slow idle. Turn steering wheel left to right and note effort needed to turn wheel. Operate the loader raise function and turn steering wheel at the same time. Note effort needed to turn the steering wheel.
T6295AC UN19OCT88
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If steering wheel effort is more or wheel will not turn as hydraulic function is activated, a problem is indicated in steering priority valve. Go to Steering Valve Pressure check.
9005 10 15
FEEL: Effort to turn steering wheel must NOT increase when turning the wheel while a hydraulic function is activated.
1/1
Steering Priority Valve Pressure Check
Put front wheels on dirt or gravel. Raise rear of machine so tires are just off ground using stabilizers. Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm. Starting with front wheels in the straight ahead position, turn steering wheel to the left and right while raising loader. LOOK: Wheels must turn to the left and to the right while loader is being raised.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If front wheels do not turn in either direction, pressure setting is too low. Go to Group 9025-25 Priority Valve Test.
T6295AC UN19OCT88
1/1
Transmission Neutral Disconnect Circuit Check
1/1
Clutch Disconnect Check CAUTION: Machine should try to move forward as clutch is applied. Release park brake. Apply and hold service brakes. Start engine, set engine speed at approximately 1200 rpm. Put transmission in 2nd gear.
T7447AG UN04JAN91
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Go to Section 9015 Neutral Disconnect Circuit or FNR/Park Brake Circuit.
Shift FNR/range lever to forward position. Press loader lever switch on loader control and note sound of engine. LISTEN: When FNR/range lever is shifted to forward, a noticeable drop in engine speed should be heard. LISTEN: Engine rpm must increase when the loader lever switch is pressed.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=75
Operational Checkout Procedure Driving Check (MFWD Disengaged If Equipped)
9005 10 16 Transmission Warm-Up Procedure CAUTION: Machine will try to move forward during this procedure. Use service brakes plus park brake to hold machine stationary. IMPORTANT: Transmission oil must be at correct level and operating temperature. Start engine. Release park brake. Latch service brakes together and hold during torque converter stalls. Move FNR/range lever to forward position.
T7447AG UN04JAN91
1/1
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Repeat warm-up procedure.
Put transmission in 4th gear. IMPORTANT: Limit stalls to 30 seconds to prevent localized overheating of torque converter. Increase engine speed to fast idle and stall torque converter for 30 seconds. Move FNR/range lever to neutral position for 15 seconds to let temperature stabilize. Repeat stall four times to bring transmission to operating temperature. NOTE: Cold ambient temperatures will require more stalls to get transmission to operating temperature. If transmission oil temperature light comes ON during procedure, stop stall procedure and put FNR/range lever in neutral.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=76

Transmission Shift Check Position machine on hard level surface. Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm. Shift transmission into all of the 4 forward and 2 reverse speeds, driving a short distance in each speed. FEEL: FNR/range lever must move freely into each speed. On machines with S.N. 872256, there must be 4 forward and 2 reverse speeds. On machines with S.N. 872257, there must be 4 forward and 3 reverse speeds. LOOK: The FNR/range lever must stop at each detent. LISTEN: Excessive gear and transmission noise must not be heard in any gear. NOTE: When shifting to 3rd and 4th, it is normal for torque converter to slip but machine must not stop. OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: No corresponding change in speed of machine or wrong speed when a shift 9005 is made may be caused 10 by a stuck shift spool in 17 transmission control valve, or a failed O-ring on solenoid valve. Go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: Excessive engine pull-down when shift is made may be caused by "drag" in transmission clutch or brake element. Go to Brake Drag Check in this section. NOT OK: When a shift is made and machine does not move or stops, internal leakage is indicated. A transmission pressure test is needed to verify. Go to Group 9020-25 Transmission System Pressure Test.
1/1
Front Wheel (Toe-In) Alignment Check
Drive machine in 4th forward on a surface with loose material such as gravel. LOOK: Material behind front tires must not be thrown excessively inward or outward.
OK: Go to the next check. NOT OK: If material is thrown, excessive tire wear will result. Go to Group 9020-20Adjust Toe-In.
T6264AI UN22OCT91
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=77

Engine and Transmission Check Position machine with loader bucket at ground level against a dirt bank or immovable object. Shift transmission into 1st gear. 9005 10 18 Apply differential lock. Move FNR/range lever to forward position. Increase engine speed to fast idle. LOOK: Engine must NOT stall. LOOK: Rear wheels must NOT stall. NOTE: This test will give a general indication of engine and transmission performance. If loader bucket is positioned above the centerline of front axle and ground conditions are soft, the engine can be stalled due to the weight transferred to rear wheels and tractive conditions. The preceding situations should not be confused with low engine power. NOT OK: If the wheels can be easily stalled, go to Group 9020-10 Engine and Transmission Check. OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If engine stalls, check if fuel supply shut-off is closed. Check for restricted fuel or air filters. Go to Group 9010-10 Engine Power Check.
1/1
Lo-Range Forward Clutch Pack Drag Check
OK: Drag is indicated in the lo-range forward clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions. NOT OK: Go to next check.
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers. MFWD OFF. Park Brake OFF. Engine speed at slow idle.
T6264AM UN19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in forward gears 1-3, but not in 4th forward or any reverse gears?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=78

High-Range Forward Clutch Pack Drag Check OK: Drag is indicated in the high-range forward clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions. NOT OK: Go to next check.
9005 10 19
T6264AM UN19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in 4th forward, but not in 1st-3rd forward or any reverse gears?
1/1
Reverse Clutch Pack Drag Check
OK: Drag is indicated in the reverse clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions. NOT OK: Go to next check.
T6264AM UN19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in all reverse gears, but not in any forward gears?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=79

1st Speed Clutch Pack Drag Check OK: Drag is indicated in the 1st speed clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions. NOT OK: Go to next check.
9005 10 20
T6264AM UN19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in 1st forward and 1st reverse gears, but not in any other gears?
1/1
2nd Speed Clutch Pack Drag Check
OK: Drag is indicated in the 2nd speed clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions. NOT OK: Go to next check.
T6264AM UN19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in 2nd forward and 2nd reverse gears, but not in any other gears?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=80

3rd Speed Clutch Pack Drag Check OK: Drag is indicated in the 3rd speed clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions. NOT OK: Go to next check.
9005 10 21
T6264AM UN19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in 3rd & 4th forward and 3rd reverse gears, but not in any other gears?
1/1
Transmission Shift Modulation Check
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers. MFWD OFF. Park Brake OFF. Engine speed at 1500 rpm.
T6264AM UN19OCT88
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions.
Shift machine from neutral to 1st forward. Twist FNR lever handle to shift from 1st forward to 2nd forward. Continue to twist FNR lever handle until 4th forward. Allow machine to come up to speed before making each sequentionial shift. Repeat for reverse. Does machine shift smoothly with no clunking or jerking of power train?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=81

B3, C2 Accumulator Check (S.N. 872256) Perform this check on dirt or loose gravel surface. Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm in 1st gear forward. 9005 10 22
T6908BF UN07APR89
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Too aggressive shifts or "clunk" sound. Check accumulator piston. Go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: Slow shifts, check oil level. Replace transmission or inspect suction screen. Go to Repair Manual.
Shift to 2nd gear and observe rear tires. LOOK: Rear wheels must not spin (lose traction) as machine comes up to speed. FEEL: Unit must not "jerk" aggressively during this shift. NOTE: A "clunk" sound will be heard if shift is too aggressive.
1/1
C1, B1, B2 Accumulator Check (S.N. 872256)
Operate machine on hard surface such as compacted clay or road. Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm in 2nd forward. Make several forward to reverse shifts. Count the number of seconds (one thousand oneone thousand two, etc.) required for machine to change direction and get up to speed. LOOK/FEEL: Machine must change direction within 1-1/2 seconds and be up to speed in 3 seconds.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Slow shifts can be caused by low oil level or restricted filter. Repair as required. Do Transmission Drag Checks in this group. NOT OK: Too fast shifts or "clunk" sound. Inspect accumulator piston. Go to Repair Manual.
1/1
T6908BF UN07APR89
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=82

C1 Clutch, B1, B2 Brake Drag Check (S.N. 872256) OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but at a slower speed, B2 is dragging. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but at a faster speed, C1 is dragging. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but in a reverse direction at same speed, B1 is dragging. NOT OK: "Drag" causes rpm to drop excessively. Inspect transmission. Go to Repair Manual.
9005 10 23
T6295AD UN19OCT88
T7447AH UN04JAN91
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Release park brake. Shift transmission to 2nd forward. Adjust engine speed to 1000 rpm. Move FNR/range lever to neutral position. LOOK: Both rear wheels must stop. NOTE: If wheels turn, apply service brakes until wheels stop and note change in rpm on tachometer. If depressing brake pedal causes rpm to drop enough that difference can be seen on tachometer (15 rpm), it indicates warped disks in that pack. Lube oil does not affect these "drag" checks because they are done at operating temperature and at slow idle. If "drag" is caused by lube oil within the transmission clutches and brakes, "drag" will increase when oil is cold. When engine speed is increased to 1500 rpm or higher, "drag" is reduced because lube relief valve opens and returns excessive cold oil to sump. It is normal for wheels to "creep" with cold oil as engine speed is increased but to stop moving at speeds above 2000 rpm. If "drag" is caused by warped clutch or brake disks or plates, "drag" will be seen at any oil temperature and will increase proportionally as engine speed is increased.
1/1
C2 Clutch, B3 Brake Drag Check (S.N. 872256)
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Release park brake. Shift transmission to 1st forward. Adjust engine speed to 1000 rpm per tachometer.
T6295AD UN19OCT88
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Engine speed drops, C2 is dragging. Repair transmission, go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: Engine speed increases, B3 is dragging. Repair transmission, go to Repair Manual.
Shift transmission to 2nd forward. LOOK: Wheels must increase in speed but engine rpm must return to 1000 rpm.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-23
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=83

Differential Lock Check Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Unlock brake pedals. Turn MFWD switch (if equipped) off. 9005 10 24
T6295AD UN19OCT88
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If one wheel stops, on machines with S.N. 872256, go to Differential Lock Pressure Test in Group 9025-25. On machines with S.N. 872257, go to Differential Lock Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. NOT OK: If engine rpm is reduced and stays down while only differential lock is depressed, excessive leakage is indicated. For machines with S.N. 872256 go to Differential Lock Leakage Test in Group 9025-25. For machines with S.N. 872257 go to Differential Lock Leakage Test in Group 9020-25.
Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm in 1st forward. Depress differential lock pedal or switch. Apply one brake pedal until engine rpm drops. LOOK/FEEL: Both wheels must turn at same speed. Release differential lock pedal or switch. LOOK: Pedal or switch must return to up position and engine speed must return to 1500 rpm. Release brake pedal and move transmission control levers to neutral. Reduce engine speed to slow idle. Depress differential lock pedal or switch and note engine rpm change. LOOK/LISTEN: Must hear/see only slight decrease in engine rpm as the pedal is depressed.
1/1
Differential Gear and Pinion Noise Check
NOTE: Hold the wheel being braked stationary during this check or brake chatter could be confused with differential gear noise. Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm in 1st gear forward. LOOK: Both wheels must turn at same speed. Depress right brake pedal until wheel stops. Observe left wheel. LOOK: Wheel being braked must stop and opposite wheel must increase in speed. Release right brake and depress left brake pedal until wheel stops. Observe right wheel. LOOK: Wheel being braked must stop and opposite wheel must increase in speed. LISTEN: No excessive gear noise must be heard in the differential or pinion gears.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If wheels do not turn at same speed, brake drag is indicated. Go to Brake Drag Check in Group 9025-10. NOT OK: Excessive noise. Check differential oil level. Inspect pinion assembly, go to CTM43 for machines S.N. 872256. On machines with S.N. 872257, see Group 0200 in the Repair Manual.
T6295AD UN19OCT88
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=84
Operational Checkout Procedure Driving Check for Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
1/1
9005 10 25
MFWD Clutch Drag Check
Raise machine off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Shift transmission to 2nd gear and FNR/range lever to forward position. Run engine speed at 1000 rpm.
T6264AM UN19OCT88
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If light is on, check fuse. Go to Group 9020-25 MFWD Clutch Pressure Test. NOT OK: If rear wheels stop, MFWD control valve problem or clutch "drag" is indicated. Repeat check using 1st gear. NOT OK: If front wheels turn, or rear wheels stall, MFWD solenoid valve problem is indicated. Go to Group 9020-25 MFWD Clutch Pressure Test. NOT OK: If front wheels remain stopped, MFWD clutch "drag" is indicated. Go to Repair Manual.
Check that MFWD control is disengaged (switch up/light off). Lower front wheels to ground and raise bucket above ground. LOOK: MFWD indicator light must be off. LOOK: Front wheels may turn while wheels are off ground but must stop when lowered to ground. Rear wheels must continue to turn.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=85

MFWD Limited-Slip Differential and Solenoid Valve Check OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If tires do not attempt to slide sideways and tire scuffing is not seen with MFWD applied. Go to Group 9020-25 MFWD Clutch Pressure Test. NOT OK: Repair limited-slip in MFWD differential. Go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: If light stays on, inspect fuse. Go to Section 9015 MFWD Circuit Test.
T118248 UN03NOV98
9005 10 26
T7860AA9 UN13NOV92
(S.N. 872256)
(S.N. 872257) Shift transmission to 1st reverse. Apply MFWD and drive machine. Run engine at approximately 1200 rpm. Turn steering wheel for a full left or right turn and observe the front tires. LOOK: Observe how the front tires attempt to slide sideways (side load) and the amount of tire scuffing. MFWD indicator lights must be on. Disengage MFWD switch. LOOK: Tire side loading and scuffing must stop when MFWD is disengaged. LOOK: MFWD indicator light (A) in switch must be off. NOTE: If tires attempt to slide sideways and tire scuffing is seen with MFWD applied, limited-slip differential is working and power is being transmitted to MFWD.
1/1
MFWD Gear and Pinion Noise Check
Drive machine at transport speed with MFWD applied, then disengaged. LISTEN: MFWD must NOT "whine" when disengaged.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If MFWD "whines", check oil levels and fill to specification. NOT OK: Check backlash. Go to Repair Manual.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=86
Operational Checkout Procedure Hydraulic System Check
1/1
9005 10 27
Hydraulic Pump Performance Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If boom down relief does not load engine, check main pump stand-by pressure. Go to Group 9025-25.
T6295AH UN19OCT88
NOTE: If hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature, heat hydraulic oil until loader and backhoe cylinders feel warm to touch using following procedure: Cover front of radiator to stop air flow. Activate backhoe boom down function and run engine at 2000 rpm. NOTE: Activating boom down may load engine, boom down relief valve is set too high or hydraulic pump stand-by pressure too low. Operate all functions periodically to distribute heated oil to all cylinders. Lower stabilizers. Put backhoe at maximum reach with bucket fully dumped at ground level. Run engine at 2000 rpm. Measure cycle time by simulating loading the bucket, retracting the dipperstick and raising the boom to the boom cylinder cushion. Do not time boom cylinder through cushion. LOOK/LISTEN: Boom down must reduce engine rpm. NOTE: Take the average cycle time for at least three complete cycles. This average cycle time will give a general indication of hydraulic pump performance. LOOK: The maximum cycle time is 11.5 seconds.
NOT OK: Go to Group 9025-25, Backhoe Relief Valve Test. NOT OK: If cycle times are slow, check hydraulic charge system. Go to Group 9025-25 Surge Relief Pressure Test and Charge Pressure Test. NOT OK: Go to Group 9025-25 Hydraulic Pump Flow Test.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=87

Hydraulic System Charge and Return System Check Raise machine with stabilizers until wheels are 150 mm (6.0 in.) off ground. Fully extend dipperstick, putting bucket in loaded position and lower boom until dipperstick is 45 to the ground. 9005 10 28
T118265 UN05NOV98
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check charge pump pressure. Test hydraulic charge system. Go to Group 9025-25 Surge Relief Pressure Test. NOT OK: Check charge pump flow. Go to Group 9025-25 Charge Pump Flow Test.
Slowly retract dipperstick. Bucket must clear ground. Fully extend dipperstick. Run engine at 1200 rpm. Retract dipperstick while holding control valve fully open. LOOK: Dipperstick can slow down, but must NOT stop moving during test.
1/1
Hydraulic Control Valve Lift Check Test
Raise loader until bucket is 1 m (3 ft) off ground with the bucket level. Position backhoe at maximum reach with bottom of bucket level with ground, 1 m (3 ft) off ground. Stop the engine. Activate each function one at a time: Loader boom raise Loader bucket rollback Backhoe boom up Dipperstick extend Backhoe bucket dump
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If a function cylinder moves, problem could be a leak in cylinder in lift check. Inspect and repair lift check. Go to Repair Manual.
LOOK: These functions must NOT move when the control lever is activated. NOTE: It is normal for a function to jump upward but must not lower.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=88

Backhoe Circuit Leakage Checks Put backhoe in transport position and set boom and swing lock. Retract extendible dipperstick (if equipped). Raise stabilizers to full down position. Run engine at slow idle.
T118265 UN05NOV98
OK: Go to next step in this check. NOT OK: Check boom down relief valve pressure setting. Go to Group 9025-25. NOT OK: Continue check.
9005 10 29
Fully activate functions one at a time: Boom up Bucket load Dipperstick retract Extendible dipperstick retract (if equipped)
LISTEN: When these functions are activated, NO decrease in engine rpm must be noted. Fully activate functions one at a time: Boom down Swing left, then right LISTEN: Boom down may cause rpm to decrease since relief valve setting is below standby pressure. LOOK/LISTEN: Swing left and right may cause rpm to decrease slightly because relief valve setting is close to standby pressure. NOTE: If boom down does not decrease engine rpm, check main pump standby pressure. Pressure seal passages are used in boom valve and leakage return passages are used in swing valve. When boom down or swing functions are bottomed and control valves are "metered", rpm will decrease and leakage within circuit will be apparent. This is normal.
1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=89

Raise stabilizer to maximum up position, extend dipperstick to maximum reach, extend extendible dipperstick (if equipped) and put bucket in dump position 1 m (3 ft) off ground. 9005 10 30
T6295AF UN17APR89
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If rpm decreases with a function bottomed and control valve fully open, a leak is indicated in the circuit. NOT OK: If rpm increases when a function is bottomed and control valve is fully open, a neutral leak is indicated. NOT OK: An rpm decrease with a function bottomed in both directions is normally due to cylinder leakage. An rpm decrease in one direction is normally caused by a circuit relief valve leakage. Go to Group 9025-25 Hydraulic Component Leakage Test.
Fully activate functions, one at a time: Extend dipperstick Extend extendible dipperstick (if equipped) Bucket dump LISTEN: When these functions are activated, NO decrease in engine rpm must be noted.
19 2/2
Loader Circuit Leakage Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If rpm decreases with a function bottomed and control lever fully open, a leak is indicated in the circuit.
T6295AG UN17APR89 T6295AE UN17APR89
Raise loader to full height, bucket in dump position. Run engine at slow idle. Fully activate functions one at a time: Loader boom up Bucket dump Put bucket in rollback position and lower loader to full down position. Fully activate functions, one at a time: Loader boom down Bucket rollback LISTEN: When functions are activated, engine rpm must NOT decrease. NOTE: Leakage return passages are used in boom valve. When boom cylinders are retracted and valve is "metered", rpm will decrease and leakage within circuit will be apparent. This is normal.
NOT OK: If rpm increases when a function is bottomed and control valve is fully open, a neutral leak is indicated. NOT OK: An rpm decrease with a function bottomed in both directions is normally cylinder leakage. An rpm decrease in one direction is normally circuit relief valve leakage. Go to Group 9025-25 Hydraulic Component Leakage Test.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=90

Cylinder Cushion Check Run engine at slow idle. Lower stabilizers to the ground. Lower backhoe boom 45 outward. Fully activate functions, one at a time: Backhoe swing left and right Backhoe boom raise Dipperstick retract LISTEN: Note sound and speed as cylinders near the end of their stroke. LOOK: Speed of cylinder rod must decrease near the end of its stroke. LISTEN: Must hear oil flowing through orifice as cylinder rod nears the end of its stroke. OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Remove and repair cylinder cushion. Go to Repair Manual. 9005 10 31
1/1
Backhoe and Loader Function Drift Check
FEEL: Backhoe cylinder must be warm to touch 38 52C (100125F). If cylinders are not warm, heat hydraulic oil. Raise machine off ground with stabilizers. Position backhoe bucket at a 45 angle to the ground. Lower boom until bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in.) off ground. Position loader bucket at the same angle and distance from ground as backhoe bucket. Run engine at slow idle and observe bucket cutting edges. LOOK: If bucket cutting edges touch the ground within one minute, leakage is indicated in the crowd cylinder, bucket or boom cylinders, or control valves.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Use good judgment in determining if the amount of drift is objectionable for the type of operation that the machine is performing. NOT OK: Isolate which function is leaking. Go to Group 9025-25, Cylinder Drift Test.
T6171AQ UN25MAY89
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=91

Loader Boom Float and Return-to-Dig Check Put loader at maximum height position with bucket dumped. Run engine at approximately 2000 rpm. 9005 10 32
T7440BS UN03JAN91
OK: Go to next step in this check. NOT OK: If lever jumps out of detent, inspect detent spring and balls. Go to repair manual.
Move the loader control lever forward into boom float detent position, and at the same time into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand from control lever. LOOK: Loader control lever must remain in the boom float detent position.
LOOK: Loader control lever must disengage from the bucket rollback detent when the bucket is level.
OK: Go to next step in this check. NOT OK: With bucket rolled back, compress switch roller. If a click is heard, adjust switch till it is activated on cam. Go to Group 9025-15.
T6171AT UN09DEC88
LOOK: When the bucket is at ground level, bucket must be level and the bucket indicator pointer must be aligned with mark on the boom pivot. NOTE: When return-to-dig is used with loader boom in full up position, the bucket leveling linkage will move the bucket control valve out of return-to-dig position before bucket is actually level.
T7374CH UN04OCT90
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust linkage as necessary. Go to Group 9025-20 Loader Bucket Level Indicator and Return-to-Dig Adjustment.
1/1
Bucket Leveling Linkage Check
NOTE: The loader bucket leveling feature functions during the boom raise cycle only. Put bucket in the rollback position with the boom near the ground level. Raise the loader and at the same time, hold the control lever in the bucket rollback position. Observe bucket and loader control lever as the loader rises.
T7374CJ UN05OCT90
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust linkage on the loader control valve. Go to Group 9025-20. Loader Bucket Level Indicator and Return-to-Dig Adjustment.
LOOK/FEEL: Loader control lever must move into the bucket dump position and the bucket dump function must slowly activate. When the loader control lever moves to activate the bucket dump function, the bucket position must remain stationary the remainder of the loader boom raise cycle.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=92
Operational Checkout Procedure Heater and Air Conditioning Checks
1/1
9005 10 33
All Lines and Hoses
Engine OFF. Inspect all lines and hoses. Are lines and hoses straight, NOT kinked or worn from rubbing on other machine parts or "weather checked"? Are hose and line connections clean NOT showing signs of leakage, such as oil or dust accumulation at fittings? All hose and line clamps must be in place and tight. Clamps must have rubber inserts or cushions in place to prevent clamps from crushing or wearing into hoses or lines?
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Reposition hoses or lines and tighten or replace clamps. Tighten fittings or replace O-rings in fittings. Replace hoses or lines as required.
1/1
Air Conditioner Compressor Check
Inspect compressor. Is compressor drive belt tight? Is belt in good condition, NOT frayed, worn or glazed? Is compressor belt pulley in good condition, NOT worn or grooved?
T6488GD UN02SEP93
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Repair or replace components as required.
Are compressor mounting brackets in good condition, and bracket cap screws tight? Are electrical connections to compressor clutch clean and tight? Is wiring to compressor in good condition?
1/1
Condenser Check
Engine OFF. Inspect condenser cores. Is condenser core free of dirt or debris? Does condenser show signs of leakage, dust accumulation or oily areas? Are condenser fins straight, not bent or damaged? Inspect engine fan. Are fan blades in good condition, not worn, bent, broken or missing?
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Clean, repair or replace condenser core. Replace engine fan.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-33
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=93

Evaporator Check Remove seat and heater/blower cover. Is ice forming on evaporator core? Is fan motor failing or fan blades damaged? 9005 10 34 Is freeze switch sensing tube properly positioned? Is heater temperature balance control misadjusted or damaged? Is evaporator drain tubes plugged? OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Go to Clutch Cycle Switch Bench Test in Group 9031-25
1/1
Evaporator Core Check
Engine OFF. Inspect core. Are fins straight? Is evaporator core free of dirt and debris?
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Repair, replace or clean evaporator.
1/1
A/C Freeze Switch Sensing Tube Check
Engine OFF. Inspect A/C freeze switch sensing tube. Is sensing tube straight, NOT kinked or broken? Is sensing tube inserted into evaporator core and secured in place?
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: If sensing tube is kinked, replace A/C freeze switch. NOT OK: If tube is positioned in evaporator incorrectly, re-route.
1/1
Expansion Valve Check
Is expansion valve outlet line free of frost? Is insulating tape wound tightly around outlet line and is tape in good condition?
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Go to Expansion Valve Operation in Group 9031-05.
1/1
Cab Door and Window Seals Check
Open and close door and windows. Inspect seals. Do door and windows contact seals evenly? Are seals in position and in good condition?
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Adjust door and windows to close against seals properly. Replace seals as necessary.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-34
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=94

Blower Motor Check (S.N. 816286) OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. Check wiring harness.
9005 10 35
T7828AW 1930SEP92
Engine OFF. Key switch ON. Turn blower switch (A) to LOW, MEDIUM and HIGH. Does fan have three speeds? Does air exit from ducts?
1/1
Heater (S.N. 816286)
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. Check wiring harness.
T7835AW 1930SEP92
Start engine and allow to warm several minutes. Turn heater temperature switch (A) to maximum heat. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Does warm air exit from ducts?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-35
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=95

Air Conditioner (S.N. 816286) OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. See Charging the system in Group 9031-20.
T7835AX 1930SEP92
9005 10 36
Start engine and run at fast idle. Turn air conditioner switch (A) to ON position. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Wait several minutes for any warm air in duct system to escape. Is air from ducts cool?
1/1
Blower Motor Check (S.N. 816287 )
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. Check wiring harness.
T101677 UN28JUN96
Engine OFF. Key switch ON. Turn blower switch (A) to position 1, 2, 3 and 4. Does fan have four speeds? Does air exit from ducts?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-36
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=96

Heater (S.N. 816287 ) OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. Check wiring harness.
9005 10 37
T101678 UN28JUN96
Start engine and allow to warm several minutes. Turn heater temperature switch (A) to maximum heat. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Does warm air exit from ducts?
1/1
Air Conditioner (S.N. 816287 )
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. See Charging the system in Group 9031-20.
T101679 UN28JUN96
Start engine and run at fast idle. Turn air conditioner switch (A) to ON position. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Wait for any warm air in duct system to dissipate. Is air from ducts cool?
1/1
Compressor Clutch Check
Engine OFF. Key switch ON. Blower switch on LOW. Air conditioner switch ON. Does compressor clutch "click" as switch is pushed?
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Replace compressor clutch.
1/1
Cooling System Checks
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-37
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=97

Radiator Cap, Coolant Level, Coolant Condition Checks OK: Check complete. CAUTION: DO NOT remove radiator cap unless engine is cool. Turn cap slowly to stop. Release all pressure before removing cap. Open radiator cap. 9005 10 38 LISTEN: If radiator is warmer than air temperature, a "whoosh" must be heard when radiator cap is opened to first stop position. FEEL: The radiator cap must have a stop position and must be pushed down to turn to remove. Inspect coolant level and coolant condition. LOOK: The radiator cap must have a good seal and gasket. The seal must move freely and the spring must not be corroded. LOOK: The vacuum release valve (center of cap rubber seal) must move freely and holes must not be plugged. LOOK: The coolant must not be oily, foamy or rusty. NOT OK: If vacuum release valve is plugged or spring corroded, replace radiator cap. NOT OK: If coolant is oily or foamy, go to Oil in Coolant or Coolant in Oil in this section. NOT OK: If rust is in coolant, drain, flush and replace coolant. Go to Operators Manual.
1/1
Hose and Water Pump Check
Inspect all radiator and heater hoses and water pump for cracks or leaks. LOOK: Radiator hoses must not be brittle or show signs of leaks. Check all hose clamps. LOOK: All hose clamps must be tight. Squeeze lower radiator hose. FEEL: Lower hose must have wire insert. LOOK: Water pump must not show any signs of leaks.
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Replace defective hoses, tighten clamps as necessary. NOT OK: Repair water pump. Go to Engine CTM.
1/1
Radiator Bubble Check
Fill radiator to proper level. Install radiator cap and tighten. Start engine. Run engine until at normal operating temperature. Place overflow tube in jar of water.
T6171AR UN25MAY89
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: If constant flow of bubbles is seen, a loose cylinder head or a damaged head gasket could be the cause. Go to Engine CTM.
LOOK: Stream of bubbles must not be seen in glass jar.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-38
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=98

Fan and Fan Shroud Check Inspect fan and shroud clearance. inspect fan blades for damages. Check fan belts for wear. LOOK: Fan blades must not have any nicks or bends. LOOK: Make sure there is no oil or grease on fan belt or pulleys. LOOK: Inside surface of fan belt must not have any cracks or contact bottom of pulley groove. NOTE: If the fan blade has been installed backwards about 50% of its capacity is lost. LOOK: Cupped portion of fan blades must be away from radiator.
T6171CB UN25MAY89
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: If fan blades have any bends, replace fan. If fan has nicks, locate interference and repair. See Repair Manual. NOT OK: Replace fan belt. Go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: If fan is installed backward, remove and install correctly. Go to Repair Manual.
9005 10 39
1/1
Air System Checks
1/1
Start Aid Checks (S.N 872256)
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Reposition lower holder. NOT OK: Replace plastic line.
T6477AP UN19OCT88 T6488GE UN23AUG93
Remove right engine side shield. Check position of lower can holder. LOOK: If can is missing, lower portion of holder must be upside down to seal opening in upper holder. Inspect plastic line from top of starting aid to air intake manifold. LOOK: There must NOT be any kinks or breaks in line and ends must be installed securely. Check for arrow on either starting aid nozzle in air intake manifold. NOTE: It may be necessary to scrape paint from nozzle. LOOK: Arrow must be pointed AGAINST air flow of air intake manifold.
NOT OK: Turn nozzle until arrow is in correct position (pointing AGAINST incoming air flow).
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-39
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=99

Start Aid Checks (S.N. 872257 ) OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Reposition lower holder. 9005 10 40 NOT OK: Replace plastic line. NOT OK: Turn nozzle until red dot is in correct position (on top of nozzle).
T105143 UN10JAN97
AClamp BEther Aid Can CBase DCap Remove right engine side shield. Check to be sure ether aid can (B) is tight and clamp (A) is tight LOOK: If can is missing, cap (D) must be installed into base (C). Inspect plastic line from top of starting aid to air intake manifold. LOOK: There must NOT be any kinks or breaks in line and ends must be installed securely. Check for red dot on either starting aid nozzle in air intake manifold. NOTE: It may be necessary to scrape paint from nozzle. LOOK: Red dot must be on the top side of nozzle so that the nozzle is pointed AGAINST air flow (of air intake manifold).
T6488GE UN23AUG93
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-40
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=100

Exhaust Smoke Check NOTE: Engine must be at operating temperature before performing this check. Run engine at fast idle. Operate a hydraulic function over relief to load engine. Observe exhaust smoke. LOOK: Exhaust smoke must NOT be excessive or blue in color.
T6488GF UN19OCT88
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Engine Emits Excessive Black, Gray or Blue Smoke in this section.
9005 10 41
NOTE: Excessive black smoke is caused by lack of sufficient air to the engine. Excessive white smoke when engine is cold can be caused by a cold engine, dirty nozzles, or both. Excessive blue smoke can be caused by worn or damaged rings or cylinder liners.
1/1
Lubrication System Checks
1/1
Oil Level Check
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Add or replace oil. Go to Group 9000-04.
T6488GG UN29JUL99
T6488GH 1923FEB89
Perform this check with engine OFF. Remove dipstick and check oil level. LOOK: Oil must be between add and full marks. NOTE: If oil level is high, check for fuel in oil. Drain a small quantity of oil and check for anti-freeze. If oil level is low check for oil leaks or oil seal problems in engine. Remove dipstick and check condition of oil. Clean oil from dipstick with finger and thumb. LOOK: Oil must NOT be milky, grainy or contain fuel oil or anti-freeze.
1/1
Fuel System Checks
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-41
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=101

Engine Fuel System Inspection Checks Engine off, speed control lever at fast idle position. Inspect fuel drain, cap strainer and inside fuel tank (with flashlight). Operate pump primer by hand. 9005 10 42 Inspect all fuel lines, line clamps and speed control linkage stop. Inside of fuel tank must NOT contain any foreign matter. LOOK: No fuel leakage must be noted at any of the fuel line connections. The injection line rubber clamps must be in position and NO wiring banded to the injection lines. NOT OK: If excessive debris is found in the bottom of the fuel line, observe flow. If flow is restricted, clean tank. OK: Check complete. NOT OK: If air "hissing" from tank or enters tank when cap is removed, replace fuel cap.
1/1
Engine Speed and Performance Checks
1/1
Engine Speed Check (Tachometer Installed)
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Check spring loaded injection pump lever override. Go to Engine Speed Control Linkage Adjustment, in this section.
T6008AE1 UN09DEC88
T105836 UN20DEC96
(S.N. 830204)
(S.N. 830205 )
Start engine, run at slow idle, and record rpm. Increase engine speed to fast idle with speed control pedal and record rpm. LOOK: Slow idle must be 850 50 rpm (S.N. 830204) Slow idle must be 900 25 rpm. (S.N. 830205 ) LOOK: Fast idle must be 2375 50 rpm. (S.N. 830204) Fast idle must be 2375 25 rpm. (S.N. 830205 ) NOTE: Override adjustment is 6 mm (0.25 in.).
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-42
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=102

Engine Power Check (S.N. 872256) NOTE: Engine and transmission must be at operating temperature using No. 2 fuel. Start engine. Hold service brake. Put transmission in fourth gear. Operate engine at fast idle. Record minimum engine rpm. Repeat check several times to determine average rpm. LOOK: Minimum engine speed is 1800 rpm. NOT OK: Above 2000 9005 rpm, inspect transmission. 10 Go to Group 9020-10. 43 OK: Check complete. NOT OK: RPM too low. Inspect air and fuel filters.
1/1
Engine Power Check (S.N. 872257 )
NOTE: Engine and transmission must be at operating temperature using No. 2 fuel. Start engine. Hold service brake. Put transmission in fourth gear. Operate engine at fast idle. Record minimum engine rpm. Repeat check several times to determine average rpm. LOOK: Minimum engine speed is 1875 rpm.
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: RPM too low. Inspect air and fuel filters. NOT OK: Above 2100 rpm, inspect transmission. Go to Group 9020-10.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-43
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=103

Low Compression Check OK: Check complete. NOT OK: If starting motor runs at uneven speed, low compression is indicated on one or two cylinders. (See Engine CTM.)
T6552AP UN22MAR90 T105638 UN13DEC96
9005 10 44 (S.N. 830204) Remove left engine shield. Disconnect wire to injection pump solenoid. Crank engine for 10 seconds. LISTEN: Air must not be heard leaking past valves. LISTEN: Starting Motor must run at a constant speed. Reconnect injection pump wire. (S.N. 830205 )
1/1
Engine Blow-By Check
Run engine at fast idle and check blow-by tube. LOOK: Fumes should be barely visible at the blow-by tube at fast idle with no load. NOTE: Excessive blow-by indicates that piston rings and cylinder liners do not seal off the combustion chamber. This is a comparative check that requires some experience to determine excessive blow-by.
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: If blow-by is excessive, see Engine CTM.
1/1
Loose or Worn Engine Parts
Run engine at slow idle. Depress brake pedals. Shift to first forward. LISTEN: Knock or rattling noise must not be heard from engine.
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Go to Abnormal Engine Noise in this section.
1/1
Accessories Check (Engine Stopped)
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-44
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=104

Front Light Switch Turn key switch to ON position. Push front light rocker switch to middle position. LOOK: Two front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights must come on. Push front light rocker switch in completely. LOOK: All four front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights must come on. OK: Check switch. Go to 9005 Group 9015-15, Drive and 10 Work Light Circuit. 45 OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check fuse and bulbs.
1/1
Rear Light Switch Check
Turn key switch to ON position. Push side console rear light rocker switch in. LOOK: Rear light(s) must come on.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check fuse and bulbs. OK: Check switch. Go to Section 9015, Drive and Work Light Circuit.
1/1
Turn Signal Check
Turn key switch to ON position. Push down right side of turn signal switch. LOOK: Right front and right rear amber lights must flash. Right indicator light on top of steering column must flash. Left front and left rear amber lights, and left indicator light on top of steering column will stay completely lit. Push down left side of turn signal switch. LOOK: Left front and left rear amber lights must flash. Left indicator light on top of steering column must flash. Right front and right rear amber lights, and right indicator light on top of steering column will stay completely lit.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check fuses and wiring. Go to Sub System Diagnostics/Indicator Circuit, Section 9015-15.
1/1
4-Way Flasher
Key switch may be ON or OFF. Push bottom of warning light rocker switch in. LOOK: Both front and rear amber lights must come ON. Both turn signal indicators and light in warning light rocker switch must flash.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check fuses and bulbs. OK: Check 4-way flasher switch. Go to Section 9015, Brake Light Circuit.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-45
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=105

Horn Circuit Check Turn key switch to ON position. Push horn button. LISTEN: Horn must sound. 9005 10 46 OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check fuse. NOT OK: Check horn switch. Go to Section 9015, Horn Circuit.
1/1
Start Aid Check (If Equipped)
Operate engine at slow idle. Push start aid button once. LISTEN: Engine speed must increase then return to slow idle.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check can contents by shaking or weight. NOT OK: Check fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse. IF OK: Go to Section 9015, Start Aid Circuit.
1/1
Cab Component Checks
1/1
Left Cab Door Latch and Opener Check
Unlatch door. Observe door as it opens. Pull door closed and latch it. FEEL: Cab door latch must work freely. LOOK: Door cylinder must push door open. LOOK: Cab door must contact door stop bumper before door cylinder bottoms.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust cab door. Go to repair manual.
1/1
Right Cab Door Latch and Opener Check
Unlatch door and pull door open. Close and latch door. FEEL: Cab door latch must work freely.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust door. Go to repair manual.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-46
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=106

Rear Window Latch and Opener Checks Squeeze latches on both sides of middle rear window. Lower window to rubber bumpers. Push latch releases on upper rear window. Observe window as it opens. Push window up and into window catches and note fit. Observe cylinders while closing window. Raise middle window and push into latches. LOOK: Window latches and hinges must move freely. LOOK: The gas-filled cylinders must slowly assist raising the window to open position. Cylinders must not be at end of travel when closing window. LOOK: The window catches must hold and not bow the window in the up position. OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check for obstructions. Go to repair manual. 9005 10 47
1/1
Side Window Checks
Open left and right rear side window. Fasten rear window against front window. LOOK: Sleeve on rear window must align with knob on front window. LOOK/FEEL: Hinges must move freely. Locking latches must be equally loaded when closed.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust windows. Go to repair manual.
T6171DF UN09DEC88
1/1
Blower Control Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check heater circuit breaker. NOT OK: Check blower switch. Go to Section 9015, Blower Circuit.
T7840AX UN06OCT92
Turn blower switch (A) to low, medium and high speeds. FEEL/LISTEN: Blower must have three speeds and OFF.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-47
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=107

Heater Control Check OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check heater components. Go to Section 9015, Blower Circuit.
9005 10 48
T7840AY UN06OCT92
Start engine and allow to warm to operating temperature. Turn heater temperature switch (A) to maximum heat. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. FEEL: Air from ducts must be warm.
1/1
Air Conditioner Check (If Equipped)
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Go to Heating and Air Conditioning, Group 9031-10.
T7860AB UN06OCT92
Start engine and run at fast idle. Turn air conditioner switch (A) to ON position. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Wait for any warm air in duct system to dissipate. FEEL: Air from ducts must be cool.
1/1
Rear Windshield Wiper Check
Turn key to ON position. Push rear wiper rocker switch to first detent, middle position. Push rear wiper rocker switch all the way in. LOOK: Rear wiper must operate and have two speeds. LOOK: Wipers must return to park position.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check fuse. OK: Check rear wiper. Go to Section 9015, Wiper/Washer Circuit.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-48
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=108

Front Windshield Wiper Check Turn key switch to ON position. Push front wiper rocker switch to first detent, middle position. Push front wiper switch all the way in. LOOK: Both front wipers must operate and have two speeds. LOOK: Wipers must return to park position. OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check fuse. OK: Check front wiper. Go to Section 9015, Wiper/Washer Circuit.
9005 10 49
1/1
Front Windshield Washer Check
Turn key switch to ON position. Push windshield washer rocker switch in. LOOK: Fluid must spray on both front windows. Rocker switch must return to OFF position.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check fluid level, and fluid lines for blockage. NOT OK: Check wiring. Go to Section 9015, Wiper/Washer Circuit.
1/1
Cab Dome Light and Swivel Light Check
Turn key switch to ON position. Push dome light switch to ON position. Push swivel light switch to ON position (S.N. 872256). LOOK: Lights must come ON.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check fuse and bulbs. NOT OK: Check wiring. Go to Group 9015-15, Dome Light Circuit.
1/1
Seat Linkage Check (S.N. 830204)
Move lever (A) to the right. Move seat forward and rearward and release lever. LOOK: Lever must move freely and lock seat in desired position.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Repair linkage. Go to repair manual.
T7394BD UN29NOV90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-49
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=109

Height Adjustable Seat Check (If Equipped) (S.N. 830204) Pull lever (C) up and at the same time remove your weight from the seat. Raise seat several positions and engage latch. 9005 10 50
T7394BD UN29NOV90
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Lubricate seat pedestal. Go to repair manual.
LOOK: Seat must rise upward and must remain in desired latched position.
1/1
Seat Swivel Linkage Check (S.N. 830204)
Pull lever (B) up. Move seat from loader to backhoe position and engage latch. LOOK: Seat latch must move freely and hold seat at the desired position.
T7394BD UN29NOV90
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Lubricate or repair linkage. Go to repair manual.
FEEL: Lever must move freely and hold seat in loader and backhoe positions.
1/1
Seat Linkage Check (S.N. 830205 )
Lift lever (1). Move seat forward and rearward and release lever. LOOK: Does lever move freely and lock seat in desired position?
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Repair linkage. Go to repair manual.
T103194 UN20AUG96
1/1
Seat Height Adjustment Check (S.N. 830205 )
Turn knob (3) to raise or lower seat to desired position. LOOK: Does seat move up or down and remain in desired position?
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Go to repair manual.
T103194 UN20AUG96
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-50
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=110

Seat Swivel Linkage Check (S.N. 830205 ) Lift lever (2) up. Move seat from loader to backhoe position and engage latch. LOOK: Does seat latch move freely and hold seat in desired position?
T103194 UN20AUG96
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Lubricate or repair linkage. Go to repair manual. 9005 10 51
FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in loader and backhoe positions?
1/1
Seat Back Linkage Check (S.N. 830205 )
Lift lever (4) up. Position seat back as desired and engage lever. FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in desired positions?
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Lubricate or repair linkage. Go to repair manual.
T103194 UN20AUG96
1/1
Miscellaneous Check
1/1
Vandal Protection Check
Lock right side service access doors and cab doors using the ignition key. FEEL: All locks must operate freely and key must not stick in locks.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Lubricate or repair lock as necessary.
1/1
Check Periodic Maintenance Label
Check the periodic maintenance label located inside of the hood access door. LOOK: Periodic maintenance label decal must be legible.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Replace decal.
T6171DG UN09DEC88
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-51
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=111

Backhoe Transport Lock Check OK: Operational Checkout completed. NOT OK: Adjust, repair, or replace lock. Go to repair manual.
9005 10 52
T7860AC UN06OCT92
Raise boom to transport position against stop (A). Pull lever to LOCK position to apply boom and swing lock. LOOK/FEEL: Boom and swing lock pin must freely enter hooks (B) and fit at bottom of slot in hooks. Lever must enter locked position and remain locked.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-52
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=112
Section 9010
Engine
Contents
Page
Group 05Theory of Operation General Engine Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-1 EngineSectional View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-2 Cold Weather Starting Aid Operation (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-4 (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-4 Fan Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-5 Group 15System Diagnostic Information 6059 John Deere Engine (S.N. 830204) Use CTM8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-1 John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. 830204)Use CTM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-1 6068 John Deere POWERTECH Engine (S.N. 830205 )Use CTM104 . . . . . . . .9010-15-1 John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. 830205 )Use CTM67 . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-1 John Deere Alternators and Starting Motors Use CTM77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-2 Make Visual Inspection of Engine and Supporting Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-3 Diagnose Engine Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-5 Group 20Adjustments JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-1 JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation . . .9010-20-1 Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment (S.N. 830204). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-2 (S.N. 830305 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-4 Adjust Engine Speed Control Linkage (S.N. 830204). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-5 (S.N. 830205). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-6 Adjust Speed Control Lever Tension . . . . . . .9010-20-7 Group 25Tests Cooling System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-1 Radiator Air Flow Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-2 JT05529 Air Flowmeter Test Record . . . . . . .9010-25-3 Engine Performance Using Turbocharger Boost Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-4 Air Intake System Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-6 Fuel Line Leakage Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-7
9010
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=1
Contents
9010
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation
General Engine Description
John Deere engines are vertical-in-line, valve in head, 4-cycle (stroke) diesel engines. Direct fuel injection is provided by a distributor-type fuel injection pump and 9.5 mm injection nozzles mounted in cylinder head. The pump is driven by an intermediate gear in the timing gear train meshing with the crankshaft gear. Some engines are equipped with a turbocharger. Operated by exhaust gases, the turbocharger compresses intake air from air cleaner and routes it to the combustion chamber. The cylinder block is made from a one-piece casting. The rugged, cast iron block may be structural or non-structural. The camshaft is driven by an intermediate gear in the timing gear train which meshes with the crankshaft gear. Camshaft rotates in honed machined bores in cylinder block; no bushings are used. The camshaft lobes determine the time and rate of opening of each valve and actuates the fuel transfer pump. Intake and exhaust valves are operated by cam followers, push rods and rocker arm assembly. Valve seat inserts in cylinder head are used for intake and exhaust valves. The crankshaft is a one-piece, heat treated, nodular iron or steel forging which operates in replaceable two-piece main bearings. Two different types of crankshaft main thrust bearing inserts are used to control end-play, depending on the producing factory. Normally a two-piece thrust bearing insert is used on Dubuque engines. A five-piece bearing insert normally is installed on Saran engines. The five-piece bearing has high thrust load capability. The five-piece thrust bearings must be installed as a set. They may be retro-fitted to Dubuque engines1 at service repair if so desired. Should a crankshaft be found to have developed excessive end play, an oversized thrust bearing plate set is available through service parts. Thrust bearing side plates are available in standard size or 0.007 in. oversize. Cylinder liners are "wet" (surrounded by coolant) and are individually replaceable. O-rings are used to seal the connection between cylinder block and liners. Pistons are made of cast high-grade aluminum alloy with internal ribbing. The skirt is cam ground to allow for expansion when heated during operation. The piston crown has a cut-out swivel cup with a truncated cone in the center. Two compression rings and one oil control ring are used. The top compression ring is a keystone type ring. All piston rings are located above the piston pin. The top ring has been moved closer to the top of the piston for improved engine performance attributable to increased air availability during combustion and reduced heat losses in the top ring land. The hardened piston pins are fully-floating and held in position by means of snap rings. Spray jets (piston cooling orifices) in cylinder block direct pressure oil to lubricate piston pins and cool pistons. Connecting rods are of forged steel and have replaceable bushing and bearing inserts.
9010 05 1
Main (thrust) bearing web undercut in block and or bearing cap MUST be 113.8 mm (4.48 in.) in order to accept five-piece thrust bearings.
Continued on next page TX,901005,BR181 1924JUN941/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=115
Theory of Operation The engine is supplied with lubricating oil by a gear pump driven by the crankshaft. The lubricating oil passes through a full-flow oil filter in the main oil gallery of cylinder block. To ensure engine lubrication, the oil filter is provided with a by-pass valve which opens when the filter element is restricted. On most engines, engine oil is cooled by means of an oil cooler mounted externally on the cylinder block. Engine oil passes through the oil cooler before flowing to the oil filter. A by-pass valve located between oil pump and main gallery relieves any pressure build-up in this area. Balancer shafts are used on some four-cylinder engines to reduce vibration. The two shafts operate on bushings in cylinder block and are counter-rotating at twice the engine speed. The engine has a pressurized cooling system, consisting of radiator, water pump, multi-blade fan and one or two thermostats.
9010 05 2
TX,901005,BR181 1924JUN942/2
EngineSectional View
1Rocker Arm Shaft 2Cylinder Head 3Push Rod 4Cam Follower 5Cam Shaft 6Cylinder Block 7Crankshaft 8Crankshaft Counterweight 9Oil Pan 10Connecting Rod 11Liner Packing Rings 12Cylinder Liner 13Piston 14Piston Ring 15Piston Rings 16Valve 17Fuel Injection Nozzle 18Valve Spring 19Rocker Arm
T59,9010,335 1909MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=116
Theory of Operation
9010 05 3
T59,9010,335 1909MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=117
T6030AS
UN01JUN89
Theory of Operation
Cold Weather Starting Aid Operation (S.N. 872256)

Pushing control button on dash energizes coil (C) which moves plunger (B) down, opening valve in the starting fluid canister, releasing starting fluid to the engine. Releasing control button on dash stops current flow to coil (C) allowing spring (A) to pull plunger up, closing the valve in the starting fluid canister.
9010 05 4
If engine is operated without starting fluid canister, the dust seal must be properly installed to prevent engine damage.
10T,9010,K181 1909MAR931/1
Cold Weather Starting Aid Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Pushing control button on dash energizes coil (C) which moves plunger (B) up, opening valve in the starting fluid canister, releasing starting fluid to the engine. Releasing control button on dash stops current flow to coil (C) allowing spring (A) to pull plunger down, closing the valve in the starting fluid canister. If engine is operated without starting fluid canister, the dust seal must be properly installed to prevent engine damage.
CED,TX17864,241 1907OCT981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=118
T117645
UN15OCT98
T6543AB
UN18NOV89
Theory of Operation
Fan Drive Operation

The fan drive (A), driven by one fan belt from the engine crankshaft (B), is self-adjustable. The fan belt tension adjuster (C) automatically adjusts the belt to the correct tension.
9010 05 5
TX,710D,DS4687 1909MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=119
T7950AH
UN01MAR93
Theory of Operation
9010 05 6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=120
Group 15
System Diagnostic Information

6059 John Deere Engine (S.N. 830204) Use CTM8
For additional engine information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required. Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
UN07SEP88 M44215
TX,9010,BG802 1905MAR971/1
9010 15 1
John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. 830204)Use CTM11

UN07SEP88
TX,9010,BG803 1905MAR971/1
6068 John Deere POWERTECH Engine (S.N. 830205 )Use CTM104

UN07SEP88
POWERTECH is a trademark of Deere & Company.
TX,9010,BG792 1905MAR971/1
John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. 830205 )Use CTM67

UN07SEP88
TX,9010,BG791 1905MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=121
M44215
M44215
M44215
John Deere Alternators and Starting MotorsUse CTM77

For complete repair information the Component Technical Manual (CTM) is also required.
UN17JAN89
Use the CTM in conjunction with this repair manual.
9010 15 2
09T,2160,K5 1912MAY941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=122
TS225
Make Visual Inspection of Engine and Supporting Systems

1. Inspect for coolant leaks at: Radiator Water pump Hoses Coolant manifold Thermostat cover well as the belts. A belt which is too loose allows slippage and reduces fan and alternator speed, causing excess belt wear. Belt slippage can lead to overheating of the cooling and/or hydraulic system, and undercharged batteries. The condition of the belts and their tension must be checked periodically. Adjust belt tension. See Adjust Fan Belt Tension, Group 0510. 8. Inspect fuel tank: 2. Inspect for oil leaks around the oil pan, drain plug, oil filter, and clutch housing at drain hole. 3. Inspect hoses to see if they are hard, cracked, soft, or swelled. Replace as necessary. 4. Inspect radiator for bent fins, kinks, dents, cracked side frames, seams and tubes. Check radiator mounts for loose hardware. 5. Check fan to ensure it has been installed correctly. See Cooling System Inspection, in this section. 6. Inspect fan blades. They must be straight and not striking the radiator core or shroud. Bent blades reduce the efficiency of the fan and make the fan out of balance. An out of balance condition can add additional load to the water pump bearings. Check water pump bearings by moving fan and note looseness of bearings. 7. Inspect fan belts. They must not be too tight, too loose, or cracked. Check to see if belt pulleys are worn excessively (if belts run against bore of groove) and that the pulleys are in proper alignment. A belt which is too tight puts extra load on the bearings and shortens the life of the bearings as a. Inspect the tank mounting hardware to ensure they are in position and tight. b. Inspect fuel tank for cracks and leakage. c. Inspect fuel tank outlet strainer and water trap for accumulated debris by shining a flashlight through the filler neck toward bottom right corner of fuel tank. 9. Inspect fuel transfer pump. See if there is fuel leaking from inlet and outlet connections. 10. Inspect fuel filter for water in base of filter. Look for fuel leaking from inlet and outlet connections. Check for debris and air in filters. Drain or bleed filters if necessary. Replace filters as required. 11. Inspect injection pump and nozzles. Check fuel inlet and outlet connections and injection line connections. If any of the lines are twisted, kinked, or broken, repair or replace as necessary. Check injection line clamps to ensure they are in position and tight.
Check for proper coolant level in radiator. Look at coolant for evidence of oil and/or debris.
9010 15 3
TX,9010,YY509 1902JUN931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=123
System Diagnostic Information 13. Inspect air cleaner elements for debris, filter condition and air restriction indicator to ensure indicator is not in red. Check all air intake system connections to be sure they are tight. Clean or replace filters when indicator shows red or when there is excessive smoke or loss of power. 14. Check muffler for any signs of leakage or areas that have rusted through. Exhaust leaks can result in a fire in the engine compartment. 15. Check for debris on exhaust manifold.
9010 15 4
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Relieve pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Keep hands and body away from pinholes and nozzles which eject fluids under high pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or paper to search for leaks. DO NOT use your hand. If ANY fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with this type injury or gangrene may result. 12. Inspect speed control linkage. Check for free movement. Be sure the injection pump lever contacts the fast idle stop on the injection pump.
TX,9010,YY509 1902JUN932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=124
Diagnose Engine Malfunction

NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely and more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when troubleshooting a problem: Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure Step 2. Diagnostic Charts Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests
Symptom Problem Solution 9010 15 5
Engine Cranks but Will Not Start or Starts Hard
Fuel tank empty.
Check fuel level.
Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel lines. Water frozen in fuel filter.
Thaw and drain water from fuel tank. Thaw ice in fuel lines and drain. Install new fuel filter. Turn key switch on. Solenoid "clicks". Check voltage at solenoid if voltage is present. Check fuse and wiring if voltage is not present. Loosen cap, listen for air entering tank suddenly. Replace cap. Drain small amount of fuel from tank into clean container. Inspect for debris. Drain and flush fuel system. Change fuel filter. Fuel "jelled" in tank or lines. Warm machine. Drain fuel system. Change fuel filter. Refill with proper fuel. Check for bubbles in fuel filter. Tighten connections. Inspect lines for damage. Lightly tap injection pump housing. If engine now starts, repair. (See Engine CTM.) Check fuel supply pump pressure. (See Engine CTM.)
Fuel shut-off solenoid not opening shut-off valve.
Fuel tank cap vent plugged.
Debris or dirt in fuel.
Wrong grade fuel for low ambient temperature.
Air entering suction side of fuel system.
Stuck injection pump metering valve.
Fuel supply pump.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR931/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=125

Symptom Problem
Solution
Slow cranking speed. Air filter elements restricted with dirt, snow or water. Improper injection pump timing. Injection nozzle(s).
9010 15 6
Check batteries and connections. Clean or replace filter elements. Check air filter indicator switch. Check timing. (See Engine CTM.) Remove and test nozzles. (See Engine CTM.) Remove injection pump fuse. Crank engine and listen for air leaking past valves or an uneven starter speed. Start engine and observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.) Drain and refill with proper weight oil. Change oil filter. Clean battery posts and cable ends. Reinstall cables. Clean connections at start relay and starter. Remove positive and negative battery cables from batteries. Recharge separately. Replace both batteries if either fails to charge. Check alternator output. (See Section 9015, Charging Circuit.) Check wiring for shorting to ground. Check alternator belt tension. Turn steering wheel back and forth while cranking engine. If cranking speed is normal, check stroke control valve. (See CTM7.) Seized or worn bushings, bent armature shaft, armature "dragging". Check starter current draw. (See Engine Accessories CTM.) Check fuel filter for air bubbles. Tighten fittings and connections. Inspect lines for damage.
Worn piston rings or low compression. Blown head gasket.
Engine Cranks Slow
Wrong weight oil for low ambient temperature. Poor or dirty connections at batteries or starter.
Batteries discharged or failing to take charge.
Hydraulic pump destroke valve stuck.
Starting motor.
Engine Surges or Stalls Frequently
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR932/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=126

Symptom Problem
Solution
Remove cap, listen for air entering tank suddenly. Replace cap. Drain water in fuel tank. Check drained fuel for debris. Drain and flush fuel system. Replace fuel filter. Drain fuel system. Refill with proper grade fuel. Replace fuel filter. Replace filter. Check for debris in fuel system. Check line for kinks or damage. Check line for debris. Clean with compressed air. Clean or replace elements. Check fuel supply pump pressure. (See Engine CTM.) Check injection pump timing. (See Engine CTM.) Test cooling system. (See test procedure in this section.) Remove and test nozzles. Repair injection pump. (See Engine CTM.) Check and adjust valve clearance. (See Engine CTM.) Remove injection pump fuse. Crank engine and listen for air leaking past valves or an uneven starter speed. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.) Start engine and observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
Water or debris in fuel.
Fuel "jelled" due to low ambient temperatures. Fuel filter plugged.
9010 15 7
Return line from injection pump to tank restricted.
Air filter elements plugged. Fuel supply pump plugged.
Fuel injection pump out of time.
Engine overheating.
Injection pump or nozzle(s).
Improper valve clearance.
Valves sticking or burned.
Worn or broken compression rings or cylinder head gasket leaking.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR933/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=127

Symptom Problem
Solution
Engine Missing, Erratic Operation Or Poor Slow Speed Operation
Check fuel filter for air bubbles. Tighten fittings. Inspect lines for damage. Drain water from fuel tank. Drain and flush fuel tank to remove debris. Remove cap. Listen for air entering tank suddenly. Replace cap. Inspect lines for kinks or damage. Use compressed air to clear debris. Time injection pump. (See Engine CTM.) Check for bent, worn or loose control linkage. Repair as needed. Adjust linkage and reset slow idle speed. (See procedures in this section.) Check fuel pump pressure. (See Engine CTM.) Remove and test nozzles. Repair injection pump. (See Engine CTM.) Test cooling system. (See test procedure in this section.) Adjust clearance. (See Engine CTM.) Inspect and replace. Remove injection pump fuse. Crank engine and listen for air leaking past valves or an uneven starter speed. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.) Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
Water or debris in fuel.

9010 15 8
Return line from injection pump to tank restricted. Engine Missing, Erratic Fuel injection pump out of time.
Slow idle speed set too low.
Fuel supply pump.
Injection pump or nozzles.
Engine overheats.
Incorrect valve clearance.
Bent push rods. Valve sticking or burned.
Cylinder head gasket leaking.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR934/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=128

Symptom Problem
Solution
Worn or broken compression rings.
Start engine and observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.) Replace filter.
Engine Not Developing Full Power
Fuel filter plugged.
Air filter elements plugged.
Clean or replace elements. Check air restriction indicator switch. (See Section 9015, Indicator Circuit.) Drain water from fuel tank or drain and refill with proper fuel. Check condition of muffler interior. Adjust. Check for worn or damaged linkage. Check and adjust fast idle. (See procedure in this section.) Adjust clearance. (See Engine CTM.) Clear restriction with compressed air. Replace line. Check brake linkage, brake valve leakage, brake discs for warping or scoring. Dragging brakes could cause overheating transmission/hydraulics or engine. Check fuel pump pressure. (See Engine CTM.) Remove pump top cover and inspect. Repair. (See Engine CTM.) Check timing. (See Engine CTM.) Remove and test nozzles and pump. (See Engine CTM.) Do Hydraulic Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
9010 15 9
Water in fuel or wrong grade of fuel.
Exhaust system restriction. Fast idle speed too low.
Incorrect valve clearance.
Fuel line restriction or injection pump line restricted. Service brakes dragging.
Fuel supply pump.
Injection pump metering valve sticking. Incorrect injection pump timing. Injection pump or nozzle.
Internal hydraulic system leakage.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR935/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=129

Symptom Problem
Solution
Worn camshaft or incorrect camshaft timing. Turbocharger.
Check valve lift. (See Engine CTM.)
9010 15 10
Remove air intake hose and exhaust elbow. Leading edge of compressor vanes must be sharp and straight. Spin compressor wheel and listen for noisy bearings. Turbine and compressor wheels must not rub in housing. Remove fuel/ether/bk. alm. fuse. Crank engine and listen for air leaking past valves or an uneven starter speed. Start engine and observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.) Check. Clean or replace elements. Drain and refill. Remove load. Run at fast idle to clear engine. Remove air intake hose and exhaust elbow. Leading edge of compressor vanes must be sharp and straight. Spin compressor wheel and listen for noisy bearings. Turbine and compressor wheels MUST NOT rub in housing. Time injection pump. (See Engine CTM.) Test air intake system for leaks. (See test procedure in this section.) Remove and test fuel injection pump. (See Engine CTM.) Remove and test nozzles. (See Engine CTM.)
Low compression.
Engine Emits Excessive Black or Gray Exhaust Smoke
Restricted air filter element. Incorrect grade of fuel. Engine overloaded.
Turbocharger failure.
Incorrect injection pump timing.
Air leak between turbo and manifold.
Excessive fuel delivery.
Injection nozzle.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR936/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=130

Symptom Problem
Solution
Engine Emits Excessive Blue or White Exhaust Smoke
Cranking speed too slow.
Check batteries and connections.
Incorrect grade of fuel. Injection pump or nozzle.
Drain and refill. Remove and test pump and nozzles. (See Engine CTM.) Run at fast idle to clear. Check thermostats. Crank engine and listen for air leaking fast valves. Start engine. Observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.) Repair or replace solenoid or switch.
9010 15 11
Excessive engine idling. Engine running too cold. Low compression.
Detonation (Excessive Engine Knock)
Stuck starting aid solenoid or switch.
Injection pump timing or pump advance faulty. Improper fuel (gasoline mixed with diesel fuel). Abnormal Engine Noise (Rattle, Knock or Squeal) Low engine oil level.
Time injection pump. (See Engine CTM.) Repair advance. Drain and refill fuel tank. Replace fuel filter. Fill to correct level.
Too light weight engine oil for high ambient temperatures. Fuel in engine oil.
Drain and refill with correct weight oil. Drain and refill with proper oil. Check fuel system to find leakage. Repair or replace.
Loose or worn hydraulic pump drive coupling, or pump failure. Incorrect injection pump timing. Turbocharger bearing or turbine failure.
Adjust timing. (See Engine CTM.) Remove turbo air inlet hose. Check shaft vertical movement. Repair or replace.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR937/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=131

Symptom Problem
Solution
Excessive valve clearance.
Adjust clearance. (See Engine CTM.) Replace. (See Engine CTM.) Replace. (See Engine CTM.) Inspect and tighten connecting rod cap screws. (See Engine CTM.) Inspect and tighten main bearing cap screws. (See Engine CTM.) Replace bearings. (See Engine CTM.) Replace bearings. (See Engine CTM.) Check camshaft timing. (See Engine CTM.) Replace. (See Engine CTM.) Replace pins and bushings. (See Engine CTM.) Check oil level. Fill to correct level. Check for leaks. Repair leaks.
Bent push rods. Worn rocker arm shaft. Loose connecting rod caps.
9010 15 12
Loose main bearing caps.
Worn main bearings.
Worn connecting rod bearings.
Incorrect cam shaft timing.
Scored piston. Worn piston pin bushings and pins.
Low Engine Oil Pressure (Oil Pressure Indicator Light On, Red STOP Light ON and Alarm Pulsing)
Low oil level.
Using low viscosity winter oil in summer. Oil diluted with fuel.
Drain and fill with summer weight oil.
Drain and fill with proper weight oil. Check fuel system for leakage. Repair. Test sensor. (See Section 9015, Indicator Circuit.) Repair valve. (See Engine CTM.) Inspect. Clean. (See Engine CTM.)
Oil pressure switch failure.
Faulty oil pressure control valve. Plugged oil pump intake screen.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR938/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=132

Symptom Problem
Solution
Loose oil pump drive gear or worn pump housing. Excessive main bearing clearance.
Inspect and repair. (See Engine CTM.) Replace main bearings. (See Engine CTM.) Replace connecting rod bearings. (See Engine CTM.) Replace cylinder block. (See Engine CTM.) Inspect piston cooling orifices. (See Engine CTM.) Check all possible internal leakage. Repair as needed. (See Engine CTM.) Fill to correct level and check for leaks. Tighten or replace belt. Replace pulleys and belt.
9010 15 13
Excessive connecting rod bearing clearance. Cracked cylinder block.
Piston cooling orifice missing.
Leakage at internal oil passage
Engine Overheats
Low coolant level.
Loose, worn or broken fan belt. Worn pulley grooves allowing belt slippage. Radiator dirty or plugged.
Check air flow. Clean radiator. Recheck air flow. Replace shroud.
Radiator shroud missing or damaged. Engine overloaded. Radiator cap not sealing. Fan on backwards or damaged. Faulty sender or wires from sender damaged. Incorrect injection pump timing.
Reduce load. Operate in lower gear. Replace cap. Inspect or replace fan. Replace sender. Inspect wires. Repair as needed. Time injection pump. (See adjustment procedure is this section.)
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR939/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=133

Symptom Problem
Solution
Excessive brake drag.
Check brake drag. (See Group 9005-10.) Check hydraulic oil level. Check cooler for plugs. Do Hydraulic Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Replace thermostats. Flush cooling system with cleaner. Refill with water/antifreeze solution. Repair or replace water pump. Adjust or repair. (See Engine CTM.) Repair. (See Engine CTM.)
Hydraulic system overheating due to internal leakage or plugged cooler.
9010 15 14
Thermostats stuck open or closed. Cooling system interior coated with lime deposits. Water pump leaking. Excessive fuel delivery. Oil In Coolant Or Coolant In Oil Leaking cylinder head gasket or liner packings. Cracked cylinder or block. Air system restricted.
Excessive Fuel Consumption
Clean or replace filter elements. Check filter restriction indicator switch. (See Section 9015, Indicator Circuit.) Repair. Drain and fill with proper fuel. Time injection pump. (See Engine CTM.) Remove air intake hose and exhaust elbow. Leading edge of compressor vanes must be sharp and straight. Spin compressor wheel to check for rough bearings. Turbine and compressor wheels must not rub in housing. Test nozzles. (See Engine CTM.) Do Hydraulic Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Inspect adjuster. Replace belt.
Fuel system leakage. Incorrect grade of fuel. Incorrect injection pump timing.
Faulty turbocharger.
Faulty injection nozzles. Internal leakage in hydraulic system.
Fan Belt Noisy
Belt slippage.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR9310/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=134

Symptom Problem
Solution
Bearing noise. Belt misalignment. Driven component inducing vibration. Fan Belt Slips Belt slipping because of insufficient tension. Belt subjected to substance that has reduced friction. Rib or Fan Belt Wear Pulley misaligned. Mismatch of belt and pulley groove widths. Sharp or jagged pulley groove tips. Turbocharger Excessively Noisy or Vibrates Bearings not lubricated.
Locate and repair. Align belt or pulley. Locate driven component and repair. Inspect adjuster. Replace belt.
9010 15 15
Replace belt and clean pulleys.
Align pulley. Clean rust or other buildup from pulleys. Replace pulley. Insufficient oil pressure. Check for restricted turbocharger oil line. Inspect, repair. (See test procedure in this section.) Remove exhaust elbow and air inlet hose and inspect, repair. (See Engine CTM.) Remove exhaust elbow and air inlet hose and inspect, repair. (See Engine CTM.) Inspect compressor and turbine wheel for damaged blades. Check for proper engine service intervals or dirt entering internally into engine.
Air leak in engine, intake or exhaust manifold. Improper clearance between turbine wheel and turbine housing.
Broken blades on turbine.
Oil Dripping from Turbocharger Adapter
Damaged or worn bearings and/or worn seals.
Excessive crankcase pressure.
Check vent tube to ensure tube is not plugged. Clean. Remove line. Inspect, clean.
Turbocharger oil return line carbon build-up where line passes exhaust manifold.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR9311/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=135

Symptom Problem
Solution
Excessive Drag in Turbocharger Rotating Member
Carbon build-up behind turbine wheel caused by combustion deposits. Dirt build-up behind compressor wheel caused by air intake leaks. Bearing seizure or dirty or worn bearings, caused by excessive temperature, unbalanced wheel, dirty oil, oil starvation or insufficient lubrication.
Inspect and clean.
Inspect and repair.
9010 15 16
Check for evidence of the lack of proper engine service. Check for extended operation with plugged air cleaners.
10T,9010,K81 1909MAR9312/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=136
Group 20
Adjustments
JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Tachometer
UN28FEB89 T6813AG
AClamp-On Transducer. Remove paint with emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten onlyDO NOT overtighten. BBlack Clip (). Connect to main frame. CRed Clip (+). Connect to transducer. DTachometer Readout. Install cable.
9010 20 1
10T,9010,K182 1910AUG951/1
JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer ATemperature Probe Fasten to a bare metal line using a tie band. Wrap with shop towel. BCable CDigital Thermometer
902525,AA4 1928FEB951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=137
T6808CE
UN28FEB89
Adjustments
Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment (S.N. 830204)

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed Slow Idle Engine Speed Fast Idle 850 50 rpm
UN18OCT88
2375 50 rpm
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer 9010 20 2 Sealing Wire Pliers
1. Run engine at normal operating temperature. 2. Install tachometer. (See Electronic Tachometer Installation procedure in this group.) 3. Disconnect speed control rod (B) from fuel injection pump lever. 4. Start engine. 5. Hold injection pump lever forward (toward radiator). Check to make sure slow idle is to specification.
Specification Engine SpeedSlow Idle .................................................... 850 50 rpm
(S.N. 830204) ALever Stop Screw BSpeed Control Rod CFast Idle Adjusting Screw DSealing Wire ESlow Idle Adjusting Screw
6. If slow idle is not correct. Check air cleaner elements. Loosen lock nut and turn screw (A) out one or two turns. Loosen lock nut and turn screw (E) to adjust slow idle. Turn screw (A) in until rpm starts to increase then turn screw out one full turn. Tighten lock nuts. 7. Hold injection pump lever rearward (away from radiator). Check to make sure fast idle is to specification
Specification Engine SpeedFast Idle ................................................... 2375 50 rpm
8. If fast idle is not correct: Remove sealing wire.
CED,TX17864,245 1922OCT981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=138
T6023AD
Adjustments Loosen lock nut and turn screw (C) counterclockwise to increase rpm or clockwise to decrease rpm. Tighten lock nut and install a new sealing wire using a seal wire pliers. 9. Connect speed control rod (B).
CED,TX17864,245 1922OCT982/2
9010 20 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=139
Adjustments
Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment (S.N. 830305 )

1. Run engine at normal operating temperature.
UN13DEC96
2. Install tachometer. (See Electronic Tachometer Installation procedure in this group.) 3. Disconnect speed control rod (B) from fuel injection pump lever.
9010 20 4
4. Start engine. 5. Hold injection pump lever forward (toward radiator). Check to make sure slow idle is to specification.
Specification Engine SpeedSlow Idle .................................................... 900 25 rpm
(S.N. 830205 ) ALever Stop Screw BSpeed Control Rod CFast Idle Adjusting Screw DSealing Wire ESlow Idle Adjusting Screw
6. If slow idle is not correct. Check air cleaner elements. Loosen lock nut and turn screw (A) out one or two turns. Loosen lock nut and turn screw (E) to adjust slow idle. Turn screw (A) in until rpm starts to increase then turn screw out one full turn. Tighten lock nuts. 7. Hold injection pump lever rearward (away from radiator). Check to make sure fast idle is to specification
Specification Engine SpeedFast Idle ................................................... 2375 25 rpm
8. If fast idle is not correct: Remove sealing wire. Loosen lock nut and turn screw (C) counterclockwise to increase rpm or clockwise to decrease rpm. Tighten lock nut and install a new sealing wire using a seal wire pliers. 9. Connect speed control rod (B).
CED,TX17864,246 1922OCT981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=140
T105637
Adjustments
Adjust Engine Speed Control Linkage (S.N. 830204)

SPECIFICATIONS Injection Pump Lever Override (Fast Idle) 36 mm (1/81/4 in.)
UN18OCT88 T6030AU
1. Move speed control pedal to full fast idle position. 2. Measure the spring loaded injection lever override. Override must be to specification.
Specification Injection Pump LeverOverride (Fast Idle) .............................................................. 36 mm (1/81/4 in.)
9010 20 5
TX,9010,BG794 1905MAR971/2
3. If measurement is not within specification, remove loader control valve cover and disconnect swivel (B) from lever (A). 4. Disconnect yoke (D) and loosen nut (E). 5. Move pump lever by hand until override is within specifications. 6. Turn yoke until holes align and connect yoke (D) and lever. Tighten nut (E). 7. Be sure speed control pedal is against the fast idle stop, loosen nut (C), adjust swivel (B) to align hole in lever (A) and connect swivel and lever. Tighten nut (C). 8. Check speeds to make sure slow and fast idle are correct. (See Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment in this group.)
ALever BSwivel CNut DYoke ENut
UN29MAR90
TX,9010,BG794 1905MAR972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=141
T6030AW
UN29MAR90
T6030AV
Adjustments
Adjust Engine Speed Control Linkage (S.N. 830205)

SPECIFICATIONS Injection Pump Lever Override Override 36 mm (0.120.24 in.)
1. Move speed control lever to extreme forward position. 2. Measure injection pump lever override. Override is measured at the top edge of the short lever (B) to the edge of the long lever (B). Override must be to specification.
Specification Injection Pump Lever Override Override ............................................................. 36 mm (0.120.24 in.)
UN13DEC96
9010 20 6
3. Adjust swivel on speed control rod to provide override. 4. Move speed control lever to rear most position and check override. Override must be 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) minimum. 5. Recheck high idle for a minimum of 3 mm (0.12 in.) override. 6. Open access door on reservoir cowling to adjust foot control pedal.
TX,9010,BG796 1905MAR971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=142
T118064B
UN30OCT98
T105635
Adjustments 7. Disconnect swivel (A) from rod (B). Adjust vertical rod (C) length to allow foot control pedal to stop on floor with hand lever in the extreme forward position.
ASwivel BRod (Speed Control Pedal) CVertical Rod
9010 20 7
TX,9010,BG796 1905MAR972/2
Adjust Speed Control Lever Tension

Tighten nut (A) until force required to move lever using a spring scale is to specification.
UN11MAY94
Specification Speed Control Lever Tension Force .............................................................. 6271 N (1416 lb force)
(S.N. 830205 ) Shown
TX,9010,BG797 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=143
T8219CA
T105636
UN13DEC96
Adjustments
9010 20 8
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=144
Group 25
Tests
Cooling System Test
SPECIFICATIONS Cooling System Test Pressure Radiator Cap Opening Pressure 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) 82.7110 kPa (0.821.02 bar) (1215 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS DO5104ST Cooling System Pressure Pump
T5903AA
UN27OCT88
1. Check cooling system for leaks using a DO5104ST cooling system pressure pump.
Specification Cooling System TestPressure ........................ 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
9010 25 1
2. Test radiator cap using cooling system pressure pump. 3. If opening pressure is not within specification, install a new cap.
Specification Radiator Cap OpeningPressure........... 82.7110 kPa (0.821.02 bar) (1215 psi)
10T,9010,K96 1909MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=145
Tests
Radiator Air Flow Test

SPECIFICATIONS Radiator Air Flow Test Engine Speed Typical Test Voltage Reading Fast idle 3.00 volts
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05529 Air Flowmeter 9010 25 2 SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm Meter
1. Lower all equipment to the ground. 2. Apply park brake. 3. Straighten any bent fins in radiator or hydraulic oil cooler. 4. Divide grille into 16 equal squares. 5. Connect air flowmeter to voltmeter. Set meter on A.C. volts. 6. Start and run engine at fast idle.
Specification Radiator Air Flow TestEngine Speed ........................................................................................... Fast idle
UN01NOV88
7. Place air flowmeter in contact with grille. Arrow on meter must point in direction of air flow (toward machine). 8. Record voltage reading for each area. 9. Average of combined total of air flow test readings must be approximately at specifications.
Specification Typical TestVoltage Reading ................................................... 3.00 volts
10. If readings are less than specifications, clean external surfaces of oil cooler and radiator. Repeat test.
1025,DS4253 1909MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=146
T6080AH
Tests
JT05529 Air Flowmeter Test Record

PRE-TEST INSPECTION
CUSTOMER NAME: CUSTOMER ADDRESS: DATE: MACHINE MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. SERV REQD SERV REQD Correct Fan Installation (Sucker Fan) Radiator Cap 9010 25 3
OK
OK Coolant Level Belt Tension Radiator Fin Condition Fan Tip & Shroud Condition
TX,1025,DS4254 1909MAR931/2
AIR FLOW TEST 1. Park brake ON and side shields closed. 2. Divide the surface of the grille into 16 equal squares. 3. Start engine. 4. Perform air flow test at fast idle. Observe correct air flow direction and place air flowmeter in direct contact with grille. (Arrow pointing to grille). 5. Record air flow in each square. 6. Average of combined total of air flow test readings must be approximately at specifications.
TX,1025,DS4254 1909MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=147
T7886AE
UN13NOV92
Tests
Engine Performance Using Turbocharger Boost Pressure Test

SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Temperature Engine Temperature Engine Using No. 1 Diesel Fuel Minimum Turbocharger Boost Pressure at 2200 rpm With Muffler Installed 9010 25 4 Engine Using No. 2 Diesel Fuel Minimum Turbocharger Boost Pressure at 2200 rpm With Muffler Installed 65 4C (130F 10F) 5165.5 kPa (0.510.65 bar) (7.59.5 psi)
UN23AUG88
At operating temperature
5569 kPa (550.69 bar) 810 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 0200 kPa (02 bar) (030 psi) Digital Thermometer
UN12NOV92
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Relieve pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Keep hands and body away from pinholes and nozzles which eject fluids under high pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or paper to search for leaks. Do not use your hand. If ANY fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with this type injury or gangrene may result. 1. Install gauge and digital thermometer. See procedure in Section 9020. 2. Raise wheels off ground with stabilizer and bucket. 3. Bring transmission and engine to specified temperature. See Transmission Warm-Up Procedure in Section 9020.
Specification TransmissionTemperature ............................. 65 4C (130F 10F) EngineTemperature ........................................ At operating temperature
S.N. 830204
S.N. 830205
TX,9010,BG798 1905MAR971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=148
T105842
UN09JAN97
T7886AF
X9811
Tests 4. Operate engine at fast idle speed, shift transmission to 1st forward and load engine down to rated speed by applying service brakes. Record highest pressure reading. 5. If boost pressure is below specification, remove muffler and repeat test.
Specification Engine Using No. 1 Diesel Fuel Minimum Turbocharger Boost Pressure at 2200 rpm With Muffler Installed ......................................... 5165.5 kPa (0.510.65 bar) (7.59.5 psi) Engine Using No. 2 Diesel Fuel Minimum Turbocharger Boost Pressure at 2200 rpm With Muffler Installed .................................... 5569 kPa (550.69 bar) 810 psi)
9010 25 5
6. Slowly activate the boom raise function to apply a load to the engine. The gauge will show a pressure rise and then a pressure drop. If the boost pressure does not drop, use the following procedure to apply additional load to the engine: Lower stabilizers to raise wheels off ground. Put machine in first gear. Apply brake pressure until boost pressure begins to drop. 7. Record the highest pressure and the rpm that was obtained. NOTE: New engines will not develop specified boost pressure. Check after 50 hours operation. IMPORTANT: Gauge accuracy is very critical for this test. DO NOT make adjustment to injection pump fuel delivery on tractor. 8. If boost pressure is too high, remove and test fuel injection pump. 9. If boost pressure is too low, see Engine Does Not Develop Full Power in Group 9010-15.
TX,9010,BG798 1905MAR972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=149
Tests
Air Intake System Leakage Test

SPECIFICATIONS Air Intake System Regulated Pressure 13.820.7 kPa (0.130.21 bar) (23 psi)
UN25OCT88
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JDG51 Air Regulator With Gauge
9010 25 6
IMPORTANT: Anytime the air intake system is opened it must be tested for leaks before the machine is returned to service. 1. Remove air cleaner cover and main filter element. 2. Put a plastic bag over safety element and install main element and cover.
CAUTION: Plastic bag can be sucked into engine if engine is started when trying to close valves. 5. Pressurize air intake system to specifications.
Specification Air Intake SystemRegulated Pressure ................................................. 13.820.7 kPa (0.130.21 bar) (23 psi)
S.N. 830204
6. Spray soap solution over all connections from the air cleaner to the turbocharger or air inlet to check for leaks. Repair all leaks.
S.N. 830205
TX,9010,BG799 1905MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=150
T105843
If system cannot be pressurized, turn engine slightly to close valves. Check plastic bag.
UN09JAN97
T92027
4. Connect air pressure regulator to adapter using hose and fitting (B).
UN25OCT88
3. Remove plug from air intake tube and install JDG51 adapter (A).
T92026
Tests
Fuel Line Leakage Test

Connections may allow air to enter the fuel system without allowing fuel to leak out. Follow this procedure to find air leaks in the system: Disconnect fuel supply and fuel return lines at fuel tank. Drain all fuel from system, including fuel transfer pump, fuel injection pump and fuel filters. Securely plug end of fuel return pipe. CAUTION: Do not exceed 103 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi). Using a regulated pressure air source, pressurize the system at the fuel supply line. Apply liquid soap and water solution to all joints and connections in the fuel system and inspect for leaks. Repair any leaks. Connect supply and return lines and prime system. Start machine and let run for approximately 10 minutes. NOTE: On engines with an in-line fuel injection pump, an internal leak path may allow air to enter the fuel system. If an internal pump leak is suspected, remove the pump and have a pressure test performed by an authorized repair station.
9010 25 7
10T,9010,C145 1909MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=151
Tests
9010 25 8
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=152
Section 9015
Electrical System
Contents
Page Page
Group 05System Information Visually Inspect Electrical System . . . . . . . . .9015-05-1 Electrical Circuit Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-2 Electrical Circuit Malfunction Definations. . . . . . . . . .9015-05-3 Electrical Circuit Malfunction Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-8 Malfunction Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-9 Using Test Equipment Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-15 Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure . . .9015-05-16 Wiring Diagram, Schematic, And Component Location Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-18 Reading a System Functional Schematic . .9015-05-20 Reading A Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-21 Reading A Component Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-22 Reading Connector End View Diagram . . . .9015-05-24 Electrical Schematic Symbols . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-26 Group 10ASystem Diagrams (S.N. 872256) Component Identification Table . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-1 Fuse Color Codes (Blade-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-2 Fuse Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-3 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend. . 9015-10A-4 System Functional Schematic Section Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-7 System Functional Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-8 System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825658-872256) 1 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-14 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-15 3 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-16 4 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-17 5 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-18 Cab Roof Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-19 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-20 Cab Side Console Harness (W6) (S.N. -815415) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-21 Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-22 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) (S.N. 815415-825657) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-23 Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-24 Cab Side Console Harness (W6) (S.N. -825657) Component Location (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-25 Component Location (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-26 Cab Side Console Harness (W6) (S.N. 825658-872256) Wiring Diagram (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-27 Wiring Diagram (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-28 Wiring Diagram (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-29 Component Location (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-30 Component Location (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-31 Front Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-32 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-33 Engine Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-34 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-35 Transmission Solenoid Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-36 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-37 Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . 9015-10A-38 Component Location (S.N. -825657) . . 9015-10A-39 Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-40 Component Location (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-41 Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . 9015-10A-42 Component Location (S.N. -825657) . . 9015-10A-43 Component Location (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-44 Radio Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-45 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-46 Auxiliary Valve Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-47 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-48 Group 10BSystem Diagrams (S.N. 872257 ) Component Identification Table . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-1
9015
9015-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=1
Contents
Page
Page
9015
Fuse Color Codes (Blade-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-2 Fuse Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-3 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend. . 9015-10B-4 System Functional Schematic Section Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-7 System Functional Schematic . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-8 Cab Roof Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-15 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-16 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-17 Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-19 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-22 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-24 Front Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-28 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-29 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-30 Engine Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-32 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-34 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-35 Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-38 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-39 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-40 Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-41 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-42 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location. . . 9015-10B-43 Radio Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-44 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-45 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-46 Selective Flow Valve Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-47 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-48 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location. . . 9015-10B-49 Group 15ASub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) Power Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-1 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-1 Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-2 Schematic (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . 9015-15A-3 Subsystem Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-4 Power Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . 9015-15A-4 Start Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-8 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-8 Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-9 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Schematic (S.N. 825658872256) . . . 9015-15A-10 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-11 Start Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . 9015-15A-11 Charge Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-14 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-15 Schematic (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-16 Schematic (S.N. 815416825657) . . . 9015-15A-17 Schematic (S.N. 825658872256) . . . 9015-15A-18 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-19 Charging Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-19 Display Module and Logic Module Circuit With Logic Module Operational Information (S.N. -815415). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-21 Theory of Operation (S.N. -815415). . . 9015-15A-22 Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Without Logic Module Operational Information (S.N. 815416 825627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-22 Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416 825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-23 Theory of Operation (S.N. 825628 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-24 Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Schematic (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-25 Schematic (S.N. 815416825657) . . . 9015-15A-26 Schematic (S.N. 825658872256) . . . 9015-15A-27 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 815416872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Indicator Circuit Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-29 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-29 Theory of Operation (S.N. 815415) With Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-30 Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416825657) Without Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-31 Theory of Operation (S.N. 825658872256) Without Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-32 Schematic With Logic Module (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-33 Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 815416825657). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-34
9015-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=2
Contents
Page
Page
Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 825658872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . MFWD Circuit Specifications ( . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . MFWD Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start Aid Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Start Aid Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Reverse Alarm Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dome Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Dome Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-35 9015-15A-36 9015-15A-36 9015-15A-39 9015-15A-40 9015-15A-40 9015-15A-41 9015-15A-42 9015-15A-42 9015-15A-43 9015-15A-43 9015-15A-44 9015-15A-45 9015-15A-45 9015-15A-45 9015-15A-46 9015-15A-47 9015-15A-48 9015-15A-48 9015-15A-48 9015-15A-49 9015-15A-50 9015-15A-51 9015-15A-51 9015-15A-52 9015-15A-52 9015-15A-53 9015-15A-54 9015-15A-54 9015-15A-57 9015-15A-57 9015-15A-58 9015-15A-59 9015-15A-59 9015-15A-60 9015-15A-60 9015-15A-61 9015-15A-62 9015-15A-62
Wiper/Washer Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-63 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-63 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-64 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-65 Wiper/Washer Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-65 Blower Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-68 Theory of Operation (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-68 Schematic (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-69 Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-70 Schematic (S.N. 816287872256) . . . 9015-15A-71 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-72 Blower Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . 9015-15A-72 Drive and Work Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-74 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-74 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-75 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-76 Drive and Work Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-76 Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-77 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-77 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-78 Schematic (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-79 Schematic (S.N. 815416825657) . . . 9015-15A-80 Schematic (S.N. 825658872256) . . . 9015-15A-81 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-82 Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-82 FNR/Range Control Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-86 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-87 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-89 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-90 FNR/Range Control Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-90 Horn Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-98 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-98 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-99 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-100 Horn Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . . . .9015-15A-100 Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-100
9015
9015-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=3
Contents
Page
Page
9015
Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-101 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-103 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-104 Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-104 Beacon Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-106 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-107 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-108 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-109 Beacon Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . .9015-15A-109 Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-109 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-110 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-111 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-112 Return-to-Dig Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-112 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-113 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-113 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-114 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-115 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-116 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-116 Auxiliary Valve Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-118 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-118 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-119 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-120 Auxiliary Valve Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-120 Group 15BSub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ) Power Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-1 Theory of Opertion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-1 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-2 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-3 Power Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . 9015-15B-3 Start Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-5 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-6 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-7 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-8 Start Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . 9015-15B-8 Charging Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-10 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-11 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-12 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-13 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Charging Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Lock Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MFWD Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . MFWD Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . Radio Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . Dome Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Dome Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start Aid Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Start Aid Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Reverse Alarm Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Adjust Seat Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9015-15B-13 9015-15B-15 9015-15B-16 9015-15B-17 9015-15B-18 9015-15B-18 9015-15B-19 9015-15B-19 9015-15B-20 9015-15B-20 9015-15B-20 9015-15B-22 9015-15B-22 9015-15B-23 9015-15B-24 9015-15B-24 9015-15B-25 9015-15B-25 9015-15B-26 9015-15B-27 9015-15B-27 9015-15B-27 9015-15B-28 9015-15B-29 9015-15B-30 9015-15B-30 9015-15B-30 9015-15B-31 9015-15B-32 9015-15B-33 9015-15B-33 9015-15B-33 9015-15B-34 9015-15B-35 9015-15B-36 9015-15B-36 9015-15B-39 9015-15B-39
9015-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=4
Contents
Page
Page
Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-40 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-41 Air Adjust Seat Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-41 Blower Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-42 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-42 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-43 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-44 Blower Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . 9015-15B-44 Air Conditioning Circuit Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-45 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-45 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-46 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-47 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-48 Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks . . 9015-15B-48 Wiper/Washer Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-51 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-51 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-52 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-53 Wiper/Washer Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-53 Rear Work Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-56 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-57 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-58 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-59 Rear Work Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-59 Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-60 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-60 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-61 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-62 Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-62 Park Brake/FNR Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-63 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-63 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-64 Schematic (Power Shift) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-66 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-67 Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-67 Horn Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-75 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-75 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-76 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-77 Horn Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . . . . 9015-15B-77 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-77 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-78 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-78 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-79 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-80 Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-80 Beacon Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-84 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-84 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-85 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-86 Beacon Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . . 9015-15B-86 Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-87 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-87 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-88 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-89 Return-to-Dig Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-89 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-91 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-91 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-92 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-93 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-94 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-94 Display Monitor Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-100 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-101 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-103 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-104 Display Monitor Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-104 Indicator Circuit Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-106 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-107 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-108 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-109 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-110 Indicator Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-110 Selective Flow Valve Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-113 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-114 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-115 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-116 Selective Flow Valve Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-116
9015
9015-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=5
Contents
Page
9015
Group 20References Alternators and Starting MotorsUse CTM77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-1 JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-1 Battery Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-2 Battery Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-3 Diagnose Battery Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-4 Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-5 Procedure for Testing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-7 Using Booster Batteries12 Volt System . . .9015-20-8 Alternator Operation 78 Amp DELCO REMY (Serial No. 787513) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-10 95 Amp BOSCH (Serial No. 787514 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-12 95 Amp BOSCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-13 Monitor Test in Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-14 Logic Module Test in Machine (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-15 Logic Module Bench Test (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-17 Tachometer Calibration (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-18 (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-19
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=6
Group 05
System Information
Visually Inspect Electrical System
Make the following visual electrical inspection prior to starting the machine after receiving customer complaint: 1. Look for bare wires that could ground a component or short across to another component. 2. Look for missing or worn conduit. This could indicate a wire problem. 3. Look for loose or broken connectors and wires. 4. Inspect batteries for: Corroded terminals Loose terminals or battery posts Dirty condition Damp condition Cracked case Proper electrolyte level
9015 05 1
5. Check alternator belt tension. 6. After machine has been shut down for five minutes inspect for overheated parts. They will often smell like burned insulation. Put your hand on the alternator. Heat in these parts when the unit has not been operated for some time is a sure clue to charging circuit problems. 7. If your visual inspection does not indicate the possible malfunction, but your inspection does indicate that the machine can be run, turn the key switch to the IGN position. Try out the accessory circuits, indicator lights, gauge lights. How does each of these components work? Look for sparks or smoke which might indicate shorts. 8. Start machine. Check all gauges for good operation and check to see if system is charging or discharging. 9. In general, look for anything unusual. Many electrical failures cannot be detected even if the machine is started. Therefore, a systematic and complete inspection of the electrical system is necessary.
CED,OUTX466,1353 1903FEB991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=155
System Information
Circuit Malfunctions
9015 05 2
ABattery BFuse
CSwitch
DLight
EGround
There are four common circuit malfunctions: 1. High-Resistance Circuit.
2. Open Circuit. 3. Grounded Circuit. 4. Shorted Circuit.
AG,tx13067,2 1903FEB991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=156
T112479
1919DEC97
System Information
Definition of Circuit Malfunctions
9015 05 3
ABattery BFuse
CSwitch DHigh Resistance
ELight
FGround
A High Resistance Circuit has high resistance (D). An example would be a loose or corroded connection that causes a voltage drop and reduces current flow.
AG,tx13067,4 1903FEB991/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=157
T112473
1917DEC97
System Information
9015 05 4
ABattery BFuse
CSwitch DOpen
ELight
FGround
An Open Circuit has an open (D), such as a broken wire, that prevents current from flowing in the circuit.
Continued on next page AG,tx13067,4 1903FEB992/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=158
T112476
1917DEC97
System Information
9015 05 5
ABattery BFuse
CSwitch DGrounded Circuit
ELight
FGround
A Grounded Circuit (shorted circuit) has a power wire with its insulation rubbed through contacting the machine frame causing a grounded circuit (D). This
provides continuity to the battery ground terminal (shorted to ground).
AG,tx13067,4 1903FEB993/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=159
T112477
1917DEC97
System Information
9015 05 6
ABattery BFuse F1 CSwitch DLight
ECircuit Ground FController Ground GSensor HSensor Ground Wire Shorted To Ground
ISensor Signal Wire Shorted To Ground JSensor Voltage Wire Shorted To Ground
KController LFuse F2
A sensor circuit shorted to ground has one or more sensor wires, voltage wire (J), signal wire (I) or ground
wire (H) shorted to machine ground or a grounded wire.
AG,tx13067,4 1903FEB994/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=160
T112583
1922DEC97
System Information
9015 05 7
ABattery BFuse F1 CSwitch DSensor Voltage Wire Shorted to Power
ESensor Signal Wire Shorted to Power FSensor Ground Wire Shorted to Power
GLight HCircuit Ground ISensor JController
KController Ground LFuse F2 MBattery Ground
A Sensor circuit shorted to power has one or more sensor wires, voltage wire (D), signal wire (E) or ground wire (F) shorted to a power source.
AG,tx13067,4 1903FEB995/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=161
T112584
1922DEC97
System Information
Location of Circuit Malfunctions
9015 05 8
ABattery BFuse
CSwitch
DLoad (Light)
EGround
In a simple electrical circuit malfunctions only occur at three locations: 1. Before the controlling switch (C). 2. Between controlling switch (C) and load (D).
3. After the load (D). Failed components can be diagnosed as circuit malfunctions. Isolate malfunctions to determine the cause of failure.
CED,TX13067,1 1903FEB991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=162
T120026
1903FEB99
System Information
Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions
9015 05 9
ABattery BFuse CSwitch
DSwitch Terminal EResistance FConnector
GOpen HConnector IComponent Terminal
JLoad (Light) KGround
High Resistance Circuit: 1. A high resistance circuit results in slow, dim or no component operation. High resistance can be caused by loose, corroded or oily connector terminals. 2. High resistance can be caused by wire that is too small or has broken strands internally. 3. Troubleshoot a high resistance circuit by measuring voltage between the switch and load with the switch ON. 4. If voltage is low, the malfunction is between the point of measurement and the battery. Continue measuring voltage toward battery until normal voltage is found. Malfunction is between last two points of measurement.
5. If voltage is normal, the malfunction is between point of measurement and circuit ground. Continue measuring voltage toward circuit ground until low voltage is found. Malfunction is between last two points of measurement. Open Circuit: 1. An open circuit results in no component operation. An open circuit can be caused broken wires, disconnected connector, blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker. 2. Troubleshoot an open circuit by replacing the fuse or resetting the circuit breaker, then measure voltage between the switch and load with the switch ON.
CED,TX13067,2 1903FEB991/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=163
T120025
1903FEB99
System Information 3. If voltage is zero, the malfunction is between the point of measurement and the battery. Continue measuring voltage toward the battery until normal voltage is found. Malfunction is between last two points of measurement. 4. If voltage is normal, the malfunction is between point of measurement and circuit ground. Continue measuring voltage toward circuit ground until zero voltage is found. Malfunction is between last two points of measurement.
CED,TX13067,2 1903FEB992/6
9015 05 10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=164
System Information
9015 05 11
AFuse (Power Side) BFuse (Circuit Side) CSwitch
DSwitch Terminal EWire Terminal
FGrounded Circuit GComponent Terminal
HLoad (Light) IGround
Grounded Circuit: 1. A grounded circuit results in no component operation and the fuse blown or circuit breaker open. 2. Troubleshoot a grounded circuit by turning the switch OFF, and checking continuity to frame ground between the fuse circuit side (B) and switch (C). 3. If continuity is measured, the malfunction is between fuse and switch. Inspect wire harness for burned areas or insulation rubbed off a wire.
4. If continuity is not measured, measure continuity to frame ground, between switch terminal (D) and component terminal (G). 5. If continuity is measured, the malfunction is between switch and component. Inspect wire harness for burned areas or insulation rubbed off a wire.
CED,TX13067,2 1903FEB993/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=165
T112481
1917DEC97
System Information
9015 05 12
CED,TX13067,2 1903FEB994/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=166
T112482
1919DEC97
System Information
ABattery BFuse F1 CFuse F2 DSwitch S2 EBattery Wire Shorted To Circuit FSwitch S1 GCircuit Wire Shorted To Circuit HCircuit Wire Shorted To Ground ILight E1 JCircuit Ground KCircuit Ground LLight E2 MSensor NSensor Signal Wire Shorted To Sensor Ground Wire OSensor Voltage Wire Shorted To Sensor Ground Wire PSensor Signal Wire Shorted To Sensor Voltage Wire QController RController Ground SFuse F3 TBattery Ground
Circuit Shorted to Power: 1. Complex circuits can fail in numerous ways. Circuits can short to other circuits causing components to operate when unrelated switches are turned ON. In the example if switch S1 (F) is ON and wires are shorted at (G) light E1 (I) and E2 (L) will be ON. 2. Components can operate even when all switches are OFF. In the example if wires are shorted at (E), light E2 will be ON all the time. 3. Components can operate strangely. In the example if wires are shorted at (H), fuse F1 (B) will blow when switch S1 is turned ON. If switch S2 (D) is turned ON, light E2 will operate normally and light E1 may be very dim, or light E1 and E2 may be dim, even if fuse F1 is blown. Sensor Circuit Shorted to Itself: 1. Sensors are part of a controller circuit. Controllers are used to operate components like engines, transmissions or hydraulic systems. Sensors send information such as speed, pressure or temperature from the component to the controller to monitor operation of the component. If a malfunction occurs 5.
2.
3.
4.
in the component, or the sensor circuit the controller no longer receives a normal signal. Abnormal signals received by a controller mean part of the circuit has a malfunction. Sensor circuits can fail in numerous ways. Service Codes will be generated when sensor circuits fail. Controllers may allow the component to operate normally, may allow operation in a reduced capacity such as a limp home mode, or the controller may prevent any component operation. If a sensor circuit signal wire (N) shorts to a ground wire, a Short to Ground Service Code may be generated If a sensor circuit voltage wire (O) shorts to ground, a Service Code may or may not be generated, but other sensors connected to the controller will cease to work, because their supply voltage will also be shorted to ground. Erratic operation of the monitor may result. If a sensor circuit voltage wire (P) shorts to the sensor signal wire a Service Code may or may not be generated. The controller may receive a signal indicating the sensor is reading its maximum upper or lower limit.
9015 05 13
CED,TX13067,2 1903FEB995/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=167
System Information
9015 05 14
ABattery BFuse F1 CSwitch DLight
ECircuit Ground FController Ground GSensor HSensor Ground Wire Shorted To Ground
ISensor Signal Wire Shorted To Ground JSensor Voltage Wire Shorted To Ground
KController LFuse F2
Sensor Circuit Shorted to Ground: 1. If a sensor circuit ground wire shorts to a machine ground wire (H), a service code probably wont be generated. Sensor operation may be normal. 2. If a sensor signal wire shorts to a machine ground wire (I), a Short to Ground service code may be generated.
3. If a sensor voltage wire shorts to a machine ground wire (J), a Service Code may be generated. The monitor indicator for the sensor may illuminate.
CED,TX13067,2 1903FEB996/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=168
T112583
1922DEC97
System Information
Multimeter
The multimeter is an auto-ranging digital display that allows very accurate readings to be taken.
ADisplay BVoltage AC (Alternating Current) CVoltage DC (Direct Current) DResistance EDiode Test/Continuity FCurrent AC (Alternating Current) GCurrent DC (Direct Current) HVoltage, Resistance, Diode/Continuity (Red Lead Input) IGround (Black Lead Input) JCurrent/Amps (Red Lead Input) 9015 05 15
TX,9015,MM2916A 1920MAR961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=169
T8074AA
1903SEP93
System Information
Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure
9015 05 16
ABattery Ground BBattery CBattery Side Of Fuse Or Circuit Breaker Step 1Switch ON
DFuse Or Circuit Breaker EComponent Side Of Fuse Or Circuit Breaker FSwitch
GBattery Side Of Component Terminal HLight (Component)
IGround Side Of Component Terminal JComponent Ground
Check battery side of circuit breaker (C) for battery voltage
Battery voltage normal. Go to Step 2. Low voltage, repair high resistance. Open circuit from battery.
Step 2Switch OFF Check component side of circuit breaker for battery voltage Battery voltage normal. Go to Step 4. Low voltage, repair high resistance. No voltage. Go to Step 3.
TX,9015,MM2917B 1901MAY951/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=170
T7719AA
1905MAR92
System Information
Step 3Switch OFF Check component side of circuit breaker for continuity to ground Continuity to ground. Repair grounded circuit at or before switch. No continuity to ground, replace circuit breaker. Step 4Switch ON Check component side of circuit breaker for battery voltage Battery voltage normal. Go to Step 6. Low voltage, repair high resistance. No voltage. Go to Step 5. Step 5 Disconnect wire at battery side of component (G). Switch ON. Check wire at (G) for battery voltage Battery voltage, repair component. No voltage, repair grounded or open circuit at or after switch. Step 6Switch ON Check lead to component at (G) for battery voltage Battery voltage normal. Go to Step 7. Low voltage, repair high resistance in circuit between fuse and component. No voltage, repair high resistance or open circuit between fuse and component. Step 7Switch ON Check ground wire of component at (I) for voltage No voltage, good continuity to ground. Repair component. Voltage, poor continuity to ground. Repair high resistance or open ground circuit. 9015 05 17
TX,9015,MM2917B 1901MAY952/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=171
System Information
Wiring Diagram, Schematic, And Component Location Information

System Functional Schematic Diagram The System Functional Schematic is a schematic diagram of the complete machine. All harnesses are identified by letter/number designation and description (W1 Engine Harness, W2 Dash Harness, Etc.). Each wire is identified by number and/or color (G01 BLK, R02 Red, RED/WHT, BLU/GRN, Etc.). All components are identified by letter/number designation, description and are represented by a schematic symbol. Component letter/number designation, (K1 Start Relay, S1 Key Switch, B9 Horn, Etc.) will indicate that component throughout the manual. The System Functional Schematic Diagram is divided into Sections. Each section contains one or more electrical circuits. Each section is indicated by a number and circuit (SE1 CHARGING CIRCUIT, SE2 STARTING CIRCUIT, Etc.). Wiring DiagramIf Provided The Wiring Diagram shows each wiring harness, wire color, wire destination, harness connectors, and schematic symbols for each electrical component connected to that harness. Harnesses are identified by the same letter/number designation and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram (W1 Engine Harness, W2 Dash Harness, Etc.). Each component schematic symbol will be identified by the same letter/number designation used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram. Harness connectors will be identified by a letter/number designation and description (X1 CAB HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR, X3 DASH HARNESS TO HEATER BLOWER HARNESS CONNECTOR, Etc.).
9015 05 18
CED,OUTX466,1361 1903FEB991/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=172
T85958
UN27FEB90
System Information Component Location Diagram The Component Location Diagram is a pictorial view by harness showing location of all electrical components, connectors, harness main ground locations and harness band and clamp location. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram. NOTE: All System Functional Schematics, Circuit Schematics, and Wiring Diagrams are shown with key switch in the off position. Connector End View DiagramIf Provided The connector end view diagram is a pictoral end view of the component connectors showing the number of pins in the connector and the wire color and identifier of the wire in every connector. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram.
9015 05 19
CED,OUTX466,1361 1903FEB992/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=173
System Information
Reading a System Functional Schematic
9015 05 20
APower Wires BContinuity Chart CComponent Schematic Symbol
DComponent Identification Code
EComponent Name FGround Wires
GCircuit Name HSection Number
The System Functional Schematic is made up of sections which contain one or more Subsystem Functional Schematic laid out side by side in a logical sequence of related functions. Each Subsystem is a major group of components like starting components or charging components (H). Sections are named to reflect that group of components (G). The System Functional Schematic is formatted with power supply wires (A) shown across the top of the drawing and ground wires (F) across the bottom. The diagram contains no harness or connector information. Each electrical component is shown by a schematic symbol (C), the component name (E), and a
component identification code (D). A continuity chart (B) is included for each multi-terminal switch. The same names and identification letter codes are used on all machine drawings, the System Functional Schematic, System Wiring and Harness Diagram, and the System Component Location Drawing. Components and connectors can easily be cross-referenced from one drawing to another. See Group -10 for Component Identification Legend.
TX,9015,MM2919B 1912APR941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=174
T7502CE
1929MAY91
System Information
Reading A Wiring Diagram
9015 05 21
AHarness Connector Letter/Number Identification BComponent Letter/Number Identification CComponent Connector Pin Number Or Letter
DComponent Connector EWire Number And/Or Color FComponent(s) Identification Number/Letter Wire Is Routed To
GHarness Identification Letter/Number And Description HWiring Harness IComponent(s) Identification Number/Letter Wire Is Routed To
JWire Number And/Or Color KHarness Connector Pin Number Or Letter
Each harness on the machine is drawn showing components, connectors, and wires. Harnesses (G) are identified by a letter/number designation and description (W3 PARK BRAKE HARNESS, Etc.). Each component (B) is represented by a schematic symbol and is identified by the same letter/number designation and description used in the System Functional Schematic. Components with integral connectors (D) have pin number/letters indicated (C). Wires from harness to components are identified by letter/number designation (E). Component identification letter/number (F) indicates component wire is routed to.
Main harness connectors (A) are identified by a letter/number designation and description (X2 PARK BRAKE HARNESS TO DASH HARNESS CONNECTOR, Etc.). Harness connector description indicates which harnesses connect together. Connector pin numbers or letters (K) are indicated as they are marked on the connector. Wires attached to each connector pin are identified by number and/or color designation (J). Component identification number/letter (I) indicates destination of each wire. Harness, harness connector, and component identification letter/numbers and description are the same as used on the System Functional Schematic.
CED,OUTX466,1363 1915OCT981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=175
T8534AC
1910AUG95
System Information
Reading A Component Location Diagram
9015 05 22
TX,9015,MM2920B 1927MAY981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=176
T113251
1909FEB98
System Information
AComponent Identification Number BComponent Name CEnd View of Connector DMating Connector X Identification Number EHarness Component Identification Number FName of Harness GDiagram View of Connector HTerminal Numbers IWire Number and Color JRouting Destination(s) of Wire
NOTE: The same names and identification numbers are used on all machine schematic and harness electrical drawings throughout the Operation and Test Technical Manual so components can easily be cross-referenced from one drawing to another. The component location by harness drawing is a pictorial representation that shows harness routing, component location and mating harness connector information. The location of each component that is connected to the harness is shown and identified by its alpha-numeric identification number.
Each connector that joins one harness to another is identified by an X component identification number and a name. An end view of the connector is shown. Also, a diagram view of the connector shows connector terminal number, wire number and color and destination of each wire. For example, X18 connector connects the Cab Work Light Harness to the Load Center Harness. Terminal 5 of the connector contains L02 Brn Wire, which routes to E20 Left Front Work Light, E21 Right Front Work Light, E22 Left Rear Work Light, and E23 Right Rear Work Light.
9015 05 23
TX,9015,MM2920B 1927MAY982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-23
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=177
System Information
Reading Connector End View Diagram
9015 05 24
CED,TX17864,1018 1903FEB991/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=178
T102978
1905SEP97
System Information Each wiring harness component location is followed by individual component connector drawings. These drawings show an end view and a diagram view of each connector in the harness that connects to a component. In the preceding example, to see the location of L02 Brn Wire in connectors for E20, E21, E22, and E23 Work Lights, the connection would reference the Connectors for Cab Work Light Harness on the page following the component location drawing. This drawing shows the end view of the wiring harness connector for each component. In the case of L02 Brown wire, it is located in Terminal A for all three work lights.
CED,TX17864,1018 1903FEB992/2
9015 05 25
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=179
System Information
Electrical Schematic Symbols
9015 05 26
TX,9015,MM2921 1926OCT931/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=180
T120028
1903FEB99
System Information
9015 05 27
TX,9015,MM2921 1926OCT932/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=181
T120029
1903FEB99
System Information
9015 05 28
TX,9015,MM2921 1926OCT933/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=182
T120030
1903FEB99
System Information
9015 05 29
TX,9015,MM2921 1926OCT934/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=183
T120031
1922MAR99
System Information
9015 05 30
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=184
Group 10A
System Diagrams (S.N. 872256)

Component Identification Table
Each component (electrical device) and main connector will have and identification letter assigned to it. A number is added to the letter to separate and indicate the total components within that letter group.
Identification Letter A B Type System, subassembly, parts group Transducer for conversion of non-electrical variables to electrical and vice versa Examples Control units, trigger boxes, two-way radios, logic module, FNR logic module Speed sensors, pressure sensors, pressure switches horns, sensors, pickups, limit-value sensors, pulse generators, loudspeakers, inductive pickups, probes, air-flow sensors, oil-pressure switches, temperature sensors, ignition-voltage pickups Condensers and capacitors, general Digital devices, integrated circuits, pulse counters, magnetic tape recorders Heating devices, air conditioners, light, headlights, spark plugs, ignition distributors Release mechanisms, polarity protection devices, fuses, current protection circuits Batteries, generators, alternators, charging units Audible alarms, indicator lights, turn-signal lights, brake lights, alarms, warning lights, buzzers Battery relays, turn-signal relays, solenoid switches, starting relays, warning flashers Choke coils, coils, windings Blower motors, fan motors, starter motors Regulators (electronic or electromechanical), voltage stabilizers Ammeter, diagnostic connectors, tachometers, fuel gauge, pressure gauges, measuring points, test points, speedometers Flame glow plugs, sheathed-element flame glow plugs, glow plugs, heating resistors, NTC resistors, PTC resistors, potentiometers, regulating resistors 9015 10A 1
C D E F G H K L M N P R
Condenser, capacitor Binary device, memory Various devices and equipment Protection device Power supply, generator Monitor, alarm, signalling device Relay Inductor Motor Regulator, amplifier Measuring instrument Resistor
TX,901505,QQ381 1916SEP921/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=185

Identification Letter S T U V W X Switch Transformer Modulator, converter Semiconductor, electron tubes Transmission path, conductor, antenna Terminal, plug, plug and socket connection
Type
Examples Switches and pushbuttons, general key switch, light switch, horn switch, flasher switch Ignition coil, ignition transformer DC transformers Transistors, diodes, electron tubes, rectifiers, semiconductors, thyristors, zener diodes Antennas, shielding components, shielded conductors, cable harnesses, conductors, ground conductors Terminal studs, electrical connections, connectors electrical line couplers, line connectors, sockets, plugs, terminals, plug-and-socket connections Permanent magnets, (solenoid-operated) injection valves, electromagnetic clutches and brakes, air valves, fuel pumps, solenoids, switching valves, start valves, locking systems Interference suppression filters
Electrically actuated mechanical device
9015 10A 2
Electrical filter
TX,901505,QQ381 1916SEP922/2
Fuse (Blade-Type) Color Codes

Amperage Rating 1 3 4 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 Color Black Violet Pink Tan Brown Red Light Blue Yellow Natural (White) Light Green
TX,9015,QQ6743 1928SEP921/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=186
Fuse Specifications (S.N. 872256)
9015 10A 3
F17.5 Amp MFWD/ Alternator/Diff Lock Fuse F215 Amp Fuel/Ether Aid and Reverse Alarm Fuse F35 Amp Dome Light/Radio fuse F45 Amp Radio Fuse (Unswitched Power) F515 Amp Wiper Fuse
F630 Amp Heater/AC Circuit Breaker F715 Amp Rear Light/ Tail Light fuse F825 Amp Front Light Fuse F910 Amp FNR/Park Brake Fuse F1020 Amp Turn/Stop and Horn Fuse
F117.5 Amp Left Turn Fuse F127.5 Amp Right Turn Fuse F1310 Amp RTD/Beacon Fuse F145 Amp Monitor/Gauge Fuse F1515 Amp Hazard/Monitor Fuse (Unswitched Power)
F1610 Amp Start Fuse K3Park Light Relay K4Reverse Alarm Relay K5Park Brake Relay K6Neutral Relay K7Alternator Sense Relay S21Flasher
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from overload.
The fuse block is located on the side console inside an access cover.
TX,9015,QQ1700 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=187
T7812AF
1923SEP92
Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend (S.N. 872256)

NOTE: A1Shift Controller (SE10, W7) A1 indicates component identification number. Shift Controller indicates component name. SE10 indicates section number of SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC where component is located. W7 indicates HARNESS WIRING DIAGRAM and HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION drawings where component is located. V1MFWD Solenoid Diode (SE2,W8)
9015 10A 4
V1 indicates component identification number. MFWD Solenoid Diode indicates component name. SE1 indicates section number of SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC where component is located. W8 indicates HARNESS WIRING DIAGRAM and HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION drawings where component is located. A1Shift Controller (SE10,W7) A2Radio (W12) B1Reverse Warning Alarm (SE5,W8) B2Park Brake Sensing Switch (SE9,W8) B3Horn (SE12,W8) B4Fuel Sender (SE15,W8) B5Engine Coolant Temperature Switch (SE17,W8) B6Engine Oil Pressure Switch (SE17,W8) B7Air Filter Restriction Switch (SE17,W8) B8Transmission Temperature Switch (SE17,W8) B9Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch (SE17,W8) B10Radio Speaker (W12) B11Brake Light Switches (SE13,W6) B12Radio Speaker (W12) E1Dome Light (SE3,W5) E2Swivel Light (SE3,W5) E3Left Front Work Light (SE8,W5) E4Right Front Work Light (SE8,W5) E5Left Rear Work Light (SE8,W5)
E6Right Rear Work Light (SE8,W5) E7Left Front Drive Light (SE8,W5) E8Right Front Drive Light (SE8,W5) E9Left Tail Light (SE8,W5) E10Right Tail Light (SE8,W5) E11Left Brake Light (SE13,W5) E12Right Brake Light (SE13,W5) E13Beacon Light (SE14,W5) E14Fuel Gauge Light (SE15,W8) E15Seat Belt Light (SE9,W6) F1MFWD/ALT/Diff Lock Fuse (SE2,W6) F2Fuel Shutoff/Start Aid/Reverse Alarm Fuse (SE5,W6) F3Dome Light Fuse (SE3,W6) F4Radio Fuse (Unswitched Power) (SE3,W6) F5Windshield Wiper/Washer Fuse (SE4,W6) F6Heater Circuit Breaker (SE6,W6) F7Rear Work Light Fuse (SE7,W6)) F8Front Work Light Fuse (SE8,W6) F9FNR/Park Brake Fuse (SE9,W6) F10Turn/Stop/Horn Fuse (SE12,W6) F11Left Turn Light Fuse (SE13,W6) F12Right Turn Light Fuse (SE13,W6) F13Return-To-Dig/Beacon Fuse (SE14,W6) F14Monitor Fuse (SE15,W6) F15Hazard/Monitor Fuse (Unswitched Power) (SE16,W6) F16Start Fuse (SE11,W6) F17Fuse Block (W6) G1Battery (SE1,W8) G2Alternator (SE1,W8) H1Left Indicator Turn Light (SE13,W7) H2Left Front Turn Light (SE13,W5) H3Left Rear Turn Light (SE13,W5) H4Right Front Turn Light (SE13,W5) H5Right Rear Turn Light (SE13,W5) H6Right Indicator Turn Light (SE13,W7) H7Logic Module (S.N. 815415) (SE16,W6) H8Display Module (SE16,W6) H9Red Warning Light (SE17,W6) H10Yellow Warning Light (SE17,W6) H11Alarm (SE17,W6) K1Start Relay (SE1,W8) K2Accessory Relay (SE1,W6)
TX,9015,QQ3270 1910MAR971/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=188
System Diagrams (S.N. 872256) K3Park Light Relay (SE9,W6) K4Reverse Alarm Relay (SE5,W6) K5Park Brake Latching Relay (SE9,W6) K6Neutral Start Relay (SE11,W6) K7Alternator Relay (SE16,W6) K8Auxiliary Valve Relay (W14) M1Starter Motor (SE1,W8) M2Rear Wiper Motor (SE4,W5) M3Left Hand Door Wiper Motor (SE4,W5) M4Right Hand Door Wiper Motor (SE4,W5) M5Washer Motor (SE4,W8) M6Heater Blower Motor (SE6,W6) M7Heater Blower Motor (S.N. 825657) (SE6,W6) P1Fuel Gauge (SE15,W6) P2Tachometer (Optional) (SE15,W6) P3Hour Meter (SE15,W6) R1Heater Motor Resistor (SE6,W6) S1Key Switch (SE2,W6) S2MFWD Switch (SE2,W6) S3MFWD Indicator Switch (SE2,W8) S4Not Used S5Front Wiper Switch (SE4,W7) S6Rear Wiper Switch (SE4,W6) S7Windshield Washer Switch (SE4,W6) S8Blower Switch (SE6,W6) S9Front Light Switch (SE8,W7) S10Rear Light Switch (SE7,W6) S11Forward and Reverse/Range Switch (SE10,W7) S12Park Brake Dash Switch (SE9,W6) S13Neutral Disconnect Switch (SE11,W6) S14Not Used S15Horn Switch (SE12,W6) S16Turn Signal Switch (SE13,W7) S174-Way Flasher Switch (SE13,W7) S18Beacon Switch (Optional) (SE14,W6) S19Diff Lock Switch (SE2,W6) S20Return-To-Dig Switch (SE14,W8) S21Flasher (SE13,W6) S22Heater Temperature Switch (W6) S23Low Pressure Switch (W11) S24High Pressure Switch (W11) S25Air Conditioning Switch (If Equipped) (W6) S26A/C Freeze Switch (W10) S27Dome Light Switch (SE3,W5) S28Swivel Light Switch (SE3,W5) S29Auxiliary Valve Solenoid (W14) S30Auxiliary Valve Foot Switch (W14) S31Seat Switch (S.N. 825628 ) V1MFWD Solenoid Diode (SE2,W8) V2Park Brake Solenoid Diode (SE9,W8) V3Reverse Solenoid Diode (SE9,W8) V4Forward Solenoid Diode (SE10,W8) V5Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Diode (SE11,W8) V64-Way Flasher Switch Diode (SE13,W7) V74-Way Flasher Switch Diode (SE13,W7) V8Logic Module/Display Module Diode (SE15,W6) V9Alternator Diode (SE1,W8) V10Differential Lock Solenoid Diode (SE2,W8) V11Park Brake Relay Diode (SE9,W6) V12C1/B2 Solenoid Diode (SE10,W8) V13C2/B3 Solenoid Diode (SE10,W8) V14Auxiliary Valve Diode (W14) V15Park Warning Light Diode (S.N. 825658 ) W1Machine Frame/Engine Block Ground/Left Side (SE1,W8) W2Ground To Cab Frame (SE14,W5) W3Ground At Cab Floor (SE1,W8) W4Engine Ground Strap (W8) W5Cab Hoof Harness (W5) W6Cab Side Console Harness (W6) W7Front Console Harness (W7) W8Engine Harness (W8) W9Transmission Solenoid Harness (W9) W10Blower Harness (W10) W11Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) W12Radio Harness (W12) W13Radio Antenna (W12) W14Auxiliary Valve Harness (W14) X1Side Console Harness To Roof Harness Connectors (W5,W6) X2Side Console Harness To Roof Harness Connectors (W5,W6) X3Side Console Harness To Roof Harness Connectors (W5,W6) X4Transmission Solenoid Harness To Engine Harness (W8,W9) X5Radio Harness To Radio Connector (W12) X6Blower Switch Connector (W10) X7Display Module Connectors (W6) X8Horn Switch Connector (W6)
9015 10A 5
TX,9015,QQ3270 1910MAR972/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=189

9015 10A 6
X9Rear Light Switch Connector (W6) X10Rear Wiper Switch Connector (W6) X11Beacon Switch Connector (W6) X12MFWD Switch Connector (W6) X13Park Brake Switch Connector (W6) X14Start Aid Switch Connector (W6) X15Fuel Gauge Connector (W6) X16Key Switch Connector (W6) X17Logic Module 4-Pin Connector (W6) X18Logic Module 6-Pin Connector (W6) X19Logic Module 4-Pin Connector (W6) X20Logic Module 6-Pin Connector (W6) X21Side Console To Engine Harness Connectors (W6,W8) X22Side Console To Engine Harness Connectors (W6,W8) X23Floor Harness To Engine Harness Connectors (W6,W8) X24Side Console To Front Console Harness Connectors (W6,W7) X25Side Console To Front Console Harness Connectors (W6,W7) X26FNR/Range Switch Connectors (W7) X27Turn Signal Switch Connector (W7) X28Beacon Light Connector (W5) X29Roof Harness to Radio Harness Connector (W5,W12) X30Splice (Inside Harness) (W6) X31Forward Solenoid Connector (W8) X32Clutch Disconnect Solenoid Connector (W8) X33Connector for Air Conditioning Switch (W8) X34Engine Harness To A/C Compressor Harness Connector (W8,W11) X35Side Console Harness To Blower Harness Connectors (W8,W10) X36Air Conditioning Clutch Cycle Switch Connectors (W10)
X37Seat Belt Light Connector (W6) X38A.C. Switch Connector (W6) X41Hour Meter or Auxiliary Valve Connector (W14) X41AAuxiliary Valve Harness Connector (W14) X42Auxiliary Valve Harness Connector (W14) X43Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X44Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X45Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X46Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X47Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X48Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X49Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X50Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X51Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X52Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X53Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X54Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X55Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658 ) X56Seat Switch Connector (S.N. 825658 ) (W6) Y1MFWD Solenoid (SE2,W8) Y2Start Aid Solenoid (SE5,W8) Y3Fuel Shutoff Solenoid (SE5,W8) Y4Park Brake Solenoid (SE9,W8) Y5Reverse/Solenoid (SE10,W9) Y6Forward/Solenoid (SE10,W9) Y7Neutral Disconnect Solenoid (SE11,W9) Y8Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid (SE 11,W8) Y9Return-To-Dig Solenoid (SE14,W8) Y10Air Conditioning Compressor (W11) Y11Differential Lock Solenoid (SE2,W8) Y12C1/B2 Solenoid (SE10,W9) Y13C2/B3 Solenoid (SE10,W9) Y14Park Brake Solenoid (SE9,W8) Y15Auxiliary Valve Solenoid
TX,9015,QQ3270 1910MAR973/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=190
System Functional Schematic Section Legend (S.N. 872256)

NOTE: SE1Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) SE1 indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) indicates circuit name. SE1Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) SE2MFWD and Differential Lock Circuit SE3Dome Light and Radio Circuit SE4Wiper and Washer circuit SE5Start Aid, Fuel Shut Off and Reverse Alarm Circuit SE6Blower Circuit SE7Rear Work Light Circuit SE8Front Work and Drive Light Circuit SE9Park Brake Circuit SE10FNR/Range Control Circuit SE11Neutral Disconnect Circuit SE12Horn Circuit SE13Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit SE14Beacon and Return-To-Dig Circuit SE15Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit SE16Display Module and Logic Module Circuit SE17Indicator Circuit
9015 10A 7
TX,9015,QQ1703 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=191
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825657)

T8542AF 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ3257
1910MAR971/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=192
T8542AG
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ3257
1910MAR972/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-9
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=193

T8542AH 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ3257
1910MAR973/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=194
T8542AI
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ3257
1910MAR974/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-11
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=195

T8542AJ 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ3257
1910MAR975/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=196
T8542AK
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ3257
1910MAR976/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-13
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=197

T117118 1916SEP98
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START OFF LOW HIGH 3 5 1 OFF LOW HIGH REAR WIPER SWITCH OFF 9 WASHER ON SWITCH 1 5
B12B RED B11B RED E22 WHT R31 BLK M39C PUR M39C PUR B15 RED B15 RED B15 RED B11D RED M39C PUR P13E RED R31 BLK B11D RED B12A RED
KEY SWITCH
BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS OFF 9 MFWD G20 BLKROOF HARNESS ON SWITCH G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS 10 6 8 G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
3 5 1 7 4 6 2 8
B12A RED R31 BLK
FRONT WIPER SWITCH

B12B RED E22 WHT
B11B RED
B12B RED
B12A RED
E22 WHT
S1 F1 S19
DIFF. LOCK SWITCH UNSWITCHED RADIO FUSE WIPER/ WASHER FUSE DOME LIGHT FUSE
P14 RED P14C RED
KEY SWITCH
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
BAT
ACC
F4 F5
F3
B14 RED
A61 ORG A62 ORG
MFWD/ALT/ DIFF. LOCK FUSE

P13A RED
T16 BLU
S5
A64 ORG A63 ORG ON 2 OFF II I O 6 1 5
IGN
FRONT WIPER SWITCH

P14A RED
P25 RED
P15A RED
P13E RED P13C RED 6 9 P13 RED
T16 BLU
Y11
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH
1
B11B RED
ST
ON OFF I O
S7
K2 V10 M5
P15 RED
P14G RED 4 8 3 7
B15 RED
ACCESSORY RELAY
P13 RED M39C PUR
OFF ON I O
P14 RED A66 ORG A65 ORG 1 ON OFF II I O 5 A68 ORG P14 RED
G10L BLK
G10M BLK
G05 BLK
W55 BLU
G05 BLK
B11C RED
MFWD SWITCH
8 10
G20 BLK
P13B TAN
P14 RED
A63 ORG
A66 ORG
A65 ORG
P14 RED
A61 ORG
A62 ORG
+
GRY
TO NEUTRAL START RELAY SE11, K6
W55 BLU
M39 PUR
B14 RED
RED
E23 WHT
YEL
YEL
RED
G01 BLK
YEL
RED
BRN
G NOT USED B+
Y1
MFWD SOLENOID
BRN
W3 S27
DOME LIGHT SWITCH
K1 S3
G01 BLK
D+
SWIVEL LIGHT
M2 S28
SWIVEL LIGHT SWITCH REAR WIPER MOTOR
G20 BLK
BLK CABLE
G10A BLK
M1
B11 RED
M MFWD INDICATOR SWITCH
E02 WHT
GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
START RELAY
M3
L.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
G20 BLK
M4
R.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
G20 BLK
E02 WHT
G20 BLK
G30 BLK
G01 BLK
G01 BLK G02 BLK
TO PARK BRAKE LATCHING RELAY SE9, K5

G10 BLK
G20 BLK G20 BLK G40 BLK G01 BLK G01 BLK G40 BLK G10 BLK G20 BLK G20 BLK
G02 BLK
G10A BLK
G40 BLK
W1
SE2 MFWD AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CIRCUIT
G01 BLK
MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE BLOCK GROUND LEFT SIDE
SE1 POWER, CHARGING AND START CIRCUIT
SE3 DOME LIGHT AND RADIO CIRCUIT
SE4 WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
T117118
SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC (1 OF 5)
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
G20 BLK
CED,TX17864,148
STARTER MOTOR
BLU
GRN
ALTERNATOR
P13C TAN
E02 WHT
E2
BLU
REAR WIPER SWITCH

P14B RED
BLU
GRN
B03 RED
B11 RED
G2
ALTERNATOR DIODE
MFWD SOLENOID DIODE
DOME LIGHT
S6
P14 RED
V9
A68 ORG
WIRES A68 AND A69 (SHOWN AS DASHED LINES) ARE USED FOR (S.N. 816286)
A64 ORG
V1
A69 ORG
BATTERIES
M31 PUR
G1
M
E1
P15 RED
RED CABLE
TO A2 RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
A17 ORG
B11 RED
S2
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID DIODE WASHER MOTOR
1909SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=198

OFF ON 1 5 B L M H C
B11B RED B12B RED B12B RED E22 WHT R31 BLK M39 PUR M39 PUR B15 RED B11D RED R31 BLK B15 RED M39 PUR B11D RED E22 WHT
T117119
1916SEP98
OFF BLOWER LOW SWITCH MED HIGH REAR LIGHT SWITCH FRONT LIGHT SWITCH 3 2 1 6 PARK ON 9 BRAKE OFF SWITCH 10 5 1 6 8 OFF 2 LIGHTS 4 LIGHTS
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
B11B RED B12D RED
B11B RED
B12A RED
E22 WHT
R31 BLK
B11D RED
B15 RED
FUEL SHUTOFF/ START AID/REVERSE ALARM FUSE HEATER CIRCUIT BREAKER REAR WORK LIGHT FUSE FRONT WORK LIGHT FUSE
F9
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
L43 BRN
P16 RED
P17A RED
P12A RED
L42 BRN
P18A RED
1 YEL
E3
LEFT
3 2
P24B RED
S4
RIGHT
518 RED
START AID SWITCH
G20 BLK
K4
3 PUR L43 BRN L43 BRN L41 BRN 4 ORG
FRONT WORK LIGHTS

P18B RED P18C RED
FRONT LIGHT SWITCH
5 L43 BRN J20B TAN
P12B RED
L41A BRN
G20 BLK
M32A PUR
M01B PUR
E25 WHT
L41 BRN
L43 BRN
PUR
L43 BRN
P24F RED
J27A TAN
BLU
ORG
M32C PUR
M32B PUR
L43 BRN
P12 RED
2 ORG
M62 PUR
G10G BLK
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
ORG
M6 W3
M GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
BLK ROOF HARNESS GROUND SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS GROUND ENGINE HARNESS GROUND G20 BLK G10A BLK
G20 BLK
FRONT DRIVE LIGHTS

G20 BLK
G20 BLK
PARK LIGHT RELAY

G10R BLK
Z36D
REVERSE WARNING ALARM HEATER BLOWER MOTOR

G20 BLK
LEFT
RIGHT
S31
G10P BLK G10V BLK
T12 BLU
B1
1 3
BLOWER RESISTOR
E7
E8
K3
85
87A
87
SEAT BELT LIGHT
J20A TAN
R1
4
LEFT
TAIL LIGHTS
RIGHT
M01A PUR
START AID SOLENOID
G20 BLK
85
87A
87
LEFT
REAR WORK LIGHTS
RIGHT
L43 BRN
E9
E10
86
30
E15
K6
G01 BLK
SEAT SWITCH
B2
G20 BLK G20 BLK G20 BLK
TO SHIFT CONTROLLER SE10, A1
Y3
G10P BLK
G01 BLK
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
TO FNR/RANGE SWITCH SE10, S11
TO K7 ALTERNATOR RELAY SE14, K7

G40 BLK G01 BLK
G01 BLK
TO H9 RED STOP LIGHT SE15, H9
PARK BRAKE TO SENSING ALTERNATOR SWITCH RELAY SE14, K7

G20 BLK

G10A BLK
G20 BLK
TO PARK BRAKE LATCHING RELAY SE9, K5

G40 BLK
TO PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS SE9, Y4, Y14

G01 BLK
G10A BLK
G01 BLK
G40 BLK
SE5 START AID, FUEL SHUTOFF AND REVERSE ALARM CIRCUIT
SE6 BLOWER CIRCUIT
SE7 REAR WORK LIGHT CIRCUIT
SE8 FRONT WORK AND DRIVING LIGHTS CIRCUIT
SE9 PARK BRAKE CIRCUIT
T117119

CED,TX17864,149 1909SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-15
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=199
J27A TAN
E5
E6
L43 BRN
Y2
YEL
2C P1 ED R
OFF
B12C RED
F2 F6 F7 F8
P24C RED
S8
ON 1 6 8 OFF I O 1 L42 BRN
L42 BRN ON OFF II I O
M32A PUR
1 2 3 4
S12
PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH)
1 7 2 8 10 J27A TAN M32B PUR
BLOWER SWITCH
J27A TAN
E4
S10
5
2 BLU 518 RED B
S9
V15
PARK WARNING LIGHT DIODE
ON OFF I O
T13C BLU
REAR LIGHT SWITCH
J20A TAN
REVERSE ALARM RELAY
86
30
TO A2 RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
P24E RED T12A BLU

T117120 1916SEP98
N 4 SOLENOIDS ENERGIZED SOLENOIDS ENERGIZED

B11B RED B12D RED E22 WHT R31 BLK B11D RED M39 PUR RED P24A RED T11 BLU T12 BLU T13 BLU D C B A B15 RED
C2-B3 FWD 2ND NEUTRAL 3RD NEUTRAL 4TH NEUTRAL 1ST REVERSE 2ND-4TH REVERSE
C1-B2 REV
N C2-B3 FWD C1-B2 REV
DENOTES CONNECTIONS TO POWER (P24 RED)
FNR SWITCH WIRE COLOR FOR NEU REV F YEL N GRY R PNK 1ST FORWARD 2ND FORWARD 3RD FORWARD 4TH FORWARD 1ST NEUTRAL
RANGE SWITCH WIRE RANGE COLOR 1 2 3 BLU GRN BLK
B11B RED
B12D RED
E22 WHT
R31 BLK B15 RED
B11D RED
M39 PUR
P24C RED
P24A RED
T12 BLU
K5 S11
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
GRN RED
F16
START FUSE
PARK BRAKE LATCHING RELAY

GRN GRN GRN RED
PNK C B RED RED A FNR N YEL F F RED R N R RED
P24C RED
86
30
RED
GRY D RED
A1
SHIFT CONTROLLER
GRN E23 WHT
J25 TAN
85 86 D BLU C B 86 85 87 A RED 30 87A TIME DELAY CIRCUIT 1 RANGE 2 3 4 GRN RED 85 87 87A 30
87A
87
J20C TAN
K6
GRN
J20A TAN
NEUTRAL START RELAY
E2B WHT
T13 BLU
PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE

86 87A 85 87 85 87 30 86 30 87A
T12A BLU
85
87A
87
RED
S13
E23 WHT GRN GRN GRN A B C D
GRN GRN T11 BLU J27 TAN
T13 BLU
T11 BLU
J27 TAN
J27 TAN
J27 TAN
T52 BLU
V2
J27 TAN
E2B WHT
J20A TAN
T13 BLU
V4 Y5
REVERSE SOLENOID
G30 BLK
T53 BLU T14 BLU
T14 BLU
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID REVERSE SOLENOID DIODE FORWARD SOLENOID DIODE
T15 BLU
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
Y6
FORWARD SOLENOID
G01 BLK
V12
C1/B2 SOLENOID DIODE
Y12
C1/B2 SOLENOID
T15 BLU
T52 BLU
G10E BLK
Y4 V3
Y8
HYDRAULIC PUMP DESTROKE SOLENOID
Y14
Y13 V13
G01 BLK G01 BLK
G01 BLK
V5
C2/B3 SOLENOID C2/B3 SOLENOID DIODE
G01 BLK
Y7
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SOLENOID NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE
G01 BLK
G04 BLK
TO REVERSE ALARM RELAY SE5, K9
G01 BLK
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID DIODE TO PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH) SE9, S12
G01 BLK
G01 BLK
TO STARTER TO PARK MOTOR TO REVERSE "S" TERMINAL BRAKE SWITCH (DASH) SE9, S12 ALARM RELAY SE1, M1 SE5, K4
G01 BLK G01 BLK
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS GROUND ENGINE HARNESS GROUND G20 BLK G10A BLK G40 BLK
TO PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH) SE9, S12
G20 BLK
TO LEFT TURN INDICATOR LIGHT SE13, H1

G01 BLK
TO PARK LIGHT RELAY SE9, K3

G20 BLK G10A BLK G40 BLK
G10A BLK
ROOF HARNESS GROUND
TO START RELAY SE1, K1

G01 BLK
G40 BLK
G01 BLK
SE9 PARK BRAKE CIRCUIT SE10 FNR/RANGE CONTROL CIRCUIT
SE11 NEUTRAL DISCONNECT CIRCUIT
T117120
CED,TX17864,150
G01 BLK
G04 BLK
G04 BLK
E23 WHT
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
G10G BLK
J27 TAN
E23 WHT
E22A WHT
86 30 1909SEP981/1
V11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=200
T117121
1916SEP98
OFF ON 8
B11B RED
TERMINALS TURN POSITION 5 6 3 7 SIGNAL OFF SWITCH LEFT RIGHT 4-WAY FLASH 6 2 5 1 3 10 SWITCH BEACON OFF 9 SWITCH ON 10 5 1
B11B RED B12D RED R31 BLK
B11B RED
B12D RED M39 PUR P23A RED M39 PUR B11D RED
R31 BLK B15 RED P19E RED B15 RED
B11D RED
M39 PUR
F10 F11 F12

RIGHT TURN LIGHT FUSE NOT USED
F13
RETURN-TO-DIG/ BEACON FUSE
TURN/STOP/ HORN FUSE
P19A RED
S17
ON 2 8 3 OFF I O
LEFT TURN LIGHT FUSE
P19E RED
P19D RED
1 5 G30 BLK 10
L50 BRN
L49 BRN
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCHES

L50 BRN
V6
L48A BRN M48D PUR M47D PUR L47A BRN M47 PUR
M08 PUR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
V7
P20A RED
B11
S16
M07 PUR
P19F RED
4-WAY FLASHER SWITCH
P20C RED L45B BRN L45A BRN M47 PUR ON 1 10
P19B RED
S15
7 L 3
L46B BRN
OFF
M48 PUR
L46A BRN
HORN SWITCH
M47 PUR
L49 BRN L50 BRN L50 BRN L48 BRN L47 BRN
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR LIGHT
G10H BLK
5 6
M48 PUR M48D PUR
P20B RED
H6
OFF O I
S20
5 9
L46 BRN
L46 BRN
L47A BRN
RETURNTO-DIG SWITCH
E11
L49A BRN
E12 H3
REAR REAR
M48 PUR
A67 ORG
E13
G30 BLK G30 BLK
+ +
B3
G20 BLK G20 BLK
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
BRAKE LIGHTS
H1
LEFT TURN INDICATOR LIGHT
G30 BLK
LEFT TURN LIGHTS
RIGHT TURN LIGHTS

G20 BLK
G20 BLK
BEACON LIGHT
Y9
G20 BLK
HORN
S21
FLASHER
G30 BLK G30 BLK
G20 BLK
TO SHIFT CONTROLLER SE10, A1

G40 BLK G40A BLK G10A BLK G01 BLK SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS GROUND G40A BLK
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
G30E BLK
W2
G10A BLK G10A BLK
G10A BLK
G20 BLK G01 BLK
G40 BLK
G40A BLK
G01 BLK
SE12 HORN CIRCUIT
SE13 TURN SIGNAL, FLASHER AND BRAKE LIGHT CIRCUIT
SE14 BEACON AND RETURN-TO-DIG CIRCUIT
T117121
CED,TX17864,151
1909SEP981/1
1584 X 628
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-17
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=201
G01 BLK
G10E BLK
G10D BLK
FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS GROUND
G30 BLK
G30 BLK
G10H BLK
RETURNTO-DIG SOLENOID
H01 GRN
LEFT
RIGHT FRONT
H2 H5 H4
S18
BEACON SWITCH
FRONT
P20C RED
I O II
4-WAY FLASHER SWITCH DIODE
4-WAY FLASHER SWITCH DIODE

T117122 1916SEP98
B11B RED R31 BLK
B11A RED
B12D RED
R31 BLK
B11D RED
M39 PUR
M39B PUR
P23A RED
F14
TACH./ HMTR. FUSE
P21D RED P23A RED
F15
P21F RED
P1
R31 BLK
M39A PUR
P21E RED
MONITOR FUSE
FUEL GAUGE
P23 RED
H9
RED STOP LIGHT
Z36B GRY P21B RED
P21D RED
P21D RED
G10K BLK Z36B GRY
GS
P21A RED
E14 X41
HOUR METER OR AUXILIARY VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR
Z36A GRY
FUEL GAUGE LIGHT
P3
HOUR METER h
M37C PUR G10C BLK G10B BLK
Z37 GRY
P21J RED
P21B RED
H11
Z37 GRY
ALARM
G10J BLK
Y33 YEL
ENG. ENG. ENG. ENG. CONVTR. HYD. COOLANT OIL ALT. AIR OIL OIL TEMP. PRESS. VOLTS FILTER TEMP. FILTER
H10
P21H RED
H8
M37C PUR
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT

1 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E F P21B RED
B4
M37D PUR
P23 RED
BLK
DISPLAY MODULE
FUEL SENDER
M37D PUR
SIG
G10C BLK
M39A PUR
M39B PUR
P2
M37A PUR
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A
Z36B GRY
TACHOMETER/ HOUR METER (OPTIONAL)
G10B BLK
G10J BLK
G10R BLK 85 G10T BLK P23 RED 87
M40 PUR
M39A PUR 87A
7 A 8 B 9 C 10 D
N34 YEL
G01 BLK
TO K3 PARK LIGHT RELAY SE8 TO K3 PARK LIGHT RELAY SE9, K3

G01 BLK
TO S31 SEAT SWITCH SE9, S31
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
B9 B6
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
B8
CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SWITCH
SE15 INDICATOR CIRCUIT
(S.N. 830205- ) G01 BLK
G10A BLK
G10A BLK
G10A BLK
G10A BLK
HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
G01 BLK
SE13 GAUGE AND HOUR METER CIRCUIT
SE14 DISPLAY MODULE AND LOGIC MODULE CIRCUIT
T117122
CED,TX17864,152
F39 YEL
G10U BLK
X38 YEL
ALTERNATOR RELAY
86 30
B5
M37B PUR
B7
X36 YEL
K7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
P21C RED
Z36 GRY Z36C GRY 1909SEP981/1
PN=202
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872256)
T7812AH
1923APR97
E1 E6 H4
R.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT R.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
E2 M4 E8
M2 E4 X2
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR X29 E1, X29 P25 RED P15 RED B A R.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
DOME LIGHT
SWIVEL LIGHT
REAR WIPER MOTOR
GRY
E10
M M
RED BLU YEL
H5
R.H. REAR TURN LIGHT R.H. BRAKE LIGHT
E12
R.H. REAR TAIL LIGHT
R.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
BRN
GRN
BRN
RED
P15 RED
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
* WIRES A68 AND A69

(SHOWN AS DASHED LINES) ARE USED FOR (S.N. 816286)
BLU
YEL
X3
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
G20 BLK G20 BLK G20 BLK G20 BLK L47 BRN L47 BRN L43 BRN L42 BRN
S27
A66 ORG P14 RED G20 BLK A65 ORG G20 BLK L41 BRN G20 BLK A64 ORG A63 ORG
S28
* A69 ORG
P14 RED
L47 BRN
G20 BLK
E6
W2
X3
X3
X1
L43 BRN
W2
G20 BLK
H4
L46 BRN
DOME LIGHT SWITCH

M2 E4 W2 X3 X3 X3 X1 X1 X1
G20 BLK
SWIVEL LIGHT SWITCH
* A69 ORG * A68 ORG

X1 E8 W2 X1 M4 X1 H5 H4 X1 X3 X3 X3 W2 X2 W2 X1 W2
X2
W2
X1
X1
W2
H2
X1
E3
X1
W2
X1
W2
W2
H3
X1
E10, H5
E12, M4
E7, H2
H4, E13
S28, M2
X29, M3
E9, H3
E11
E5
E7
X1
X2
X1
M4 M3 M2 M2 M4 M4 M3 M3
A61 ORG A62 ORG G20 BLK L42 BRN G20 BLK P14 RED G20 BLK P15 RED L43 BRN
A66 ORG A65 ORG A64 ORG A63 ORG A62 ORG A61 ORG
H G F E D C B A
G20 BLK
L46 BRN
L48 BRN
G20 BLK
L41 BRN
G20 BLK
L48 BRN
L43 BRN
L48 BRN
G20 BLK
L43 BRN
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
*A68 ORG
P25 RED
YEL
RED
BLU
GRN
W2 E11
L.H. BRAKE LIGHT L.H. REAR TURN LIGHT L.H. REAR TAIL LIGHT
X29 E7
L.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
E5 H3 E9 H2
L.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT
E3
L.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
L.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
M3
ROOF HARNESS TO RADIO HARNESS CONNECTOR
E13
BEACON LIGHT
G20 BLK
L45 BRN
X1
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR P14 RED H M3 M2, M4 E6, E5 L41 BRN G H2, H3 L48 BRN F L43 BRN E X29 E7, E9, E10, E8 L45 BRN D E13 L47 BRN C H4, H5 E11, E12 L46 BRN B L42 BRN A E4, E3
T7812AH
TX,9015,QQ1704
1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-19
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=203
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Component Location (S.N. 872256)

T7812AI 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1705
1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=204
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 815415)
T7812AJ
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ3265
1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-21
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=205

T7812AK 1921APR98
TX,9015,BG976
1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=206
T8462AJ
1925APR97
TX,9015,BD2726
1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-23
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=207

T8543AA 1925APR97
TX,9015,BG977
1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=208
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Component Location (S.N. 825657)
T108416
1911APR97
S18 S10
REAR LIGHT SWITCH
S6 X10 X12 F14

MONITOR/ GAUGES REAR WIPER SWITCH CONNECTOR
S25 X37 X11 V11

PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE BEACON SWITCH CONNECTOR REAR LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR SEAT BELT LIGHT CONNECTOR
AC SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
S2 S15
HORN SWITCH
MFWD SWITCH
BEACON SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
REAR WIPER SWITCH
F2
FUEL/ETHER/ BK. ALARM
F4 F15
HAZARD MONITOR RADIO F12 RTURN
X9
E15 P2
TACHOMETER AC SWITCH CONNECTOR
MFWD SWITCH CONNECTOR
F11 F9
FNR/PARK LTURN
SEAT BELT LIGHT
X13 X8
HORN SWITCH CONNECTOR PARK BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR
X38
F13 F16
START RTD/BEACON/PUMP
S12 H8 P2
DISPLAY MONITOR
F10 S21
FLASHER RELAY TURN/STOP/HORN
TACHOMETER
F8 K7
ALTERNATOR FRONT LIGHTS/ TAIL LIGHTS
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
S22
HEATER TEMP. SWITCH
S4
START AID SWITCH CONNECTOR
X14 V8
LOGIC MODULE/ DISPLAY MODULE DIODE
START AID SWITCH
K5 K3
PARK LIGHT PARK BRAKE RELAY
F7 F3
DOME/ RADIO REAR LIGHTS
S8
F6
HEATER/AC
P1 S13
G E F NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
FUEL GAUGE
S1
KEY SWITCH
BLOWER SWITCH SEE BLOWER HARNESS (W10)
K4 H10
K6 F1
NEUTRAL BACKUP RELAY ALARM RELAY MFWD/ALT DIFF. LOCK ROTATED 180
F5
WIPER
X19 K2
ACCESSORY RELAY
LOGIC MODULE 4 PIN CONNECTOR (S.N. 815415)
X1
H
X15
FUEL GAUGE CONNECTOR
X20
A B F H G KEY SWITCH CONNECTOR C D
H7 X16 X3
E
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
X7
DISPLAY MODULE CONNECTORS
LOGIC MODULE (S.N. 815415)
H9
RED STOP LIGHT
K2
D C LOGIC MODULE 4 PIN CONNECTOR (S.N. 815415) B A
X17 X18
ACCESSORY RELAY
X2
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR B A
T108416
CAB SIDE CONSOLE COMPONENT LOCATION

TX,9015,BG972 1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-25
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=209

T7812AM 1925APR97
TX,9015,BG978
1919AUG991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=210
T107052
1911APR97
X41 P2 S1
KEY SWITCH
BLK ACC ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
F14
FUEL GAUGE LIGHT
X2 X44
SIG
TACHOMETER HOUR METER
HOUR METER OR AUXILIARY VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR
E15
n +

IGN
H11
DISPLAY MODULE ALARM
G10K BLK
P21E RED
ST
START AID SWITCH HORN SWITCH

+ G S
P21D RED
B A
P25 RED F4 P15A RED F3
S4 S15 P1
P21B RED P21A RED B14 RED
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
SEAT BELT LIGHT
H10
G10C BLK M37D PUR G10C BLK G10B BLK M37D PUR M39A PUR M37C PUR
B11B RED
X3
B12A RED
M32A PUR
R31A BLK
M32C PUR
B12B RED
B12B RED
B12C RED
E25 WHT
B12D RED
A67 ORG
P24F RED
G10J BLK
Y33 YEL
Z36C GRY P21D RED

G10L BLK E22 WHT P12A RED P12B RED P19B RED
FUEL GAUGE
P21J RED
Z37 GRY
P21B RED
S1
F9
F14
X43
X48
H8
F16
F2
X44
K2
X25
X22
S12
V12
S12
X48
X23
F2
X21
X23
H10
F14
X46
H8
F14
X51
X48
X45
X1
X3
S1
K2
K3
F9
K7
H8
X41
X3
K3
X47
H9
H8
P1
S13
E15
K5
F15
E15
X25
X30
X50
X22
X24
X22
X22
H G F E D C B A
X49
A69 ORG A68 ORG A66 ORG A65 ORG A64 ORG A63 ORG A62 ORG A61 ORG
X25 X25 S6 S6 X25 X25 X25 X25
T53 BLU
X1
B11B RED B11C RED M37A PUR M37B PUR B11A RED M37C PUR W55 BLU
T52 BLU
X52
J27 TAN
M31 PUR
M32A PUR
L45A BRN
P20B BLK
M32C PUR
J27A TAN
P21F RED
P21H RED
P21D RED
M32B PUR
GRN
P24F RED
P24B RED
RED
PARK BRAKE SWITCH

ON OFF I 0 1 7 2 8 10
10 ON OFF I 0 1 10 ON OFF II I 0 1 5
P14B RED
J20A TAN
OFF ON 0
L45B BRN
H G F E D C B A
P14G RED L41A BRN L48A BRN L43A BRN L45A BRN L47A BRN L46A BRN L42A BRN
X52 S10 F11 X25 S18 F12 B11 X25
X43
J20B TAN
5 6 9
X45
S2
MFWD SWITCH
V15 X46
5 9 3 7
S13
P24E RED
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
S18
BEACON SWITCH
S6
REAR WIPER SWITCH
SPICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
T107052
TX,9015,BD2727
1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-27
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=211
P21J RED
S12
G10H BLK
A65 ORG
M01B PUR

P13C RED P13D RED
A66 ORG
E15
H11
H9
P21C RED
T107051
F14 P21C RED
H49
X47
Z36B GRY
RED WARNING LIGHT
K3
Z36D GRY
X46 H8 H9
P21F RED
Z36A GRY Z36B GRY Z36C GRY
1 2 3 4 5 6
11 12 13 14 15 16
X47 X48 X50

P14G RED P14C RED P14B RED P14A RED
I ON OFF O 1 5
H8
7 A 8 B 9 C 10 D
H11
F E D C B A
A B C D E F
DISPLAY MODULE
X21 X21 X23 K7, H7, P2
F39 YEL X38 YEL M40 PUR M37B PUR

Z36A GRY
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS) SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS) SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS) SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
B15 RED
K3 X30 S21 P1 X21 K2 F14, P2 X41 S18 S1 S2 S19 P20C RED P20B RED P20A RED X23 S18 F13 K7 P2 X21 M39B PUR M39A PUR M39 PUR F1 X23 G10L BLK P13A RED P13B RED P13C RED P13E RED H10 S1 X21 G10J BLK G10M BLK G10B BLK G10H BLK
Z36A GRY Z37 GRY R31A BLK N34 YEL X36 YEL P21H RED
G10A BLK G10D BLK
X49
X57
X1 X25 S6 F5
K7
G10V BLK
S31
SEAT SWITCH
X52 S10 K2
K3
M01A PUR
X44 P12C RED S12 X48 X25 X25 L41A BRN X1 S1 X57 X45 P17A RED F7 L50 BRN G10D BLK
B12C RED
P24B RED
L49A BRN
E22 WHT M39B PUR M37A PUR P24C RED
L49A BRN
P24C RED
E22A WHT
REAR LIGHT SWITCH ACCESSORY RELAY
G10R BLK
L50 BRN
G10E BLK G10R BLK M39B PUR
G10R BLK
M37A PUR
S31 S1 H9 Z36D GRY T12A BLU M01A PUR M01B PUR

E22A WHT
G10V BLK
B14 RED
ALT
S31 X30 V12
K7
K3
PARK LT
G10D BLK
G10J BLK
G10M BLK
B11C RED B15 RED
X43 F17 X23 X21

G10P BLK G10E BLK
P12C RED M62 PUR T13C BLU
FLSHR
S21
K4
BACKUP ALM
P24B RED
G10G BLK E23 WHT
B12C RED
E22 WHT
P23 RED
NEUTL
X23
K6
X25
T12 BLU J20C TAN
P12C RED
T107051
F16
X25 S12
J24A RED J20A TAN P24C RED
PARK BRK
START
K5
F9
1911APR97
V11 X49 P16 RED F6 X2 A16 ORG X33 X52
J25 TAN
FNR/PARK B12D RED P21A RED
TM1537 (26FEB02)
F14
F1
P13A RED MFWD/ALT DIFF. LOCK
X35
MONITOR/ GAUGES
F2
F3
P15A RED DOME/ RADIO
P12C RED
FUEL/ETHER BK. ALM.
F15
F5
P14A RED WIPER
P12A RED
TACH/ H MOTOR
B11D RED
B12A RED
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO BLOWER HARNESS CONNECTOR
X35
F4
P23A RED
F6
P16 RED HEATER/ AC
RADIO
P25 RED
F7
A16 ORG
X35
S10
P17A RED REAR LTS
B11A RED
X33
A17 ORG
X22
X53
FRONT LTS/ TAIL LTS X54
F8
P18A RED
TURN/STOP/ HORN X50
F10
F12
P19A RED
R TURN
F11
F13
CONNECTOR FOR AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH
P20A RED RTD/BCON
9015-10A-28
TX,9015,BG979 1901APR971/1
L TURN
F17
FUSE BLOCK
E2B WHT J25 TAN
X21 K2 K5 X25 X1 X25 X1 X2 X25 K2 S4 S1 P2 X44 B12D RED B12A RED B11A RED L47A BRN P25 RED B15 RED M48D PUR
V11
L48A BRN M47D PUR
P23A RED
P12A RED
710D Backhoe Loader
P21A RED
022602
PN=212
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825658872256) X23 X25
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
T107053
1911APR97
B11
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
P19F RED
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR S4 P12B RED K6 E23 WHT P1 Y33 YEL X49 P13B RED K4 M62 PUR X50 P20C RED S12 J27 TAN H8 M40 PUR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X53 X53 X22

L46B BRN
L46A BRN
P18A RED
P18B RED
P18C RED
P19D RED
T13 BLU
T13A BLU
T13C BLU
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR M31 PUR S2 W55 BLU S2 X33 A17 ORG X25 A71 ORG X4 T14 BLU X4 T15 BLU S15 A67 ORG S13 T52 BLU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X21
X1 X54 X21 K4 X25 X49
F8
X25
X21
X25
X48
X25
S15
F10
X25
B11
X21
X3 X3 X3 X3 X22 X52 F12 X3 F15 X54 S21 S21 F11 X30 X21 X55 K5 S12 X3 X53 X1 X53 X1 K6 A61 ORG A62 ORG A63 ORG A64 ORG A71 ORG P14C RED M47D PUR A69 ORG P23A RED P19E RED L50 BRN L49A BRN M48D PUR G30E BLK T11 BLU T13 BLU P24A RED J27A TAN A68 ORG P18B RED L43A BRN P18C RED L42A BRN T12 BLU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
G30E BLK
G10A BLK
G40A BLK
X24
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR S13 X22 X22
T53 BLU T14 BLU T15 BLU A B C D E
P19A RED
P19E RED
P19B RED
P19D RED
T16 BLU
P13E RED
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR B11 RED K2 G40A BLK X30 T11 BLU X25 E2B WHT V11 T13A BLU X55 F39 YEL H8 E25 WHT S4 X38 YEL H8 M39 PUR X51 N34 YEL H8 M32B PUR S12
X30 S19
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SHIFT
X54
H8 S19
X36 YEL T16 BLU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
T107053
TX,9015,BG980
1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-29
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=213

T107602 1911APR97
S18 X12
REAR WIPER SWITCH CONNECTOR
S6 X10
MONITOR/ GAUGES FUEL/ETHER/ BK. ALARM
S25 X37
SEAT BELT LIGHT CONNECTOR MFWD SWITCH CONNECTOR
S10 X11 X9
PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE REAR LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR
F14
F2 F15
HAZARD MONITOR
F4
RADIO
F12
RTURN
AC SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
S2 V11 P2
TACHOMETER START
BEACON SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
REAR WIPER SWITCH
REAR LIGHT SWITCH
F11
LTURN
MFWD SWITCH
S15 X38 F16 X56 S21

FLASHER RELAY AC SWITCH CONNECTOR BEACON SWITCH CONNECTOR FNR/ PARK
F9
E15 P2
TACHOMETER
HORN SWITCH
S12 H8
HORN SWITCH CONNECTOR DISPLAY MONITOR SEAT SWITCH CONNECTOR (CAB)
SEAT BELT LIGHT PARK BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR
X13 X8 K7
ALTERNATOR
F13
RTD/BEACON/PUMP
F10
TURN/STOP/HORN
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
F8
FRONT LIGHTS/ TAIL LIGHTS
S22 X14
START AID SWITCH CONNECTOR
S4 V8
HEATER TEMP. SWITCH
K3
PARK LIGHT
F7 K5 K4 K6
PARK BRAKE RELAY BACKUP NEUTRAL ALARM RELAY RELAY
START AID SWITCH
F3
DOME/ RADIO
REAR LIGHTS
F6
HEATER/AC
S8 S13
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH H E FUEL GAUGE CONNECTOR G F
F5 F1
WIPER MFWD/ALT DIFF. LOCK
P1 FUEL GAUGE
S1
KEY SWITCH
BLOWER SWITCH SEE BLOWER HARNESS (W10)
H10
K2 X1 X15 X7 H9
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR A B F H KEY SWITCH CONNECTOR G C D
ROTATED 180
ACCESSORY RELAY
X3
E SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR D C A B A
X16
DISPLAY MODULE CONNECTORS RED STOP LIGHT
K2
ACCESSORY RELAY
X2
B SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
X56
SEAT SWITCH CONNECTOR (ROPS)
T107602
CAB SIDE CONSOLE COMPONENT LOCATION

TX,9015,BG970 1925MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=214
T107603
1911APR97
X25 X24 B11

BRAKE LIGHT SWITCHES SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
S31
SEAT SWITCH
B A
7 C E D
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
X21
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
13
14
12
11
10
5 6
X22
S19
DIFF. LOCK SWITCH
X23 CAB SIDE CONSOLE COMPONENT LOCATION

TX,9015,BG981 1901APR971/1
T107603
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-31
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=215
Front Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872256)

T8077AC 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1708
1906OCT931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=216
Front Console Harness (W7) Component Location (S.N. 872256)
T7812AO
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1709
1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-33
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=217
Engine Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872256)

T108132 1930APR97
V9 S20
RED
X23 M1
STARTER MOTOR
ALTERNATOR DIODE
P13C TAN
M39 PUR
Y2
GRN
B7 K1 B5 B6
RED CABLE
Y8
RETURNTO-DIG SWITCH
Y3
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
G2
A B
START AID SOLENOID START RELAY
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION B3 HORN SWITCH
Y9
RETURNTO-DIG SOLENOID ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
ALTERNATOR
D+
M06 PUR
P13B TAN
X34
M + +
N34 YEL E02 WHT
B+
ENGINE HARNESS TO A/C COMPRESSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR

B
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR P12 RED Y3 E23 WHT K1 Y33 YEL B4 P13 RED G2 B1 M62 PUR S20 P20 RED J27 TAN V2 M40 PUR B7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B11 RED
X22
X36 YEL P12 RED X21 G01 BLK (S.N. XXXXXX- ) X21 X22 X21 X21 X22 X23 X4 X22 X4 W1 X4 W1 X4 W1 W1 X21 W1
E02 WHT
P13 RED
M39 PUR
G01 BLK
H01 GRN
B11 RED
G1
BATTERIES
B11 RED
A17 ORG
B03 RED
G01 BLK
E02 WHT
H01 GRN
G01 BLK
M40 PUR
G02 BLK
G01 BLK
B11 RED
A67 ORG
E23 WHT
E23 WHT
B11 RED
E27 WHT
E23 WHT
G01 BLK
P20 RED
Y9
S20
X21
X23
W1
W1
W1
X23
W1
G2
K1
B03 RED
K1
Y8
X22
X23
X23
W1
X21
M1
X23
X22
W1
M1
W1
X22
W1
V1
X22
X23
W1
G2
X21
X23
W11
Y14, Y4
V2, Y14 M1
Y4, V2
W1
W1
X21
K1
X21
X4
X23
Y1
W1
X21
W1
Y11
W1
X21
V10
W1
X32
V5
V13
V4
V12
V3
W1
G01 BLK
G01 BLK
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR S3 M31 PUR W55 BLU V1 X34 A17 ORG A71 ORG M5 V12 T14 BLU V13 T15 BLU B3 A67 ORG V5 T52 BLU
T15 BLU T15 BLU T13 BLU G01 BLK T13 BLU T52 BLU T52 BLU T14 BLU T14 BLU G01 BLK T11 BLU T11 BLU G01 BLK A71 ORG X38 YEL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J27 TAN
J27 TAN
B6, Y9, B7
J27 TAN
J27 TAN
G01 BLK
T16 BLU
T16 BLU
W55 BLU
M32 PUR
M62 PUR
W55 BLU
G01 BLK
G01 BLK
G01 BLK
T16 BLU
W55 BLU
F39 YEL
G01 BLK
G01 BLK
G01 BLK
Y33 YEL
M31 PUR
Y8, B2, B1
V1, Y1, S3, Y2
Y7, V5, V3
V4, Y5, Y6
B4, B12, Y4
G01 BLK
G01 BLK
T52 BLU
T15 BLU
T11 BLU
T14 BLU
T13 BLU
G02 BLK
G01 BLK
G05 BLK
G40 BLK
RED
G05 BLK
G04 BLK
G04 BLK
G03 BLK
B4
A A A
W3
GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
FUEL SENDER
B2 W1
BLK BLK
B1
V1
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID DIODE
V2
BLK
PARK BRAKE SENSING SWITCH
REVERSE WARNING ALARM
MFWD SOLENOID DIODE
Y1 Y4
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
S3 Y14
MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/ LEFT SIDE
B9
G04 BLK
Y11
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR M1 B11 RED W1 G40 BLK M V4 T11 BLU M1 E02 WHT V3 T13 BLU M5 X4 B9 F39 YEL WASHER ENGINE HARNESS Y2 E25 WHT MOTOR TO TRANSMISSION V13 V4 V3 B8 X38 YEL SOLENOID HARNESS C2/B3 FORWARD V5 REVERSE V12 CONNECTOR G2 M39 PUR SOLENOID C1/B2 SOLENOID NEUTRAL DIODE DIODE B8 DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE B6 N34 YEL TRANSMISSION B2 SOLENOID DIODE M32 PUR V10 TEMPERATURE DIODE DIFF. LOCK SWITCH SOLENOID B5 X36 YEL DIODE V10 T16 BLU
G01 BLK
B
G05 BLK
G05 BLK
B B
G01 BLK
X21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
T108132
HYDRAULIC MFWD FILTER MFWD SOLENOID INDICATOR RESTRICTION SWITCH SWITCH
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
TX,9015,BG973
1925MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-34
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=218
Engine Harness (W8) Component Location (S.N. 872256)
T7812AQ
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1711
1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10A-35
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=219
Transmission Solenoid Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872256)

T7812AR 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1712
1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-36
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=220
Transmission Solenoid Harness (W9) Component Location (S.N. 872256)
T7812AS
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1713
1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-37
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=221
Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825657)

T7812AT 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1714
1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-38
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=222
Blower Harness (W10) Component Location (S.N. 825657)
T7812AV
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1722
1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-39
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=223
Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825658872256)

T107545 1911APR97
W3
GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
R1 X6 X36
R1 YEL
BLOWER RESISTOR BLOWER SWITCH CONNECTOR

1
AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH CYCLE SWITCH CONNECTORS
ORG
200 BLK
R1
BLU
OFF 1 2 3 4
S8
BLOWER SWITCH
1
PUR
BLU
YEL
522 WHT
517 DK BLU
X6, M6
X6
X6
X6
X35
M6
R1 M6
ORG
4 B
W3
M7, R1, X6
4 X36 PUR 3
BLK
M6
ORG
X35
518 RED
X35
BLOWER HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
52C BLK/WHT
HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
X6
WHT
T107545
TX,9015,BD2729
1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-40
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=224
Blower Harness (W10) Component Location (S.N. 825658872256)
T106845
1911APR97
S22
HEATER TEMP. SWITCH
S8
BLOWER SWITCH
X6
BLOWER SWITCH CONNECTOR
X35
BLOWER HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
W3
GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
W10
BLOWER HARNESS
R1
BLOWER RESISTOR
M6 BLOWER HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION

HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
T106845
TX,9015,BG971
1925MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-41
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=225
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825657)

T7812AU 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1715
1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-42
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=226
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Component Location (S.N. 825657)
T8077AD
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1724
1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-43
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=227
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Component Location (S.N. 825658872256)

T106847 1922APR97
F5 S25
AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH 1 2 3 4 B HEATER TEMPERATURE SWITCH 30 AMP HEATER/A.C. CIRCUIT BREAKER
BLOWER SWITCH CONNECTOR
S22
YEL
BLU
PUR
ORG
RED
BLOWER HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR C B
S8
BLOWER SWITCH
BLK / W
RED
S23
R1
BLOWER RESISTOR
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
CONDENSOR
S24
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
M7
HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
S26
AC FREEZE SWITCH
Y10
COMPRESSOR
T106847
AIR CONDITIONING COMPONENT LOCATION

TX,9015,BD2731 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-44
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=228
Radio Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872256)
T7828AN
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1760
1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-45
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=229
Radio Harness (W12) Component Location (S.N. 872256)

T7828AO 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ1761
1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-46
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=230
Auxiliary Valve Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872256)
T8543AC
1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ3272
1907SEP951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-47
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=231
Auxiliary Valve Harness (W14) Component Location (S.N. 872256)

T8543AD 1925APR97
TX,9015,QQ3273
1907SEP951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-48
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=232
Group 10B
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257 )

Component Identification Table
Each component (electrical device) and main connector will have and identification letter assigned to it. A number is added to the letter to separate and indicate the total components within that letter group.
Identification Letter A B Type System, subassembly, parts group Transducer for conversion of non-electrical variables to electrical and vice versa Examples Control units, trigger boxes, two-way radios, logic module, FNR logic module Speed sensors, pressure sensors, pressure switches horns, sensors, pickups, limit-value sensors, pulse generators, loudspeakers, inductive pickups, probes, air-flow sensors, oil-pressure switches, temperature sensors, ignition-voltage pickups Condensers and capacitors, general Digital devices, integrated circuits, pulse counters, magnetic tape recorders Heating devices, air conditioners, light, headlights, spark plugs, ignition distributors Release mechanisms, polarity protection devices, fuses, current protection circuits Batteries, generators, alternators, charging units Audible alarms, indicator lights, turn-signal lights, brake lights, alarms, warning lights, buzzers Battery relays, turn-signal relays, solenoid switches, starting relays, warning flashers Choke coils, coils, windings Blower motors, fan motors, starter motors Regulators (electronic or electromechanical), voltage stabilizers Ammeter, diagnostic connectors, tachometers, fuel gauge, pressure gauges, measuring points, test points, speedometers Flame glow plugs, sheathed-element flame glow plugs, glow plugs, heating resistors, NTC resistors, PTC resistors, potentiometers, regulating resistors 9015 10B 1
C D E F G H K L M N P R
Condenser, capacitor Binary device, memory Various devices and equipment Protection device Power supply, generator Monitor, alarm, signalling device Relay Inductor Motor Regulator, amplifier Measuring instrument Resistor
TX,901505,QQ381 1916SEP921/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=233

Identification Letter S T U V W X Switch Transformer Modulator, converter Semiconductor, electron tubes Transmission path, conductor, antenna Terminal, plug, plug and socket connection
Type
Examples Switches and pushbuttons, general key switch, light switch, horn switch, flasher switch Ignition coil, ignition transformer DC transformers Transistors, diodes, electron tubes, rectifiers, semiconductors, thyristors, zener diodes Antennas, shielding components, shielded conductors, cable harnesses, conductors, ground conductors Terminal studs, electrical connections, connectors electrical line couplers, line connectors, sockets, plugs, terminals, plug-and-socket connections Permanent magnets, (solenoid-operated) injection valves, electromagnetic clutches and brakes, air valves, fuel pumps, solenoids, switching valves, start valves, locking systems Interference suppression filters
Electrically actuated mechanical device
9015 10B 2
Electrical filter
TX,901505,QQ381 1916SEP922/2
Fuse (Blade-Type) Color Codes

Amperage Rating 1 3 4 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 Color Black Violet Pink Tan Brown Red Light Blue Yellow Natural (White) Light Green
TX,9015,QQ6743 1928SEP921/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=234
Fuse Specifications (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 3
F17.5 Amp MFWD/Alternator/Diff. Lock Fuse F215 Amp Fuel/Start Aid and Reverse Alarm Fuse F35 Amp Dome Light/Radio Fuse F45 Amp Radio Fuse (Unswitched Power)
F515 Amp Wiper Fuse F630 Amp Heater/AC/Air Seat Fuse F715 Amp Rear Light Fuse F825 Amp Front Light/Tail Light Fuse F910 Amp FNR/Park Brake Fuse F1020 Amp Turn/Stop/Flash and Horn Fuse
F11Not Used F12Not Used F1310 Amp RTD/Beacon and Pump Cutout Fuse F1410 Amp Monitor/Gauge Fuse F1510 Auxiliary Fuse F1610 Amp Start Fuse
K3Hydraulic Pump Relay (Not Used) K4Reverse Alarm Relay K5Park Brake Relay K6Neutral Relay K7Alternator Sense Relay S21Flasher
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from overload.
The fuse block is located on the side console inside an access cover.
CED,TX17864,121 1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=235
T100712
1928MAY96
Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend (S.N. 872257 )

NOTE: A2Radio (SE4, W12). A2 indicates component identification number. Radio indicates component name. SE4 indicates section number of SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC where component is located. W12 indicates HARNESS WIRING DIAGRAM and HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION drawings where component is located.
9015 10B 4
A2Radio (SE4, W12) B1 Backup Warning Alarm (SE5, W8) B2Hydraulic Oil Temperature Switch (SE15, W8) B3Horn (SE12, W8) B4Fuel Sender (SE15, W8) B5Engine Coolant Temperature Switch (SE16, W8) B6Engine Oil Pressure Switch (SE16, W8) B7Air Filter Restriction Switch (SE16, W8) B8Converter Oil Temperature Switch (SE16, W8) B9Hydraulic Filter Restriction Indicator Switch (SE16, W8) B10Park Brake Pressure Switch (SE16, W8) B11Brake Light Switches (SE12, W6) B13Radio Speaker (SE4, W12) B14Radio Speaker (SE4, W12) B15Engine Coolant Temperature Sender (If Equipped) (SE16, ) B16Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender (If Equipped) (SE16, ) B17Brake Pressure Switch (SE16, W6) B18Brake Pressure Switch (SE16, W6) B19A/C Freeze Switch (SE6, W10) B20Low Pressure Switch (SE6, W11) B21High Pressure Switch (SE6, W11) E1Dome Light (SE4, W5) E3L. H. Front Work Light (SE9, W5) E4R. H. Front Work Light (SE9, W5) E5L. H. Rear Work Light (SE8, W5) E6R. H. Rear Work Light (SE8, W5) E7L. H. Front Drive Light (SE9, W5)
E8R. H. Front Drive Light (SE9, W5) E9L. H. Rear Tail Light (SE9, W5) E10R. H. Rear Tail Light (SE9, W5) E11L. H. Brake Light (SE12, W5) E12R. H. Brake Light (SE12, W5) E13Beacon Light (SE13, W5) E14Fuel Gauge Light (SE14, W6) E16Tachometer Lights (SE14, W6) F1MFWD/ Alt. Diff Lock Fuse (SE3, W6) F2Fuel/Either/Backup Alarm Fuse (SE5, W6) F3Dome/Radio Fuse (SE4, W6) F4Radio Fuse (SE4, W6) F5Wiper Fuse (SE7, W6) F6A/C-HTR/Air Seat Fuse (SE6, W6) F7Rear Lights Fuse (SE8, W6) F8Front Lights/Tail Lights Fuse (SE9, W6) F9FNR/Park Brake Fuse (SE10, W6) F10Turn/Stop/Flasher/Horn Fuse (SE12, W6) F13RTD/Beacon/Pump Fuse (SE13, W6) F14Monitor Gauges Fuse (SE14, W6) F15Auxiliary Fuse (SE1, W6) F16Start Fuse (SE1, W6) F17Fuse Block (, W6) G1Battery (SE1, W8) G2Alternator (SE1, W8) H2L. H. Front Turn Light (SE12, W5) H3L. H. Rear Turn Light (SE12, W5) H4R. H. Front Turn Light (SE9, W5) H5R. H. Rear Turn Light (SE12, W5) H8Display Monitor (SE15, W6) H11Monitor Alarm (SE15, W6) K1Starter Relay (SE1, W8) K2Accessory Relay (SE1, W6) K3Pump Cutout Relay (Not Used) (SE10, W6) K4Backup Alarm Relay (SE5, W6) K5Park Brake Relay (SE10, W6) K6Neutral Start Relay (SE10, W6) K7Timer Relay (SE10, W7) K8Selective Flow Valve Relay (SE18, W15) M1Starter Motor (SE1, W8) M2Rear Wiper Motor (SE7, W5) M3L. H. Door Wiper Motor (SE7, W5) M4R. H. Door Wiper Motor (SE7, W5) M5Washer Motor (SE6, W8)
CED,TX17864,122 1921AUG981/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=236
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257 ) M6Blower Motor (SE6, W10) M7Air Adjust Seat Motor (SE6, ) P1Fuel Gauge (SE14, W6) P2Tachometer/Hourmeter (Optional) (SE14, W6) P3Hour Meter (SE14, W6) P4Voltage Gauge (Optional) (SE14, W6) P5Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Optional) (SE14, W6) P6Transmission Temperature Gauge (Optional) (SE14, W6) R1Blower Resistor (SE6, W10) S1Key Switch (SE1, W6) S2 MFWD Switch (SE3, W6) S3Differential Lock Switch (SE2, W6) S4Start Aid Switch (SE5, W6) S5Front Windshield Wiper Switch (SE7, W7) S6Rear Wiper Switch (SE7, W6) S7Windshield Washer Switch (SE7, W7) S8Blower Switch (SE6, W10) S9Front Light Switch (SE9, W7) S10Rear Light Switch (SE8, W6) S11FNR/Range Switch (SE10, W7) S12Park Brake Dash Switch (SE10, W6) S13Loader Lever Switch (SE10, W6) S15Horn Switch (SE11, W6) S16Turn Signal Switch (SE12, W7) S174-Way Flasher Switch (SE12, W7) S18Beacon Switch (Optional) (SE13, W6) S19Seat Position Sensor (SE16, W6) S19Seat Position Sensor (SE16, W10) S20Return-to-Dig Switch (SE14, W8) S21Flasher (SE12, W6) S22Heater Temperature Switch (, W10) S25Air Conditioning Switch (Optional) (SE6, W6) S27Dome Light Switch (SE4, W5) S28Selective Flow Valve Switch (SE18, W15) S29Foot Switch (SE18, W15) S32Air Adjust Seat Switch (SE6, ) V1MFWD Solenoid Diode (SE3, W8) V2Park Brake Solenoid Diode (SE10, W8) V3Reverse Solenoid Diode (SE10, W8) V4Forward Solenoid Diode (SE10, W8) V64-Way Flasher Switch Diode (SE12, W7) V74-Way Flasher Switch Diode (SE12, W7) V8Starter Solenoid Diode (SE1, W8) V9Alternator Diode (SE1, W8) V10Differential Lock Solenoid Diode (SE2, W8) V11Park Brake Relay Diode (SE10, W6) V12Speed Solenoid (1) Diode (SE10, W8) V13Speed Solenoid (2) Diode (SE10, W8) V14Speed Solenoid (3) Diode (SE10, W8) V16Selective Flow Valve Diode (SE18, W15) V18Low Range Solenoid Diode (SE10, W8) V19Timer Relay Diode (SE10, W7) V20Timer Relay Diode (SE10, W7) W1Machine Frame Ground (SE1, W8) W2Ground to Cab Frame (SE13, W5) W3Ground to Cab Floor (SE1, W8) W4Engine Ground Strap (, W8) W5Cab Roof Harness (, W5) W6Side Console Harness (, W6) W7Front Console Harness (, W7) W8Engine Harness (, W8) W10Blower Harness (, W10) W11Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (, W11) W12Radio Harness (, W12) W13Antenna (, W12) W15Selective Flow Valve Harness (, W15) W16Selective Flow Valve Ground Connector (SE18, W15) X1Roof Harness to Side Console Harness Connector (, W5, W6) X2Roof Harness to Side Console Harness Connector (, W5, W6) X3Roof Harness to Side Console Harness Connector (, W5, W6) X5 Side Console Harness to Blower Harness Connector (Cab Only) (, W6, W10) X20Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X21Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X22Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X23Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X24Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X25Side Console Harness to Front Console Harness Connector (, W6, W7) X29Roof Harness to Radio Harness Connector (, W5, W12)
9015 10B 5
CED,TX17864,122 1921AUG982/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=237
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257 ) X30Splice (Inside Side Console Harness) (, W6) X34Engine Harness to AC Compressor Harness Connector (, W8, W11) X35Side Console Harness to Blower Harness Connector (Cab Only) (, W6 W10) X46Selective Flow Valve Harness to Foot Switch Harness Connector (, W15) X48Selective Flow Valve Harness to Valve Solenoid Harness Connector (, W15) X53Engine Harness to Auxiliary Gauge Harness (, W8) X54Engine Harness to Transmission Control Valve Connector (, W8) X55Side Console Harness to Air Adjust Seat Harness Connector (ROPS Only) (, W6) X56Blower Harness to Air Adjust Seat Harness (Cab Only) (, W10) X57Engine Harness to Transmission Control Valve Connector (, W8) X58Side Console Harness Auxiliary Power Connector (SE1, W6, W15) X59Engine Harness to AC Compressor Harness Connector (, W8, W11) X60Splice (Inside Blower Harness) (, W10) Y1MFWD Solenoid (SE3, W8) Y2Start Aid Solenoid (SE5, W8) Y3Fuel Shutoff Solenoid (SE5, W8) Y4Park Brake Solenoid (SE9, W8) Y5Reverse Solenoid (SE10, W8) Y6Forward Solenoid (SE10, W8) Y8Differential Lock Solenoid (SE2, W8) Y9Return-to-Dig Solenoid (SE14, W8) Y10A/C Compressor Clutch (SE6, W11) Y12Speed Solenoid (1) (SE10, W8) Y13Speed Solenoid (2) (SE10, W8) Y14Speed Solenoid (3) (SE10, W8) Y16Selective Flow Valve Solenoid (SE18, W15) Y18Low Range Solenoid (SE10, W8) Y19Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid (SE10, W8)
9015 10B 6
CED,TX17864,122 1921AUG983/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=238
System Functional Schematic Section Legend (S.N. 872257 )

NOTE: SE1Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) SE1 indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) indicates circuit name. SE1Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) SE2Differential Lock Circuit SE3MFWD Circuit SE4Dome Light and Radio Circuit SE5Start Aid, Fuel Shut Off and Reverse Alarm Circuit SE6Blower, Air Adjust Seat, and A/C Circuit SE7Wiper and Washer Circuit SE8Rear Work Light Circuit SE9Front Work and Drive Light Circuit SE9Park Brake Circuit SE10FNR/Park Brake Circuit SE11Horn Circuit SE12Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit SE13Beacon/Return-To-Dig Circuit SE14Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit SE15Display Monitor Circuit SE16Indicator Circuit SE17Selective Flow Valve Circuit
9015 10B 7
CED,TX17864,123 1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=239
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 872257 )

T117528 1908OCT98
CED,TX17864,124
1921AUG981/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=240
T116836
1908OCT98
CED,TX17864,124
1921AUG982/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10B-9
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=241

T117529 1908OCT98
CED,TX17864,124
1921AUG983/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=242
T117085
1908OCT98
CED,TX17864,124
1921AUG984/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10B-11
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=243

T117360 1908OCT98
CED,TX17864,124
1921AUG985/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=244
T116992
1908OCT98
CED,TX17864,124
1921AUG986/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10B-13
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=245
9015 10B 14
CED,TX17864,124
1921AUG987/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=246
T117392 1908OCT98
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )
T116856
1918SEP98
E1 E10
R.H. BRAKE LIGHT
M2 H5 E6 H4
R.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT R.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
DOME LIGHT
REAR WIPER MOTOR
E12 M4 E8
E4
R.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
R.H. REAR TAIL LIGHT R.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
R.H. REAR TURN LIGHT
X2
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR X29 E1, X29 P25 RED P15 RED B A
M M
RED BLU YEL
BRN
RED
G20 BLK
BLU
YEL
S27
A66 ORG A63 ORG G20 BLK P14 RED G20 BLK G20 BLK A65 ORG A64 ORG G20 BLK L41 BRN G20 BLK L47 BRN L43 BRN G20 BLK L46 BRN P14 RED L47 BRN L43 BRN L42 BRN
X3
DOME LIGHT SWITCH
P15 RED
G20 BLK
W2
W2
W2
W2
X3
X3
X1, M2, M3
W2
X1, E9, E10, X29, E7
W2
X3
X3
X1, M3, M4
H4, X1
X1, E11
X1, E5
X2 X29
W2
X1, H5
X1, E8, X29, E7, E9
W2
X3
X3
W2
W2
W2
X2
W2
W2
W2
H2, X1
H3, X1
W2
X1, E6
X1, E12
X1, E4
X2, E1
E10, X29, X1, E8, E9
E3, E5
E10, H5
E11, E8
E12, M4
E7, H2
H4, E13
S27, M2
X29, M3
E9, H3
E4, E6
E7,E8 X1, E10, X29
X1, M4, M2
E9,E10, X1, E7, E8
W2
X1
X1, E3
M2 M2 M4 M4 M3 M3
A61 ORG A62 ORG G20 BLK L42 BRN G20 BLK P14 RED G20 BLK P15 RED L43 BRN P25 RED G20 BLK L45 BRN
A66 ORG A65 ORG A64 ORG A63 ORG A62 ORG A61 ORG
H G F E D C B A
L46 BRN
G20 BLK
L48 BRN
L41 BRN
G20 BLK
L48 BRN
L43 BRN
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
L43 BRN
X1
YEL
RED
BLU
W2 E11
L.H. BRAKE LIGHT L.H. REAR TURN LIGHT L.H. REAR TAIL LIGHT
X29 E7
L.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
E5 H3 E9 H2
E3
M3
L.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT
ROOF HARNESS TO RADIO HARNESS CONNECTOR
E13
BEACON LIGHT
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR P14 RED H M3 M2, M4 E6, E5 L41 BRN G H2, H3 L48 BRN F X29 L43 BRN E E7, E9, E10, E8 E13 L45 BRN D H4, H5 L47 BRN C E11, E12 L46 BRN B E4, E3 L42 BRN A
T116856
CED,TX17864,137
1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10B-15
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=247
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Component Location (S.N. 872257 )

T100583 1910SEP98
H5/E12/E10
R.H. REAR TURN/BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT
E6
R.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
H3/E11/E9 S27
DOME LIGHT SWITCH L.H. REAR TURN/BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT
H4
BEACON LIGHT CONNECTOR
X28 E5
R.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT
X1
E1
DOME LIGHT
E8
REAR WIPER MOTOR
M2 X29
A D E H G F B C ROOF HARNESS TO RADIO HARNESS CONNECTOR
R.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
E4 W2 H2
L.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT A E B F GROUND TO CAB FRAME C G D H
R.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
X1
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR M3 P14 RED H M2,M4 E6,E5 L41 BRN G L48 BRN F H2,H3 X29 L43 BRN E E7,E9,E10,E8 L45 BRN D E13 H4,H5 L47 BRN C E11,E12 L46 BRN B E4,E3 L42 BRN A ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
M4
X3
X3
E3
D C B A
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR M4 A69 ORG H M3 A68 ORG G M2 A66 ORG F M2 A65 ORG E M4 A64 ORG D M4 A63 ORG C M3 A62 ORG B M3 A61 ORG A A B
X2
X2
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR X29 P25 RED B E1,X29 P15 RED A
E7
L.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT L.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
M3
T100583
CAB ROOF HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION
TX,9015,QQ6748
1920MAR961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=248
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 17
TX,9015,QQ6749 1920MAY961/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=249
T101266
1908AUG96
9015 10B 18
TX,9015,QQ6749 1920MAY962/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=250
T101396
1908AUG96
Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )
T117079
1908OCT98
CED,TX17864,143
1924AUG981/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10B-19
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=251

T117078 1910SEP98
CED,TX17864,143
1924AUG982/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=252
T116949
1910SEP98
CED,TX17864,143
1924AUG983/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10B-21
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=253
Side Console Harness (W6) Component Location (S.N. 872257 )

T116951 1923SEP98
X24
30 19 9 2 10 3 1 6 16 5 15 27 26 25 14 24 13 12 4 23 11 22 7 17 28
X20
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR X30 G40 BLK
31 8 21 20
S19 B11
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH SEAT POSITION SENSOR (ROPS ONLY)
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR M1 B11 RED
X20
18 29
X55 B18
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
X21 X25
X25 X24
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO AIR ADJUST SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR (ROPS ONLY)
B17
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR H8 X36 YEL 1 H8 N34 YEL 2 H8 X38 YEL 3 H8 F39 YEL 4 H8 M40 PUR 5 P2,H8 M39 PUR 6 P1 Y33 YEL 7 NOT USED Y1 YEL 8 NOT USED Y2 YEL 9 NOT USED K1 BLU 10 S15 A67 ORG 11 V14 M62 PUR 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 5 2 3 1 4
X23 X21
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 7 8 9 10 11 12
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE CONNECTOR X3 A61 ORG 1 X3 A62 ORG 2 X3 A63 ORG 3 X3 A64 ORG 4 X22 A71 ORG 5 F5,S6,X1 P14 RED 6 F12 L47 BRN 7 8 9 B11,F10,S15 P19 RED 10 11 S21 L49 BRN 12 F11 L48 BRN 13 X30 G30 BLK 14 X21 T11 BLU 15
F9
P24 RED
6 5 2 3 1
F8 X1 F8 X1 K6
P18 L43 P18 L42 T12
RED BRN RED BRN BLU
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR K6 E23 WHT 1 S4 P12 RED 2 S4 E25 WHT 3 S2,F1 P13 RED 4 S14 T53 BLU 5 S2 W55 BLU 6 S12 J27 TAN 7 E15 M32 PUR 8 X25 T11 BLU 9 X25 T13 BLU 10 V11 E02 WHT 11 Y8 W02 BLU 12
X23
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 5 4 3 6
X22
S3
DIFF. LOCK SWITCH
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 7 8 1 2
X22
T116951
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 1 H8 X41 YEL 2 3 F13 P20 RED 4 5 A17 ORG 6 X38 X25 A71 ORG 7 8
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION
CED,TX17864,125
1921AUG981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=254
T116952
1914OCT98
CED,TX17864,125
1921AUG982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10B-23
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=255
Side Console Harness (W6) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 24
CED,TX17864,126
1921AUG981/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=256
T116958 1910SEP98
9015 10B 25
CED,TX17864,126 1921AUG982/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=257
T116959
1910SEP98
9015 10B 26
CED,TX17864,126 1921AUG983/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=258
T116960
1910SEP98
9015 10B 27
CED,TX17864,126 1921AUG984/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
T116961
1910SEP98
PN=259
Front Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )

T116675 1910SEP98
CED,TX17864,138
1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=260
Front Console Harness (W7) Component Location (S.N. 872257 )
T116906
1925AUG98
CED,TX17864,136
1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=261
Front Console Harness (W7) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 30
CED,TX17864,127
1921AUG981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=262
T116908 1910SEP98
9015 10B 31
CED,TX17864,127 1921AUG982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=263
T116909
1910SEP98
Engine Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )

T116816 1910SEP98
CED,TX17864,139
1921AUG981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=264
T116815
1910SEP98
CED,TX17864,139
1921AUG982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9015-10B-33
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=265
Engine Harness (W8) Component Location (S.N. 872257 )

T116817 1918SEP98
G1
BATTERIES RETURN-TO-DIG SWITCH RETURN-TO-DIG SOLENOID
S20 Y9 V13
SPEED SOLENOID (2) DIODE W1
M5 V12
WASHER MOTOR SPEED SOLENOID (1) DIODE
W1
B3
MACHINE FRAME GROUND
G40 BLK
X20
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
HORN
K1 X54
ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR
Y2 B10
START RELAY
START AID SOLENOID PARK BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
X24
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR 7 8 9 10 11 12
M1,G2
B11 RED
B7 V14
SPEED SOLENOID (3) DIODE
V9
ALTERNATOR DIODE 6 5 4 3 2 1
X53
ENGINE HARNESS TO AUXILIARY GAUGE HARNESS
X21 B9 B1
BACKUP WARNING ALARM HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR 7 8 9 10 11 12
B5 B6 B8 B9 B7 G2 S4 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED B3 B1
X36 N34 X38 F39 M40 M39 Y33 Y1 Y2 K1 A67 M62
YEL YEL YEL YEL PUR PUR YEL YEL YEL BLU ORG PUR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Y19 W3
GROUND TO CAB FLOOR REVERSE SOLENOID DIODE
V3
K1 Y3 Y2 Y9
E23 WHT P12 RED E25 WHT P13BRED
V4
6 5 4 3 2 1
B8 V8 B5
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SWITCH MFWD SOLENOID START SOLENOID DIODE CONVERTER OIL TEMP.
Y8 Y4
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
FORWARD SOLENOID DIODE
X23
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR 5 6 4 3
G2
ALTERNATOR
Y1,V1 Y4,V2 B10 X54,V4 X54,V3 M1,V8,K1,Y19 Y8,V10
W55 J27 M32 T11 T13 E02 W02
BLU TAN PUR BLU BLU WHT BLU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
X57 Y1
ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR
V13,X57
X59 M1 B6 W4
GROUND STRAP STARTER MOTOR FUEL SENDER
V2 V1
MFWD SOLENOID DIODE PARK BRAKE SOLENOID DIODE
X34
ENGINE HARNESS TO AC COMPRESSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
B4
V10
DIFF. LOCK DIODE
V18
LOW RANGE SOLENOID DIODE
7 8
2 1
T116817
ENGINE HARNESS TO AC COMPRESSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
Y3
X22
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
ENGINE OIL FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH SHUTOFF SOLENOID
V14,X57 S20 V18,X54 X34 M5 V12,X57
T18 BLU 1 2 T19 BLU 3 P20 RED 4 T16 BLU 5 A17 ORG 6 A71 ORG 7 T17 BLU 8
ENGINE HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION
CED,TX17864,129
1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-34
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=266
Engine Harness (W8) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 35
CED,TX17864,130 1921AUG981/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-35
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=267
T116911
1910SEP98
9015 10B 36
CED,TX17864,130 1921AUG982/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-36
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=268
T116912
1910SEP98
9015 10B 37
CED,TX17864,130
1921AUG983/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-37
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=269
T116913 1910SEP98
Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )

T116840 1910SEP98
CED,TX17864,147
1925AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-38
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=270
Blower Harness (W10) Component Location (S.N. 872257 )
T116921
1910SEP98
CED,TX17864,131
1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-39
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=271
Blower Harness (W10) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 40
TX,9015,QQ6757 1921JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-40
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=272
T116924
1915OCT98
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 41
CED,TX17864,140 1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-41
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=273
T116838
1908OCT98
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Component Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 42
CED,TX17864,132 1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-42
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=274
T116925
1908OCT98
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 43
CED,TX17864,133 1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-43
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=275
T116926
1915OCT98
Radio Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 44
CED,TX17864,141 1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-44
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=276
T116854
1910SEP98
Radio Harness (W12) Component Location (S.N. 872257 )
T116930
1910SEP98
TX,9015,QQ6758
1920MAR961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-45
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=277
Radio Harness (W12) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 46
TX,9015,QQ6759
1921MAY961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-46
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=278
T101356 1908AUG96
Selective Flow Valve Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 47
CED,TX17864,142 1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-47
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=279
T116865
1910SEP98
Selective Flow Valve Harness (W15) Component Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 48
CED,TX17864,134 1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-48
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=280
T116866
1910SEP98
Selective Flow Valve Harness (W15) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257 )
9015 10B 49
CED,TX17864,135 1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-49
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=281
T116931
1910SEP98
9015 10B 50
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-50
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=282
Group 15A
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256)

Power Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)
The following conditions must exist for power circuit to function: Voltage must be present at these distribution points for other circuits to operate. BAT terminal of key switch Terminal 30 of accessory relay Start relay B+ terminal of alternator Starter Radio fuse Hazard/monitor fuse
9015 15A 1
TX,9015,QQ1725 1912MAR931/1
Power Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

The power circuit includes battery and main current paths to primary distribution points. With key switch OFF, power from battery goes to key switch, accessory relay, start relay, alternator, starter motor, 4-way flasher switch, logic module, alternator sense relay and dome light fuse. When key switch is moved from OFF position, power continues through IGN and ST terminals to main fuse block. ACC terminal power goes to accessory relay, energizing relay sending power to the main fuse block. The key switch G terminal is a ground terminal only in "Bulb Check" and "Start" positions. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1726 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=283
Power Circuit Schematic (S.N. 825657)

ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS
B11 RED B12 RED B12A RED
S1
KEY SWITCH
BAT
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START ACC B14 RED
F2
FUEL SHUTOFF/ START AID/ REVERSE ALARM FUSE
F16
UNSWITCHED RADIO FUSE
B11 RED
START FUSE
F4
B11 RED
9015 15A 2
IGN
E22 WHT B11 RED ST

G10 BLK
F9 K2
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
F15
UNSWITCHED HAZARD MONITOR FUSE
B11 RED
ACCESSORY RELAY
B15 RED B14 RED B15 RED B15 RED B15 RED B15 RED B15 RED
G10 BLK
B15 RED
B15 RED
G1
RED CABLE
B11 RED
F1
MFWD/ ALT DIFF LOCK FUSE
BATTERIES +
E23 WHT

B03 RED
F3
DOME/ RADIO FUSE
E02 WHT
F6
HEATER/ CIRCUIT BREAKER
F8
FRONT WORK/ LIGHT FUSE
B11 RED
K1
BLK CABLE G10 BLK
START RELAY
F5
M
B11 RED
F7
F10
M1
STARTER MOTOR
G01 BLK
WIPER WASHER FUSE
REAR WORK TURN/STOP/ LIGHT FUSE HORN FUSE
E02 WHT
G01 BLK G10 BLK G40 BLK G40 BLK
W1
B+
G02 BLK
G2
ALTERNATOR
T117133
CED,TX17864,153 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=284
T117133
1916SEP98
MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
D+
F13
Power Circuit Schematic (S.N. 825658872256)

ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS
B11B RED B12B RED B12A RED
B11D RED
S1
KEY SWITCH
BAT
ACC
F2
FUEL SHUTOFF/ START AID/ REVERSE ALARM FUSE
F16
START FUSE
F4
UNSWITCHED RADIO FUSE
B11A RED
B14 RED
B12C RED
IGN
B11B RED
9015 15A 3
E22 WHT B11 RED ST

G10 BLK
F9 K2
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
F15
UNSWITCHED HAZARD MONITOR FUSE
B11C RED
ACCESSORY RELAY
B15 RED B14 RED B15 RED B15 RED B15 RED B15 RED B15 RED
G10L BLK
B15 RED
B15 RED
G1
RED CABLE
B11 RED
F1
MFWD/ ALT DIFF LOCK FUSE
BATTERIES +
E23 WHT

B03 RED
F3
DOME/ RADIO FUSE
E02 WHT
F6
HEATER/ CIRCUIT BREAKER
F8
FRONT WORK/ LIGHT FUSE
B11 RED
K1
BLK CABLE G10 BLK
START RELAY
F5
WIPER WASHER FUSE
B11 RED
F7
F10
M1
STARTER MOTOR
G01 BLK
REAR WORK TURN/STOP/ LIGHT FUSE HORN FUSE
E02 WHT
W1
B+
G02 BLK
G2
ALTERNATOR
T117134
CED,TX17864,154 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=285
T117134
1916SEP98
D+
F13
Subsystem Diagnostics/Power Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,158 1910SEP981/1
Power Circuit Diagnostic Procedures
1/1
Battery State of Charge CAUTION: Engine may crank during this check. 9015 15A 4 Move light switch to ON position. Turn key to START. Do work lights go out or get very dim while cranking engine?
YES: Clean battery cable terminals. Repeat test. If lights still get dim, test battery. If battery charge is low, recharge or replace it. NO: Battery charge is good. Go to next check.
1/1
Starter Motor
Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage at terminal of starter with red cable. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Check complete. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and starter motor.
T7199BK 1917SEP90
1/1
Alternator
Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage at B+ terminal of alternator. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Check complete. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and alternator.
T7828AA 1923SEP92
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=286

Start Relay Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage at terminal with BO3 red wire. Are 12 volts measured? YES: Go to next check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and start relay.
T7199BM 1917SEP90
1/1
Key Switch Check
Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage of B11 red wire at BAT terminal of key switch. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and key switch.
9015 15A 5
T7199BO UN17SEP90
Remove fuel shut off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse. Remove FNR/park brake fuse.
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace key switch
Remove start fuse. Turn key switch to START position.

T7199BO UN17SEP90
With harness connected, check voltage at IGN and ST terminals. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
Key switch ON. With harness connected, check voltage at ACC terminal of key switch. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace key switch.
T7199BO UN17SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=287

Accessory Relay Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage at large terminal with B11 red wire. Are 12 volts measured? YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessory relay.
T7199BN UN16AUG90
Key switch ON. With harness connected, check voltage at small terminal with B14 red wire. Are 12 volts measured? 9015 15A 6
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessory relay.
T7199BN UN16AUG90
Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to small terminal. Ground mounting bracket. Does relay click? Measure continuity between the two large terminals.
T7199BN UN16AUG90
YES: Relay is good. NO: Replace accessory relay.
Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=288
9015 15A 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=289
Start Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for start circuit to function: FNR/range lever in neutral Key switch in START position
TX,9015,QQ1732 1912MAR931/1
9015 15A 8
Start Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

The start circuit converts the electrical energy from the battery to mechanical energy by the starter. A heavy current draw takes place in the starter. With key switch OFF, power flows from battery to starter motor terminal, start relay spade terminal, accessory relay, and key switch BAT terminal. With key in ON or IGN, power flows from IGN terminal through FNR/park brake fuse, shift controller to FNR/range switch. With the FNR/range switch in neutral power flows to the neutral start relay terminal 86, energizing relay. With key switch in START, power flows from ST terminal through start fuse, neutral start relay, to the hydraulic pump destroke solenoid and start relay closing the relay. With relay closed, power flows from starter motor through B03 red wire to start relay, through E02 white wire to starting motor solenoid "S terminal", closing solenoid contacts. With solenoid contacts closed, power flows from battery to the starter windings. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1729 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=290
Start Circuit Schematic (S.N. 825657)

ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START GROUND CIRCUIT G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS (WIRE COLOR) G20 BLKROOF HARNESS G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS KEY G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY SWITCH CONSOLE HARNESS
E22 WHT
S11 S1
KEY SWITCH
BAT ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START ACC
E22 WHT
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
R FNR N F R N F
GRY PNK YEL RED
D C B A
RED
RED
D BLU 1 RANGE 2 3 4 GRN C B A
IGN
B12 RED
9015 15A 9
B11B RED
ST
F9
RED
T12 BLU
P24 RED B11RED
RED
GRN
GRN
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
A1
SHIFT CONTROLLER
BATTERIES
G10 BLK
B11 RED
G1
+
86 85 TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
30 87A 87 86 85 30 87A 87
E22 WHT
K2
ACCESSORY RELAY
RED CABLE E23 WHT
BLK CABLE
86
T12 BLU
E02 WHT
B03 RED
85
30 87A 87
86 85
30 87A 87
E23 WHT 86 30 87A
K1
START RELAY
G01 BLK
K6
NEUTRAL START RELAY
E22A WHT E23 WHT
F16
START FUSE
M1
STARTER MOTOR
E02 WHT G10 BLK G10 BLK G01 BLK G40 BLK G40 BLK
85
87
Y8
E23 WHT
W1
G10 BLK
G01 BLK
T117135
CED,TX17864,155 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=291
T117135
1916SEP98
Start Circuit Schematic (S.N. 825658872256)

ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START GROUND CIRCUIT G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS (WIRE COLOR) G20 BLKROOF HARNESS G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS KEY G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY SWITCH CONSOLE HARNESS
E22 WHT
S11 S1
KEY SWITCH
BAT ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START ACC
E22 WHT
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
R FNR N F R N F
GRY PNK YEL RED
D C B A
RED
RED
D BLU 1 2 3 4 GRN C B A
9015 15A 10
B11B RED
IGN B12B RED B12C RED ST
RANGE
F9
G
P24B RED
P24A RED D
RED T12 BLU
B11C RED
RED
GRN
GRN
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
A1
SHIFT CONTROLLER
BATTERIES
G10 BLK
B11 RED
G1
+
86 85 TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
30 87A 87 86 85 30 87A 87
E22 WHT
K2
ACCESSORY RELAY
RED CABLE E23 WHT
BLK CABLE
86
T12 BLU
E02 WHT
B03 RED
85
30 87A 87
86 85
30 87A 87
E23 WHT 86 30 87A
K1
START RELAY
G01 BLK
K6
NEUTRAL START RELAY
E22A WHT E23 WHT
F16
START FUSE
M1
STARTER MOTOR
E02 WHT G10D BLK G10 BLK G01 BLK G40 BLK G10E BLK G40 BLK
85
87
Y8
E23 WHT
1916SEP98
022602
W1
G10 BLK
G01 BLK
T117136
CED,TX17864,156 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-10
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=292
T117136
Sub-System Diagnostics/Start Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,157 1910SEP981/1
Start Circuit Diagnostic Procedures
1/1
Key Switch Check
Remove fuel shut off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse. Remove FNR/park brake fuse. Remove start fuse. Turn key switch to START position.
T7199BO UN17SEP90
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace key switch. 9015 15A 11
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=293

FNR/Range Lever YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness.
9015 15A 12
T7828AC UN09MAR93
Key switch ON. FNR/range lever in neutral With harness connected, check voltage at terminals with red wire and gray wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
YES: FNR lever is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace FNR lever.
T7828AD UN09MAR93
Key switch ON. With harness connected, and FNR/range lever moved to forward, check voltage at terminal with yellow wire. Move FNR/range lever to reverse, check voltage at pink wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=294

Neutral Start Relay Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87.
T7287BH UN16AUG90
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace neutral start relay
1/1
Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from destroke solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace solenoid.
Connect battery voltage to solenoid terminal A and ground terminal B. Does solenoid click?
T7418AN 1927NOV90
9015 15A 13
1/1
Start Relay
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to one of the small blade terminals and ground the other. Does relay click? Measure continuity between two large terminals. Is continuity measured?
YES: Relay is good. NO: Replace start relay.
T7287BK 1916AUG90
1/1
Starter Solenoid Check CAUTION: Starter will crank engine if metal strap is NOT disconnected from starter motor. Disconnect metal strap from starter motor terminal. Connect battery voltage to solenoid small terminal. Ground metal strap from solenoid with heavy gauge wire. Does solenoid "click"?
T6534BI UN19OCT88
YES: Solenoid is OK. Check starter motor. NO: Replace starter solenoid.
Remove jumper wires.

1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=295

Starter Motor CAUTION: Starter will crank engine if metal strap is NOT disconnected from starter motor. Disconnect metal strap from starter motor large terminal. Connect a heavy gauge jumper wire from battery positive cable to starter motor terminal. Does starter motor turn, but NOT crank engine? YES: Starter motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Repair or replace starter motor.
T6534BJ UN07JAN97
1/1
9015 15A 14
Charge Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for charging circuit to function: Key switch in ON position Engine running
TX,9015,QQ1827 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=296
Charge Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

The charging circuit consists of the battery, alternator, alternator relay, key switch, accessory relay, and indicator light in the monitor panel. The alternator (B+) terminal is connected to battery voltage at all times. The alternator terminal (D+) gets power from ACC terminal of the key switch by energizing the accessory relay, closing relay contacts and sending power to MFWD/Alternator/Diff. Lock fuse. With key switch ON and engine running, power flows from terminal (W) of alternator to alternator relay, energizing it. Terminals 30 and 87 are connected, and indicator light goes out. When key is on but engine is not running or if alternator fails, alternator relay de-energizes and terminals 30 and 87A are connected. This grounds the indicator light and light comes on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 15
TX,9015,QQ1375 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=297
Charge Circuit Schematic (S.N. 815415)

GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH G40 BLKFLOOR HARNESS BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY A A BATTERY POWER IN POWER TO DISPLAY MODULE B B POWER FROM ALTERNATOR SECONDARY FAILURE SIGNAL (TO C C POWER IN FROM KEY SWITCH GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH) D E D YELLOW LIGHT GROUND (SWITCHED) RED LIGHT ALARM GROUND (PULSED) F BULB CHECK (TO GROUND IN BULB PRIMARY FAILURE SIGNAL IN (TO AND START POSITION) GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH) LOGIC MODULE RED GROUND ACC Z33 GRY WARNING OFF S1 ON H9 LIGHT A KEY BULB CHECK Z36 GRY A START B H11 H7 SWITCH Z36 GRY C B ALARM Z33 GRY ACC LOGIC BAT D C Z37 GRY MODULE D E YELLOW F WARNING H10 M37 PUR LIGHT IGN Z33 GRY Z36 GRY ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
B14 RED B11 RED
9015 15A 16
Z34 GRY
Z34 GRY
ENGINE ALT VOLTS
ST
H8
DISPLAY MODULE
1 2 3 4 5 6
A B C D E F
K2
G10 BLK G10 BLK B11 RED B11 RED
ACCESSORY RELAY
B11 RED
F1
MFWD/ ALT DIFF FUSE
P13 RED
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10
F E D C B A A B C D
M37 PUR B11 RED
M37 PUR
M37 PUR
RED CABLE
B14 RED B11 RED S
B15 RED
F15
HAZARD/ MONITOR FUSE
P13B BRN
M37 PUR
G10 BLK
TO P3 HOUR METER
30 87A
BATTERIES
BLK CABLE
G1
M39 PUR
M39 PUR
86
M1
STARTER MOTOR
M
G40 BLK
NOT USED
V9
ALTERNATOR DIODE
85 87 P13C TAN
B11 RED
D+
G10 BLK
G10 BLK
G10 BLK
T117137
CED,TX17864,159 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=298
T117137
MACHINE FRAME/ ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/ LEFT SIDE
W1
G
B+
G40 BLK GO2 BLK
G2
ALTERNATOR
P23 RED
K7
ALTERNATOR RELAY
1916SEP98
G10 BLK

ACC
OFF
ON BULB CHECK START
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS
S1
KEY SWITCH
BAT
ACC OFF ON BULBCHECK START ACC
ENGINE ALT VOLTS

IGN
H8
B14 RED
DISPLAY MODULE
1 2 3 4 5 6
A B C D E F
9015 15A 17
B11 RED
ST
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10
F E D C B A A B C D
B11 RED G10 BLK G10 BLK

B14 RED
M37 PUR M37 PUR
F1
MFWD/ALT FUSE
B15 RED B11 RED S
P13 RED
RED CABLE
G10 BLK
B11 RED
F15
M39 PUR
P13B BRN M39 PUR
G1
BATTERIES
BLK CABLE
M1
M
STARTER MOTOR
G40 BLK
M37 PUR
B11 RED
TO P3 HOUR METER
86
30 87A
B11 RED
W D+
P13C TAN
G10 BLK
85
87 G10 BLK P23 RED
G10 BLK
G10 BLK
G40 BLK G02 BLK
B+
G2
ALTERNATOR
W1
MACHINE FRAME GROUND TO ENGINE GROUND STRAP
ALTERNATOR RELAY
T117138
CED,TX17864,161 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=299
T117138
1916SEP98
K7

ACC
OFF
ON BULB CHECK START
GROUNDCIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
S1
BAT
KEY SWITCH
B11B RED ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START ACC
ENGINE ALT VOLTS
9015 15A 18
H8
IGN
DISPLAY MODULE
1 2 3 4 5 6
A B C D E F
B11B RED
ST
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10
F E D C B A A B C D
B14 RED
M37B PUR B11 RED M37C PUR G10 BLK B11C RED G10 BLK
B14 RED
TO P3 HOUR METER
F1
MFWD/ALT FUSE
B15 RED B11 RED S
P13A RED
RED CABLE
G10 BLK
F15
M39 PUR
P138 BRN M39 PUR
G1
BATTERIES
BLK CABLE
M1
M
STARTER MOTOR
G40 BLK
B11A RED
M37A PUR
86
30 87A
B11 RED
W D+
P13C TAN
G10 BLK
85
87 G10T BLK P23 RED
G10 BLK
G10 BLK
G40 BLK G02 BLK
B+
G2
ALTERNATOR
W1
MACHINE FRAME GROUND TO ENGINE GROUND STRAP
K7
ALTERNATOR RELAY
T117139
CED,TX17864,162 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=300
T117139
1916SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Charge Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,163 1910SEP981/1
Charging Circuit Diagnostic Procedures
1/1
Alternator Output
Key switch OFF. Measure and record battery voltage. Start and run engine at 1500 rpm, and check battery voltage. Does battery voltage increase?
T6569AZ UN23AUG93
YES: Alternator is good. Check wiring harness. Check battery. NO: Check alternator.
9015 15A 19
1/1
Alternator
Key switch ON. Engine running. Park brake ON. Using a multimeter, check for DC voltage at terminals (D+) and (B+). Is 14 DC volts measured? Using a multimeter, check for AC voltage at terminal (W). Is 7.63 AC volts measured?
YES: Alternator is good. NO: Alternator is failed. Repair or replace.
T7835AT 1923SEP92
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=301

Alternator Relay IMPORTANT: Relay is a six volt relay. Do not apply more than 6 volts when testing. Disconnect harness from relay. Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87A. Is continuity measured?
T7596AQ 1903OCT91
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace relay.
Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured?
1/1
Key Switch Check 9015 15A 20
Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage of B11 red wire at BAT terminal of key switch. Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BO UN17SEP90
Remove fuel shut off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse. Remove FNR/park brake fuse.
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace key switch
Remove start fuse. Turn key switch to START position.

T7199BO UN17SEP90
Key switch ON. With harness connected, check voltage at ACC terminal of key switch. Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BO UN17SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=302

T7199BN UN16AUG90
Key switch ON. With harness connected, check voltage at small terminal with B14 red wire. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessory relay. 9015 15A 21
T7199BN UN16AUG90
T7199BN UN16AUG90
1/1
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 815415) With Logic Module
The following conditions must exist for display module and logic module to function. The key switch must be in BULB CHECK or START position to "arm" the logic module so failures will be indicated.
TX,9015,QQ3185 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=303
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 815415) With Logic Module
Key Switch OFF Power is supplied to the logic module through the Hazard/Monitor Unswitched fuse to pin A of logic module (6 pin connector). Key Switch ON Power is supplied to the logic module through the Monitor Switched fuse. No power is supplied from the logic module to the display module since the logic module has not been "armed."
9015 15A 22
The logic module stops current flow to the display monitor. Failure Occurs The indicator switch (sensor) closes, grounding an indicator light and also the logic module. The logic module supplies power to all bulbs in the display module, the secondary failure indicator light, primary indicator light, and alarm. The logic module then connects either the red light and alarm or the yellow light to ground, turning them ON. If the key switch is momentarily turned OFF and back ON while the engine is running, power from the alternator indicator terminal will keep the logic module activated. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
Key Switch in BULB CHECK or START The key switch connects all indicator lights in the display module to ground when the key switch is in the BULB CHECK or START positions. The key switch also grounds the logic module, signaling the logic module to supply power to all bulbs in the display module, the primary and secondary indicators and the alarm, turning them ON. Turning the key switch to BULB CHECK or START also "arms" the logic module so failures will be indicated. Engine Started and Key Switch ON All indicator switches (sensors) are open and the ground circuits to the indicator lights and logic module are broken.
TX,9015,DY663 1910MAR971/1
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 815416 825627) Without Logic Module
The following conditions must exist for display module to function. The key switch must be in the "ON" position so failures will be indicated.
TX,9015,QQ3187 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=304
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416825657) Without Logic Module
Power is supplied to the display module through the Monitor Switched fuse. Elimination of the logic module allows the monitor on the backhoe to be active when the key switch is turned to the ON position. Moving the key switch to the BULB CHECK position to activate the monitor is no longer necessary. CONDITION: Key ON Engine OFF:
WITH LOGIC MODULE No Lights or alarm. WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning, yellow warning, engine oil pressure, alternator charging light are ON, and alarm is beeping.
9015 15A 23
CONDITION: BULB CHECK:

WITH LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping. WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is ON but NOT flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
CONDITION: Engine Running and engine water temperature and alternator lights are ON:
WITH LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is flashing and alarm is beeping. WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is on but NOT flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
When failure occurs the indicator switch (sensor) closes, grounding an indicator light, the red light and alarm or the yellow light turning them ON. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ3188 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-23
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=305
Display Module Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 825628872256) Without Logic Module
Power is supplied to the display module through the Monitor Switched fuse. Elimination of the logic module allows the monitor on the backhoe to be active when the key switch is turned to the ON position. Moving the key switch to the BULB CHECK position to activate the monitor is no longer necessary. CONDITION: Key ON Engine OFF:
WITH LOGIC MODULE No Lights or alarm. 9015 15A 24 WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning, yellow warning, engine oil pressure, alternator charging light are ON, and alarm is beeping.
CONDITION: BULB CHECK:

WITH LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping. WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is ON but NOT flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
CONDITION: Engine Running and engine water temperature and alternator lights are ON:
WITH LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is flashing and alarm is beeping. WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is on but NOT flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
When failure occurs the indicator switch (sensor) closes, grounding an indicator light, the red light and alarm or the yellow light turning them ON. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,BD2733 1907MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=306
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Schematic (S.N. 815415)

ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS LOGIC MODULE
A B C D A B C D E F
POWER TO DISPLAY MODULE SECONDARY FAILURE SIGNAL (TO GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH) RED LIGHT ALARM GROUND (PULSED) PRIMARY FAILURE SIGNAL IN (TO GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH)
B11 RED
BATTERY POWER IN POWER FROM ALTERNATOR POWER IN FROM KEY SWITCH YELLOW LIGHT GROUND (SWITCHED) BULB CHECK (TO GROUND IN BULB AND START POSITION) GROUND
9015 15A 25
F14
5A MONITOR FUSE KEY SWITCH
P21 RED
S1
F15
15A UNSWITCHED HAZARD/MONITOR FUSE
P23 RED R31 BLK Z33 GRY
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START ACC

B12 RED P23 RED
H7
LOGIC MODULE
Z33 GRY A B C D A B C D E F M37 PUR Z36 GRY Z32 GRY
H9
RED WARNING LIGHT
Z36 GRY Z36 GRY Z33 GRY Z37 GRY
BAT
IGN
Z34 GRY
H10
Z33 GRY Z34 GRY
H11
ALARM
ST
R31 BLK
G R31 BLK
G10 BLK Z32 GRY R31 BLK M37 PUR
ENG ALT VOLTS

1 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E F
86
M39 PUR
30 87A 87 G10 BLK

M37 PUR
G10 BLK
85
M37 PUR
TO G2 ALTERNATOR
K7
P23 RED
ALTERNATOR RELAY
H8
DISPLAY MODULE
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10
F E D C B A A B C D
W1 MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE
BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
T117140
CED,TX17864,164 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=307
T117140
1916SEP98
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS KEY G20 BLKROOF HARNESS SWITCH G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS
B11 RED
F14 S1
9015 15A 26
P21 RED
KEY SWITCH
MONITOR FUSE
F15
UNSWITCHED HAZARD/MONITOR FUSE
P21 RED
H9
RED WARNING LIGHT
B12 RED P23 RED
BAT
ACC
Z36 GRY Z36 GRY P21 RED

Z36 GRY
IGN
Z37 GRY
H10
P21 RED Z37 GRY
H11
ALARM
ST
V8
M38 PUR R31 BLK
P21 RED
TO K3
Z36 GRY R31 BLK
M37 PUR
ENG ALT VOLTS

1 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E F
G10 BLK
M39 PUR
86
30 87A 87 G10 BLK

M37 PUR
85
ALTERNATOR RELAY
G40 BLK G40 BLK
G10 BLK
7 8 9 10
A B C D
T117141
CED,TX17864,164 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=308
T117141
1916SEP98
M37 PUR
TO G2 ALTERNATOR
P23 RED
K7
H8
DISPLAY MODULE
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A

ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS KEY G20 BLKROOF HARNESS SWITCH G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS
P21 RED T12A BLU
TO K6 NEUTRAL START RELAY

M01B BLK B11B RED
B11A RED
F14 S1
KEY SWITCH MONITOR FUSE
DISPLAY MODULE DIODE
86
30
F15
M01A PUR
TO P1 FUEL GAUGE
V8
K3
PARK LIGHT RELAY
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START BAT ACC

B12 RED P23 RED
M32A PUR G10R BLK
85
87A
87
G10P BLK P21D RED P21F RED
H9
Z36P GRY
IGN
SEAT SWITCH
G10R BLK
RED WARNING LIGHT

Z36B GRY Z36C GRY
Z36 GRY
G10V BLK
P21J RED Z37 GRY
ST
H10
P21C RED Z37 GRY Z36 GRY R31 BLK
H11
ALARM
P21H RED
G R31 BLK
P21B RED
G10L BLK
ENG ALT VOLTS

M37A PUR
1 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E F
86
M39B PUR
30 87A
G10A BLK
85
87
M37B PUR
G10T BLK G10R BLK P23 RED
M37B PUR
TO G2 ALTERNATOR
G10A BLK
H8
DISPLAY MODULE
G40A BLK
G40 BLK
T117142
CED,TX17864,164 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=309
T117142
1916SEP98
ALTERNATOR K7 RELAY
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10
F E D C B A A B C D
P21B RED
TACH/ HMTR FUSE
TO E15 SEAT BELT LIGHT
9015 15A 27
Sub-System Diagnostics/Display Module and Logic Module Circuit (S.N. 815415)

See Logic Module Test in Machine and Logic Module Bench Test, in Group 9015-20.
TX,901515,QQ363 1910MAR971/1
9015 15A 28
Sub-System Diagnostics/Display Module and Logic Module Circuit (S.N. 815416872256)
CED,TX17864,165 1910SEP981/1
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse, and the hazard/monitor unswitched fuse.
1/1
Fuse
Remove fuse cover. Check 5 amp monitor fuse, and 15 amp hazard/monitor fuse. Is fuse blown?
YES: Replace fuse. NO: Operational Checkout complete.
T7199BR 1916AUG90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=310
Indicator Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872256)

Specification Engine Coolant Temperature Switch (Normally Open)Closing Temperature ..................................................................... 103.4C (218F) Engine Oil Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)Opening Pressure ........................................................... 3772 kPa (0.40.7 bar) (5.510.5 psi) Air Filter Restriction Switch (Normally Open)Closes on Increasing Vacuum at............................... 4.987.48 kPa (2030 in. H 2 O) Vacuum Converter Oil Temperature Switch (Normally Open)Closes on Increasing Temperature ................................................ 114.3C121.2C (238F252F) Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch (Normally Open)Closing Pressure ......................................................... 344 kPa (3.45 bar) (50 psi)
9015 15A 29
TX,9015,BG982 1901APR971/1
Indicator Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The Indicator Circuit has TWO modes of operation. Bulb check mode Failure mode The following conditions must exist for indicator circuit to function in bulb check mode: Key switch moved to BULB CHECK position The following conditions must exist for indicator circuit to function in a failure mode: Engine must be running for a failure to be indicated on a display module light. An indicator switch or alternator relay senses a failure and supplies a ground for an indicator light, warning light and buzzer.
TX,901515,QQ534 1907DEC901/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=311
Indicator Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 815415) With Logic Module

Indicator lights and switches of the display module are: Engine Coolant Temperature (Stop) Engine Oil Pressure (Stop) Engine Alternator Volts (Service Required) Engine Air Filter (Service Required) Converter Oil Temperature (Stop) Hydraulic Oil Filter (Service Required)
STOP Warning Level: Red STOP light ON, audible alarm ON and function indicator light ON. SERVICE Warning Level: Yellow WARNING light and a function indicator light ON. Bulb Check Mode: Key switch in BULB CHECK position connects logic module and display module to ground. The ground is supplied to display module by key switch during BULB CHECK. Power then flows through logic module and display module to ground. Logic module is activated and all display module lights and buzzer are checked. Failure Mode: During normal operation the indicator lights are turned on when an indicator switch or the alternator relay provides a ground circuit for the light. This ground circuit also signals logic module and turns on red STOP light and alarm or yellow SERVICE REQUIRED light. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 30
TX,9015,QQ3189 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=312
Indicator Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416825657) Without Logic Module

Indicator lights and switches of the display module are: Engine Coolant Temperature (Stop) Engine Oil Pressure (Stop) Engine Alternator Volts (Service Required) Engine Air Filter (Service Required) Converter Oil Temperature (Stop) Hydraulic Oil Filter (Service Required)
STOP Warning Level: Red STOP light ON, audible alarm ON and function indicator light ON. SERVICE Warning Level: Yellow WARNING light and a function indicator light ON. Bulb Check Mode: Key switch in BULB CHECK position connects warning lights, buzzer and display module to ground. All display module lights and buzzer are checked. Failure Mode: During normal operation the indicator lights are turned on when an indicator switch or the alternator relay provides a ground circuit for the light. This ground circuit turns on the red STOP light and alarm or the yellow SERVICE REQUIRED light. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 31
TX,9015,QQ3190 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=313
Indicator Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 825658872256) Without Logic Module

Indicator lights and switches of the display module are: Engine Coolant Temperature (Stop) Engine Oil Pressure (Stop) Engine Alternator Volts (Service Required) Engine Air Filter (Service Required) Converter Oil Temperature (Stop) Hydraulic Oil Filter (Service Required) Seat Position (Stop)
STOP Warning Level:

9015 15A 32
Red STOP light ON, audible alarm ON and function indicator light ON. SERVICE Warning Level: Yellow WARNING light and a function indicator light ON. Bulb Check Mode: Key switch in BULB CHECK position connects warning lights, buzzer and display module to ground. All display module lights and buzzer are checked. Failure Mode: During normal operation the indicator lights are turned on when an indicator switch or the alternator relay provides a ground circuit for the light. This ground circuit turns on the red STOP light and alarm or the yellow SERVICE REQUIRED light. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,BD2735 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=314
Indicator Circuit Schematic With Logic Module (S.N. 815415)

GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLKFLOOR HARNESS LOGIC MODULE BATTERY POWER IN POWER FROM ALTERNATOR A POWER IN FROM KEY SWITCH B C YELLOW LIGHT GROUND (SWITCHED) D BULB CHECK (TO GROUND IN BULB E AND START POSITION) F GROUND GROUND FROM S1 KEY SWITCH TERMINAL
R31 BLK P21 RED
POWER TO DISPLAY MODULE SECONDARY FAILURE SIGNAL (TO GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH) RED LIGHT ALARM GROUND (PULSED) PRIMARY FAILURE SIGNAL IN (TO GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH)
A B C D
H7
LOGIC MODULE
Z32 GRY
A B C D
A B C D E F
9015 15A 33
Z32 GRY G10 BLK M37 PUR P23 RED
F14
MONITOR FUSE
R31 BLK
1 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E F
CONVTR HYD ENG ENG ENG ENG OIL OIL COOLANT OIL ALT AIR FILTER TEMP PRESS VOLTS FILTER TEMP
Z32 GRY
V8
X36 YEL Z32 GRY

N34 YEL X38 YEL P23 RED M40 PUR F39 YEL
H8
DISPLAY MODULE
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10
F E D C B A A B C D
M38 PUR
B5
M37 PUR
TO K3 PARK LIGHT RELAY
M37 PUR
M37 PUR
F15
UNSWITCHED HAZARD/ MONITOR FUSE
30 87A 85 87 G10 BLK P23 RED M40 PUR
P23 RED
B6
M39 PUR
M39 PUR
M39 PUR
K7
ALTERNATOR RELAY
86
B8
CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH
G01 BLK
D+
B7
G02 BLK
G
B+
B9
G01 BLK G02 BLK
G2
ALTERNATOR
T117143
W1
MACHINE FRAME/ ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
CED,TX17864,166 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-33
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=315
T117143
1916SEP98
Indicator Circuit Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 815416825657)

GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS P21 RED G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS H9 G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE RED WARNING LIGHT
Z36 GRY Z36 GRY P21 RED Z37 GRY
F14
MONITOR FUSE
P21 RED
H11
ALARM GROUND FROM S1 KEY SWITCH TERMINAL
H10
P21 RED
Z36 GRY
P21 RED
1 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E F
Z37 GRY
R31 BLK
9015 15A 34
Z36 GRY
ENG ENG ENG ENG CONVTR HYD ALT AIR COOLANT OIL OIL OIL PRESS VOLTS FILTER TEMP TEMP FILTER
X36 YEL
V8
DISPLAY MODULE DIODE
Z36 GRY
N34 YEL M40 PUR F39 YEL X38 YEL
H8
DISPLAY MODULE
M37 PUR
M37 PUR
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10
F E D C B A A B C D
M38 PUR
B5
TO K3 PARK LIGHT RELAY
F15
30
P23 RED
M39 PUR
B6
M39 PUR
K7
ALTERNATOR RELAY
G10 BLK W D+
86
87A 85 87 G10 BLK P23 RED M40 PUR
B8
CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH
G01 BLK
1916SEP98
022602
B7
G02 BLK
G
B+
B9
G01 BLK G02 BLK
G2
ALTERNATOR
W1
T117144
OUO1048,00003E0 1908SEP001/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-34
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=316
T117144
Indicator Circuit Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 825658872256) F14

MONITOR FUSE GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR)
P21 RED
H9
P21 RED
RED WARNING LIGHT

Z36 GRY Z36 GRY P21 RED Z37 GRY
G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
H11
ALARM GROUND FROM S1 KEY SWITCH TERMINAL
H10
P21 RED
Z36 GRY
Z36 GRY
P21 RED
DISPLAY MODULE TO S12 PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH)
1 2 3 4 5 6
A B C D E F
R31 BLK
H8
Z37 GRY
ENGINE ENGINE COOLANT OIL TEMP. PRES.
ENGINE ENGINE CONVERT HYDRAULIC ALT. AIR OIL. OIL VOLTS FILTER TEMP. FILTER
9015 15A 35
X36 YEL
Z36 GRY
B5
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SWITCH
(S.N. XXXXXX)
M32 PUR
DISPLAY PARK LIGHT MODULE RELAY DIODE

T12 BLU 86 30
K3
S31
85 G10 BLK 87A 87
GROUND TO CAB FRAME

M39 PUR 86
F39 YEL
W2
M37 PUR
SEAT SWITCH
F15

P23 RED M40 PUR
B6
30 87A
M39 PUR
K7 B7
W G D
ALTERNATOR RELAY
G10 BLK M40 PUR
85
87 G10 BLK P23 RED
B8
CONVERTER OIL TEMP. SWITCH
G01 BLK
B+

G02 BLK
B9
HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTR. SWITCH
G01BLK G02 BLK G10 BLK
W1
1916SEP98
022602
G2
ALTERNATOR
T117145
G01 BLK (S.N. XXXXXX )
X38 YEL
7 8 9 10 M37 PUR
A B C D
N34 YEL
V8
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A
OUO1048,00003E1 1908SEP001/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-35
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=317
T117145
Sub-System Diagnostics/Indicator Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,168 1910SEP981/1
Indicator Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse, and hazard/monitor fuse.
1/1
Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator 9015 Switch (S.N. 825657) 15A 36
Disconnect X36 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is engine coolant indicator light on?
T7199CG 1916AUG90
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
1/1
Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Switch (S.N. 825658 )
T107548 1925MAR97
1/1
Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light
Disconnect connector from display module. Connect 12 volts to pin terminal 1 for Z33 gray wire. Ground pin terminal 2 for X36 yellow wire to machine frame. Is engine coolant temperature indicator light on?
T6877AB UN18OCT88
YES: Indicator light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check display module. Replace bulb or module.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-36
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=318

Engine Oil Pressure Switch Disconnect N34 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is engine oil pressure indicator light on?
T7199DZ 1926SEP90
1/1
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Light
Disconnect connector from display module. Connect 12 volts to pin terminal 1 for Z33 gray wire. Ground pin terminal 3 for N34 yellow wire to machine frame. Is engine oil pressure indicator light on?
T6877AC UN18OCT88
9015 15A 37
1/1
Engine Alternator Indicator Circuit
Disconnect M39 purple wire from terminal (W) of alternator and apply 6 volts to M39 purple wire. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Circuit is good. Repair or replace alternator. NO: Go to next check.
Is alternator indicator light off? Remove voltage from M39 purple wire. Is alternator indicator light on?
1/1
Alternator Relay
IMPORTANT: Relay is a six volt relay. Do not apply more than 6 volts when testing. Disconnect harness from relay. Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87A. Is continuity measured?
T7596AQ 1903OCT91
Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-37
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=319

Engine Alternator Indicator Light Disconnect middle connector on display module. Ground pin terminal 13 for M37 purple wire to machine frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
T6877AE UN18OCT88
Is engine alternator indicator light on?
1/1
9015 15A 38
Engine Air Filter Restriction Switch
Disconnect M40 purple wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON? Is air filter restriction indicator light on?
T7199CI 1917SEP90
1/1
Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator Light
Disconnect middle connector of display module. Ground pin terminal 14 for M40 purple wire to machine frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
T6877AG UN18OCT88
Is air restriction indicator light on?
1/1
Converter Oil Temperature Switch
Disconnect X38 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is converter oil temperature light on?
T7199CJ 1917SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-38
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=320

Converter Oil Temperature Light Disconnect middle connector from display module. Ground pin terminal 15 for X38 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
T7199BS 1916AUG90
Is converter oil temperature light on?
1/1
Hydraulic Filter Restriction Indicator Switch
Disconnect F39 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is hydraulic filter restriction indicator light on?
T7199CK 1917SEP90
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check. 9015 15A 39
1/1
Hydraulic Filter Restriction Indicator Light
Disconnect middle connector on display module. Ground pin terminal 16 for F39 yellow wire to machine frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
T7199BT 1916AUG90
Is hydraulic filter restriction indicator light on?
1/1
MFWD Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872256)

Specification MFWD Indicator Switch (Normally Closed)Opening Pressure............................ 3772 KPa (0.40.7 bar) (5.510.5 psi)
TX,9015,BG983 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-39
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=321
MFWD Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for MFWD circuit to function: Key switch ON position MFWD Switch ON
TX,901515,QQ811 1919NOV901/1
9015 15A 40
MFWD Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

With the key switch ON or ACC position, power flows from MFWD fuse to terminal 6 of MFWD switch. With MFWD switch in OFF position, power flows out terminal 8 to MFWD solenoid keeping MFWD solenoid energized. Power also flows from terminal 5 to terminal 9 and out terminal 10 to MFWD indicator switch. When MFWD switch is in OFF position the solenoid is energized maintaining reverser pressure keeping MFWD indicator switch open. With MFWD switch in ON position, power is removed from terminal 8 of switch too solenoid. The solenoid is de-energized, releasing reverser pressure and closing MFWD indicated switch making light in MFWD switch to come on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1744 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-40
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=322
MFWD Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 41
TX,9015,QQ1830 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-41
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=323
T7828AG
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/MFWD Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1019 1904FEB991/1
MFWD Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by MFWD fuse.
1/1
MFWD Switch 9015 15A 42
Disconnect harness from MFWD switch. With MFWD switch OFF, measure continuity between terminals 6 and 8. Is continuity measured? With MFWD switch ON, measure continuity between terminals 6 and 8. Continuity should NOT be measured?
YES: Switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace MFWD switch.
T7812AG UN16JUL92
1/1
MFWD Pressure Indicator Switch
Disconnect M31 purple wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is MFWD indicator light on?
T7835AS 1923SEP92
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Check wiring harness.
1/1
MFWD Solenoid
Disconnect harness from MFWD solenoid. Connect battery voltage to solenoid terminal (B) of connector and ground terminal (A) of connector. Does solenoid click?
T7828AZ 1923SEP92
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-42
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=324
Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for differential lock circuit to function. Key switch ON position Differential lock switch pedal depressed "ON" Engine running
TX,9015,QQ1745 1912MAR931/1
Differential Lock Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

With key switch ON or ACC position, power flows from MFWD/ALT/DIFF Lock fuse to differential lock pedal. When differential lock pedal is depressed power is routed to the differential lock solenoid, energizing solenoid valve. Pressure oil from the pump flows through the solenoid valve to the rear axle engaging it for differential lock operation. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 43
TX,9015,QQ1746 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-43
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=325
Differential Lock Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 44
TX,9015,QQ1747 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-44
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=326
T7828AH
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Differential Lock Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1020 1904FEB991/1
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by MFWD/alt/diff lock fuse.
1/1
Differential Lock Switch
Disconnect harness from differential lock switch. With differential lock switch pressed, measure continuity between terminals A and B of connector. Is continuity measured?
YES: Switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace Differential lock switch.
9015 15A 45
T7828AI 1923SEP92
1/1
Differential Lock Solenoid
Disconnect harness from differential lock solenoid. Connect ground to terminal (A) of connector on solenoid. Apply voltage to terminal (B) of connector on solenoid. Is continuity measured?
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace differential lock solenoid.
T7828AZ 1923SEP92
1/1
Start Aid Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for start aid circuit to function: Key switch in IGN or ON position Start aid switch depressed
TX,9015,BG984 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-45
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=327
Start Aid Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Power flows from key switch IGN terminal to fuel shut-off/start aid and reverse warning alarm fuse to start aid button. When button is pushed, power is supplied to start aid solenoid. Ground is supplied through G01 black wire energizing solenoid. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 46
TX,9015,QQ1751 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-46
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=328
Start Aid Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 47
TX,9015,QQ1752 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-47
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=329
T7828AJ
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Start Aid Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1022 1904FEB991/1
Start Aid Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
1/1
Start Aid Switch 9015 15A 48
Disconnect harness from start aid switch. With start aid button pushed, check for continuity between terminals with P12 red wire and E25 white wire. Is continuity measured?
YES: Start aid switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace start aid switch.
T7199BW 1916AUG90
1/1
Start Aid Solenoid
NOTE: Remove start aid fluid canister from holder to prevent injecting starting fluid into engine. Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from solenoid. Connect battery voltage to terminal with E25 white wire. Ground terminal with E27 white wire. Does solenoid "click"?
T7828AK 1923SEP92
YES: Start aid solenoid is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace start aid solenoid.
1/1
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for fuel shut-off circuit to function: Key switch in IGN or ON position
TX,9015,BG985 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-48
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=330
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Power flows from key switch IGN terminal to fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse, start aid switch and fuel shut-off solenoid. Solenoid is grounded to frame. When the fuel shut-off solenoid is "energized" fuel is allowed into the injection pump. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 49
TX,9015,BG986 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-49
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=331
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 50
TX,901515,QQ825 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-50
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=332
T7418AZ
1912DEC90
Sub-System Diagnostics/Fuel Shut-Off Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1023 1904FEB991/1
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
1/1
Injection Pump Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid
Connect battery voltage to solenoid P12 red wire terminal. Does solenoid "click"? Remove voltage from terminal. Does solenoid "click" again?
T6785AG UN18OCT88
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness.
9015 15A NO: Replace fuel shut-off 51 solenoid.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-51
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=333
Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for reverse alarm circuit to function: Key switch ON FNR lever must be in reverse position
TX,9015,QQ1815 1912MAR931/1
9015 15A 52
Reverse Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Power flows from fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse to reverse alarm relay terminal 30. When FNR lever is moved into reverse, power flows through shift controller to terminal 86 of reverse alarm relay, energizing relay. Contacts 30 and 87 are connected sending power to reverse warning alarm. Power is also sent to the reverse solenoid energizing solenoid. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,BG987 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-52
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=334
Reverse Alarm Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 53
TX,9015,QQ1756 1906OCT931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-53
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=335
T8077AF
1916SEP93
Sub-System Diagnostics/Reverse Alarm Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1024 1904FEB991/1
Reverse Alarm Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
1/1
9015 15A 54
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-54
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=336

Shift Controller YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness, if OK replace shift controller.
T8077AO 1916SEP93
9015 15A 55
Key switch ON. Harness connected. Check voltage on pin (A) at connector 4 Check voltage on pin (A) at connector 2. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Check wiring harness, if OK replace shift controller.
T8077AP 1916SEP93
Key switch ON. Harness connected. FNR in reverse. Check voltage on pin (C) at connector 4. Check voltage on pin (C) at connector 2. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-55
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=337

FNR/Range Lever Switch YES: Go to next check. NO: Check wiring harness, if OK replace shift controller.
9015 15A 56
T7828AC UN09MAR93
Key switch ON. Harness connected. FNR in reverse. Check voltage at terminals with red wire and pink wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
1/1
Reverse Alarm Relay
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87.
T7287BH UN16AUG90
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace reverse alarm relay.
1/1
Reverse Alarm
Disconnect harness from reverse alarm. Connect battery voltage to reverse warning alarm positive (+) terminal. Connect jumper wire from reverse warning alarm negative (-) terminal to ground.
T7199BZ UN16AUG90
YES: Reverse alarm is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace reverse alarm.
Does reverse alarm sound?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-56
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=338
Dome Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for dome light circuit to function: Key switch in ACC position
TX,9015,QQ1816 1912MAR931/1
Dome Light Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Power from key switch ACC terminal flows through accessory relay, dome light fuse, dome lights, dome light switch, swivel light and swivel light switch. With dome light switch or swivel light switch turned on, contacts close grounding circuit and lights come on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 57
TX,9015,QQ1762 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-57
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=339
Dome Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 58
TX,9015,QQ1763 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-58
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=340
T7828AP
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics Dome Light Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1025 1904FEB991/1
Dome Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the dome light fuse
1/1
Dome Light and Swivel Light Switch
Disconnect harness from switch. Turn dome light/swivel light switch ON.
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness NO: Replace switch.
Using a multimeter check continuity at switch terminals for dome and swivel light switch. Does multimeter read continuity?
T6622BB UN09DEC88
9015 15A 59
1/1
Dome and Swivel Light
Disconnect harness from light. Connect battery voltage to light terminal. Ground light housing. Does light come on?
YES: Light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulbs or dome/swivel lights.
T6534DZ UN19OCT88
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-59
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=341
Radio Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following condition or conditions must exist for radio circuit to function. Key switch in ACC or ON position Radio turned ON
TX,9015,QQ1769 1912MAR931/1
9015 15A 60
Radio Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

When key switch is ON or in ACC position of switch, power flows to accessory relay energizing relay. Power is then sent to dome light fuse and front work light fuse. Switched power is sent to radio fuse and radio. Unswitched power from radio fuse is to maintain station memory. Power from the front work light fuse is for light in radio. Power from the dome light fuse is to power the radio and speakers.
TX,9015,QQ1770 1931AUG951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-60
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=342
Radio Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 61
TX,9015,BG988 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-61
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=343
T7828AS
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Radio Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1026 1904FEB991/1
Radio Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the unswitched radio fuse and the dome light fuse.
1/1
Radio 9015 15A 62
YES: Go to next check. NO: Check wiring harness between radio and fuses.
T7828AT 1923SEP92
Key switch ON Front work/drive light switch ON Measure 12 volts at wire terminals L43 brown, P25 red and P15 red. Is 12 volts measured at wire terminals?
1/1
Radio Speaker
Disconnect harness from radio speaker. Measure resistance between radio speaker terminals. Is 7.3 ohms measured?
YES: Replace radio. NO: Replace speaker
T7828AU 1923SEP92
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-62
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=344
Wiper/Washer Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for wiper/washer circuit to function. Key switch must be in ON or ACC position. Front/rear wiper or washer switch must be turned on.
TX,9015,QQ1817 1912MAR931/1
Wiper/Washer Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Power flows from wiper/washer fuse through wires P14 red to terminal 3 on front wiper switch, terminal 1 of washer switch and terminal 3 of rear wiper switch. Front wipers on HIGH, power flows through terminal 3 and out terminal 1 to left hand door wiper motor. Power also flows through terminal 4 and out terminal 2 to right hand door wiper motor. Front wipers on LOW, power flows through terminal 3 and out terminal 5 to left hand door wiper motor. Power also flows through terminal 4 and out terminal 6 to right hand door wiper motor. Front wiper in PARK position, power flows through P14 red wire to right hand door wiper motor, through A69 orange wire to terminal 8 of front wiper switch, out terminal 6 of front wiper switch through A63 orange wire to right hand door wiper motor and to ground by G20 black wire. Power also flows through P14 red wire to left hand door wiper motor, through A68 orange wire to terminal 7 of front wiper switch, out terminal 5 through A61 orange wire to left hand door wiper motor and to ground by G20 black wire. Rear wiper in HIGH position, power flows from rear wiper switch terminal 1 through A66 orange wire to rear wiper motor. Rear wiper in LOW position, power flows from rear wiper switch terminal 5 through A65 orange wire to rear wiper motor. Rear wiper in PARK position, power flows through P14 red to rear wiper motor deactivating a switch in rear wiper motor putting wiper in park position. Washer: Power flows from 15 amp wiper/washer fuse to terminal 5 of washer switch. With washer switch pushed in power flows from terminal 1 to washer motor, activating pump. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 63
TX,9015,QQ1764 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-63
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=345
Wiper/Washer Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 64
TX,9015,QQ1765 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-64
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=346
T7828AQ
1923APR97
Sub-System Diagnostics/Wiper/Washer Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1027 1904FEB991/1
Wiper/Washer Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the wiper/washer fuse.
1/1
Front Wiper Switch
Wiper switch ON. Disconnect harness from front wiper switch. Measure for continuity between terminals 2 and 4, 6 and 8, 1 and 3, and 5 and 7. Is continuity measured?
T7199CA UN02OCT90
YES: Front wiper switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace front wiper switch.
9015 15A 65
1/1
Wiper Motor LH Door and RH DoorLow Speed
Disconnect harness from wiper motor. Connect battery voltage to terminal with red wire and yellow wire. Ground terminal with black wire. Does motor run in LOW speed? Remove voltage from terminal with red wire, and connect red and green wire together using a jumper wire. Does motor run until blade reaches PARK position?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace wiper motor.
T7199CB UN17SEP90
1/1
Wiper Motor LH Door and RH DoorHigh Speed
Disconnect harness from wiper motor. Connect battery voltage to terminal with blue wire and yellow wire. Ground terminal with black wire. Does motor run in HIGH speed? Remove voltage from terminal with blue wire, and connect blue and green wires together using a jumper wire. Does motor run until blade reaches PARK position?
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace wiper motor.
T7199CB UN17SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-65
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=347

Rear Wiper Switch Wiper switch ON. Disconnect harness from rear wiper switch. Using a multimeter measure for continuity between terminals 1 and 3, and 5 and 7. Is continuity measured?
T7199CC UN02OCT90
YES: Rear wiper switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace rear wiper switch.
1/1
9015 15A 66
Rear Wiper MotorLow Speed
Disconnect harness from wiper motor. Connect battery voltage to terminal with red wire and yellow wire. Ground terminal with black wire. Does motor run in LOW speed? Remove voltage from terminal with red wire.
T7199CD 1916AUG90
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace wiper motor.
Does motor run until blade reaches PARK position?
1/1
Rear Wiper MotorHigh Speed
Disconnect harness from wiper motor. Connect battery voltage to terminal with blue wire and yellow wire. Ground terminal with black wire. Does motor run in HIGH speed? Remove voltage from terminal with blue wire.
T7199CD 1916AUG90
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace wiper motor.
Does motor run until blade reaches PARK position?
1/1
Washer Switch
Washer switch ON. Disconnect harness from washer switch. Using a multimeter measure continuity between terminals 1 and 5. Is continuity measured?
T7199CE UN02OCT90
YES: Washer switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace washer switch.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-66
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=348

Windshield Washer Motor Disconnect harness from washer motor. Connect battery voltage to terminal with S71 orange wire. Ground motor. Does motor run and operate the pump? YES: Washer motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace washer motor.
T7199CF 1916AUG90
1/1
9015 15A 67
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-67
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=349
Blower Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for blower circuit to function: Key switch in ON or ACC position Blower switch turned ON
TX,9015,QQ1818 1917JUN941/1
9015 15A 68
Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816286)

Power from heater circuit breaker goes to blower switch. With blower switch in low position power is sent to blower resistor. Voltage goes through complete resistor and is reduced to 3.03.5 volts, blower motor runs in low speed. With blower switch in medium position power is sent through half the blower resistor and is reduced to 6.06.5 volts, blower motor runs in medium speed. With blower switch in high position power by-passes resistor and 12 volts is applied to blower motor, causing it to run at high speed. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1766 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-68
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=350
Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816286)
9015 15A 69
TX,9015,BG989 1902APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-69
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=351
T7857AD
1930SEP92
Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287872256)

Power from heater circuit breaker goes to blower switch. With blower switch in positions 1, 2, or 3 power is sent to blower resistor reducing blower motor speed. With blower switch in position 4 the resistor is bypassed and blower motor will run in max. speed.
TX,9015,BD2734 1907MAR971/1
9015 15A 70
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-70
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=352
9015 15A 71
TX,901515,QQ809 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-71
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=353
T101441
1922APR97
Sub-System Diagnostics/Blower Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1028 1904FEB991/1
1 Blower Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the heater circuit breaker.
1/1
9015 15A 72
Blower Switch (S.N. 816286)
Disconnect harness from blower switch. Use a multimeter and check for continuity. Move blower switch to LOW, MEDIUM and HIGH checking terminals B and L, B and M, and B and H. Is continuity measured?
T7199CL UN17SEP90
YES: Blower switch is good. NO: Replace blower switch.
1/1
Blower Switch (S.N. 816287 )
YES: Blower switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace blower switch.
T109254 1924APR97
Disconnect harness from blower switch. Using a multimeter check for continuity. Move blower switch to position, 1, 2, 3, and 4 checking terminals B and 1, B and 2, B and 3, B and 4)
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-72
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=354

Blower Resistor (S.N. 816286) Measure ohms between terminals 3 and 1. Does ohmmeter read 1.0 ohms. NO: Replace resistor. Measure ohms between terminals 3 and 2) Does ohmmeter read 0.5 ohms?
T6534CR UN19OCT88
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness.
1/1
Blower Resistor (S.N. 816287 )
Measure ohms between terminals 4 and 2. Does ohmmeter read 1.0 ohms?
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace resistor.
9015 15A 73
T102849 UN06AUG96
1/1
Heater Blower Motor
Disconnect harness from heater blower motor. Connect 12 volts to heater blower motor, and ground motor. Does heater blower motor operate?
YES: Heater blower motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace heater blower motor.
T7199CM UN16AUG90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-73
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=355
Drive and Work Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for drive and work lights to function: Key switch in ON or ACC Front light switch and/or rear light switch in ON position
TX,9015,QQ1820 1912MAR931/1
9015 15A 74
Drive and Work Light Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Power flows from front work light fuse to terminal 3 and terminal 2 of front light switch. With front light switch in the first position, power flows from terminal 8 of front light switch to make the front drive lights, and tail lights come on. With front light switch in the second position, power flows from terminal 8 and terminal 1 of front light switch to make the front drive lights, tail lights, and front work lights come on. Rear work lights, power flows from rear work light fuse to terminal 1 of rear light switch. With rear light switch in the first position, power flows from terminal 5 of rear light switch to make rear work lights come on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1767 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-74
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=356
Drive and Work Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 75
TX,9015,QQ1768 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-75
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=357
T7828AR
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Drive and Work Light Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1029 1904FEB991/1
Drive and Work Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the front work and drive light fuse, and the rear work light fuse.
1/1
Front Light Switch 9015 15A 76
Disconnect harness from front light switch. Light switch ON. Measure for continuity between terminals 3 and 1, and 2 and 8. Is continuity measured?
T7199CN UN16AUG90
YES: Front light switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace switch.
1/1
Rear Light Switch
Disconnect harness from rear light switch. Light switch ON. Measure for continuity between terminals 1 and 5. Is continuity measured?
T7199CO UN16AUG90
YES: Rear light switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace switch.
1/1
Work/Drive Light
Disconnect harness from work/drive light. Connect 12 volts to blue wire and ground black wire. Does light come ON?
YES: Work light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199CP UN17SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-76
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=358

Tail Light Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked TAIL, and ground terminal marked GROUND. Does tail light come on? YES: Tail light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199CQ 1902OCT90
1/1
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872256)

Specification Park Brake Sensing Switch (Normally Closed)Closes on Pressure Decrease ..................................... 5516 kPa (55.2 bar) (800 psi) Opening Pressure ......................................... 7585 689 (75.9 6.9 bar) (1100 100 psi)
9015 15A 77
TX,9015,QQ1785 1912MAR931/1
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following condition or conditions must exist for park brake/neutral disconnect circuit to function: Key switch OFF Park brake dash switch in ON position with machine running Machine mechanically shut down
TX,9015,QQ1776 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-77
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=359
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

The Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit consists of FNR/park brake fuse, park brake dash switch, park brake latching relay, FNR/range switch, shift controller, park brake solenoids, neutral disconnect switch, neutral disconnect solenoid, park light relay, park brake sensing switch and seat belt light. NOTE: The park brake applies automatically when machine is mechanically shut down or when key switch is turned off. Park brake dash switch must be cycled first to applied position (ON), then to released position (OFF) before park brake can be released when engine is running. Key OFF: Park brake cannot be hydraulically released if there is a blown fuse or key switch is OFF. Key ON: Park Brake Dash Switch in ON Position. FNR Lever in Neutral: Power flows from terminal 1 to terminal 6 of park brake dash switch and then to park brake latching relay terminal 85, energizing relay K5 causing it to latch terminals 30 and 87. Ground is supplied to the park brake latching relay terminal 86 from the (S) terminal of starter motor. When the park brake is applied (ON position) the park brake sensing switch closes providing a ground for the park brake dash switch light and seat belt light. Power is removed from park brake solenoids and neutral disconnect solenoid de-energizing solenoids. Key ON: Park Brake Dash Switch in ON position. FNR Lever Shifted Out of Neutral: With the park brake dash switch ON, and the FNR lever shifted out of neutral the park light relay K3 is de-energized connecting terminals 30 and 87A causing red light and alarm to come ON. Key ON: Engine running. With machine mechanically shut down, ground from the starter motor (S) terminal is removed from terminal 86 of park brake latching relay de-energizing relay. Terminals 30 and 87A are connected removing power from terminals 6 and 8 of park brake dash switch, de-energizing park brake solenoids and neutral disconnect solenoid. Park brake is applied. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 78
TX,9015,QQ1775 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-78
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=360
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Schematic (S.N. 815415)

ON 9 OFF 0 10 5 PARK BRAKE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
J27 TAN J27 TAN P24 RED J25 TAN
1 6 8
F9
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
P24 RED P24 RED
P24 RED
K5
30
V11
E02 WHT
86
T12 BLU 85 87A 87 86 30 86
T12 BLU 30
S12
PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH)
P24 RED
J27 TAN
K3
PARK LIGHT RELAY
K6
NEUTRAL START RELAY
M32 PUR ON OFF 1 0

M3 2 PUR
85
87A
87 Z32 GRY
85
87A
87
P24 RED
9015 15A 79
10 G01 BLU M38 PUR Z32 GRY

J2 0 TAN
Z32 GRY T12 BLU D C B A
TO H7 LOGIC MODULE TO H8 DISPLAY MODULE

P24 RED
5 J20 TAN
A1
J27 TAN
022602
P24 RED P24 RED E02 WHT
GRN GRN
SHIFT CONTROLLER
E15
M32 PUR
S B
SEAT BELT LIGHT
86
30 87A
M1
M STARTER MOTOR
TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
RED RED
85
87 86 30 87A 85 87
M32 PUR
FNR
R N F R N F
GRY
D C 86 30 87A 85 87 85 GRN GRN A B C D T53 BLU J27 TAN J27 TAN J27 TAN J27 87 86 30 87A
G01 BLK
B2
RED
B A
RANGE
1 2 3 4
S11
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
T52 BLU
G01
BLK
S13 NEUTRAL
G01 BLK
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
V5 NEUTRAL
T52 BLU
DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE

G01 BLK
G01 BLK G01 BLK
BLK
G04 BLK G04 BLK
T117146
CED,TX17864,169 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-79
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=361
T117146
1916SEP98
W2
DISCONNECT SWITCH
Y7
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SOLENOID
V2
PARK TAN BRAKE SOLENOID G04 DIODE
Y4
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
Y14
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID

ON 9 OFF 0 10 5 PARK BRAKE 1 6 8 SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
J27 TAN J27 TAN P24 RED
F9
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
P24 RED P24 RED
P24 RED
K5
86 30
K3
K6
V11
E02 WHT
T12 BLU 85 87A 87 86 30 86
S12
9015 15A 80
P24 RED
T12 BLU 30
PARK BRAKE SWITCH

ON OFF 1 7 2 8
M32 PUR 10 G01 BLU

M32 PUR
85
87A
87
M38 PUR Z36 GRY Z32 GRY

J20 TAN
TO H7 RED WARNING LIGHT H11 ALARM TO H8 DISPLAY MODULE P24 RED
Z36 GRY T12 BLU D C B A
5 J20 TAN
A1
J27 TAN
022602
P24 RED P24 RED E02 WHT
GRN GRN
SHIFT CONTROLLER
E15
M32 PUR
S B
SEAT BELT LIGHT
86
30 87A
M1
M STARTER MOTOR
TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
RED RED
85
87 86 30 87A 85 87
M32 TAN
FNR R N F R N F
GRY
D C 86 30 87A 85 87 85 GRN GRN A B C D T53 BLU J27 TAN J27 TAN J27 TAN 87 86 30 87A
G01 BLK
B2
RED
B A
S11
RANGE 1 2 3 4
G01 BLK
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
T52 BLU
S13 NEUTRAL
G01 BLK
V2
J27 PARK TAN BRAKE SOLENOID G04 DIODE BLK
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
V5 NEUTRAL
T117147
G01 BLK
G01 BLK
G04 BLK
CED,TX03610,131 1919MAR991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-80
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=362
T117147
DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE
T52 BLU
G01 BLK
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
G04 BLK
1916SEP98
W2
DISCONNECT SWITCH
Y7
Y4
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
Y14
P24 RED
85
87A
87
J2 7 TAN
PARK NEUTRAL LIGHT START RELAY RELAY

ON 9 OFF 0 10 5 1 PARK BRAKE 6 8 SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLKENGINE HARNESS G10 BLKSIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLKROOF HARNESS G30 BLKFRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLKENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
J27 TAN J27 TAN P24C RED J25 TAN
P24C RED
F9
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
P24C RED
K5
86 30
K3
PARK LIGHT RELAY
K6
J27 TAN
V11
E2B WHT

M0IB PUR 86
NEUTRAL START RELAY

T12 BLU
T12A BLU 85 87A 87
S12
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
P24B RED
30
86
30
M32A PUR ON OFF G10R BLK

M32 PUR
9015 15A 81
P24A RED J2 7 TAN
022602
10
85
87A
87
85
87A
87
M0IA PUR
J20B TAN
S31
G10 BLK
Z36D GRY
5 J20B TAN P24E RED P24F RED
SEAT SWITCH
GRN
TO H9 RED WARNING LIGHT H11 ALARM

P24A RED
T12 BLU D C B A
A1
SHIFT CONTROLLER
W2
E02 WHT S
M32C PUR
GRN
E15
SEAT BELT LIGHT
B
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
86
30 87A
M1
M STARTER MOTOR
RED
85 TIME DELAY CIRCUIT

RED
87 86 30 87A 85 87
M32 PUR
FNR R N F R N F
GRY
D C 86 30 87A 85 87 85 GRN GRN A B C D T53 BLU J27 TAN J27 TAN J27 TAN 87 86 30 87A
G10 BLK
B2
RED
B A
RANGE
1 2 3 4
S11
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
T52 BLU
G01 BLK
S13 NEUTRAL
G01 BLK
V2
J27 PARK TAN BRAKE SOLENOID G04 DIODE BLK
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
V5 NEUTRAL
T52
BLU DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE
G01 BLK G01 BLK G01 BLK
G04 BLK G04 BLK
T117148
CED,TX03610,132 1919MAR991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-81
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=363
T117148
1916SEP98
W2
DISCONNECT SWITCH
Y7
Y4
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
Y14
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
Sub-System Diagnostics/Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit (S.N. 872256)
TX,9015,QQ3282 1910MAR971/1
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by FNR/park brake fuse.
1/1
9015 15A 82
Park Brake Switch Dash
Disconnect harness from park brake switch. Park brake switch OFF. Check for continuity between terminals 5 and 7, and 6 and 8. Is continuity measured?
T7199CS UN16AUG90
YES: Park brake switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace park brake switch.
Park brake switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 5 and 1, and 6 and 2. Is continuity measured?
1/1
Park Brake Latching Relay
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from relay.
Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click?
T7287BH UN16AUG90
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-82
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=364

Park Brake Solenoids Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from park brake solenoids. NO: Replace solenoid. Connect battery voltage to solenoid connector terminal B with red wire and ground connector terminal A with black wire.
T7828AZ 1923SEP92
Does solenoid click?
1/1
Park Light Relay
T7287BH UN16AUG90
9015 15A 83
1/1
Park Brake Sensing Switch
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace park brake sensing switch.
T7835AC 1923SEP92
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from switch connector. Measure for continuity between terminals B and C. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-83
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=365

Seat Position Sensor Key switch OFF. Seat in loader function position. NOTE: Seat position sensor is located in the operators seat base. Check for continuity between terminals with M1 purple wire and G10 black wire. Is continuity NOT measured? Move seat into backhoe function position. Check for continuity between terminals with M1 purple wire and G10 black wire. Is continuity measured? 9015 15A 84
1/1
YES: Seat position sensor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace seat position sensor.
T102968 1912AUG96
Shift Controller Bench Test
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace shift controller.
T8077AJ 1916SEP93
Disconnect connectors 15 at shift controller and remove shift controller. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Check continuity at connectors 2 and 3 between pins A of both connectors, then D. Is continuity measured? Set multimeter on diode test. Check value at connectors 2 and 3 between pins B of both connectors, then C. Is 0.40.8 value measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-84
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=366

FNR/Range Lever YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness.
T7828AC UN09MAR93
9015 15A 85
Key switch ON. FNR/range lever in neutral With harness connected, check voltage at terminals with red wire and gray wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
YES: FNR lever is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace FNR lever.
T7828AD UN09MAR93
Key switch ON. With harness connected, and FNR/range lever moved to forward, check voltage at terminal with yellow wire. Move FNR/range lever to reverse, check voltage at pink wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-85
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=367

Neutral Disconnect Switch Disconnect harness from neutral disconnect switch. Check for continuity between terminals with T52 blue wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity measured? Depress loader lever switch and check for continuity between terminals with T52 blue wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity NOT measured? YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace neutral disconnect switch.
T7835AB 1923SEP92
1/1
9015 15A 86
Neutral Disconnect Solenoid
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from neutral disconnect solenoid.
Connect battery voltage to solenoid terminal B, and ground terminal A. Does solenoid click?
T7828AZ 1923SEP92
1/1
FNR/Range Control Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for FNR/range control circuit to function: Key switch ON Power to FNR/park brake fuse Power to Shift Controller FNR/range switch in NEUTRAL position to allow for engine starting
TX,9015,DY666 1916AUG961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-86
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=368
FNR/Range Control Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

The FNR/range control circuit consists of FNR/park brake fuse, shift controller, FNR/range switch, neutral start relay, reverse solenoid, forward solenoid, neutral disconnect solenoid, neutral disconnect switch, C1/B2 solenoid and C2/B3 solenoid. With the key switch in the ON or START position, power is routed through the FNR/park brake fuse to the shift controller and FNR/range switch through P24 red wire. The FNR/range switch directs the transmission to operate in one of four forward gear ranges and two reverse gear ranges. Selecting 1, 2, 3 or 4 speed range in forward or 1 or 2 speed range in reverse is controlled by rotating the end of the FNR/range lever. When the transmission is operating, five solenoids in the transmission control valve provide pilot operation for four spools. The following chart shows the solenoids that are energized to obtain the transmission speeds.
SOLENOIDS ENERGIZED N 1st Forward 2nd Forward 3rd Forward 4th Forward 1st Neutral 2nd Neutral 3rd Neutral 4th Neutral 1st Reverse 2nd4th Reverse X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X C2-B3 FWD X X X X X X C1-B2 REV
FNR in Neutral: Park Brake Cycled OFF: With FNR/range switch in first neutral NO solenoids are energized. Power is routed from FNR to neutral start relay through T12 blue wire energizing relay and sending power to start relay and starter motor allowing for engine starting. Power from P24 red wire is also sent to terminal 86 of neutral disconnect relay in shift controller, when in neutral and after .5 seconds the time delay in shift controller removes the ground from terminal 85 of relay de-energizing neutral disconnect solenoid. When in neutral and park brake switch is cycled off power is routed through J27 tan wire to terminal 30 of neutral disconnect relay in shift controller and stops. Power is sent from range switch through blue and red wire to shift controller energizing relay in shift controller, removing power on green and T15 blue wire to C2-B3 solenoid. 2ND Neutral: With FNR/range switch in 2nd neutral the C2/B3 solenoid is energized. Power is removed from blue and red wire from range switch and shift controller, de-energizing relay in shift controller sending power to C2-B3 solenoid through green and T15 blue wire energizing solenoid. 3RD Neutral: With FNR/range switch in 3rd neutral the C1/B2 solenoid is energized. Power from the range switch is routed through green and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T14 blue wire to C1/B2 solenoid, energizing solenoid.
9015 15A 87
1ST Neutral: Key Switch ON:
TX,9015,QQ1799 1912MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-87
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=369
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) 4TH Neutral: With FNR/range switch in 4th neutral the C2/B3 and C1/B2 solenoids are both energized. Power from the range switch is routed through green and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T14 blue wire to C1/B2 solenoid. Power is also routed through blue and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T15 blue wire to C2/B3 solenoid, energizing solenoid. 1ST Forward 1ST Reverse With FNR/range switch in first forward the forward solenoid and neutral disconnect solenoid are energized. Power from the FNR/range switch is routed through yellow and blue wire to shift controller, out controller through green and T11 blue wire to forward solenoid, energizing solenoid. Power is routed through J27 tan wire to terminal 30 and 87 of relay in shift controller sending power to neutral disconnect solenoid, energizing solenoid. Power is sent from range switch through blue and red wire to shift controller energizing relay in shift controller, removing power on green and T15 blue wire to C2-B3 solenoid. 2ND Forward With FNR/range switch in second forward, the forward solenoid, neutral disconnect solenoid and C2-B3 solenoid are energized. Power from range switch is removed from blue and red wire to shift controller de-energizing relay in shift controller supplying power to C2-B3 solenoid through green and T15 blue wire energizing solenoid. 3RD Forward With FNR/range switch in third forward, the forward solenoid, neutral disconnect solenoid and C1-B2 solenoid are energized. Power from range switch is routed through green and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T14 blue wire to C1-B2 solenoid, energizing solenoid. With FNR/range switch in first reverse, the neutral disconnect solenoid and reverse solenoid are energized. Power from FNR switch is routed through pink and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through T13 blue wire. T13 blue wire sends power to reverse alarm relay, activating alarm and sending power to reverse solenoid, energizing solenoid. Power is sent from range switch through blue and red wire to shift controller energizing relay in shift controller, removing power on green and T15 blue wire to C2-B3 solenoid, de-energizing solenoid. 2ND Reverse With FNR/range switch in second reverse, the neutral disconnect solenoid, reverse solenoid and C2-B3 solenoid are energized. Power is routed through pink and red wire from FNR switch to shift controller, out shift controller through T13 blue wire. T13 blue wire sends power to reverse solenoid, energizing solenoid. Power from range switch is removed from blue and red wire to shift controller de-energizing relay in shift controller, supplying power to C2-B3 solenoid through green and T15 blue wire. In 3RD and 4TH position of range selector switch for reverse, the shift controller continues to supply power through green wire and T15 blue wire to C2-B3 solenoid, energizing solenoid. 4TH Forward With FNR/range switch in fourth forward, the forward solenoid, neutral disconnect solenoid and C2-B3 solenoid and C1-B2 solenoid are energized. Power from range switch is routed through green and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T14 blue wire to C1/B2 solenoid. Power is also routed through blue and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T15 blue wire to C2/B3 solenoid, energizing solenoid.
9015 15A 88
TX,9015,QQ1799 1912MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-88
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=370
FNR/Range Control Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 89
TX,9015,QQ1797 1906OCT931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-89
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=371
T8077AH
1916SEP93
Sub-System Diagnostics/FNR/Range Control Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1030 1904FEB991/1
FNR/Range Control Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the FNR/park brake fuse.
1/1
Transmission Solenoids 9015 15A 90
Harness connected to solenoids Key switch ON. NOTE: Solenoid will click as power is applied. FNR/Range Lever in fourth forward (4F)
T8077AI UN14SEP93
YES: Solenoid is good. NO: Check wiring harness.
Touch neutral, C2-B3, forward and C1-B2 solenoid with metal object (Screwdriver). Does solenoid click? Is solenoid magnetized? FNR/Range Lever in first reverse (1R). Touch reverse solenoid with screwdriver. Does solenoid click? Is solenoid magnetized?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-90
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=372

FNR/Range Lever YES: FNR/range switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace FNR/range switch.
T7835AM UN09MAR93
9015 15A 91
T7835AN UN09MAR93
Disconnect FNR/range switch from shift controller. FNR in neutral, check continuity between pins (A and D) at female connector. FNR in forward, check continuity between pins (A and B) at female connector. FNR in reverse, check continuity between pins (A and C) at female connector. Is continuity measured? Range selector in 3rd, check continuity between pin A at female connector and pin B at male connector. Range selector in 1st, check continuity between pin A at female connector and pin C at male connector. Range selector in 4th, check continuity between pin A at female connector with pin B and C at male connector. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-91
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=373

Shift Controller Emergency Bypass Operation
9015 15A 92
T8095AB 1901OCT93
NOTE: Use this procedure for diagnostic testing only. Do not operate machine for extended periods with out shift controller.
T8090AF 1930SEP93
Disconnect connectors at shift controller below steering column. Connect FNR/range lever connectors to front console harness connectors. NOTE: With shift controller out of the circuit the machine will operate in speeds other than indicated on FNR/range lever. FNR/RANGE LEVER INDICATOR 1st Forward 2nd Forward 3rd Forward 4th Forward 1st Reverse 2nd Reverse 3rd Reverse 4th Reverse TRANSMISSION ENGAGEMENT 2nd Forward 1st Forward 3rd Forward 4th Forward 2nd Reverse 1st Reverse 1st Reverse 2nd Reverse
1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-92
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=374

Start and operate machine. Does problems still exist? YES: Connect connectors at shift controller and check wiring harness. NO: Go to Shift Controller Bench Test.
19 2/2
Shift Controller Bench Test
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace shift controller.
9015 15A 93
T8077AJ 1916SEP93
Disconnect connectors 15 at shift controller and remove shift controller. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Check continuity at connectors 2 and 3 between pins A of both connectors, then D. Is continuity measured? Set multimeter on diode test. Check value at connectors 2 and 3 between pins B of both connectors, then C. Is 0.40.8 value measured?
1/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-93
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=375

9015 15A 94
T8077AK 1916SEP93
Set multimeter on diode test. Connect pins A and D on connector 4 to multimeter. Ground pin A of connector 5. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Apply 12 volts to pin A of connector 3. Is a value momentarily measured and relay click ON and OFF?
19 2/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-94
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=376

T8077AL 1916SEP93
9015 15A 95
Set multimeter on diode test. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Apply 12 volts on pin C of connector 2 and ground pin A of connector 5. Check value between pin C of connector 4 and pin B of connector 1. Is 0.40.8 value measured?
T8077AM 1916SEP93
Set multimeter on diode test. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Apply 12 volts on pin B of connector 2 and ground pin A of connector 5. Check value between pin C of connector 4 and pin C of connector 1. Is 0.40.8 value measured?
19 3/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-95
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=377

YES: Shift controller is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace shift controller.
9015 15A 96
T8077AN 1916SEP93
Set multimeter on diode test. Disconnect voltage from shift controller. Check value between pin C of connector 4 and pin A of connector 2. Is 0.40.8 value measured? IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Apply 12 volts on pin C of connector 1 and ground pin A of Connector 5. Check value between pin C of connector 4 and pin A of connector 2. Does relay click and a value greater than 0.8 measured?
19 4/4
Neutral Disconnect Switch
Disconnect harness from neutral disconnect switch. Check for continuity between terminals with T52 blue wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity measured? Depress loader lever switch and check for continuity between terminals with T52 blue wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity NOT measured?
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace neutral disconnect switch.
T7835AB 1923SEP92
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-96
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=378
9015 15A 97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-97
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=379
Horn Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for horn circuit to function: Key switch must be in ON or ACC position Horn switch must be depressed
TX,9015,QQ1821 1912MAR931/1
9015 15A 98
Horn Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Power flows from turn/stop/horn fuse to horn switch. When horn button is pushed, switch closes and power flows to activate horn. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1786 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-98
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=380
Horn Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A 99
TX,9015,QQ1787 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-99
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=381
T7835AE
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Horn Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1031 1904FEB991/1
Horn Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the turn/stop/horn fuse.
1/1
Horn Switch 9015 15A ,100
Disconnect harness from horn switch. Push horn switch and measure for continuity.
YES: Horn switch is good. NO: Replace horn switch.
T7199CY UN16AUG90
1/1
Horn
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from horn.
YES: Horn is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace horn.
Connect battery voltage to horn (+) positive terminal. Ground horn body. Does horn sound?
T6573AO UN23AUG93
1/1
Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)
The following conditions must exist for turn signal, flasher and brake light circuit to function: Key switch in ON position
TX,9015,QQ1822 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-100
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=382
Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)
Power flows from turn/stop/horn fuse, to terminal 8 of 4-way flasher switch. With 4-way flasher switch in OFF position power flows from terminal 6 to terminal 5 of turn signal switch. Power also flows from unswitched hazard/monitor fuse to terminal 2 of 4-way flasher switch. Power flows from terminal 6 of 4-way flasher switch to flasher energizing flasher. Turn Signal: With power on terminal 5 of turn signal switch and turn signal switch turned left, pulsing power is sent from flasher through L49 brown wires to terminal 6 of turn signal switch and out terminal 7 to left turn lights and left turn indicator light making them flash. Power is also sent out terminal 3 of turn signal switch lighting up right turn lights and right turn indicator light. With power on terminal 5 of turn signal switch and turn signal switch turned right, pulsing power is sent from flasher through L49 brown wires to terminal 6 of turn signal switch and out terminal 3 to right turn lights and right turn indicator light making them flash. Power is also sent out terminal 7 of turn signal switch lighting up left turn lights and left turn indicator light. 4-Way Flasher: With 4-way flasher in the ON position and power on terminal 2, power flows out terminal 6 of 4-way flasher switch to flasher, energizing flasher. Pulsing power is sent from flasher through L49 brown wire to terminal 5 of 4-way flasher switch and out terminals 1 and 3. Pulsing power is sent to left and right turn lights and indicator lights, making them flash.
9015 15A ,101
TX,9015,DY667 1916AUG961/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-101
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=383
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) NOTE: P23 red wire when installed into terminal number (2) of flasher and P19 red wire removed, the flasher will work with key switch OFF. Brake Light: Power flows from turn/stop/horn fuse to brake light switches. When brakes are applied the brake light switches close and power is routed to brake lights. Lights are grounded through G20 black wire. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A ,102
TX,9015,DY667 1916AUG962/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-102
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=384
Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A ,103
TX,9015,QQ1789 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-103
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=385
T7835AF
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1032 1905FEB991/1
Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the turn/stop/horn fuse, left turn fuse and right turn fuse.
1/1
4-Way Flasher Switch 9015 15A ,104
Disconnect harness from 4-way flasher switch. With 4-way flasher switch OFF, check for continuity between terminals 6 and 8. Is continuity measured? Flasher switch ON.
T7199CZ UN16AUG90
YES: 4-way flasher switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace 4-way flasher switch.
Check for continuity between terminals 6 and 2, 5 and 3, 5 and 10, and 5 and 1. Is continuity measured?
1/1
Flasher
Key switch ON. 4-way flasher switch ON. Connect jumper wire from terminal with L49 brown wire to terminal with L50 brown wire. Do all turn lights function?
T7199DA 1917SEP90
YES: Replace flasher. NO: Check bulbs. Check wiring harness.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-104
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=386

Turn Signal Switch Disconnect harness from turn signal switch. With turn signal switch turned right, check for continuity between connector terminals 5 and 7, and 6 and 3. Is continuity measured? With turn signal switch turned left, check for continuity between connector terminals 5 and 3, and 6 and 7. Is continuity measured? YES: Turn signal switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace turn signal switch.
T7199DB UN01OCT90
9015 15A ,105

1/1
Brake Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked STOP, and ground terminal marked GROUND. Does brake light function?
YES: Brake light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199DS 1902OCT90
1/1
Turn Signal Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked DIRECTIONAL, and ground terminal marked GROUND. Does turn signal light function?
YES: Turn signal light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199DT 1902OCT90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-105
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=387

Left/Right Indicator Light Disconnect harness from indicator light. Connect battery voltage to purple wire and ground black wire. Does indicator light function? YES: Indicator light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check bulb, if good replace indicator light.
T7199DC 1916AUG90
1/1
Brake Light Switch 9015 15A ,106
Disconnect harness from brake light switch. Check for continuity between the two terminals. Is continuity measured?
YES: Replace switch. NO: Go next step in this check.
T7199DD UN16AUG90
Disconnect harness from brake light switch. With brake light switch pushed (closed), check for continuity between the two terminals. Is continuity measured?
YES: Brake light switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace switch.
T7199DD UN16AUG90
1/1
Beacon Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for beacon circuit to function: Key switch to ACC or ON position Beacon switch to ON position
TX,9015,QQ1823 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-106
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=388
Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Power flows from return-to dig/beacon fuse to beacon switch. With beacon switch ON, power flows to the beacon. Ground for beacon is provided through G20 black wire. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A ,107

TX,9015,QQ1791 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-107
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=389
Beacon Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A ,108
TX,9015,QQ1792 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-108
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=390
T7835AG
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Beacon Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1033 1905FEB991/1
Beacon Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the return-to-dig/beacon fuse.
1/1
Beacon Switch
Disconnect harness from beacon switch. Beacon switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 1 and 5. Is continuity measured?
T7199DE UN02OCT90
YES: Beacon switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace beacon switch.
9015 15A ,109
1/1
Beacon
Disconnect harness from beacon. Connect 12 volts to beacon terminal (white wire), and ground beacon (black wire). Does beacon function?
YES: Beacon is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check bulb, if good replace beacon.
T7199DF UN16AUG90
1/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for return-to-dig circuit to function: Key switch ON Engine running
TX,9015,QQ1824 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-109
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=391
Return-to-Dig Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Return-to-dig circuit consists of return-to-dig/beacon fuse, return-to-dig-switch and return-to-dig solenoid. Power flows from return-to-dig/beacon fuse to return-to-dig switch. When the bucket is not in the "LEVEL" position, the return-to-dig switch is closed which routes battery power to the return-to-dig solenoid. The return-to-dig solenoid is grounded through ground wire G01 black. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A ,110
TX,9015,QQ1793 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-110
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=392
Return-to-Dig Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A ,111
TX,9015,QQ1794 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-111
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=393
T7835AH
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Return-to-Dig Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1034 1905FEB991/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the return-to-dig/beacon fuse.
1/1
Return-to-Dig Switch 9015 15A ,112
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig switch. Check for continuity between common terminal and open terminal. Is continuity measured?
YES: Replace return-to-dig switch. NO: Go to next step in this check.
T7199DG UN17SEP90
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig switch. Actuate return-to-dig switch. Check for continuity between common terminal and open terminal. Is continuity measured?
YES: Return-to-dig switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace return-to-dig switch.
T7199DG UN17SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-112
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=394

Return-to-Dig Solenoid Disconnect harness from return-to-dig solenoid. Apply battery voltage to solenoid, and ground solenoid. Move control lever to return-to-dig detent position. Remove voltage from solenoid.
T7199DH 1917SEP90
YES: Return-to-dig solenoid is good. NO: Replace return-to-dig solenoid.
Does control lever stay in return-to-dig detent position until voltage is removed, and then return to neutral?
1/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872256)

Specification Fuel Gauge Level Sender Empty Resistance......................................................................... 10 ohms Full Resistance ........................................................................... 180 ohms
9015 15A ,113
TX,9015,QQ1825 1931AUG951/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)
The following conditions must exist for fuel gauge circuit to function: Key switch in ON position The following conditions must exist for tachometer/hour meter circuit to function: Key switch in ON position Engine running
TX,901515,QQ600 1931AUG951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-113
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=395
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)
Fuel Gauge: The circuit consists of monitor fuse, fuel gauge/light and fuel sender. Power flows from monitor fuse to (+) terminal of fuel gauge, out S terminal of fuel gauge to fuel sender. Fuel sender is grounded through G10 black wire. Power also flows from (+) terminal of fuel gauge to fuel gauge light. Fuel gauge light is grounded through G10 black wire. Tachometer/Hour Meter:
9015 15A ,114
Power flows from W terminal of alternator through M39 purple wire to S terminal on tachometer/hour meter. Tachometer light gets power from P21 red wire and is grounded through G10 black wire. With key switch ON and engine running, hour meter gets power from W terminal of alternator through M39 purple wires to alternator relay, energizing the relay and connecting terminals 30 and 87 suppling power for hour meter, causing the hour meter to run. With engine OFF key switch ON alternator relay is de-energized connecting terminals 30 and 87A removing power for hour meter and suppling ground for alternator indicator light in display module, causing the alternator indicator light to come on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,DY668 1916AUG961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-114
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=396
Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A ,115
TX,9015,QQ1796 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-115
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=397
T7835AI
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1035 1905FEB991/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse and hazard/monitor fuse
1/1
Fuel Gauge 9015 15A ,116
NOTE: Be sure some fuel is in tank. Key switch ON. Engine OFF.
YES: Fuel gauge is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace fuel gauge.
Disconnect harness from fuel gauge. Does gauge read EMPTY? Connect battery voltage to (+) terminal and ground GND terminal.
T7199DI UN02OCT90
Does gauge read FULL?
1/1
Fuel Gauge Sender
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect wire Y33 yellow from center of sender. Does gauge read EMPTY? Reconnect wire Y33 yellow to center of sender.
T6431AJ UN19OCT88
YES: Replace sender. NO: Fuel gauge sender is good. Check wiring harness to sender.
Attach a jumper wire from center screw to ground. Does gauge read FULL?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-116
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=398

Tachometer/Hour Meter Machine running. Lower all equipment to ground. FNR lever in neutral. Park brake ON. Check ground (-) terminal for good connection. Using a voltmeter check voltage on (+) terminal with M37 purple wire. Are 1214 volts (DC) measured? YES: Hour meter is bad, replace tachometer/hour meter. NO: Check wiring harness.
T7199DJ 1902OCT90
9015 15A ,117 Using a voltmeter, check voltage on terminal (SIG) M39 purple wire. Are 7.63 volts (AC) measured? NO: Check wiring harness. YES: Tachometer is bad, replace tachometer/hour meter.
T7199DK 1917SEP90
1/1
Alternator Relay
IMPORTANT: Relay is a six volt relay. Do not apply more than 6 volts when testing. Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click?
T7596AQ 1903OCT91
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-117
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=399
Auxiliary Valve Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256)

The following conditions must exist for auxiliary valve circuit to function: Key switch ON position Machine running Auxiliary valve switch in FOOT ON or CONTINUOUS ON position
TX,9015,QQ2581 1912APR941/1
Auxiliary Valve Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

9015 15A ,118
The circuit consists of auxiliary valve relay, auxiliary valve switch, auxiliary valve diode, auxiliary valve foot switch and auxiliary valve solenoid. Components are grounded by the R01 black wire through cab side console harness. With key switch on, power is routed through P01 red wire to auxiliary valve relay terminal 30 and to auxiliary valve switch terminal 7. With auxiliary valve switch in OFF position power is routed out terminal 3 of auxiliary valve switch to terminals 85 and 87 of auxiliary valve relay. The relay is energized latching terminals 30 and 87 of auxiliary valve relay. When auxiliary valve switch is moved to FOOT ON position, power is routed out terminals 5 and 6. Power
from terminal 6 is sent to terminal 9 for light in switch. Power from terminal 5 is sent to auxiliary valve foot switch. When foot switch is depressed power is sent to auxiliary valve solenoid energizing solenoid. When auxiliary valve switch is moved to CONTINUOUS ON position, power is routed out terminal 1 and 2. Power from terminal 2 is sent to terminal 9 for light in switch. Power from terminal 1 is sent to auxiliary valve solenoid energizing solenoid, keeping continuous power on solenoid.
TX,9015,QQ2582 1912APR941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-118
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=400
Auxiliary Valve Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872256)
9015 15A ,119
TX,9015,BD2754 1918APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-119
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=401
T8544AL
1929AUG95
Sub-System Diagnostics/Auxiliary Valve Circuit (S.N. 872256)
CED,TX17864,1036 1905FEB991/1
Auxiliary Valve Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by monitor fuse.
1/1
Auxiliary Valve Relay 9015 15A ,120
T7287BH UN16AUG90
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace auxiliary valve relay.
1/1
Auxiliary Valve Switch
Disconnect harness from auxiliary valve switch. Move auxiliary valve switch to FOOT ON. Measure for continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 3 and 6. Is continuity measured?
T8173BN UN20FEB94
YES: Auxiliary valve switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace auxiliary valve switch.
Measure for continuity between terminals 3 and 1, 3 and 2. Is continuity measured?

1/1
Auxiliary Valve Diode Check
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals. Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes.
T7961AA UN10MAR93
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-120
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=402

Auxiliary Valve Foot Switch Disconnect harness from auxiliary valve foot switch. Foot switch pressed. Measure for continuity between terminals A and B of connector end. Is continuity measured? YES: Auxiliary valve foot switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace auxiliary valve foot switch.
T8173BP UN20FEB94
9015 15A ,121

1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-121
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=403

Auxiliary Valve Solenoid Key switch ON. Auxiliary valve switch to CONTINUOUS ON. Harness wires connected. Check battery voltage at (A). Is battery voltage measured? Check continuity at (B). Is continuity measured? YES: Continue on. NO: Check ground connection at (B). Check wiring harness.
9015 15A ,122
T8176AF UN20FEB94
Disconnect harness wires from valve. Check continuity at (A). Is continuity measured?
YES: Solenoid is good. NO: Replace solenoid.
T8176AF UN20FEB94
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-122
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=404
Group 15B
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 )

Power Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )
The following conditions must exist for power circuit to function: Voltage must be present at these distribution points for other circuits to operate. BAT terminal of key switch Terminal 30 of accessory relay Start relay B+ terminal of alternator Starter motor Radio fuse
9015 15B 1
TX,9015,QQ6762 1906JUN961/1
Power Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

The power circuit includes battery and main current paths to primary distribution points. With key switch OFF, power from battery goes to key switch, accessory relay, start relay, alternator, starter motor and unswitched radio fuse. When key switch is moved from OFF position, power continues through IGN and ST terminals to main fuse block. ACC terminal power goes to accessory relay, energizing relay sending power to the main fuse block. The key switch G terminal is a ground terminal only in Bulb Check and Start positions. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ6763 1906JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=405
Power Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 2
TX,9015,QQ6764 1906JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=406
T100796
1910SEP96
Sub-System Diagnostics/Power Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
TX,9015,QQ6765 1906JUN961/1
Power Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the alternator and the batteries.
1/1
Battery State Of Charge CAUTION: Engine may crank during this check. Move light switch to ON position. Do Work lights go out or get very dim while cranking engine?
YES: Clean battery cable terminals. Repeat test. If lights still get dim, test battery. NO: Battery Charge is good. Go to next check.
9015 15B 3
1/1
Starter Motor
Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage at terminal of starter with red cable. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Check complete. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and starter
T7199BK 1917SEP90
1/1
Alternator
Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage at B+ terminal of alternator Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and alternator
T7828AA 1923SEP92
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=407

Start Relay Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage at terminal with BO3 red wire. Are 12 volts measured? YES: Go to next check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and start relay.
T7199BM 1917SEP90
1/1
Key Switch Check 9015 15B 4
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from switch. Check voltage on B11 red wire at BAT terminal of key switch. Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BO UN17SEP90
Switch disconnected from harness. Turn key switch to START position.
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace key switch.
Check for continuity between BAT and IGN terminals and BAT and ST terminals. Is continuity measured?
T7199BO UN17SEP90
Switch disconnected from harness. Key switch ON. Check for continuity between BAT and ACC terminal. Is continuity measured?
T7199BO UN17SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=408

T7199BN UN16AUG90
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessary relay. 9015 15B 5
T7199BN UN16AUG90
T7199BN UN16AUG90
1/1
Start Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for start circuit to function: FNR lever in neutral Loader lever switch not depressed Key switch in START position
CED,TX17864,171 1911SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=409
Start Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

The start circuit converts the electrical energy from the battery to mechanical energy by the starter. A heavy current draw takes place in the starter. With key switch OFF, power flows from battery to starter motor terminal, start relay spade terminal, accessory relay, and key switch BAT terminal. With key in ON or IGN, power flows from IGN terminal through FNR/park brake fuse and loader lever switch, to the FNR switch. With the FNR in neutral, power flows to the neutral start relay terminal 86, energizing relay.
9015 15B 6
With key switch in START, power flows from ST terminal through start fuse, neutral start relay, to the start relay closing the start relay. Power also flows to the hydraulic pump destroke solenoid and energizes the solenoid which destrokes the pump allowing for easy starting. With start relay closed, power flows from starter motor through BO3 red wire to start relay, through EO2 white wire to starting motor solenoid S terminal, closing solenoid contacts. With solenoid contacts closed, power flows from battery to the starter windings. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
CED,TX17864,172 1911SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=410
Start Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 7
CED,TX17864,170 1910SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=411
T117158
1918SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Start Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
TX,9015,QQ6769 1921JUL981/1
Start Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the FNR/park brake fuse and the start fuse.
1/1
T7199BO UN17SEP90
1/1
FNR Lever Check
YES: Continue with check NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 1921JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown. Place FNR lever in neutral. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal D of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in reverse. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal B of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal C of four pin connector?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=412

Neutral Start Relay Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #85. Does relay click?
T7287BH UN16AUG90
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace neutral start relay.
1/1
Start Relay
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to one of the small blade terminals and ground the other. Does relay click? Measure continuity between two large terminals. Is continuity measured?
YES: Relay is good. NO: Replace start relay. 9015 15B 9
T7287BK 1916AUG90
1/1
Starter Solenoid Check CAUTION: Starter will crank engine if metal strap is NOT disconnected from starter motor. Disconnect metal strap from starter motor terminal. Connect battery voltage to solenoid small terminal.
T6534BI UN19OCT88
YES: Solenoid is OK. Check starter motor. NO: Replace starter solenoid.
Ground metal strap from solenoid with heavy gauge wire. Does solenoid click? Remove jumper wires.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=413

Starter Motor CAUTION: Starter will crank engine if metal strap is NOT disconnected from starter motor. Disconnect metal strap from starter motor large terminal. Connect a heavy gauge jumper wire from battery positive cable to starter motor terminal.
T6534BJ UN07JAN97
YES: Starter motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Repair or replace starter motor.
Connect a heavy gauge jumper wire from battery positive cable to starter motor terminal. Does starter motor turn, but NOT crank engine?
1/1
9015 15B 10
Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from destroke solenoid.
Connect battery voltage to solenoid terminal A and ground terminal B. Does solenoid click?
T7418AN 1927NOV90
1/1
Charging Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for charging circuit to function: Key switch in ON position Engine running
TX,9015,QQ6770 1906JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=414
Charging Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

65 or 95 AMP Bosch Alternator: The alternator (B+) terminal is connected to battery voltage at all times. The alternator terminal (D+) gets power from ACC terminal of the key switch by energizing the accessory relay, closing relay contacts and sending power to MFWD/Alternator/Diff. Lock fuse. With key switch ON and engine running, power flows from terminal (W) of alternator to display monitor, ground is removed and indicator light goes out. When key is on but engine is not running or if alternator fails, a ground is supplied to the display monitor and indicator lights come on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10
9015 15B 11
TX,9015,QQ6771 1906JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=415
Charge Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 12
TX,9015,QQ6772 1906JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=416
T100798
1903NOV97
Sub-System Diagnostics/Charging Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
TX,9015,QQ6773 1904AUG981/1
Charging Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the MFWD/alt./diff. lock fuse.
1/1
Alternator Output
Key switch OFF. Measure and record battery voltage. Start and run engine at 1500 rpm, and check battery voltage. Specification Alternator Output CheckEngine Speed....................................... 1500 rpm Does battery voltage increase?
YES: Alternator is good. Check wiring harness. Check battery. NO: Check alternator.
9015 15B 13
T6569AZ UN23AUG93
1/1
Alternator
Key switch ON. Engine running. Park brake ON. Using a multimeter, check for DC voltage at terminals (D+) and (B+). Is 14 DC volts measured? Using a multimeter, check for AC voltage at terminal (W). Is 7.63 AC volts measured?
YES: Alternator is good. NO: Alternator is failed. Repair or replace.
T7835AT 1923SEP92
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=417

Alternator Diode Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals. Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes.
T7961AA UN10MAR93
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check, diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK.
1/1
T7199BO UN17SEP90
T7199BO UN17SEP90
T7199BO UN17SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=418

T7199BN UN16AUG90
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessary relay. 9015 15B 15
T7199BN UN16AUG90
T7199BN UN16AUG90
1/1
Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for differential lock to function. Key switch in ON position. Engine running Differential lock switch held down.
CED,TX17864,86 1912JUN981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=419
Differential Lock Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows from the MFWD/Alternator/Differential lock fuse (F1) to the differential lock switch (S3). The differential lock switch is normally open. When the operator depresses the differential lock switch, power continues to flow to the differential lock solenoid (Y8) and energize the solenoid. When the operator releases the switch, the switch opens and the differential solenoid is de-energized. The differential lock diode (V11) prevents voltage spikes from arching across the terminals of the switch when the switch is released.
9015 15B 16
CED,TX17864,87 1912JUN981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=420
Differential Lock Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 17
CED,TX17864,88 1912JUN981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
T115838
1919JUN98
PN=421
Sub-System Diagnostics/Differential Lock Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,89 1912JUN981/1
Differential Lock Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the MFWD/alt./diff. lock fuse.
1/1
Differential Lock Switch 9015 15B 18
Disconnect harness from switch. Connect multimeter to switch terminals.
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace switch.
Depress differential lock switch. Is continuity measured?

T115875 1919JUN98
Release Switch. Is continuity measured?
YES: Replace switch. NO: Go to next check.
T115875 1919JUN98
1/1
Key switch ON. Differential lock switch depressed and held. Disconnect harness from solenoid. Measure voltage at terminals in harness.
T115864 1919JUN98
YES: Repair or replace solenoid. NO: Repair harness. (See group 10 of this section)
Are 12 volts measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=422

Differential Lock Diode Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals. Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes.
T7961AA UN10MAR93
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace diode. NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check, diode has failed in an open mode. Replace diode. NO: If continuity is measure in one check and not the other, diode is OK.
9015 15B 19
1/1
MFWD Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for MFWD to function. Key switch in ON position. Engine running MFWD switch on.
CED,TX17864,86 1912JUN981/1
MFWD Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows from the MFWD/Alternator/Differential lock fuse (F1) to the MFWD switch (S2). When the operator switches on the MFWD switch, power continues to flow to the MFWD solenoid (Y1) and energize the solenoid. When the operator releases the switch, the switch opens and the differential solenoid is de-energized. The differential lock diode (V10) prevents voltage spikes from arching across the terminals of the switch when the switch is released.
CED,TX17864,87 1912JUN981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=423
MFWD Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 20
OUO1048,00003E3 1913SEP001/1
Sub-System Diagnostics/MFWD Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,89 1912JUN981/1
MFWD Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the MFWD/alt./diff. lock fuse.
T115840
1919JUN98
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=424

MFWD Switch YES: MFWD switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace MFWD switch.
T100731 UN28MAY96
9015 15B 21
Disconnect harness from switch. MFWD switch OFF. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 1. Is continuity measured? MFWD switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
1/1
MFWD Solenoid
Key switch ON. MFWD switch OFF. Disconnect harness from solenoid. Measure voltage at terminals in harness.
T115864 1919JUN98
YES: Repair or replace solenoid. NO: Repair harness. (See group 10 of this section)
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=425

MFWD Diode Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals. Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes.
T7961AA UN10MAR93
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace diode. NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check, diode has failed in an open mode. Replace diode. NO: If continuity is measure in one check and not the other, diode is OK.
9015 15B 22
1/1
Radio Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following condition or conditions must exist for the radio circuit to function. Key switch in ACC or ON position. Radio turned ON
CED,TX17864,181 1915SEP981/1
Radio Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

When the key switch is ON or in ACC position of switch, power flows to the accessory relay energizing the relay. Power is then sent to the dome light fuse and front work light fuse. Switched power is sent to radio fuse and radio. Unswitch power from radio fuse maintains station memory and the clock. Power from the front work light fuse is for light in the radio. Power from the dome light fuse powers the radio and speakers.
CED,TX17864,182 1915SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=426
Radio Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 23
CED,TX17864,183 1915SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-23
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=427
T117203
1918SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Radio Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,184 1915SEP981/1
Radio Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the unswitched radio fuse, dome light/radio fuse, and the front work/tail light fuse.
1/1
Fuses 9015 15B 24
Remove fuse cover. Check 5 amp radio fuse (unswitched power), 5 amp dome light/radio fuse, and 25 amp front light/tail light fuse. Are any of the fuses blown?
YES: Replace fuse. NO: Go to next check.
1/1
Front Light Switch
Disconnect harness from front light switch. Light switch ON.
YES: Front light switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
Measure for continuity between terminals 3 and 1, and 2 and 8. Is continuity measured?
T7199CN UN16AUG90
1/1
Radio
Unplug harness from radio. Key switch ON and front light switch ON. Check for voltage at P15, P25, and L43 receptacles. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Go to next check. NO: An open circuit is indicated. Check harnesses.
T117205 1918SEP98
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=428

Radio Speaker Disconnect harness from radio speaker. Measure resistance between radio speaker terminals. Is 7.3 ohms measured? YES: Replace radio. NO: Replace speaker
T7828AU 1923SEP92
1/1
Dome Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following condition or conditions must exist for the dome light circuit to function. Key switch in ACC or ON position. Dome light switch ON
9015 15B 25
CED,TX17864,185 1915SEP981/1
Dome Light Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

When the key switch is ON or in ACC position of switch, power flows to the accessory relay energizing the relay. Power is then sent to the dome light fuse. Power continues to flow through the dome light/radio fuse to the dome light switch. When the dome light switch is in the ON position, power is allowed to flow to the dome light causing the dome light to light.
CED,TX17864,186 1915SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=429
Dome Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 26
CED,TX17864,187 1915SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=430
T117204
1918SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Dome Light Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,188 1915SEP981/1
Dome Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the dome light/radio fuse.
1/1
Fuses
Remove fuse cover. Check 5 amp radio fuse (unswitched power), 5 amp dome light/radio fuse, and 25 amp front light/tail light fuse. Are any of the fuses blown?
YES: Replace fuse. NO: Go to next check. 9015 15B 27
1/1
Dome Light Switch and Dome Light
Disconnect dome light assembly from harness. Key switch ON or ACC position. Check for voltage at dome light connectors. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Replace dome light assembly. NO: An open circuit is indicated. Check harnesses.
T117254 1918SEP98
1/1
Start Aid Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for start aid circuit to function: Key switch in IGN or ON position Start aid switch depressed
TX,9015,BG984 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=431
Start Aid Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows from key switch IGN terminal to fuel shut-off/start aid and reverse warning alarm fuse to start aid button. When button is pushed, power is supplied to start aid solenoid. Ground is supplied through G01 black wire energizing solenoid. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15B 28
TX,9015,QQ1751 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=432
Start Aid Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 29
TX,9015,QQ1752 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=433
T7828AJ
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Start Aid Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,243 1908OCT981/1
Start Aid Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
1/1
Start Aid Switch 9015 15B 30
Disconnect harness from start aid switch. With start aid button pushed, check for continuity between terminals with P12 red wire and E25 white wire. Is continuity measured?
YES: Start aid switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace start aid switch.
T7199BW 1916AUG90
1/1
Start Aid Solenoid
NOTE: Remove start aid fluid canister from holder to prevent injecting starting fluid into engine. Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from solenoid. Connect battery voltage to terminal with E25 white wire. Ground terminal with E27 white wire. Does solenoid "click"?
T7828AK 1923SEP92
YES: Start aid solenoid is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace start aid solenoid.
1/1
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for fuel shut-off circuit to function: Key switch in IGN or ON position
TX,9015,BG985 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=434
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows from key switch IGN terminal to fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse, start aid switch and fuel shut-off solenoid. Solenoid is grounded to frame. When the fuel shut-off solenoid is "energized" fuel is allowed into the injection pump. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15B 31
TX,9015,BG986 1901APR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=435
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 32
TX,901515,QQ825 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=436
T7418AZ
1912DEC90
Sub-System Diagnostics/Fuel Shut-Off Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,242 1908OCT981/1
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
1/1
Injection Pump Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid
Connect battery voltage to solenoid P12 red wire terminal. Does solenoid "click"? Remove voltage from terminal. Does solenoid "click" again?
T6785AG UN18OCT88
9015 15B NO: Replace fuel shut-off 33 solenoid.
1/1
Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for reverse alarm circuit to function: Key switch ON FNR lever must be in reverse position
TX,9015,QQ1815 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-33
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=437
Reverse Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

When the key switch is ON position of switch, power flows to the FNR/park brake fuse. Power is then sent through the loader lever switch to the FNR switch. With the FNR switch in reverse, power flows to the reverse alarm relay energizing the relay. With reverse alarm relay energized power is allowed to flow through the fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse and reverse alarm relay to the reverse warning alarm causing the alarm to sound.
9015 15B 34
CED,TX17864,180 1915SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-34
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=438
Reverse Alarm Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 35
CED,TX17864,189 1916SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-35
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=439
T117206
1918SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Reverse Alarm Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,191 1916SEP981/1
Reverse Alarm Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
1/1
Fuses 9015 15B 36
Remove fuse cover. Check 15 amp fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse and 10 amp FNR/park brake fuse. Are fuses blown?
1/1
Loader Lever Switch
Disconnect harness from loader lever switch Check for continuity between terminals with J27 tan wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity measured?
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace loader lever switch.
T7199CU 1902OCT90
Disconnect harness from loader lever switch Depress loader lever switch and check for continuity between terminals with J27 tan wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity measured?
YES: Replace loader lever switch. NO: Loader lever switch is good. Go to next check.
T7199CU 1902OCT90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-36
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=440

FNR Lever Check YES: Continue with check NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 1921JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown. Place FNR lever in neutral. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal D of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in reverse. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal B of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal C of four pin connector?
1/2
9015 15B 37
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-37
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=441

YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 1921JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. 9015 15B 38 Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown. Place FNR lever in first speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals A, C, and D of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in second speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals A, B, and C of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in third speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals B, C, and D of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in fourth speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals B and D of six pin connector?
19 2/2
Reverse Alarm Relay
T7287BH UN16AUG90
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace reverse alarm relay.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-38
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=442

Reverse Alarm Disconnect harness from reverse alarm. Connect battery voltage to reverse warning alarm positive (+) terminal. Connect jumper wire from reverse warning alarm negative (-) terminal to ground.
T7199BZ UN16AUG90
YES: Reverse alarm is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace reverse alarm.
Does reverse alarm sound?
1/1
Air Adjust Seat Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following condition or conditions must exist for the air adjust seat circuit to function Key switch in ACC or ON position. Air adjust seat switch held in ON position.
9015 15B 39
CED,TX17864,195 1916SEP981/1
Air Adjust Seat Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows through the heater fuse to the air adjust seat switch. When the switch is depressed and held, power continues to flow to the air adjust seat motor causing the motor to operate.
CED,TX17864,196 1916SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-39
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=443
Air Adjust Seat Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 40
CED,TX17864,192 1916SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-40
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=444
T117256
1918SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Air Adjust Seat Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,197 1917SEP981/1
Air Adjust Seat Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the heater fuse.
1/1
Fuse
Remove fuse cover. Check 30 amp heater/air conditioning fuse. Is the fuse blown?
1/1
Air Adjust Seat Switch
Disconnect switch from harness. Connect a multi meter to switch as shown. Depress and hold switch and check for continuity. Is continuity measured?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
T117271 1918SEP98
1/1
Air Adjust Seat Motor
Disconnect harness from motor. Connect motor to 12 volts and ground as shown. Does motor run?
YES: An open circuit is indicated. Check wiring harnesses. NO: Replace motor.
T117270 1918SEP98
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-41
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=445
Blower Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following condition or conditions must exist for the blower circuit to function. Key switch in ACC or ON position. Blower switch in any of the four positions.
CED,TX17864,198 1917SEP981/1
9015 15B 42
Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows through the heater fuse to the blower switch. The blower switch has five different positions, off and four speeds. With the switch in speeds 1, 2, and 3 power is sent to the blower resistor. The blower resistor has three different resistance values causing the fan to have different speeds. With the blower switch on the speed 4, power is sent directly to the blower motor and bypasses the blower resistor. This causes the fan to be at the highest speed.
CED,TX17864,199 1917SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-42
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=446
Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 43
CED,TX17864,193 1916SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-43
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=447
T117257
1918SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Blower Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,200 1917SEP981/1
Blower Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the heater fuse.
1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 44
1/1
Blower Switch
T117277 1918SEP98
1/1
Blower Resistor
Measure ohms between terminals 4 and 2. Does ohmmeter read approximately 0.9 ohms?
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace resistor.
T102849 UN06AUG96
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-44
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=448

Heater Blower Motor Disconnect harness from heater blower motor. Connect 12 volts to heater blower motor, and ground motor. Does heater blower motor operate? YES: Heater blower motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace heater blower motor.
T7199CM UN16AUG90
1/1
Air Conditioning Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257 )

Specification A/C Freeze Switch (normally closed)Opening Temperature ................... -0.56 0.83 C (31 1.5 F) Closing Temperature ..................................... 2.22 0.83 C (36 1.5 F) Specification Air Conditioning High Pressure Switch (normally closed) Opening Pressure .................................. 2760 138 kPa (27.6 1.4 bar) (400.3 20 psi) Closing Pressure .................................... 1310 138 kPa (13.1 1.4 bar) (190 20 psi) Specification Air Conditioning Low Pressure Switch (normally open)Closing Pressure ................................................... 345 35 kPa (3.45 0.35 bar) (50 5.1 psi) Opening Pressure .................................... 173 35 kPa (1.73 0.35 bar) (25.1 5.1 psi)
9015 15B 45
CED,TX17864,205 1917SEP981/1
Air Conditioning Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following condition or conditions must exist for this circuit to operate: Key switch ON. Engine running. Blower switch in any of the four ON speeds. A/C switch ON.
CED,TX17864,202 1917SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-45
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=449
Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows through the heater fuse to the blower switch. The blower switch has five different positions, off and four speeds. With the switch in speeds 1, 2, and 3 power is sent to the blower resistor. The blower resistor has three different resistance values causing the fan to have different speeds. With the blower switch on the speed 4, power is sent directly to the blower motor and bypasses the blower resistor. This causes the fan to be at the highest speed. When the blower switch is in any of the four ON speeds, power also flows through the normally closed freeze control switch and to the A/C on/off switch. When the A/C on/off switch is switched on power continues to flow through the normally closed high and low pressure switches to the A/C compressor engaging the compressor clutch. Low Pressure Switch The low pressure switch will open if the air conditioning system loses its refrigerant charge. The switch opens to stop current flow to the compressor which prevents compressor engagement. The low pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. The freeze protection switch receives power from the blower switch when the blower switch is in any of the four ON speeds. High Pressure Switch The high pressure switch protects the system from high pressure. If a malfunction or line restriction causes the high pressure to increase above the setting of the switch, the switch will open to stop current flow to the compressor clutch. The high pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. Freeze Protection Switch The freeze protection switch is used to sense the temperature in the evaporator core. When the temperature drops, the freeze protection switch opens, stopping power flow to the compressor. When the temperature in the evaporator core raises, the freeze protection switch closes allowing power to continue to flow to the compressor.
9015 15B 46
CED,TX17864,203 1917SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-46
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=450
Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 47
CED,TX17864,194 1916SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-47
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=451
T117258
1918SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Air Conditioning Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,206 1917SEP981/1
Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks This circuit is powered by the heater fuse.
1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 48
1/1
Blower Switch
T117277 1918SEP98
1/1
Blower Resistor
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace resistor
T102849 UN06AUG96
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-48
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=452

Heater/Blower Motor Check Disconnect harness from heater blower motor. Connect 12 volts to heater blower motor, and ground motor. Does heater blower motor operate? YES: Heater blower motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace heater blower motor.
T7199CM UN16AUG90
1/1
A/C Freeze Switch
With A/C freeze switch at room temperature. Disconnect harness from switch. Measure continuity across switch terminals. Is continuity measured?
T7835AV 1924SEP92
YES: Do A/C Freeze Switch Test. See Group 9031-25. If switch is OK, check wiring harness. NO: Switch has failed. Replace switch.
9015 15B 49
1/1
Air Conditioning Switch (S.N. 816286)
Disconnect harness from air conditioning switch. Place switch in snowflake or A/C position, and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 1. Is continuity measured? Place switch in cactus or defrost position and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
YES: A/C switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace A/C switch.
T7199DE UN02OCT90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-49
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=453

Air Conditioner Low Pressure Switch Check Disconnect harness from switch. Check for continuity between terminals. Is continuity measured? YES: Continue with this check. NO: Replace switch.
T101619 1913JUN96
Remove switch from system. (The line that attaches the low pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed.) Measure for continuity across switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read open? 9015 15B 50
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Go to Low Pressure Switch Test, Group 9031-25.
1/1
Air Conditioner High Pressure Switch Check
Disconnect harness from switch. Measure continuity across outer switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read continuity?
YES: Continue with this check. NO: Switch may be bad, or system pressure is too high. Continue with this check to verify switch operation.
T101618 1913JUN96
Remove switch from system. (The line that attaches the high pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed.) Measure continuity across switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read continuity?
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness and system pressure. Go to Air Conditioning Pressure Diagnostic Chart, Group 9031-25. NO: Replace switch.
1/1
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Coil
Disconnect harness from clutch. Connect battery voltage to clutch terminal that has orange wire. Ground black wire terminal. Does Clutch "click"?
YES: A/C compressor clutch coil is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace clutch coil.
T6534CV UN19OCT88
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-50
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=454
Wiper/Washer Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for wiper/washer circuit to function. Key switch must be in ON or ACC position. Front/rear wiper or washer switch must be turned on.
TX,9015,QQ1817 1912MAR931/1
Wiper/Washer Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows from wiper/washer fuse to terminal 2B of the front wiper switch, washer switch, and rear wiper switch. Front Wiper The front wiper switch has both a high and low position. With the switch on low, power flows from terminals 2A and 5A to both the left and right front wiper motors causing the motors to run on low speed. With the switch on high, power flows from terminals 6 and 3 to both the left and right front wiper motors causing the motors to run on high speed. Rear Wiper The rear wiper switch has both a high and low position. With the switch on low, power flows from terminal 2A to the rear wiper motor causing the motor to run on low speed. With the switch on high, power flows from terminal 6 to the rear wiper motor causing the motor to run on high speed. Washer When the washer switch is depressed and held power flows from terminal 3 to the washer motor causing the motor to run and activate the pump.
9015 15B 51
CED,TX17864,207 1918SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-51
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=455
Wiper/Washer Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 52
CED,TX17864,209 1918SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-52
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=456
T116925
1908OCT98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Wiper/Washer Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,210 1918SEP981/1
Wiper/Washer Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the wiper/washer fuse.
1/1
Front Wiper Switch
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace Switch 9015 15B 53
T100731 UN28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Front wiper switch on low. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 2A. Check for continuity between terminals 5B and 5A. Is continuity measured for both points? Front wiper switch on high. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 6. Is continuity measured for both points?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-53
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=457

Front Right Wiper Motor Connect an external ground to the eyelet on the end of the G20 BLK wire. Connect 12 volts to the L terminal. NO: Replace wiper motor. Does wiper run on low speed? Connect 12 volts to the H terminal.
T117301 UN08OCT98
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harnesses.
Does wiper run on high speed? Connect 12 volts to the P terminal. Does wiper return the parked position and stop?
9015 15B 54
1/1
Front Left Wiper Motor
Connect an external ground to the eyelet on the end of the G20 BLK wire. Connect 12 volts to the L terminal.
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harnesses. NO: Replace wiper motor.
Does wiper run on low speed? Connect 12 volts to the H terminal.

T117301 UN08OCT98
Does wiper run on high speed? Connect 12 volts to the P terminal. Does wiper return the parked position and stop?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-54
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=458

Rear Wiper Switch YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
T100731 UN28MAY96
9015 15B 55
Disconnect harness from switch. Rear wiper switch on low. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 2A. Is continuity measured? Rear wiper switch on high. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
1/1
Rear Wiper Motor
Disconnect harness from wiper motor wire lead. Connect battery voltage to terminal with BLU/RED wire. Ground terminal with black wire. Does wiper motor run at low speed? Connect battery voltage to terminal with BLU/BLK wire. Ground terminal with black wire. Does wiper motor run at high speed? Connect battery voltage to terminal with BLU/WHT wire. Ground terminal with black wire. Does wiper motor return to the parked position?
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harnesses. NO: Replace wiper motor.
T7199CB UN17SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-55
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=459

Washer Switch YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace switch
9015 15B 56
T100731 UN28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Washer switch held in the ON position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
1/1
Washer Motor
Disconnect harness from washer motor. Connect battery voltage to motor A71 ORG terminal of motor. Ground other terminal to machine frame. Does washer motor run?
YES: An open circuit is indicated. Check wiring harnesses. NO: Replace motor.
T7349DJ UN27AUG90
1/1
Rear Work Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following condition or conditions must exist for the rear light circuit to function. Key switch in ON or ACC position. Rear work light switch ON.
CED,TX17864,211 1921SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-56
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=460
Rear Work Light Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows through the rear work light fuse to the rear light switch. With the rear light switch in the ON position, power continues to flow to the left and right rear work lights causing the lights to light.
CED,TX17864,212 1921SEP981/1
9015 15B 57
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-57
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=461
Rear Work Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 58
CED,TX17864,213 1921SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-58
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=462
T117299
1908OCT98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Rear Work Light Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,214 1921SEP981/1
Rear Work Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the rear work light fuse.
1/1
Fuse
Remove fuse cover. Check 15 amp rear light fuse fuse. Is the fuse blown?
1/1
Rear Work Light Switch
T100731 UN28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Rear work light switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-59
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=463

Rear Work Lights Disconnect harness from rear work light. Connect 12 volts to blue wire and ground black wire. Does light come ON? NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light. YES: Work light is good. Check wiring harness.
T7199CP UN17SEP90
1/1
9015 15B 60
Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )
The following condition or conditions must exist for the front work and drive light circuit to function. Key switch in ACC of ON position. Front light switch ON.
CED,TX17864,215 1921SEP981/1
Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 )
Power flows through the front work/tail light fuse to the front light switch. The front light switch is a three position switch: off, drive/tail lights, or drive/tail/front work lights. With the switch in the first position or the drive/tail light position, power flows to both the front drive lights and to the tail lights. When the switch is in the second position or drive/tail/front work light position, power also flows to the front work lights in addition to the front drive lights and tail lights.
CED,TX17864,216 1921SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-60
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=464
Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 61
CED,TX17864,217 1921SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-61
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=465
T117300
1908OCT98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Front Work and Drive Light Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,218 1921SEP981/1
Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the front work/tail light fuse.
1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 62
Remove fuse cover. Check 25 amp front work/drive light fuse. Is the fuse blown?
1/1
Front Light Switch
T100731 UN28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Front light switch in the drive/tail light position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured? Front light switch in the drive/tail/work light position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 3 and 5B & 6. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-62
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=466

Work/Drive Lights Disconnect harness from work/drive light. Connect 12 volts to blue wire and ground black wire. Does light come ON? NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light. YES: Work light is good. Check wiring harness.
T7199CP UN17SEP90
1/1
Tail Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked TAIL, and ground terminal marked GROUND. Does tail light come on?
YES: Tail light is good. Check wiring harness.
9015 15B NO: Replace bulb. If bulb 63 is good replace light.
T7199CQ 1902OCT90
1/1
Park Brake/FNR Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following condition or conditions must exist for park brake/FNR circuit to function: Key switch OFF Park brake dash switch in ON position with machine running Machine Mechanically Shut Down
TX,9015,QQ6784 1921JUL981/1
Park Brake/FNR Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257 )

Specification Park Brake Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)Opening Pressure ............................................... 1103 110 kPa (11.3 1.10 bar) (160 16 psi) Closing Pressure ..................................... 896 89.6 kPa (8.96 0.9 bar) (130 13 psi)
TX,9015,QQ6783 1921JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-63
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=467
Park Brake/FNR Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

The Park Brake/FNR circuit controls the park brake and transmission. The park brake is spring applied and hydraulically released. NOTE: The park brake applies automatically when machine is mechanically shut down or when key switch is turned off. Park brake dash switch must be cycled first to applied position (ON), then to released position (OFF) before park brake can be released when engine is running.
9015 15B 64
the display monitor disappears. With the park brake switch on, the park brake pressure switch is closed sending a ground signal to the display monitor. With the ground signal present from the park brake pressure switch without the power signal from the FNR switch, the park brake indicator light on display monitor glows and the alarm sounds. The red stop light will also blink on and off. The machine is unable to move because the park brake dash switch is NOT sending voltage to the timer relay, thus all of the speed solenoids are de-energized. Machine started with park brake switch in OFF position: When the machine is started with the park brake dash switch in the OFF position the park brake latching relay is unlatched or open. When the park brake latching relay is open, the park brake dash switch does not receive voltage to terminal 2B. If the FNR switch is placed out of neutral the display monitor alarm will sound and the stop light will flash. This occurs because the park brake solenoid is not energized, thus the park brake pressure switch is closed and sending a ground signal to the display monitor. To enable the machine to operate, place the park dash switch in the ON position. This allows power to flow to terminal 85 of the park brake latching relay causing the relay to close. With the relay closed, power can now flow from terminal 87 of the park brake latching relay to terminal 2B of the park brake switch. Key ON: Engine Running: Park Brake Switch OFF: With the park brake dash switch in the OFF position, voltage is sent to both the timer relay and the park brake solenoid.
Park brake cannot be hydraulically released if FNR/Park Brake Fuse is blown. Key ON: Park Brake Dash Switch in On Position: FNR Lever in Neutral: Power flows from terminal 3 to terminal 2B of park brake dash switch (S12) and then to park brake latching relay terminal 85, energizing the park brake latching relay (K5) causing it to latch terminals 30 and 87. Ground is supplied to the park brake latching relay through the S terminal of starter motor. Power is disconnected from park brake solenoid (Y4), and timer relay (K7). With the FNR switch (S11) in neutral, power flows from the FNR switch to the display monitor (H8). Combine this with the park brake pressure switch being closed and providing a ground for the park brake indicator light, the park brake indicator light in the display monitor glows signaling that the park brake is applied. Key ON: Engine Running: Park Brake Dash Switch In ON position: FNR Lever Shifted Out of Neutral:
With the park brake dash switch ON, and FNR lever shifted out of neutral, the signal from the FNR lever to
CED,TX17864,177 1915SEP981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-64
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=468
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ) The park brake solenoid is now energized and sending pressurized oil to the park brake to release it. This also opens the park brake pressure switch, thus the ground signal to the display monitor is removed and the park brake indicator light goes out. Key ON: Engine Running: Park Brake Switch OFF: FNR Switch in Forward or Reverse: opens the park brake pressure switch, thus the ground signal to the display monitor is removed and the park brake indicator light goes out. Power flows through the loader lever switch (S13) to the FNR switch (S11). With FNR switch in either forward or reverse power flows to the timer relay terminal 7. This signal closes the timer relay allowing power to flow from the park brake dash switch through the timer relay to the FNR switch. Depending on FNR switch position, the proper direction and speed solenoids in the transmission are energized. NOTE: If the signal to the timer relay terminal 7 disappears for more than one second, the timer relay will open.
With the park brake dash switch in the OFF position, voltage is sent to both the timer relay (K7) terminal 2 and the park brake solenoid. The park brake solenoid is now energized and sending pressurized oil to the park brake to release it. This also
9015 15B 65
Solenoids Energized Solenoid 1st Forward 2nd Forward 3rd Forward 4th Forward 1st Reverse 2nd Reverse 3rd Reverse Neutral X X X Y5 Y6 X X X X X X X X X Y18 X X X X X X X X X Y12 Y13 X X X X X Y14 X
CED,TX17864,177 1915SEP982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-65
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=469
Park Brake/FNR Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )

T116096 1929JUN98
CED,TX17864,178
1915SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-66
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=470
Sub-System Diagnostics/Park Brake/FNR Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,179 1915SEP981/1
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the FNR/park brake fuse and the start fuse.
1/1
Park Brake Switch Dash
YES: Park brake switch is good. Check wiring 9015 harness. 15B 67 NO: Replace park brake switch.
T100731 UN28MAY96
Disconnect harness from park brake switch. Park brake switch OFF. Check for continuity between terminals 2A and 1. Is continuity measured? Park brake switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-67
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=471

Transmission Solenoids Check
9015 15B 68
T101725 1912SEP96
Remove fuse block cover. Remove FNR/park brake fuse. Using a Fluke multimeter, turn to DC current. Red lead into (10A) terminal and black lead into (COM.) terminal. Place probe ends of multimeter at locations (A and B) in fuse block. Key switch ON and engine OFF. Park brake switch OFF. Approximately 1.9 amp value will display. NOTE: If 1.9 amp value is not displayed, cycle park brake on then off again. FNR lever in forward position. NOTE: Each solenoid in the transmission draws approximately 0.5 amps. If measured amperage value is approximately 0.5 amps less than specification, a problem with one solenoid is indicated. NOTE: The following specifications are at a voltage of 12.4 volts. Voltage should be approximately 12.4 volts when current measurements are taken. Does the amp value match the following specifications for each speed? Specification FNR Current1st Speed Forward Amperage ................................................................................................ 2nd Speed Forward Amperage ............................................................... 3rd Speed Forward Amperage ................................................................ 4th Speed Forward Amperage ................................................................ FNR lever in reverse position. Does the amp value match the following specifications for each speed? Specification FNR Current1st Speed Reverse Amperage .................................................................................................. 3.5 0.1 amps 2nd Speed Reverse Amperage................................................................. 3.5 0.1 amps 3rd Speed Reverse Amperage ................................................................. 3.5 0.1 amps
3.38 3.38 3.38 3.00
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
amps amps amps amps
1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-68
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=472

NOTE: The current value measurement is controlled by the number of components that are connected within the circuit. YES: Transmission solenoids are electrically good. See Group 9020-25 Power Train Test. NO: Check wiring harness or transmission solenoids.
19 2/2
Park Brake Solenoid Check
YES: Reverse solenoid electrically is good. See Group 9020-25 Power Train Test. NO: Check wiring harnesses. See Group 9015-10.
9015 15B 69
T101725 1912SEP96
Remove fuse block cover. Remove FNR/park brake fuse. Using a Fluke multimeter, turn to DC current. Red lead into (10A) terminal and black lead into (COM.) terminal. FNR lever in neutral position. Key switch ON and engine OFF. Place probe ends of multimeter at locations (A and B) in fuse block. Park brake switch ON. Approximately 0.45 amp value will display. Move park brake switch to OFF position. Does the amp value increase by approximately 1.5 amps?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-69
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=473

Loader Lever Switch Disconnect harness from loader lever switch Check for continuity between terminals with J27 tan wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity measured? YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace loader lever switch.
T7199CU 1902OCT90
Disconnect harness from loader lever switch Depress loader lever switch and check for continuity between terminals with J27 tan wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity measured? 9015 15B 70
YES: Replace loader lever switch. NO: Loader lever switch is good. Check wiring harness.
T7199CU 1902OCT90
1/1
Park Brake Latching Relay
T7287BH UN16AUG90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-70
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=474

Timer Relay Check YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace timer relay.
T114654 1921JUL98
9015 15B 71
Disconnect timer relay from front console harness. Connect a 12 power supply and ground to the timer relay as shown. Check for continuity across terminals 5 and 6 of timer relay. Is continuity measured?
1/1
Park Brake Pressure Switch
Disconnect harness from switch. Measure continuity between terminals A and B on connector end of switch. Is continuity measured?
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Check wiring harness.
T7199EE UN02OCT90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-71
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=475

FNR Lever Check YES: Continue with check NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 1921JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. 9015 15B 72 Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown. Place FNR lever in neutral. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal D of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in reverse. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal B of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal C of four pin connector?
1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-72
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=476

YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 1921JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown. Place FNR lever in first speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals A, C, and D of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in second speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals A, B, and C of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in third speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals B, C, and D of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in fourth speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals B and D of six pin connector? 9015 15B 73
19 2/2
Park Brake Relay Diode
T7961AA UN10MAR93
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-73
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=477

Park Brake Solenoid Diode Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals. Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes.
T7961AA UN10MAR93
1/1
Reverse Solenoid Diode 9015 15B 74
T7961AA UN10MAR93
1/1
Forward Solenoid Diode
T7961AA UN10MAR93
1/1
Low Range Solenoid Diode
T7961AA UN10MAR93
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-74
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=478

Speed Solenoid Diodes Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals. Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes.
T7961AA UN10MAR93
1/1
Horn Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for horn circuit to function: Key switch must be in ON or ACC position Horn switch must be depressed
9015 15B 75
TX,9015,QQ1821 1912MAR931/1
Horn Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows from turn/stop/horn fuse to horn switch. When horn button is pushed, switch closes and power flows to activate horn. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1786 1912MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-75
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=479
Horn Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 76
CED,TX17864,220 1922SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-76
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=480
T7835AE
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Horn Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,219 1922SEP981/1
Horn Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the turn/stop/flash/horn fuse.
1/1
Horn Switch
Disconnect harness from horn switch. Push horn switch and measure for continuity. Is continuity measured?
YES: Horn switch is good.
9015 15B NO: Replace horn switch. 77
T7199CY UN16AUG90
1/1
Horn
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from horn.
YES: Horn is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace horn.
Connect battery voltage to horn (+) positive terminal. Ground horn body. Does horn sound?
T6573AO UN23AUG93
1/1
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257 )
Specification Brake Light Switch (Normally Open)Closing Pressure......................... 414758 kPa (4.147.58 bar) (60110 psi)
CED,TX17864,234 1924SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-77
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=481
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )
The following condition or conditions must exist for the Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit to function: Key switch in ACC or ON position. Four-way flasher switch ON Turn signal switch in either left or right position. Brake pedal depressed.
CED,TX17864,221 1922SEP981/1
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 78
Power flows through the 20 amp Turn/Stop/Flash/Horn fuse to the flasher, 4-way flasher switch, and brake light switch. 4-Way Flasher When the 4-way flasher switch is switched on, current is allowed to flow through the flasher and causes it to alternate on and off or flash. This flashing power flows in terminal 2B of the 4-way flasher switch and out terminal 3 to the 4-way flasher switch diodes. The flashing power continues to flow through the diodes to the front and rear turn lights causing them to blink. Turn Signal The turn signal switch can function two different ways. The first is to have only the turn signal switch on by itself, or it can work in combination with the 4-way flasher switch. When the turn signal switch is on by itself, current is allowed to flow through the flasher and causes it to alternate on and off or flash. This flashing power flows into terminals 3 and 4 of the turn signal switch. When the turn signal switch is switched to the right, flashing power flows out terminal 2B and to the right front and right rear turn light. The 4-way flasher switch diode prevents the flashing power to flow to the left turn lights. When the turn signal switch is switched to the
left, flashing power flows out terminal 5B and to the left front and left rear turn light. The 4-way flasher switch diode prevents the flashing power to flow to the right turn lights. When the turn signal switch is used in combination with the 4-way flasher switch switched ON, the turn signal switch receives continuous power from the 4-way flasher switch and flows to terminals 1 and 6 of the turn signal switch. The 4-way flasher switch also sends flashing power to all four turn lights causing them to blink. When the turn signal switch is switched to the right, continuous power flows from terminal 6 to terminal 5B of the turn signal switch and on to the left turn lights. This causes the left turn lights to glow continuously. The 4-way flasher switch diode prevents the right turn lights from glowing continuously and allows them to remain blinking. When the turn signal switch is switched to the left, continuous power flows from terminal 1 to terminal 2B of the turn signal switch and on to the right turn lights. This causes the right turn lights to glow continuously. The 4-way flasher switch diode prevents the left turn lights from glowing continuously and allows them to remain blinking. Brake Light When the brake pedals are depressed, pressurized oil causes the brake light switch to close sending power to the brake lights and lighting the lights.
CED,TX17864,222 1922SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-78
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=482
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
T117361
1908OCT98
CED,TX17864,223
1922SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-79
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=483
Sub-System Diagnostics/Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,224 1922SEP981/1
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the turn/stop/flash/horn fuse.
1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 80
Remove fuse cover. Check 20 amp Turn/Stop/Flash/Horn fuse. Is the fuse blown?
1/1
Brake Light Switch
Disconnect harness from brake light switch. Check for continuity between the two terminals. Is continuity measured?
YES: Replace switch. NO: Go next step in this check.
T7199DD UN16AUG90
Disconnect harness from brake light switch. Key switch ON, engine running. Depress brake pedal and check for continuity between the two terminals. Is continuity measured?
T7199DD UN16AUG90
YES: Brake light switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace switch.
1/1
Brake Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked STOP, and ground terminal marked GROUND. Does brake light function?
YES: Brake light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199DS 1902OCT90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-80
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=484

Flasher Remove fuse cover. Remove flasher from fuse block. Key switch in ACC or ON position. Check for voltage between G10 BLK and P19 RED terminals. Is 12 volts measured? NO: An open circuit is indicated. Check harnesses. YES: Continue with check.
T117385 1908OCT98
Key switch in ACC or ON position. 4-way flasher switch ON. Install a jumper wire between P19 RED and L49 BRN terminals.
T117386 1908OCT98
YES: Replace flasher. NO: An open circuit is indicated. Check harnesses.
Do all turn lights light?
9015 15B 81
1/1
4-Way Flasher Switch
YES: Switch is OK. Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
T100731 UN28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. 4-way flasher switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 5B & 6. Is continuity measured? Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 3. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-81
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=485

Turn Signal Switch YES: Continue with check. NO: Replace switch.
9015 15B 82
T100731 UN28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Turn signal switch in right turn position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 3. Is continuity measured? Check for continuity between terminals 5B & 6. Is continuity measured?
1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-82
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=486

T100731 UN28MAY96
9015 15B 83
Disconnect harness from switch. Turn signal switch in left turn position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 1. Is continuity measured? Check for continuity between terminals 5B & 4. Is continuity measured?
19 2/2
4-Way Flasher Switch Diodes
T7961AA UN10MAR93
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-83
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=487

Turn Signal Light Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked DIRECTIONAL, and ground terminal marked GROUND. Does turn signal light function? YES: Turn signal light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199DT 1902OCT90
1/1
9015 15B 84
Beacon Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for beacon circuit to function: Key switch to ACC or ON position Beacon switch to ON position
CED,TX17864,225 1924SEP981/1
Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows from return-to dig/beacon fuse to beacon switch. With beacon switch ON, power flows to the beacon. With beacon switch ON, power also flows to the display monitor to illuminate the beacon indicator light in the monitor. Ground for beacon is provided through G20 black wire.
CED,TX17864,226 1924SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-84
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=488
Beacon Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 85
CED,TX17864,227 1924SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-85
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=489
T117389
1928OCT98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Beacon Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,228 1924SEP981/1
Beacon Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the return to dig/beacon fuse.
1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 86
Remove fuse cover. Check 10 amp RTD/Beacon fuse. Is the fuse blown?
1/1
Beacon Switch
T100731 UN28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Beacon switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 3. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-86
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=490

Beacon Disconnect harness from beacon. Connect 12 volts to beacon terminal (white wire), and ground beacon (black wire). Does beacon function? YES: Beacon is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check bulb, if good replace beacon.
T7199DF UN16AUG90
1/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for return-to-dig circuit to function: Key switch ON Engine running
9015 15B 87
CED,TX17864,233 1924SEP981/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Return-to-dig circuit consists of return-to-dig/beacon fuse, return-to-dig-switch and return-to-dig solenoid. Power flows from return-to-dig/beacon fuse to return-to-dig switch. When the bucket is not in the "LEVEL" position, the return-to-dig switch is closed which routes battery power to the return-to-dig solenoid. The return-to-dig solenoid is grounded through ground wire G01 black.
CED,TX17864,232 1924SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-87
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=491
Return-to-Dig Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 88
CED,TX17864,231 1924SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-88
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=492
T7835AH
1923SEP92
Sub-System Diagnostics/Return-to-Dig Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,230 1924SEP981/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the return-to-dig/beacon fuse.
1/1
Fuse
Remove fuse cover. Check 10 amp RTD/Beacon fuse. Is the fuse blown?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-89
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=493

Return-to-Dig Switch Disconnect harness from return-to-dig switch. Check for continuity between common terminal and open terminal. Is continuity measured? YES: Replace return-to-dig switch. NO: Go to next step in this check.
9015 15B 90
T7199DG UN17SEP90
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig switch. Actuate return-to-dig switch. Check for continuity between common terminal and open terminal. Is continuity measured?
YES: Return-to-dig switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace return-to-dig switch.
T7199DG UN17SEP90
1/1
Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig solenoid. Apply battery voltage to solenoid, and ground solenoid. Move control lever to return-to-dig detent position. Remove voltage from solenoid.
T7199DH 1917SEP90
YES: Return-to-dig solenoid is good. NO: Replace return-to-dig solenoid.
Does control lever stay in return-to-dig detent position until voltage is removed, and then return to neutral?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-90
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=494
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257 )

Specification Fuel Gauge Level Sender Empty Resistance................................................................... 10 6 ohms Full Resistance ................................................................... 180 12 ohms Specification Transmission Temperature SenderResistance at 60C (140F) ................................................................................ 221 26 ohms Resistance at 90C (194F) 83 8 ohms Resistance at 120C (248F) ........................................... 36.5 2.7 ohms Specification Engine Coolant Temperature SenderResistance at 60C (140F) ................................................................................ 221 26 ohms Resistance at 90C (194F) 83 8 ohms Resistance at 120C (248F) ........................................... 36.5 2.7 ohms
9015 15B 91
CED,TX17864,235 1924SEP981/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )
The following conditions must exist for fuel gauge circuit to function: Key switch in ON position The following conditions must exist for tachometer/hour meter circuit to function: Key switch in ON position Engine running
TX,901515,QQ600 1931AUG951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-91
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=495
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )
Fuel Gauge: The circuit consists of monitor fuse, fuel gauge/light and fuel sender. Power flows from monitor/gauge fuse to (+) terminal of fuel gauge, out S terminal of fuel gauge to fuel sender. Fuel sender is grounded through G01 black wire. Power also flows from (+) terminal of fuel gauge to fuel gauge light. Fuel gauge light is grounded through G10 black wire. As the fuel level changes, the resistance in through the fuel sender also changes. The change in resistance causes a voltage change at terminal S of the fuel gauge, this voltage change is what causes the needle in the gauge to move. Tachometer/Hour Meter: Power flows through the monitor/gauge fuse to both the tachometer and the tachometer lights. With key switch ON and engine running, hour meter and tachometer also get power from W terminal of alternator through M39 purple wire. This is the signal power source that causes the hour meter to begin counting time and also indicates engine speed. The hour meter, tachometer, and tachometer lights are all grounded by G10 BLK. Optional Gauge Cluster This gauge cluster replaces the single fuel gauge with a four gauge cluster that contains fuel, voltage, transmission temperature, and engine coolant gauges. The fuel gauge, transmission temperature, and engine coolant temperature gauges all measure a changing voltage at the S terminal of the gauge. The voltage change is caused by the changing resistance in the sender. The voltage gauge simply measures the system voltage.
9015 15B 92
CED,TX17864,236 1924SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-92
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=496
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B 93
CED,TX17864,237 1924SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-93
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=497
T117535
1908OCT98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,238 1924SEP981/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse and hazard/monitor fuse
1/1
Fuel Gauge 9015 15B 94
NOTE: Be sure some fuel is in tank. Key switch ON. Engine OFF.
YES: Fuel gauge is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace fuel gauge.
Disconnect harness from fuel gauge. Does gauge read EMPTY? Connect battery voltage to (+) terminal and ground GND terminal.
T7199DI UN02OCT90
Does gauge read FULL?
1/1
Fuel Gauge Sender
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect wire Y33 yellow from center of sender. Does gauge read FULL? Reconnect wire Y33 yellow to center of sender.
T6431AJ UN19OCT88
YES: Fuel gauge sender is good. Check wiring harness to sender. NO: Replace sender.
Attach a jumper wire from center screw to ground. Does gauge read EMPTY?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-94
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=498

Tachometer Machine running. Lower all equipment to ground. FNR lever in neutral. Park brake ON.
T117604 UN08OCT98
YES: Hour meter is bad, replace tachometer/hour meter. NO: Check wiring harness.
Disconnect tachometer from harness. Connect multi-meter to harness as shown. Measure voltage. Are 1214 volts (DC) measured?
Machine running. Lower all equipment to ground. FNR lever in neutral. Park brake ON.
T117605 UN08OCT98
YES: Tachometer is bad, replace tachometer/hour meter. NO: Check wiring harness.
9015 15B 95
Disconnect tachometer from harness. Connect multi-meter to harness as shown. Measure voltage. Are approximately 7.63 volts (AC) measured?
1/1
Hour Meter
Machine running. Lower all equipment to ground. FNR lever in neutral. Park brake ON.
T117606 UN08OCT98
YES: Hourmeter is bad, replace hour meter. NO: Check wiring harness.
Disconnect hourmeter from harness. Connect multi-meter to harness as shown. Measure voltage. Are approximately 7.63 volts (AC) measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-95
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=499

Optional Gauge Cluster YES: Fuel gauge is good. Continue with check. NO: Replace gauge cluster.
9015 15B 96
T105163 1919NOV96
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect Y33 YEL and G10 BLK wires from gauge cluster. Does fuel gauge read EMPTY? Connect battery voltage to terminal 3 and ground to terminal G. Does fuel gauge read FULL?
1/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-96
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=500

YES: Engine coolant temperature gauge is good. Continue with check. NO: Replace gauge cluster.
9015 15B 97
T105163 1919NOV96
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect Y01 YEL and G10 BLK wires from gauge cluster. Does engine coolant temperature gauge read COLD? Connect battery voltage to terminal 2 and ground to terminal G. Does engine coolant temperature gauge read HOT?
19 2/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-97
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=501

YES: Transmission temperature gauge is good. Continue with check. NO: Replace gauge cluster.
9015 15B 98
T105163 1919NOV96
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect Y02 YEL and G10 BLK wires from gauge cluster. Does transmission temperature gauge read COLD? Connect battery voltage to terminal 1 and ground to terminal G. Does transmission temperature gauge read HOT?
19 3/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-98
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=502

YES: Voltage gauge is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace gauge cluster.
9015 15B 99
T105163 1919NOV96
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect P21 RED and G10 BLK wires from gauge cluster. Does voltage gauge read LOW? Connect battery voltage to terminal B+ and ground to terminal G. Does voltage gauge read HIGH?
19 4/4
Engine Coolant Temperature Sender (Optional)
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect wire Y01 YEL from engine coolant sender. Does engine coolant temperature gauge read COLD? Ground Y01 YEL wire.
T117613 1908OCT98
YES: Replace sender. NO: Sender is good. Check wiring harness to sender.
Does engine coolant temperature gauge read HOT?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-99
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=503

Transmission Temperature Sender (Optional) Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect wire Y02 YEL from transmission temperature sender. Does transmission temperature gauge read COLD? Ground Y02 YEL wire.
T117614 1908OCT98
YES: Replace sender. NO: Sender is good. Check wiring harness to sender.
Does transmission temperature gauge read HOT?
1/1
9015 15B ,100
Display Monitor Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following condition must exist for display module to function. The key switch must be in the ON position so failures will be indicated.
TX,9015,QQ6774 1906JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-100
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=504
Display Monitor Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 )
APark Brake Indicator BSeat Belt Indicator CSTOP-Engine Indicator DEngine Coolant Temperature Indicator EEngine Oil Pressure Indicator
FTransmission Oil Temperature Indicator GHydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator HNot Used
IBrake Pressure Indicator JAlternator Voltage Indicator KAir Filter Restriction Indicator LBeacon Indicator (If Equipped)
MMechanical Front Wheel Drive Indicator (If Equipped)
T118037
UN22OCT98
9015 15B ,101
Power is supplied to the display monitor through the 10 AMP Monitor/Gauge fuse. Each display indicator will be colored either (RED) or (YELLOW) to indicate the severity of the situation. Red is a high level warning and the yellow is a low level warning. When the RED high level warning is indicated, the operator will see a (RED COLORED INDICATOR), (RED STOP INDICATOR) and (AUDIBLE ALARM). When the YELLOW low level warning is indicated, the operator will see only the (YELLOW COLORED INDICATOR). On Low Level warnings the operation of the machine can continue but the problem should be investigated and solved. On High Level warnings except Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator the operation of the machine should be stopped immediately and problem corrected, CONDITION: High Level Warning Indicators (RED) STOP Red Stop Indicator: Park Brake Indicator: Engine Oil Pressure Indicator: Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator: DO NOT stop engine when engine coolant temperature
indicator comes on, or temperature will rise further. Reduce load and run engine at slow idle for several minutes, stop engine and service machine. Brake Pressure Indicator CONDITION: Low Level Warning Indicators (YELLOW) SERVICE Air Filter Restriction Indicator: Charging System Indicator: Converter Oil Temperature Indicator: Hydraulic Oil Filter Indicator: Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator:
CONDITION: Seat Belt Indicator (WHITE) The seat belt indicator will be back-lighted White when ever the key switch is on and park brake is applied. CONDITION: MFWD Indicator (GREEN) MFWD indicator will be back-lighted Green when switch is on. CONDITION: Beacon Indicator (GREEN)
CED,TX17864,173 1911SEP981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-101
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=505
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ) Beacon indicator will be back-lighted Green when switch is on.
CED,TX17864,173 1911SEP982/2
9015 15B ,102
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-102
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=506
Display Monitor Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B ,103
CED,TX17864,174 1911SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-103
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=507
T117170
1918SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Display Monitor (S.N. 872257 )
TX,9015,QQ6777 1906JUN961/1
Display Monitor Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor/gauge fuse.
1/1
Fuse 9015 15B ,104
Remove fuse cover. Check 10 amp monitor/gauge fuse. Is fuse blown?
YES: Replace fuse NO: Go to next check.
1/1
Key Switch Check
T7199BO UN17SEP90
T7199BO UN17SEP90
T7199BO UN17SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-104
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=508

Display Monitor YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness
T102886 1908AUG96
9015 15B ,105
Unplug 12 pin harness connector from display monitor. Key switch to ON position. Check for voltage on P21 red wire Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Check connector pins in connector. IF OK: Go to indicator circuit and check indicators. IF OK: Replace display monitor. NO: Check wiring harness.
T102887 1908AUG96
Unplug 8 pin harness connector from display monitor. Key switch to OFF position. Check for continuity between R31 black wire and ground. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-105
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=509
Indicator Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257 )

Specification Engine Coolant Temperature Switch (Normally Open)Closing Temperature ........................................................... 110 5C (230 9F) Specification Engine Oil Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)Opening Pressure ........................................................... 3772 kPa (0.40.7 bar) (5.510.5 psi) Specification Air Filter Restriction Switch (Normally Open)Closing Vacuum.................................................. 4.987.48 kPa Vacuum (2030 in. H2O) Specification Converter Oil Temperature Switch (Normally Open)Closing Temperature ............................................. 114C122C (238F252F) Specification Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch (Normally Open)Closing Pressure ......................................................... 344 kPa (3.45 bar) (50 psi) Specification Brake Pressure Switches (Normally Open)Closing Pressure ............................................... 7584 690 kPa (75.84 6.9 bar) (1100 100 psi)
9015 15B ,106
CED,TX17864,175 1914SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-106
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=510
Indicator Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The indicator circuit has Two modes of operation. Bulb check mode Failure mode The following conditions must exist for indicator circuit to function in bulb check mode: Key switch moved between ON and START position for bulb check. The following conditions must exist for indicator circuit to function in a failure mode: Engine must be running for a failure to be indicated on display monitor. An indicator switch or alternator senses a failure and supplies a high or low level warning to display monitor.
9015 15B ,107
TX,9015,QQ6779 1906JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-107
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=511
Indicator Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Indicator switches to the display monitor are:
9015 15B ,108
Bulb Check Mode Key switch is moved between ON and START position to activate bulb check mode. All high and low level indicator lights will activate and audible alarm will sound. The seat belt (White) indicator will be on. High or Low Level Warning Mode During normal operation the indicator lights are turned on when an indicator switch or the alternator provides a signal to the display monitor indicating a STOP High Level Warning or SERVICE Low Level Warning indicator. Seat Position Sensor The seat position sensor is located in the operators seat base. When the seat is moved to operate backhoe functions the sensor is closed. When the sensor is closed (seat moved to operate backhoe functions) A signal is sent to the display monitor. When the FNR lever is moved into forward or reverse position during backhoe operation the display monitor is activated turning on the audible alarm and the red STOP indicator light.
B17 Brake Pressure Switch: (Stop) B18 Brake Pressure Switch: (Stop) B10Park Brake Pressure Switch: (Stop) B6Engine Oil Pressure Switch: (Stop) B5Engine Coolant Temperature Switch: (Stop) B7Air Filter Restriction Switch: (Service) B8Converter Oil Temperature Switch: (Service) B9Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch: (Service) B2Hydraulic Oil Temperature Switch (Service) G2Alternator: (Service)
The following indicators will be displayed on display monitor when a signal from a High Level Warning Indicator switch is activated: Red Colored Indicator Red Stop Indicator Audible Alarm The following indicator will be displayed on display monitor when a signal from a Low Level Warning Indicator switch is activated or the signal from the alternator disappears. Yellow Colored Indicator On Mode Key switch is moved to ON position. The park brake, seat belt, engine oil pressure, charging system light and stop warning light will be on.
CED,TX17864,176 1914SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-108
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=512
Indicator Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B ,109
TX,9015,QQ6781 1902OCT961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-109
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=513
T117193
1918SEP98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Indicator Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
TX,9015,QQ6782 1902OCT961/1
Indicator Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse, and hazard/monitor fuse.
1/1
Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator 9015 Switch 15B ,110
T7199CG 1916AUG90
1/1
Engine Oil Pressure Switch
Disconnect N34 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is engine oil pressure indicator light on?
T7199DZ 1926SEP90
1/1
Engine Alternator Indicator Circuit
Disconnect M39 purple wire from terminal (W) of alternator and apply 6 volts to M39 purple wire. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Circuit is good. Repair or replace alternator. NO: Go to next check.
Is alternator indicator light off? Remove voltage from M39 purple wire. Is alternator indicator light on?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-110
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=514

Engine Air Filter Restriction Switch Disconnect M40 purple wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON? Is air filter restriction indicator light on?
T7199CI 1917SEP90
1/1
Converter Oil Temperature Switch
Disconnect X38 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is converter oil temperature light on?
T7199CJ 1917SEP90
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check. 9015 15B ,111
1/1
Hydraulic Filter Restriction Indicator Switch
Disconnect F39 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is hydraulic filter restriction indicator light on?
T7199CK 1917SEP90
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-111
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=515

Brake Pressure Switches Disconnect left brake pressure switch from harness. Install jumper wire into harness connector as shown. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is indicator light off?
T117196 1918SEP98
YES: Replace Switch NO: Switch is good. Continue with check.
Disconnect right brake pressure switch from harness. Install jumper wire into harness connector as shown. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is indicator light off? 9015 15B ,112
T117194 1918SEP98
YES: Replace Switch NO: Switch is good. An open circuit in harnesses is indicated. Check harnesses. Go to next check.
1/1
Seat Position Sensor
Key switch OFF. Seat in loader function position. NOTE: Seat position sensor is located in the operators seat base. Check for continuity between terminals with M1 purple wire and G10 black wire Is continuity NOT measured? Move seat into backhoe function position Check for continuity between terminals with M1 purple wire and G10 black wire Is continuity measured:
YES: Seat position sensor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace seat position sensor.
T102968 1912AUG96
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-112
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=516
Selective Flow Valve Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 )

The following conditions must exist for the selective flow valve circuit to function. NOTE: The selective flow valve circuit has two different modes of operation. It can be either continuously on or momentarily on using the foot switch. This selected using the two different positions on the switch in the dash. NOTE: If the selective flow valve switch is in either continuous on or foot on position when the machine is started, the switch must be cycled to off and then back on for the system to operate. Key switch ON Selective flow valve switch in either foot ON or continuous ON. Foot switch held ON if selective flow valve switch is in foot ON position.
9015 15B ,113
CED,TX17864,119 1931JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-113
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=517
Selective Flow Valve Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

NOTE: If the selective flow valve switch is in either continuous on or foot on position when the machine is started, the switch must be cycled to off and then back on for the system to operate. Power flows from the auxiliary fuse (F15) to both the selective flow valve relay (K8) and the selective flow valve switch (S28). With the selective flow valve switch in the off position, power flows through the switch to back to the coil side of the selective flow valve relay to energize the relay. With the selective flow valve relay energized, power now flows from the relay to the selective flow valve switch through the H01 GRN wire. With the selective flow valve switch in the foot on position, power flows through the switch lighting the bulb in the switch and through the H04 GRN wire to the foot switch (S29). When the foot switch is depressed, power continues to flow through the H03 GRN wire to the selective flow valve solenoid (Y16) . When the foot switch is released, power stops flowing to the solenoid and the selective flow valve relay diode (V5) allows the current to dissipate. With the selective flow valve is in the continuous on position, power flows through the switch lighting the bulb in the switch and through H03 GRN wire to the selective flow valve solenoid. When the switch is switched off, power stops flowing to the solenoid and the selective flow valve relay diode (V5) allows the current to dissipate.
9015 15B ,114
CED,TX17864,116 1931JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-114
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=518
Selective Flow Valve Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9015 15B ,115
CED,TX17864,117 1931JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-115
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=519
T116668
1931JUL98
Sub-System Diagnostics/Selective Flow Valve Circuit (S.N. 872257 )
CED,TX17864,118 1931JUL981/1
Selective Flow Valve Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the auxiliary fuse.
1/1
Fuse Check 9015 15B ,116
Remove fuse cover. Check 10 amp auxiliary fuse. Is fuse blown?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-116
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=520

Selective Flow Valve Switch Check YES: Go to next check. NO: If switch fails any of the above continuity checks, replace switch.
T100731 UN28MAY96
9015 15B ,117
Disconnect harness from selective flow valve switch. Selective Flow Valve Switch to OFF position Check for continuity between terminals 5B and 4. Is Continuity measured? Selective Flow Valve Switch to foot on position. Check for continuity between terminals 5B and 3 of switch. Is continuity measured? Selective Flow Valve Switch to continuous on position. Check for continuity between terminals 5B and 6 of switch. Is continuity measured?
1/1
Foot Switch Check
Disconnect foot switch from harness. Depress foot switch. Check for continuity at connector. Is continuity measured?
T116147 1927JUL98
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace foot switch.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-117
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=521

Selective Flow Valve Solenoid Check Key switch ON. Selective flow valve switch in continuous on position. Disconnect selective flow valve harness under cab. Measure voltage at end of harness.
T116672 1931JUL98
YES: Replace solenoid. NO: Check wiring harness.
1/1
9015 15B ,118
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-118
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=522
Group 20
References
Alternators and Starting MotorsUse CTM77
For additional information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required. Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
UN17JAN89
TX,9010,SS2208 1901SEP941/1

UN28FEB89
TS225
9015 20 1
AClamp-On Tachometer. Remove paint with emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten onlyDO NOT over tighten. BBlack Clip (-). Connect to main frame. CRed Clip (+). Connect to transducer. DTachometer Readout. Install cable.
10T,9010,K182 1910AUG951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=523
T6813AG
References
Battery Operation
A battery is a device for converting chemical energy to electrical energy. It is not a storage tank for electricity, but stores electrical energy in chemical form. Because of the constant chemical to electrical change (self-discharge, discharge, or charge), the battery has a limited life. Proper care (cleaning, adding water, charging) will extend the life of the battery. The battery is made up of positive plates, negative plates, separators, plate straps, and chemical solution (electrolyte). The electrolyte is a solution of sulfuric acid and water. Sulfuric acid is not lost during overcharging; therefore, if the liquid solution is low, only water should be added. In a fully charged battery, the positive plate is lead peroxide (PBQ2), the negative plate is "spongy" lead (Pb), and the electrolyte solution is about 1.270 times heavier than water. The amount that the solution is heavier than water is called specific gravity. All batteries will self discharge at a rate of .001 specific gravity point per 24 hour period at a constant 85 F. The discharge rate increases as temperature increases and decreases as temperature decreases. If the machine is not used for a period of time, the batteries must be maintained or stored in a cool place. Wipe batteries with a damp cloth. If terminals are corroded, use a stiff brush and wash with an ammonia solution. After washing, flush battery and compartment with clear water. Keep caps in place when cleaning and charging. Batteries should be maintained at an open circuit voltage of 12.50 volts or greater. To determine open circuit voltage do the following: 1. Turn master disconnect switch to ON position. 2. For machines that have not been run during the past ten hours, go to Step 4. 3. For machines that have been run in the past ten hours, remove surface charge. Turn key switch to START, turn on 3 or 4 work lights and leave them on for 3 to 5 minutes. Turn key switch OFF, then wait two minutes. (If machine does not have lights, turn key switch to START position for at least 5 minutes, then turn off.) 4. Measure voltage at alternator by placing the negative lead of a multimeter to case of alternator and the positive lead to the sense terminal of the alternator.
STABILIZED OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 12.5 Volts or More 12.4 12.2 12.0 11.7 or less PERCENT CHARGED 100% 75% 50% 25% 0%
9015 20 2
TX,9015,MM1631 1910AUG951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=524
References
Battery Specifications
Specification BatteryVoltage............................................................................ 12 Volts Cold Cranking Power ......................................... 625 amps at -18C (0F) Reserve Capacity ................................................ 160 minutes at 25 amps BCI Group Size ...................................................................................... 31 Fully Charged Electrolyte Specific Gravity ................................................................................... 1.2651.280
TX,9015,BG993 1902APR971/1
9015 20 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=525
References
Diagnose Battery Malfunctions

Symptom Problem Solution
Battery Using Too Much Water
Shorted battery cell
Check battery state of charge. (See Procedure for Testing Batteries.) Add distilled water. Check battery hold down clamps. Replace battery. Do Alternator Output Check. (See Charging Circuit Operational Checks.) Install new battery. Install hold down clamps correctly. Keep electrolyte at correct level and battery fully charged during cold weather. See Battery Using Too Much Water and Cracked Battery Case symptoms. Clean battery top. Recharge battery.
High ambient temperature Cracked battery case
Regulator
9015 20 4
Cracked Battery Case
Battery hold down clamp too tight, too loose or missing Frozen battery
Low Battery Output
Low water level
Dirty or wet battery top, causing discharge Corroded or loose battery cable ends Broken or loose battery posts
Clean and tighten cable end clamps. Recharge battery. Wiggle posts by hand. If posts are loose or will turn, replace battery. Inspect belt or pulley. Adjust or replace as necessary.
Loose fan/alternator belt or worn pulleys
TX,901505,QQ365 1910AUG951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=526
References
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals

ABattery Post BFill Tube CElectrolyte Level Range
9015 20 5
Single Level Fill Tube Application
Dual Level Fill Tube Application

Continued on next page TX,9015,QQ1696 1901SEP951/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=527
T6996DA
UN10FEB89
T6996DB
UN10FEB89
TS203
UN23AUG88
References
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check battery electrolyte level. Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first and replace it last. Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes.
9015 20 6
Avoid the hazard by: 1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. 2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. 3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. 4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. 5. Use proper jump start procedure. If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 1015 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: 1. Drink large amounts of water or milk. 2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or vegetable oil. 3. Get medical attention immediately. 1. Remove hold-down clamps. 2. Remove battery covers.
TX,9015,QQ1696 1901SEP952/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=528
References IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, batteries must be charged after water is added to prevent battery freezing. Charge battery using a battery charger or by running the engine. 3. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilled water. DO NOT overfill.
TX,9015,QQ1696 1901SEP953/3
Procedure for Testing Batteries

Visual Check 1. Check for damage such as cracked or broken case and electrolyte leakage. If damage is seen, replace battery. 2. Check electrolyte level. (See procedure in this group) If low, add distilled water to specified level and charge battery. 3. Check terminals for corrosion. If corroded, clean using a wire brush or battery post cleaner such as JT05838 Battery Post/Clamp Cleaner. 4. Check posts for looseness. If posts are loose, replace battery. Hydrometer Test Check specific gravity with a hydrometer or battery tester such as JT05460 Coolant/Battery Tester. If high and low readings vary LESS than 0.050 and average specific gravity is LESS than 1.225, charge battery and repeat test. If average specific gravity is still LESS than 1.225, replace both batteries. If high and low readings vary MORE than 0.050, charge battery and repeat test. If high and low readings still vary MORE than 0.050, replace both batteries. Load Test Check battery capacity with a load tester such as JT05832 Battery Load Tester. Follow tester manufacturers instructions for proper load test procedures. If one battery fails load test, replace both batteries. Record specific gravity reading for each cell. If high and low readings vary LESS than 0.050 and average specific gravity is between 1.225 and 1.280, battery is fully charged, go to LOAD TEST.
9015 20 7
TX,9015,DY669 1916AUG961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=529
References
Using Booster Batteries12 Volt System
9015 20 8
UN24OCT91
T6508AE1
Single Battery Application AMachine Batteries BBooster Batteries
Two Battery Application
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut down and secured to prevent unexpected machine movement when engine starts. CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced while batteries are in use or being charged. Keep flames or sparks away from the battery area. Make sure the batteries are charged in a well ventilated area.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a 12 volt negative (-) ground. Use only 12 volt booster batteries. Connect booster batteries as shown for your battery application. Make last connection to frame.
TX,901505,QQ364 1901SEP951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=530
T6713AI1
UN24OCT91
References
9015 20 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=531
References
Alternator Operation78 Amp DELCO REMY (Serial No. 787513)
9015 20 10
AAlternator BBattery CKey Switch DIndicator Light
EAlternator Relay FBAT terminal GR Terminal HTerminal 2
ITerminal 1 JRegulator KDiode Trio LRotor (Field)
MStator NRectifier ODiode
The alternator is a 12 volt system. The operating principles are as follows: When key switch (C) is turned ON, voltage is applied to terminal 1 (I) of the alternator. The regulator (J) switches the rotor (L) ON or OFF. Once the engine reaches alternator cut in RPM, alternating output current is produced in the stator (M) windings. This alternating current is changed to direct current by the rectifier (N) diodes. Voltage is available at BAT (F) terminal. The current is used to charge the battery (B) and supply electrical current to the machine electrical system. Once alternator is charging, field current is supplied by the diode trio. Diode (O) protects the diode trio from external loads.
The regulator (J) acts like a switch for the rotor (L). A wire runs from BAT terminal (F) to terminal 2 (H). If the regulator (J) senses a low battery voltage, rotor is switched on. Field current increases and alternator output increases. When high battery voltage is sensed by the regulator the rotor is switched off, reducing current output from stator. This on and off occurs many times a second. The voltage regulator is temperature compensated to provide a slightly higher voltage at low temperature to charge the battery.
TX,9015,QQ1926 1910AUG951/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=532
T7596AR
1903OCT91
References When the alternator is operating, the R terminal voltage is approximately 7.8 volts AC. This voltage is supplied to the alternator relay, energizing the relay and removing the ground for the alternator indicator light (D) in the display module, turning off the alternator indicator light.
TX,9015,QQ1926 1910AUG952/2
9015 20 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=533
References
Alternator Operation95 Amp BOSCH (Serial No. 787514 )
9015 20 12
AAlternator BInternal Ground CNegative Diodes DExciter Diodes EStator Windings FPositive Diodes
GD+ Terminal HB+ Terminal IW Terminal JExcitation Winding KRegulator
LExternal Ground Terminal MRotor NAlternator Diode OBattery PKey Switch
QAlternator Relay RIndicator Light SBrushes TSense Circuit UNoise Filter
TX,9015,QQ1927 1910AUG951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=534
T7812AZ
1923SEP92
References
Alternator Operation95 Amp BOSCH

The 95 AMP Bosch alternator has three basic stages for proper operation. The operating principles are as follows. Pre-Excitation Stage: When key switch (P) is turned to ON position, battery power flows to (G) terminal D+ on alternator, excitation winding (J), through regulator (K) and to internal ground (B). Excitation Stage: During alternator start (as the engine speeds up from 0 to idle) current supplied by the external alternator diode to the field coil of the rotor produces a magnetic field which induces current in the three-phase winding of the stator (E). The alternator reaches cut-in RPM when the induced current is large enough to produce voltage equal to the battery voltage plus 1.0 volt. At this time, some current from the stator is rectified by the exciter diodes (D) (producing battery voltage at the D+ terminal (G)) and is supplied to the carbon brushes and slip rings of the excitation winding (J), strengthening the magnetic field in the excitation winding. This in turn will increase the stator voltage. This will occur continuously until the alternator (A) is fully excited and the alternator regulated voltage is reached. Normal Operation: The alternating current induced in the stator winding (J) is rectified by the positive and negative diodes (C and F) and delivered to the battery and current consuming accessories. The currents in the stator winding (E) are constantly changing magnitude and direction. However, current flowing to the battery and accessories always maintains the same direction. This is because no matter what position the rotor (M) is in, all the diodes are simultaneously involved in the process of rectification. The regulator (K) measures the B+ voltage (H) and compares it to an internal reference. When the B+ voltage (H) starts to rise above the reference voltage the regulator (K) switches off the field current. When the B+ voltage (H) starts to fall below the reference voltage the regulator (K) switches on the field current. The regulator (K) switches the field ON and OFF several thousand times a second in response to the current load placed on the alternator output and the engine RPM. When the alternator is operating, the W terminal voltage is (7 to 8) volts (AC). This voltage is supplied to the alternator relay, energizing the relay and removing the ground for the alternator indicator light (Q) in the display module, turning off the alternator indicator light. Current available from the alternator is dependent on engine RPM. Depending on pulley ratios, little or no current is available below abut 700 RPM. Full rated current is not available below about 1500 RPM.
9015 20 13
TX,9015,DY670 1916AUG961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=535
References
Monitor Test in Machine

1. Turn key switch to "Bulb Check" position. All indicator and warning lights and the buzzer must come on. If none of the lights come on, check the "monitor" fuse. If one or two lights fail to light, replace the bulb. 2. Return key switch to "ON" position from "bulb check". Hold just momentarily in "bulb check". If held too long, the logic modules with time delay will have no delay. With machines that have time delay logic modules, after 2-3 seconds the engine oil pressure and engine alternator volts indicator lights and the red warning light and buzzer should come on. With no time delay the lights and buzzer will come on immediately. On some machines additional indicator lights may come on, depending on sending unit switches being closed and sending a ground signal to the monitor. 3. Turn key switch to "OFF" position. Disconnect lead from engine oil pressure switch and all other sending unit switches that are closed and sending a ground signal for a primary (red light) failure indication. 4. Turn key switch to "bulb check" momentarily and back to "on". After 2-3 seconds, the alternator indicator light and the yellow warning light should come on. There may be additional indicator lights on, depending on which secondary (yellow light) failure sending unit switches are closed. 5. If the warning lights do not come on, with (S.N 815415) the next step is to isolate the logic module from the display module and the machine wiring and sending units. See Logic Module Test In Machine, and Logic Module Bench Test in this group.
9015 20 14
TX,9015,QQ3203 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=536
References
Logic Module Test in Machine (S.N. 815415)

1. Disconnect 6 wire connector (G) from left side of display. Turn key switch ON. Ground pins "D" "E" and "F" one at a time. 2. Pin "D" must be grounded first to "arm" logic module. 3. With pin "D" grounded, yellow service required light, red STOP light and alarm must come on. 4. With pin "E" grounded, yellow service required light must come on. 5. With pin "F" grounded, red STOP light and alarm must come on. If logic module does not work when grounding pins "D", "E" and "F", check logic module wiring by continuing with step 6. If wiring is OK, replace logic module.
9015 20 15
TX,9015,QQ3201 1910MAR971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=537
T6883BE
UN03NOV88
References 6. To check wiring, reconnect wiring at display module. 7. Disconnect harness connectors from logic module. NOTE: Some of the continuity checks are made on circuits that contain warning lights or diodes in the display module. A test light will not work on these circuits, an ohmmeter must be used. If a digital ohmmeter is used, it must be set on the Diode Test position. 8. Make the following voltage and continuity checks at the logic module connectors in the wiring harness. Voltage ChecksEngine OFF, Key Switch ON:
9015 20 16
6-Pin Connector A12 Volts C12 Volts Continuity ChecksKey Switch OFF A of 4-Pin to C of 4-Pin A of 4-Pin to D of 6-Pin B of 4-Pin to Ground D of 4-Pin to Ground B of 6-Pin to Alternator Relay NO Terminal E of 6-Pin to Ground (With key in BULB CHECK position only) F of 6-Pin to Ground If voltage or continuity is not correct, see the schematic and wiring diagram to trace the circuit.
UN09FEB94
TX,9015,QQ3201 1910MAR972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=538
T8174AM
References
Logic Module Bench Test (S.N. 815415)
9015 20 17
UN28FEB94
T8188AM
IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow wires to touch one another after being connected to logic module. 1. Connect wires (A and B) from positive (+) battery post to pins A and C in large connector. 2. Connect wire (C) from negative battery post to pin F in large connector. 3. Using a 12V indicator light with two wire leads, connect one lead to pin D in large connector, and one lead to pin A in small connector. 4. Connect wire (D) to pin E in large connector, and negative battery post. Light must come on. If it
does, remove wire from pin E and go to next step. If light does not come on, replace module. 5. Connect wire (E) to pin B in small connector. Light must come on. If it does, remove wire (E) from pin B and go to next step. If light does not come on, replace module. 6. Remove the indicator light lead from pin D in large connector and connect to pin C in small connector. Connect wire (D) to pin D in small connector. Light must pulse on and off. If it does not, replace module.
TX,9015,QQ3202 1910MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=539
T8188AN
UN28FEB94
References
Tachometer Calibration (S.N. 872256)

1. Remove heater control knob, blower speed knob and four side console panel screws to remove panel.
UN27JUN91
2. Verify engine speed using tachometer. See Tachometer Installation in this group. 3. Adjust screw (B) to adjust machine tachometer to high idle speed.
TX,9015,QQ1798 1931AUG951/1
9015 20 18
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=540
T7545BQ
References
Tachometer Calibration (S.N. 872257 )

1. Remove side console panel. 2. Verify engine speed using tachometer. See Tachometer Installation in this group. NOTE: Calibration of tachometer should be performed at an engine speed near 2000 rpm.
UN09APR98 T114085
3. Cut and remove plastic covering from calibration button (E) on back of tachometer (C). 4. Press and hold in calibration button as you turn on ignition and start engine. Hold button until ADJUST is displayed on LCD readout. When it does, release calibration button. 5. Press calibration button once, and UP will be displayed on LCD readout for upward calibration of pointer. Press calibration button again, and DN will be displayed for downward calibration of pointer. NOTE: If pointer is moved past upper limit of calibration range, LCD display will flash and pointer can only be adjusted downward. If pointer is moved past lower calibration limit, LCD display will also flash and pointer can only be adjusted upward. 6. When either UP or DN is showing, press button again and hold it in to move pointer. If button is held in for just a short time, pointer will move slowly either upwards or downwards, depending on which mode is selected. Holding button in for a longer period of time makes pointer move faster. 7. When pointer is in desired position, release calibration button and wait. If no further adjustments are made within one minute, tachometer will perform self-test and revert back to normal operating mode. 8. After calibration is complete, cover hole for calibration button (E) with a small amount of non-corrosive Form-in-Place Gasket sealer.
CTachometer ECalibration Button
9015 20 19
CED,TX17864,110 1921JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=541
T114523
1903APR98
T114688B
UN02APR98
References
9015 20 20
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=542
Section 9020
Power Train
Contents
Page Page
Group 05ATheory of Operation (S.N. 872256) Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-1 Torque Converter Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-4 Power Flow Through Transmission Neutral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-6 First Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-8 Second Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-10 Third Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-12 Fourth Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-14 First Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-16 Second Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-18 Pressure Regulating Valve Operation . . . 9020-05A-20 Transmission Filter Operation . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-22 Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Operation . . 9020-05A-23 Transmission Control Circuit First Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-24 First Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-28 Second Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-29 MFWD System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-30 MFWD Differential Operation (S.N. 872256) Unequal Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-31 MFWD Differential Operation Equal Tractiion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-33 Transmission Hydraulic Schematic . . . . . 9020-05A-35 Group 05BTheory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ) Power Train Conponents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-1 Torque Converter Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-2 Transmission Pump Operation . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-4 Transmission Filter Operation . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-5 Thermal Bypass Valve Operation . . . . . . . 9020-05B-6 Power Shift High Range Forward, First Speed and Second Speed Clutch Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-8 Power Shift Power Train Overview . . . . . 9020-05B-10 Power Shift Transmission Gear Flow . . . 9020-05B-12 Power Shift Transmission Clutch Engagement And Solenoids Activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-14 Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit-Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-16 Control Circuit-Neutral-Continued. . . . . 9020-05B-17 Control Valve and Shift Valve-Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-18 Control Circuit-First Forward . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-20 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Control Circuit-First Forward-Continued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-21 Control Valve and Shift Valve-First Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-22 Control Circuit-High Range (Fourth) Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-24 Control Circuit-High Range (Fourth) Forward-Continued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-25 Control Valve and Shift Valve-High Range (Fourth) Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-26 Control Circuit-First Reverse . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-28 Control Circuit-First Reverse-Continued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-29 Control Valve and Shift Valve-First Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-30 Power Shift Modulation Valve Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-32 Differential Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-34 Differential Lock Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-36 Park Brake Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-38 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-40 MFWD Differential Operation Equal Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-42 Unequal Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-44 Group 15ASystem Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872256) John Deere Inboard Planetary AxlesUse CTM43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15A-1 Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions . . . . . 9020-15A-2 Transmission Oil Passage Identification . . 9020-15A-8 Group 15BSystem Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257 ) Diagnose Power Shift Power Train Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-1 Diagnose MFWD Malfunction . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-10 Diagnose Rear Axle Malfunction . . . . . . . 9020-15B-11 Hydraulic Circuit Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-15 Group 20Adjustments Check and Adjust Toe-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9020-20-1
9020
9020-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=1
Contents
Page
Page
9020
Group 25ATests (S.N. 872256) JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-1 JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-1 Transmission Warm-Up Procedure . . . . . . 9020-25A-2 Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . . . . . . 9020-25A-4 Transmission System Pressure Test . . . . . 9020-25A-6 Transmission Pump Flow Test . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-8 Converter-In/Cooler Relief Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-10 Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Test . . . . . . 9020-25A-12 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-14 Transmission Leakage Test (Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure) . . . . . . . 9020-25A-16 Analysis of Transmission Leakage Test Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure. . . . . . . . 9020-25A-20 Transmission Oil Cooler Restriction Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-22 Transmission Lube Pressure Test . . . . . . 9020-25A-24 Control Circuit Test Using Seven Gauge Method (Modified) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-26 Complete Transmission System Test . . . 9020-25A-28 Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-32 Complete Transmission System Test Checkout Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-34 Analysis of Complete Transmission Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-36 C2,B3 (Upper) Accumulator Operation at B3 Test Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-38 C1,B1,B2 (Lower) Accumulator Operation at B2 Test Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-39 Transmission Drag Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-40 Group 25BTests (S.N. 872257 ) JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . . . 9020-25B-2 Power Shift Transmission Overall Test Connections, Ports, and Locations. . . . . 9020-25B-3 Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . . . . . . 9020-25B-4 Converter-In Relief Valve Test . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-6 Park Brake Release Pressure Test . . . . . . 9020-25B-8 System Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-10 Power Shift Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Reducing Valve Pressure Test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 Modulation Valve Pressure Test . . . . . . . 9020-25B-15 Differential Lock Pressure Test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-18 TM1537 (26FEB02)
MFWD Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission Oil Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission Oil Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test. . . . . . . . . Pump Flow Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9020-25B-20 9020-25B-22 9020-25B-24 9020-25B-26 9020-25B-28 9020-25B-30
9020-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=2
Group 05A
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256)

Transmission (S.N. 872256)
The power train consists of the engine, torque converter, powershift transmission, a disk-type park brake, rear axle assembly and an optional mechanical front wheel drive axle. NOTE: (S.N. 872256) The operation and test procedures for the park brake, service brakes and differential lock are found in Section 9025. The torque converter is a fluid coupling between the engine and the powershift transmission. It uses oil flow, rather than a dry clutch disk, to transmit engine power to the rest of the power train. The torque converter powershift transmission consists of five elements. The arrangement of the power elements is as follows:
C1 Clutch-Input (Direct Drive) B1 Brake-Input (Reverse Underdrive) B2 Brake-Input (Forward Underdrive) B3 Brake-Output Brake (Over Drive) C2 Clutch-Output Clutch (Direct Drive)
9020 05A 1
Input/Output Sections The input section of the transmission consists of the input shaft, C1 clutch, B1 brake and B2 brake. The transmission input shaft is splined to the C1 clutch hub and the second planetary sun gear. The first planetary sun gear is machined to the input shaft. The C1 clutch drum is splined to the compound planetary carrier. The output section of the transmission consists of the reduction gear shaft, the B3 brake, the C2 clutch and the output shaft. The reduction gear shaft is splined to the third planetary sun gear and the C2 clutch hub and is in mesh with the output shaft. The C2 clutch drum is splined to the fourth planetary sun gear.
TX,9020,BG381 1914JAN971/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=545
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) The following chart shows the solenoids that are energized and the clutches and brakes that must be engaged to obtain the transmission speeds. The transmission hydraulic control circuit controls the engagement of each clutch and brake. One of output sections of transmission is always pressurized when engine is running. Two elements must be engaged to move the machine.
SOLENOIDS ENERGIZED 1st Forward 2nd Forward 3rd Forward 4th Forward 1st Neutral 2nd Neutral 3rd Neutral 4th Neutral 9020 05A 2 1st Reverse 2nd4th Reverse X X X X X X X X X N X X X X X X C2-B3 FWD X X X X X X C1-B2 REV
CLUTCH/BRAKE ENGAGEMENT CHART 1st Forward 2nd Forward 3rd Forward 4th Forward 1st Neutral 2nd Neutral 3rd Neutral 4th Neutral 1st Reverse 24 Reverse X X X X X X X X X X X C1 B1 B2 X X X X B3 C2 X
When the neutral disconnect switch is depressed, engagement oil is blocked from going to the neutral spool. The rear axle assembly includes the differential, final drives and service brakes.
TX,9020,BG381 1914JAN972/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=546
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) A Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) option is available. The MFWD axle uses a limited slip differential to provide maximum traction to the front wheels and still provide differential action when turning.
TX,9020,BG381 1914JAN973/3
9020 05A 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=547
Torque Converter Operation (S.N.872256)
F IMPELLER PUMP HOUSING E
G TURBINE
SEAL D
CONVERTER-IN C
9020 05A 4
TRANSMISSION INPUT H SHAFT
TO COOLER B AND LUBE
I CONVERTER-OUT J STATOR
PUMP A DRIVE GEAR
K CONVERTER-IN PRESSURE L CONVERTER-OUT PRESSURE M LUBE PRESSURE

TXC7601AB
N TORQUE CONVERTER OPERATION
10T,9020,J196 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=548
T7601AB
1915JAN98

APump Drive Gear BTo Cooler and Lube CConverter-In DSeal EPump Housing FImpeller GTurbine HTransmission Input Shaft IConverter-Out JStator KConverter-In Pressure LConverter-Out Pressure MLube Pressure NTorque Converter Pressure
The single turbine torque converter is located inside the front of the transmission housing. A drive plate is mounted to the torque converter housing. The outer edge of the drive plate is attached to the engine flywheel. There are three main parts to the torque converter. Impeller (F) Turbine (G) Stator (J) The impeller is driven by the engine and drives the transmission oil pump drive gear (A). As it rotates, centrifugal force throws oil out of the impeller against the blades of the turbine. This forces the turbine to rotate in the same direction as the impeller. The turbine is connected to the transmission input shaft (H). As the oil leaves the turbine, it is moving in the opposite direction of the impeller. This oil enters the
stationary stator. The stator blades are curved so the oil flow changes direction and exits the stator moving in the same direction as the impeller. The turbine rotates at a slower speed than the impeller, but with more torque. The increased force developed by the stator makes the torque converter able to multiply torque. During light load applications, the turbine speed becomes equal to the impeller speed. The free wheel clutch will unlock allowing the stator to rotate with the turbine and impeller. Input speed and torque from the engine is equal to the output speed and torque of the converter when the stator is freewheeling. There are no serviceable parts inside the torque converter. If it is defective, replace the entire assembly.
9020 05A 5
10T,9020,J196 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=549
Power Flow Through TransmissionNeutral (S.N. 872256)
C2 CLUTCH D
SECOND SUN GEAR E FIRST SUN GEAR F
REDUCTION FROM GEAR SHAFT CONTROL C VALVE B
9020 05A 6
C2
B1
C1
G POWER FROM TORQUE H CONVERTER INPUT SHAFT
B3
B1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT K POWER FLOW - NEUTRAL
I J
PRESSURE OIL RETURN OIL
TXC6885AA
10T,9020,J198 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=550
T6885AA
1915JAN98

AOutput Shaft BFrom Control Valve CReduction Gear Shaft DC2 Clutch ESecond Sun Gear FFirst Sun Gear GPower from Torque Converter HInput Shaft IPressure Oil JReturn Oil KPower Flow-Neutral
In neutral, power from the engine is transmitted through the torque converter (G) to the transmission input shaft (H). The transmission input shaft is splined to the C1 clutch hub and the second planetary sun gear (E). The first planetary sun gear (F) is machined in the input shaft. These parts rotate at engine speed. Since neither B1 or B2 brakes or C1 clutch are
engaged, no power is transmitted to the output section of the transmission. In neutral, engagement oil is routed from the transmission control valve (B) to the C2 clutch (D). With no power coming from the input section of the transmission, the reduction gear shaft (C) and the output shaft (A) do not rotate.
10T,9020,J198 1903MAR932/2
9020 05A 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=551
Power Flow Through TransmissionFirst Forward (S.N. 872256)
D C2 CLUTCH
THIRD SUN GEAR FOURTH F SUN GEAR G B2 BRAKE E H B2 RING GEAR I SECOND SUN GEAR
REDUCTION C GEAR SHAFT FROM CONTROL VALVE B

9020 05A 8
C2
B1
C1
J POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER K INPUT SHAFT
B3
B1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT E POWER FLOW - FIRST FORWARD
L PRESSURE OIL M RETURN OIL
TXC7601AC
10T,9020,J200 1922OCT911/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=552
T7601AC
1915JAN98

AOutput Shaft BFrom Control Valve CReduction Gear Shaft DC2 Clutch EFourth Sun Gear FThird Sun Gear GB2 Brake HB2 Ring Gear ISecond Sun Gear JPower from Torque Converter KInput Shaft LPressure Oil MReturn Oil NPower Flow-First Forward
When the transmission control lever is shifted to first forward, transmission control oil is sent to the B2 Brake (under drive) (G) and the C2 Clutch (direct drive) (D). The B2 ring gear (H) is clamped to the transmission housing. The C2 clutch drum is locked to the C2 clutch hub. This ties the fourth sun gear (E) to the reduction gear shaft (C). Engine power (J) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft (K) and the compound planetary second
sun gear (I). The second sun gear forces the planet pinion gears to orbit around the B2 ring gear rotating the planetary carrier in the same direction as the input shaft, but at a slower speed. The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. When C2 is engaged, both the third and fourth sun gears are locked to the reduction gear shaft and provide direct drive out of the transmission at the same speed as the carrier. The reduction gear shaft transmits engine power through the output shaft (A) to the differential.
9020 05A 9
10T,9020,J200 1922OCT912/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=553
Power Flow Through TransmissionSecond Forward (S.N. 872256)
B3 BRAKE D B3 RING GEAR C
FOURTH SUN GEAR E
F THIRD SUN GEAR G B2 BRAKE H B2 RING GEAR
REDUCTION GEAR SHAFT B
9020 05A 10
C2
B1
C1
I POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER
INPUT SHAFT
B3 B1 C1 B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT M POWER FLOW - SECOND FORWARD
K PRESSURE OIL L RETURN OIL
TXC6885AG
10T,9020,J202 1922OCT911/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=554
T6885AG
1915JAN98

AOutput Shaft BReduction Gear Shaft CB3 Ring Gear DB3 Brake EFourth Sun Gear FThird Sun Gear GB2 Brake HB2 Ring Gear IPower from Torque Converter JInput Shaft KPressure Oil LReturn Oil MPower Flow-Second Forward
When the transmission control lever is shifted to second forward, transmission control oil is sent to the B2 Brake (under drive, G) and the B3 Brake (over drive, D). The B2 ring gear (H) is clamped to the transmission housing. The B3 ring gear (C), which is located on the external diameter of the C2 clutch drum, is also clamped to the transmission case. This ties the fourth planetary sun gear (E) to the transmission case. Engine power (I) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft (J) and the second sun gear. The
second gear forces the planet pinion gears to orbit the B2 ring gear rotating the planetary carrier in the same direction as the input shaft, but at a slower speed. The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. Since the B3 brake (D) is engaged, the fourth sun gear (E) is stationary. The output planet pinions are forced to orbit the fourth sun gear. This causes the third sun gear (F) and reduction gear shaft (B) to rotate in the same direction as the planetary carrier, but at a faster speed. Power from the reduction gear shaft is sent through the output shaft (A) to the differential.
9020 05A 11
10T,9020,J202 1922OCT912/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=555
Power Flow Through TransmissionThird Forward (S.N. 872256)
C2 CLUTCH D
FOURTH SUN GEAR E
F THIRD SUN GEAR
G C1 CLUTCH REDUCTION C GEAR SHAFT FROM CONTROL VALVE B
9020 05A 12
C2
B1
C1
H POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER I INPUT SHAFT J PRESSURE OIL
B3
B1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT B FROM CONTROL VALVE L POWER FLOW - THIRD FORWARD
K RETURN OIL
TXC7601AD
10T,9020,J204 1922OCT911/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=556
T7601AD
1915JAN98

AOutput Shaft BFrom Control Valve CReduction Gear Shaft DC2 Clutch EFourth Sun Gear FThird Sun Gear GC1 Clutch HPower from Torque Converter IInput Shaft JPressure Oil KReturn Oil LPower Flow-Third Forward
When the transmission control lever is moved to third forward, transmission control oil (B) is sent to the C1 Clutch (direct drive, G) and the C2 Clutch (direct drive, D). The C1 clutch drum is locked to the C1 clutch hub. This clamps the input shaft (I) to the planetary carrier and causes it to rotate at the same speed as the input shaft. The C2 clutch drum is locked to the C2 clutch hub. This ties the fourth sun gear (E) to the reduction gear shaft (C).
Engine power (H) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft and planetary carrier. The carrier rotates at the same speed as the input shaft. The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. With C2 clutch engaged, both the third and fourth sun gears are locked to the reduction gear shaft and provide direct drive out of the transmission at the same speed as the input shaft. The reduction gear shaft transmits engine power through the output shaft (A) to the differential.
9020 05A 13
10T,9020,J204 1922OCT912/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=557
Power Flow Through TransmissionFourth Forward (S.N. 872256)
D B3 BRAKE
B3 RING GEAR C
FOURTH SUN GEAR E
F THIRD SUN GEAR
G C1 CLUTCH REDUCTION B GEAR SHAFT
9020 05A 14
C2
B1
C1
H POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER I INPUT SHAFT
B3
B1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT L POWER FLOW - FOURTH FORWARD
J PRESSURE OIL K RETURN OIL
TXC6885AD
10T,9020,J206 1922OCT911/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=558
T6885AD
1915JAN98

AOutput Shaft BReduction Gear Shaft CB3 Ring Gear DB3 Brake EFourth Sun Gear FThird Sun Gear GC1 Clutch HPower from Torque Converter IInput Shaft JPressure Oil KReturn Oil LPower Flow-Fourth Forward
When the transmission control lever is shifted to fourth forward, transmission control oil is sent to the C1 Clutch (direct drive, G) and B3 Brake (over drive, D). The C1 clutch drum is locked to the C1 clutch hub. This clamps the input shaft (I) to the planetary carrier and causes it to rotate at the same speed as the input shaft. The B3 ring gear which is located on the external diameter of the C2 clutch drum is clamped to the transmission case. This ties the fourth planetary sun gear (E) to the transmission case. Engine power (H) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft and planetary carrier. The carrier rotates at the same speed as the input shaft.
The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. Since the B3 brake is engaged, the fourth sun gear is stationary. The output planet pinions are forced to orbit the fourth sun gear. This causes the third sun gear (F) and reduction gear shaft (B) to rotate in the same direction as the planetary carrier, but at a faster speed. Power from the reduction gear shaft is sent through the output shaft (A) to the differential.
9020 05A 15
10T,9020,J206 1922OCT912/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=559
Power Flow Through TransmissionFirst Reverse (S.N. 872256)
C2 CLUTCH D
THIRD SUN GEAR FOURTH F SUN GEAR G B1 BRAKE E H B1 RING GEAR I FIRST SUN GEAR
REDUCTION C GEAR SHAFT FROM CONTROL VALVE B
9020 05A 16
C2
B1
C1
J POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER K INPUT SHAFT L PRESSURE OIL
B3
B1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT B FROM CONTROL VALVE N POWER FLOW - FIRST REVERSE
M RETURN OIL
TXC7601AE
10T,9020,J208 1922OCT911/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=560
T7601AE
1915JAN98

AOutput Shaft BFrom Control Valve CReduction Gear Shaft DC2 Clutch EFourth Sun Gear FThird Sun Gear GB1 Brake HB1 Ring Gear IFirst Sun Gear JPower from Torque Converter KInput Shaft LPressure Oil MReturn Oil NPower Flow-First Reverse
When the transmission control lever is shifted to first reverse, transmission control (B) oil is sent to the B1 Brake (reverse, G) and the C2 Clutch (direct drive, D). The B1 ring gear (H) is clamped to the transmission case. The C2 clutch drum is locked to the C2 clutch hub. This ties the fourth sun gear (E) to the reduction gear shaft (C). Engine power (J) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft and its first sun gear (I). Since the B1 ring gear is locked to the transmission case, the first sun gear forces the planet pinion gears to orbit the B1 ring gear. There are two sets of planet pinion gears in the first planetary assembly. They are in mesh with the first
sun gear and the B1 ring gear. This causes the planetary carrier to rotate in the opposite direction of the input shaft. Carrier rotates 15 percent faster making reverse speeds 15 percent faster than corresponding forward speeds. The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. When C2 is engaged, both the third and fourth sun gears are locked together and provide direct drive out of the transmission at the same speed as the carrier. The reduction gear shaft transmits engine power through the output shaft (A) to the differential in the reverse direction of the converter input.
9020 05A 17
10T,9020,J208 1922OCT912/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=561
Power Flow Through TransmissionSecond Reverse (S.N. 872256)
D B3 BRAKE FOURTH E SUN GEAR
F THIRD SUN GEAR G B1 BRAKE
B3 RING GEAR C
H B1 RING GEAR I FIRST SUN GEAR
REDUCTION B GEAR SHAFT
9020 05A 18
C2
B1
C1
J POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER K INPUT SHAFT
B3
B1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT N POWER FLOW - SECOND REVERSE
L PRESSURE OIL M RETURN OIL
TXC6885AF
10T,9020,J210 1922OCT911/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=562
T6885AF
1915JAN98

AOutput Shaft BReduction Gear Shaft CB3 Ring Gear DB3 Brake EFourth Sun Gear FThird Sun Gear GB1 Brake HB1 Ring Gear IPower from Torque Converter KInput Shaft LPressure Oil MReturn Oil NPower Flow-Second Reverse
When the transmission is shifted into second reverse, transmission control oil is sent to the B1 Brake (reverse, G) and the B3 Brake (over drive, D). The B1 ring gear (H) is clamped to the transmission case. The B3 ring gear (C), which is located on the external diameter of the C2 clutch drum, is also clamped to the transmission case. This ties the fourth planetary sun gear (E) to the transmission case. Engine power (J) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft and its first sun gear (I). Since the B1 ring gear is locked to the transmission case, the first sun gear forces the planet pinion gears to orbit the B1 ring gear. There are two sets of planet gears in the first planetary assembly. They are in mesh with the first sun gear and
the B1 ring gear. This causes the planetary carrier to rotate in the opposite direction of the input shaft. Carrier rotates 15 percent faster making reverse speeds 15 percent faster than corresponding forward speeds. The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. Since the B3 brake is engaged, the fourth sun gear is stationary. The output planet pinions are forced to orbit the fourth sun gear. This causes the third sun gear (F) and reduction gear shaft (B) to rotate in the same direction as the planetary carrier (reverse), but at a faster speed. The reduction gear shaft transmits engine power through the output shaft (A) to the differential in the reverse direction of the converter input.
9020 05A 19
10T,9020,J210 1922OCT912/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=563
Pressure Regulating Valve Operation (S.N. 872256)
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE E F
G I
B E D REDUCED FLOW FROM TRANSMISSION FILTER F

9020 05A 20
C TO G CONVERTER - IN
TO RESERVOIR C FROM LUBE CIRCUIT H CONVERTER - IN RELIEF VALVE B LUBE RELIEF VALVE I
EXCESS A LUBE PRESSURE
EXCESS CONVERTER - IN PRESSURE J K CONTROL PRESSURE L CONVERTER - IN PRESSURE

1915JAN98
M LUBE PRESSURE N RETURN O PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE HOUSING
TXC7849AL
10T,9020,J214 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=564
T7849AL

AExcess Lube Pressure BLube Relief Valve CTo Reservoir DReduced Flow EPressure Regulating Valve FFrom Transmission Filter GTo Converter-In HFrom Lube Circuit IConverter-In Relief Valve JExcess Converter-In Pressure KControl Pressure LConverter-In Pressure MLube Pressure NReturn OPressure Regulating Valve Housing
The pressure regulating valve housing contains the pressure regulating valve (E), the lube relief valve (B) and the converter-in/cooler relief valve (I). The pressure regulating valve is used to set the pressure for the transmission control circuit. Oil from the transmission filter (F) acts on the top of the valve poppet. The control pressure is determined by the valve spring and shims. During normal operation, the valve allows excess pump flow to go to the torque converter-in circuit (G). When there is reduced flow from the transmission pump (D) like during a shift, the valve moves up and blocks oil flow to the converter-in circuit. The converter-in/cooler relief valve is used to control the pressure of oil going to the torque converter and,
subsequently, the oil cooler. Excess converter-in oil pressure (J) due to cold oil or a restriction in the oil cooler will push the valve poppet down opening a passage for oil to flow to the lube circuit (H). The lube relief valve is used to set the maximum pressure in the lube circuit. Excess lube pressure (A) pushes the valve spool down opening a passage from the lube circuit to the reservoir (C). The spring side of the three relief valves are open to the reservoir to prevent a hydraulic lock of the valve spool. The lube relief and the converter-in relief valves are not adjustable. If pressure settings are low, replace the spring.
9020 05A 21
10T,9020,J214 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=565
Transmission Filter Operation (S.N. 872256)
9020 05A 22
F D I E F A B C
T6300AG
AHigh Pressure Oil BMedium Pressure Oil CLow Pressure Oil
DRestricted Filter EFilter Relief Valve
FTo Lube GFrom Transmission Pump
HTo Control Circuit IFilter Element
The transmission filter (I) is a 10 micron full-flow filter. It is protected by a pressure differential type relief valve (E). Oil flow from the transmission pump (G) flows through the filter to transmission control circuit (H). Oil from the pump acts on the end of the relief valve. Filtered oil acts on the spring side of the relief
poppet. When the filter becomes restricted (D), the filter inlet oil pressure increases and the outlet oil pressure decreases. When the pressure differential exceeds the spring force of the poppet spring, the relief valve opens the routes the unfiltered oil to the lube circuit (F).
10T,9020,J216 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=566
T6300AG
1929JAN97
Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Operation (S.N. 872256)
F SOLENOID COIL
E PLUNGER D TO RETURN C BALL B FROM PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE A ENERGIZED

TXC7864AN
G H
PRESSURE OIL RETURN OIL

1915JAN98
022602
9020 05A 23
J SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
AEnergized BFrom Pressure Regulating Valve
CBall DTo Return EPlunger
FSolenoid Coil GPressure Oil HReturn Oil
IDe-Energized JSolenoid Valve Operation
The neutral solenoid is used to disengage the transmission during normal operation. When the solenoid is de-energized (I), the plunger (E) is in the down position. In this position, pressure oil from the pressure regulating valve (B) is blocked at the neutral solenoid.
When the operator releases the neutral disconnect switch, he energizes (A) the neutral solenoid. The coil draws the plunger up and opens the passage from the pressure regulating valve to the neutral spool and FNR spool.
10T,9020,J219 1904MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-23
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=567
T7864AN
I DE-ENERGIZED
Transmission Control CircuitFirst Neutral (S.N. 872256)

C1 FNR SPOOL J C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL I
B1 B2 B3
C1, B1, B2 ACCUMULATOR H C2, B3 ACCUMULATOR G
K C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
C2
SOLENOID L
9020 05A 24
FROM OIL COOLER TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION D E
F NEUTRAL SPOOL FWD C2, B3 NEU
C1, B2
REV
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE HOUSING M
FILTER C RELIEF VALVE N TO TORQUE CONVERTER AND OIL COOLER B TRANSMISSION FILTER O CONVERTER-IN RELIEF VALVE P LUBE RELIEF VALVE Q PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
R TRANSMISSION PUMP S CONTROL PRESSURE
A SUCTION SCREEN
U LUBE PRESSURE V RETURN
TXC7870BE
W TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT-1ST NEUTRAL

TX,9020,BG383 1914JAN971/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=568
T7870BE
1915JAN98
T CONVERTER PRESSURE

ASuction Screen BTransmission Filter CFilter Relief Valve DFrom Oil Cooler ETransmission Lubrication FNeutral Spool GC2,B3 Accumulator HC1,B1,B2 Accumulator IC2,B3 Shift Spool JFNR Spool KC1,B2 Shift Spool LSolenoid MPressure Regulating Valve Housing NTo Torque Converter and Oil Cooler OConverter-In Relief Valve PLube Relief Valve QPressure Regulating Valve RTransmission Pump SControl Pressure TConverter Pressure ULube Pressure VReturn WTransmission Hydraulic Circuit-1st Neutral
The transmission hydraulic system is independent of the machine hydraulic system. Transmission oil flows through a suction screen (A) in the transmission case to the transmission oil pump (R). The oil pump is mounted to the front of the transmission case and is driven by the torque converter impeller. Pump flow is routed through the full flow oil filter (B) to the pressure regulating valve (Q). A filter relief valve (C) protects the filter element by routing oil to the transmission lubrication circuit (E) if there is excessive pressure on the filter. Oil from the pressure regulating valve is used to control the engagement of the clutch and brake elements. Oil not needed in the transmission control circuit is sent through the torque converter to the oil cooler (N) and then to the transmission lubrication circuit. The pressure regulating valve housing (M) contains the pressure regulating valve, the converter-in/cooler relief valve (O) and the lube relief valve (P). The pressure regulating valve sets the pressure for the engagement of the transmission clutches and brakes. The converter-in relief valve protects the torque converter, and subsequently the oil cooler, from excessive pressure. When the converter-in relief valve opens, oil is routed to the lube circuit. The lube relief valve protects the lube circuit from excessive pressure by releasing oil to the reservoir. The transmission control valve contains the: Neutral Solenoid Forward Solenoid Reverse Solenoid C1,B2 Solenoid C2,B3 Solenoid
FNR Spool C1,B2 Shift Spool C2,B3 Shift Spool Pressure Test Ports
The accumulator housing is mounted to the back of the transmission control valve and it contains the: B1,B2,C1 Accumulator B3,C2 Accumulator Neutral Spool Transmission operation is controlled by the FNR lever which activates forward, neutral and reverse solenoids. These solenoids allow engagement of transmission input elements C1,B1,B2. Speed control is accomplished by a rotary electrical switch that is located on the end of the FNR lever. Rotating the switch provides four forward speeds and two reverse speeds by energizing or de-energizing C1,B2 and/or C2,B3 solenoids. Oil flow from the solenoids is used to control the position of the neutral spool, FNR spool and the shift spools. This results in main engagement pressure oil being directed to the appropriate packs that are used in each gear. (See Transmission Hydraulic Schematic in this group). In first neutral, pressure oil to operate the transmission is routed from the transmission case to the oil galley that is located in the lower portion of the transmission control valve. Since all five solenoids are de-energized and no control oil flow is provided, main pressure is allowed to flow from the inlet passage to the accumulator housing where both accumulators are charged.
9020 05A 25
TX,9020,BG383 1914JAN972/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=569
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) Spring force closes the neutral spool and blocks oil flow to the FNR spool. Oil flow is routed from the accumulator housing back through the C2,B3 shift spool which is being held down by spring force. Oil flow through the shift spool in this position results in the engagement of only the C2 clutch.
TX,9020,BG383 1914JAN973/3
9020 05A 26
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=570
9020 05A 27
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=571
Transmission Control CircuitFirst Forward (S.N. 872256)

C1 FNR SPOOL D C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL I
B1 B2 B3
C1, B1, B2 ACCUMULATOR C C2, B3 ACCUMULATOR B
E C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
C2
SOLENOID F
9020 05A 28
C1, B2 FWD A NEUTRAL SPOOL C2, B3 NEU
REV
G CONTROL PRESSURE H RETURN

TXC7840BE
I TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT-1ST FORWARD

DFNR Spool EC1,B2 Shift Spool FSolenoid GControl Pressure HReturn ITransmission Hydraulic CircuitFirst Forward
ANeutral Spool BC2,B3 Accumulator CC1,B1,B2 Accumulator
When the FNR lever is moved from the neutral position, the neutral solenoid is energized and control oil is allowed to flow to the neutral spool. When the neutral spool is moved against the spring, main pressure from the B1,B2,C1 accumulator is available to the FNR spool for clutch or brake engagement. In first forward, the forward solenoid is energized and control oil is routed to the bottom of FNR spool. When
the spool moves up against the spring, pressure oil from the neutral spool is allowed to flow through the FNR spool to the C1,B2 shift spool. Since the C1,B2 solenoid is not energized, pressure oil flows through to engage B2 brake.
TX,9020,YY745 1904MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=572
T7840BE
1915JAN98
Transmission Control CircuitSecond Reverse (S.N. 872256)

C1 FNR SPOOL E C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL D
B1 B2 B3
C1, B1, B2 ACCUMULATOR C C2, B3 ACCUMULATOR B
F C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
C2
SOLENOID G
C1, B2 A NEUTRAL SPOOL NEU FWD C2, B3
9020 05A 29
REV
H CONTROL PRESSURE I RETURN

TXC7840BD
J TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT-2ND REVERSE

DC2,B3 Shift Spool EFNR Spool FC1,B2 Shift Spool GSolenoid HControl Pressure IReturn JTransmission Hydraulic CircuitSecond Reverse
ANeutral Spool BC2,B3 Accumulator CC1,B1,B2 Accumulator
When the FNR lever is moved from neutral position, the neutral solenoid is energized and control oil is allowed to flow to the neutral spool. When the neutral spool is moved against the spring, main pressure from the B1,B2,C1 accumulator is available to the FNR spool for clutch or brake engagement. In 2nd reverse, the reverse solenoid is energized and control oil is routed to the top of the FNR spool. When
the spool moves down against the spring, pressure oil from the neutral spool is allowed to flow through the FNR spool to engage B1 brake. The C2,B3 solenoid is also energized which routes control oil to the bottom of C2,B3 shift spool. When the spool moves up against the spring, main pressure from the C2,B3 accumulator is allowed to flow to engage B3 brake.
TX,9020,YY746 1904MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=573
T7840BD
1915JAN98
MFWD System Operation (S.N. 872256)

Differential drive gear supplies power to MFWD driver shaft then to front MFWD drive gear set. MFWD idler gear shaft directs power to clutch through MFWD clutch drive gear. When control valve is engaged, valve prevents flow of clutch control oil to clutch. Springs force clutch disk pack together and power is transmitted forward by U-jointed drive shaft to front axle differential drive shaft. Shaft drive gear and ring gear mesh turning limited-slip differential unit. Differential supplies required power to left and right axle shafts. Drive shaft powers sun gear of wheel hub planetary. Sun gear rotates fixed planetary gears which turn outer ring. The planetary system reduces drive shaft output speed and increases torque at front tires. Wheel drive gear is meshed with outer ring. Outer ring is meshed to wheel hub. When MFWD control valve is disengaged, valve directs pressure oil to release the MFWD clutch.
TX,9020,BG382 1914JAN971/1
9020 05A 30
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=574
MFWD Differential OperationUnequal Traction (S.N. 872256)
9020 05A 31
ATire with Most Traction BDrive Shaft CRH Drive Gear
DLH Drive Gear EPinion Gears FDifferential Housing
GClutch Disks HClutch Plate
IPower Flow JRotation Direction
As available traction changes, tire with better traction (A) can use more power. Self-limiting differential action begins to occur. When one wheel begins to slip more than the other, wheel with better traction holds its drive shaft (B) and
drive gear (C) from rotating. Wheel with less traction provides less resistance against its drive gear (D).
TX,05,SS3140 1910SEP981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=575
T6771AH
UN19OCT88
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) Pinion gears (E) continue to be driven by rotating differential housing (F). These pinion gears push against bevel drive gears as before. Angle of gear teeth tries to force meshed gears apart. On the side with more traction, pinion gears begin to walk around drive gear and push against restraining force transmitted from tire. Drive gear is wedged outward and compresses a clutch pack with disks (G) splined to axle and plates (H) tanged to housing. Disks begin to slip less against plates as compressing force increases. As the pack slippage decreases drive shaft begins to receive driving force through the differential housing. Since the tire with less traction is exerting less force trying to keep its axle from turning, the bevel gear force is not being transmitted to this drive shaft. As long as the difference in traction between tires remains the same, the clutch pack on the side with less traction will continue to slip more than the clutch pack on the other side. With MFWD engaged, differential works to automatically balance driving power to available traction.
TX,05,SS3140 1910SEP982/2
9020 05A 32
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=576
MFWD Differential OperationEqual Traction (S.N. 872256)
9020 05A 33
ADifferential Drives Shaft BRing Gear
CDifferential Housing DPinions
EBevel Drive Gears FDrive Shafts
GPower Flow HRotation Direction
Differential unit has self-applied, limited slip feature. When engaged under slippery field conditions, this system automatically applies correct amount of torque to match traction available to each wheel.
With MFWD engaged, when tractor is moving in a straight line and each wheel has equal traction, equal power is supplied to left and right axle. No differential action occurs.
TX,05,SS3141 1910SEP981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-33
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=577
T6771AG
UN19OCT88
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) Power flows into axle housing through differential drive shaft (A), turning ring gear (B) and attached differential housing (C). When both wheels have equal traction, pinions (D) remain stationary within rotating housing. Pinions turn bevel drive gears (E) and drive shafts (F) splined to drive gears.
TX,05,SS3141 1910SEP982/2
9020 05A 34
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-34
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=578
Transmission Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 872256)

NEUTRAL SOLENOID C2, B3 SOLENOID FWD SOLENOID C1, B2 SOLENOID REV SOLENOID
T7840BA
1915JAN98
OIL COOLER
TORQUE CONVERTER
B3-C2 ACCUMULATOR B1-B2-C1 ACCUMULATOR
FNR SPOOL C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
LUBE RELIEF VALVE CONVERTER-IN RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION FILTER RELIEF VALVE
NEUTRAL SPOOL
TRANSMISSION PUMP
TRANSMISSION FILTER
SUCTION SCREEN
MFWD SOLENOID [ENGAGED]
CONTROL PRESSURE CONVERTER-IN PRESSURE LUBE PRESSURE RETURN

C1 C2 B1 B2 B3
TXC7840BA
TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC - 2ND NEUTRAL

TX,9020,BG386 1914JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-35
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=579
See Page 9020-05A-35 A
See Page 9020-05A-35 B
9020 05A 36
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-36
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=580
Transmission Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 872256)

T7840BA 1915JAN98
OIL COOLER
TORQUE CONVERTER
B3-C2 ACCUMULATOR
LUBE RELIEF VALVE
CONVERTER-IN RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION FILTER RELIEF VALVE TRANSMISSION PUMP
TRANSMISSION FILTER SUCTION SCREEN
MFWD SOLENOID [ENGAGED]
CONTROL PRESSURE CONVERTER-IN PRESSURE LUBE PRESSURE
TXC7840BA
RETURN
TRANSMISSION HYDRAUL
TX,9020,BG386 1914JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-35
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
Page 9020-05A-35 A
PN=579
NEUTRAL SOLENOID
C2, B3 SOLENOID
FWD SOLENOID
C1, B2 SOLENOID
REV SOLENOID
B1-B2-C1 ACCUMULATOR
FNR SPOOL C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
NEUTRAL SPOOL
C1
C2
B1
B2
B3
RAULIC SCHEMATIC - 2ND NEUTRAL

/1
der
22602
579
Page 9020-05A-35 B
Group 05B
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power Train Conponents (S.N.872257 )
NOTE: For (S.N. 872257 ) The operation and test procedures for the park brake and differential lock are found in Section 9020. Service brakes are found in Section 9025. The power train uses a ZF (4WG984 speed forward & 3 speed reverse) reversing powershift transmission with hydrodynamic torque converter. Optional MFWD axle is a ZF (APL355E). Rear Axle is ZF (AP-2085) with multiple disk hydraulically activated differential and wet multiple disk brakes. Park Brake is integral with the rear axle housing. The power train consists of the following components: Torque converter Transmission Rear drive shafts MFWD (Optional) Park brake (in rear axle) Front and rear axles A single stage torque converter drives a hydraulically engaged four speed forward, three speed reverse, countershaft type power shift transmission. A multiple wet disk park brake is located in the rear axle. It is spring applied and hydraulic released. The park brake switch on the side console controls a solenoid located in the transmission duct plate to activate the park brake. The transmission outputs through universal joints and two drive shaft assemblies. The front axle may be equipped with either a standard axle or optional MFWD limited slip self-locking differential axle. The rear axle is equipped with the differential lock. The torque converter is a fluid coupling between the engine and the powershift transmission. It uses oil flow, rather than a dry clutch disk, to transmit engine power to the rest of the power train.
9020 05B 1
Engine power is transmitted to the transmission torque converter by the engine flywheel.
TX,05,SS3678 1913FEB971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=581
Torque Converter Operation (S.N. 872257 )
1Turbine 2Impeller 3Stator Shaft
4Input Shaft 5Shaft Seal 6Drain Plug
7Turbine Shaft 8Pump Drive Shaft 9Free-wheel Clutch
10Stator 11Torque Converter
The three main parts of the torque converter include the impeller, turbine and stator. The impeller (2) is driven by the engine. As it rotates, centrifugal force throws oil out of the impeller against the blades of the turbine (1). This forces the turbine to rotate in the same direction as the impeller. The turbine (1) is connected to the turbine shaft (7) which provides input to the transmission gear train.
Pump drive shaft (8) is driven by the engine directly and at engine speed. The pump drive shaft provides input to the transmission pump and the hydraulic system pump. As the oil leaves the turbine, it is redirected by the stator (10) back into the impeller which increases the torque converter performance.
TX,05,SS3120 1909SEP981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=582
T101172
1904MAR98
9020 05B 2
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ) Oil leaving the turbine enters the stator (10). The stator is curved so that the oil flow changes direction. Oil leaving the stator is moving in the same direction as the impeller. This adds to the force of the oil entering the impeller. The turbine will be rotating at a slower speed than the impeller, but it will produce a higher torque. It is this increased force developed by the stator that makes a converter able to multiply torque. Under light load the speed of the turbine will increase until it equals impeller speed. The free-wheel clutch (9) unlocks, allowing the stator to free-wheel or rotate with the turbine and impeller as a unit. Input speed and torque are equal to output speed and torque when the stator is free-wheeling. The transmission pump is constantly pumping oil through the converter. The converter multiplies the torque and at the same time, the heat created in the converter is eliminated through the circulation of oil from converter to cooler and back to sump. There are no serviceable parts inside the torque converter. If it is defective, replace the entire assembly.
TX,05,SS3120 1909SEP982/2
9020 05B 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=583
Transmission Pump Operation (S.N. 872257 )
1Angle Disk 2Washer
3O-Ring (2 used) 4Cap Screw (4 used)
5Pump Housing 6O-Ring
7Needle Bearing 8Stop Sleeve
TX,05,SS3124 1922JUN981/2
The transmission uses a high capacity fixed displacement gear-type pump to provide constant flow for the transmission hydraulic system. Pump flow is proportional to engine speed. The input shaft to the pump is driven by the engine. The pump gears rotate inside of the pump housing. As the gears rotate, oil is trapped between the gear teeth and the pump housing which forces oil to move from the pump inlet around the gears to the pump outlet.
UN12JUL96
T101251
UN12JUL96
9020 05B 4
TX,05,SS3124 1922JUN982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
T101252
PN=584
Transmission Filter Operation (S.N. 872257 )
AFilter BSpring
CBypass Valve
DTo Transmission Circuit
EFrom Transmission Pump
NOTE: Filter housing removed to show element and bypass valve. The transmission filter is a spin on replaceable element. If the filter (A) becomes obstructed, a bypass valve (C) opens to maintain flow to the transmission control system. Oil from the transmission pump enters from outside of the filter element. The filter element traps contaminants as the oil passes through it. Filtered oil flows up
through the middle of the element to the transmission control system. If the filter element becomes obstructed or during extremely cold conditions, the pressure difference across the filter element exceeds the set value of the bypass spring (B), causing the bypass valve (C) to unseat. This unseated valve allows unfiltered oil to pass through the filter housing. Bypass operation for extended periods of time is not recommended.
TX,05,SS3125 1922JUN981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=585
T101250
1912JUL96
9020 05B 5
Thermal Bypass Valve Operation (S.N. 872257 )

C D H
C TO LUBE
C F
9020 05B 6
FROM COOLER
SEAT B
H SPRING
VALVE A
FROM CONVERTER
I BYPASS
J COOLING
F K LUBE/CONVERTER-OUT FLOW L TO COOLER (VALVE CLOSED) FLOW
TXC7799BX
M THERMAL BYPASS VALVE
TX,9020,ME437 1928AUG961/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=586
T7799BX
1920JAN98
THERMOSTAT G
F TO COOLER

AValve BSeat CTo Lube DFrom Cooler EFrom Converter FTo Cooler GThermostat HSpring IBypass JCooling KLube/Converter-Out Flow LTo Cooler (Valve Closed) Flow MThermal Bypass Valve
The thermal bypass valve is used to maintain the transmission oil temperature at a level which provides optimum torque converter performance and lubrication to transmission. The valve contains a standard automotive-type thermostat element connected to a hollow valve spool. The valve is designed to bypass the transmission oil cooler at low temperatures. Converter outlet flow
enters passage (E) and flows through the valve (A) to lube (C). At higher temperatures, the thermostat (G) begins to open, allowing flow out of passage (F) to the transmission oil cooler. The thermostat will go to the full open position, forcing the valve closed against the seat (B). The spring loaded seat will act as a relief valve in the event cooler flow is blocked.
TX,9020,ME437 1928AUG962/2
9020 05B 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=587
Power Shift High Range Forward, First Speed and Second Speed Clutch Packs (S.N. 872257 )
ASeparator Plate (as required per clutch pack) BDisk (as required per clutch pack)
CClutch Drum DRoller Bearing ETapered Bearing FPressure Oil
GHub HEnd Plate IPiston JSpring
KTapered Bearing LLubrication Oil MClutch Pack
NOTE: This operation covers the power shift high range forward, first and second speed clutch packs. The function of the packs are the same, but the quantity on the disks and separator plates will be different between packs. When the FNR lever is placed in forward or reverse, pressure oil (F) from the control valve forces the clutch piston (I) to compress the plates (A) and disks (B). The
plates are splined to the clutch drum (C) and the disks are splined to hub (G) locking them together. The drive shaft gear is splined to the low range forward, reverse, and high range forward (4th) gear. All gears are constantly meshed and supported by antifriction bearings. The bearings and clutches are lubricated with cooled lubrication oil (L). Spring disks (J) push back the piston (I) when the clutch pack (M) is disengaged, thus releasing the multi-disk clutch.
CED,TX03399,4234 1929MAY981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=588
T117074
1904SEP98
9020 05B 8
9020 05B 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=589
Power Shift Power Train Overview (S.N. 872257 )

B HIGH RANGE (4TH) FORWARD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION PUMP C TORQUE A CONVERTER
PUMP DRIVE J SHAFT
9020 05B 10
REVERSE CLUTCH
LOW RANGE E FORWARD CLUTCH FIRST SPEED I CLUTCH
THIRD F SPEED CLUTCH
MFWD H
T117096
K TRANSMISSION
Continued on next page CED,TX03399,4205 1903MAR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=590
T117096
1901FEB99
SECOND G SPEED CLUTCH

ATorque Converter BHigh Range (4th) Forward Clutch CTransmission Pump DReverse Clutch ELow Range Forward Clutch FThird Speed Clutch GSecond Speed Clutch HMFWD IFirst Speed Clutch JPump Drive Shaft KTransmission
A single stage torque converter drives a hydraulically engaged four speeds forward and three speeds reverse countershaft type power shift transmission. Six clutch packs provide four forward and three reverse speeds. Two clutch packs have to be engaged for movement. One directional clutch pack, either low-range forward, high-range forward or reverse and one speed range clutch pack either 1st, 2nd or 3rd. The transmission may also have an optional front output shaft (H) for mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) which is spring applied and hydraulically released. The transmission pump (C) is a gear type pump. The transmission pump is driven at engine speed through the impeller drive from the torque converter.
The optional MFWD front axle is a self applied limited slip design. It consists of a differential with outboard planetary final drives. The rear axle is an inboard planetary design with internal wet multi-disk service brakes that are self adjusting. Pressure oil for the service brakes is supplied by a full power operated brake valve. The park brake is a wet multi-disk design which is spring applied and hydraulically released. The differential lock is a lever activated multi-disk clutch design, which is hydraulically engaged and spring released.
9020 05B 11
CED,TX03399,4205 1903MAR982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=591
Power Shift Transmission Gear Flow (S.N. 872257 )

1st FORWARD 4th FORWARD (HIGH RANGE) A B REVERSE 4th FORWARD (HIGH RANGE) A B
2nd SPEED G
C LOW RANGE FORWARD D 1st SPEED
C G
F 3rd SPEED (REAR OUTPUT)
E MFWD OUTPUT 2nd FORWARD

9020 05B 12
1st REVERSE A C B
3rd FORWARD A B A C G G D
2nd REVERSE B A
3rd REVERSE B
C G
D
1902JUN98
022602
T115189
CED,TX03399,4206 1903MAR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-12
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=592
T115189

A4th Forward (High Range) BReverse CLow Range Forward D1st Speed EMFWD Output F3rd Speed (Rear Output) G2nd Speed
The torque converter supplies torque to the drive gear which is in constant mesh with the low-range forward, reverse and high range forward clutch hubs. The low-range forward clutch, reverse, high range forward and second speed clutch outer gears are in mesh. As are the first speed hub gear and third speed clutch outer gear. With MFWD (if equipped) the first speed hub is in mesh with the MFWD output gear.
As a example, with the transmission in second speed forward, the low range forward clutch (C) and the second speed clutch (G) are engaged. The torque converter supplies torque to the drive gear which meshes with the gear on the low-range forward clutch. Power flow continues through the reverse (B) and high range forward clutch (A) output gears to the second speed (G) output gear which drives the third speed clutch (F) rear axle output which is in mesh with first speed clutch (D) hub which is in mesh with the MFWD (E) (if equipped) output gear.
CED,TX03399,4206 1903MAR982/2
9020 05B 13
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=593
Power Shift Transmission Clutch Engagement And Solenoids Activated (S.N. 872257 )
Transmission Clutch Engagement Low and High Range Forward and Reverse Pack Engaged Lo-Range Forward N F1 F2 F3 F4 R1 R2 R3 X X X X X X X Solenoids Activated Gear Selection 9020 05B 14 Low Range, Forward, & Reverse Solenoid Energized Forward Neutral 1st Forward 2nd Forward 3rd Forward 4th Forward (High Range) 1st Reverse 2nd Reverse 3rd Reverse X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Low Range Reverse 1 Speed Solenoid Energized 2 3 X X X X X X X Hi-Range Forward Reverse 1st Speed Pack Engaged 2nd 3rd
CED,TX03399,4223 1924MAR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=594
9020 05B 15
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=595
Power Shift Transmission Control CircuitNeutral (S.N. 872257 )

T117376 1901FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH DIFFERENTIAL LOCK REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE P SHIFT VALVE LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH MFWD PARK BRAKE
1ST SPEED CLUTCH TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
2ND SPEED CLUTCH
3RD SPEED CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2 SEQUENCE VALVE LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R N SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2 I
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Q
SCREEN IN ALL SOLENOIDS
GEAR SELECTION CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3 X X X X TO LUBE X TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER TORQUE CONVERTER
ORIFICE IN INTERMEDIATE PLATE
NEUTRAL
1ST FORWARD
2ND FORWARD
COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
SYSTEM PRESSURE FILTER AND BYPASS MEDIUM PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LUBE PRESSURE TRANSMISSION PUMP SUMP
CED,TX03399,4214 1906MAR981/1
3RD FORWARD
HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD)
1ST REVERSE
THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
2ND REVERSE
RETURN PRESSURE
3RD REVERSE
T117376
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT NEUTRAL
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=596
See Page 9020-05B-16 A
See Page 9020-05B-16 B
See Page 9020-05B-16 C
1ST SPEED CLUTCH 2ND SPEED CLUTCH 3RD SPEED CLUTCH SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2 SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J LOW RANGE SOLENO VALVE C TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
GEAR SELECTION NEUTRAL 1ST FORWARD 2ND FORWARD 3RD FORWARD HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD) 1ST REVERSE 2ND REVERSE 3RD REVERSE
T117376
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE X COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
Page 9020-05B-16 A
Power Shift
T117376 1901FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH DIFFERENTIA REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE P SHIFT VALVE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SEQUENCE VALVE LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
N FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
PRESSUR REDUCIN VALVE
TORQUE CONVERTER
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER TO LUBE
FILTER AND BYPASS TRANSMISSION PUMP SUMP
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT NEUTRAL
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9020-05B-16 B
Shift Transmission Control CircuitNeutral (S.N. 872257 )

901FEB99
RENTIAL LOCK
MFWD
PARK BRAKE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
ESSURE DUCING ALVE Q
SYSTEM PRESSURE MEDIUM PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LUBE PRESSURE RETURN PRESSURE
CED,TX03399,4214 1906MAR981/1
26FEB02)
9020-05B-16
710D Backhoe Loader
Page 9020-05B-16 C
022602
PN=596
Power Shift Transmission Control CircuitNeutralContinued (S.N. 872257 )

NOTE: Keys and story on control valve in the circuit correspond to the control valve on next page. The transmission control valve regulates the hydraulic oil pressures and controls circuits required for operation of the transmission. Electrical signals from the FNR lever and park brake switch are used to energize the solenoids which direct oil to move the shift valves and engage the appropriate selected clutches. The transmission control valve contains the main frame harness (A), forward solenoid valve (B), low range solenoid valve (C), reverse solenoid valve (D), converter relief valve (E), pressure regulating valve (F), modulation valve (G), modulation piston (N), forward/reverse shift valve (O), low range shift valve (P), and the pressure reducing valve (Q). The transmission speed shift valve contains the speed solenoid valves 1, 2 and 3 (H, I and M) and speed shift valves 1, 2 and 3 (J, K and L). The converter relief valve (E) controls the maximum pressure to the torque converter. The pressure regulating valve (F) is a spring loaded spool valve with shims. It regulates main system pressure. Excess oil from the circuit is directed to the torque converter through this valve. The modulation valve (G) is a spring loaded spool which controls the rate of clutch engagement during a shift. Within the valve is the modulation piston (N). When a gear is selected the speed solenoid valves (H, I, or M) are energized in combinations of two which shift two of the speed shift valves (J, K, or L). The shift valves direct system pressure oil to one of the speed clutches 1st, 2nd or 3rd. The forward/reverse shift valve (O), is a spring loaded spool valve which routes system pressure oil to the low range shift valve (P). The low range shift valve (P), is a spring loaded spool valve which routes system oil to the low range, high range forward, and reverse clutches. The forward and reverse solenoid valves, (B) and (D), are activated by the FNR lever. Each directs medium pressure oil to the forward/reverse shift valve (O). The low range solenoid valve (C), directs medium pressure oil to the low range shift valve (P). The low range solenoid valve is controlled by the gear selection on the FNR lever. The pressure reducing valve (Q) supplies medium pressure oil to the speed, forward, reverse and low range solenoid valves. Flow from the transmission charge pump passes through the filter to the pressure regulating valve. The pressure regulating valve regulates system pressure and directs high pressure oil to the reducing valve, differential solenoid valve, MFWD solenoid valve and the park brake solenoid valve. When pressure exceeds the pressure regulating valve setting the valve opens. Low pressure oil then flows through the torque converter. Converter flow is excess oil from the pressure regulating valve. A torque converter relief valve protects the circuit by dumping to tank when pressure exceeds the setting. The oil is then routed to the oil cooler. The oil returning from the cooler provides lubrication to the clutches. In neutral, with park brake OFF, the forward and reverse solenoids are de-energized (open), medium pressure oil is not directed to the forward/reverse shift valve. The low range solenoid valve is de-energized (open) and no pressure oil is routed to the end of the low range shift valve. In neutral all speed clutch packs also dump to sump and all speed clutch solenoids are de-energized. The reducing valve controls the pressure by dumping oil to tank when pressure exceeds its setting.
9020 05B 17
CED,TX03399,4218 1906MAR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=597
Power Shift Transmission Control Valve and Shift Valve OperationNeutral (S.N. 872257 )
B FORWARD SOLENOID C LOW RANGE SOLENOID D REVERSE SOLENOID E CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE
A MAIN FRAME HARNESS
9020 05B 18
Q PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE P LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE
F PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE R ORIFICE N O FORWARD MODULATION OR REVERSE PISTON SHIFT VALVE
G MODULATION VALVE H SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1
M SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 S SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL T MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL U LOW PRESSURE OIL V RETURN OIL L SPEED SHIFT VALVE 3 W
T114881
I SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2
J SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1

1926JUN98
022602
CED,TX03399,4224 1927MAR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-18
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=598
T114881
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE AND SHIFT VALVE - NEUTRAL
K SPEED SHIFT VALVE 2

AMain Frame Harness BForward Solenoid Valve CLow Range Solenoid Valve DReverse Solenoid Valve EConverter Relief Valve FPressure Regulating Valve GModulation Valve HSpeed Solenoid Valve 1 ISpeed Solenoid Valve 2 JSpeed Shift Valve 1 KSpeed Shift Valve 2 LSpeed Shift Valve 3 MSpeed Solenoid Valve 3 NModulation Piston OForward/Reverse Shift Valve PLow Range Shift Valve QPressure Reducing Valve ROrifice (In Valve Housing) SSystem Pressure Oil TMedium Pressure Oil ULow Pressure Oil VReturn Oil WTransmission Control Valve And Shift Valve Neutral
CED,TX03399,4224 1927MAR982/2
9020 05B 19
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=599
Power Shift Transmission Control CircuitFirst Forward (S.N. 872257 )

T117377 1901FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH DIFFERENTIAL LOCK REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH MFWD PARK BRAKE
2ND SPEED CLUTCH LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE P
3RD SPEED CLUTCH
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2 SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R N SEQUENCE VALVE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
SPEED
VALVE 2 I
NEUTRAL
1ST FORWARD
2ND FORWARD
CED,TX03399,4215 1906MAR981/1
3RD FORWARD
1ST REVERSE
2ND REVERSE
RETURN PRESSURE
3RD REVERSE
T117377
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT FIRST FORWARD
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=600
SPEED VALVE 2 I
T117377
TRA
Page 9020-05B-20 A
Power Shift
T117377 1901FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH DIFFERENTIA REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE P
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SEQUENCE VALVE LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON N FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B
TORQUE CONVERTER
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT FIRST FORWARD
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9020-05B-20 B
Shift Transmission Control CircuitFirst Forward (S.N. 872257 )

901FEB99
RENTIAL LOCK
MFWD
PARK BRAKE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
CED,TX03399,4215 1906MAR981/1
26FEB02)
9020-05B-20
710D Backhoe Loader
Page 9020-05B-20 C
022602
PN=600
Power Shift Transmission Control CircuitFirst ForwardContinued (S.N. 872257 )

NOTE: Keys and story on control valve in the circuit correspond to the control valve on next page. The relief valves are the same pressure oil as shown in the neutral story. Refer to neutral story for pressure reducing, converter relief and pressure regulating valve. During 1st gear forward operation the forward solenoid valve (B), low range solenoid valve (C), speed solenoid valve 2 (I), and speed solenoid valve 3 (M) are energized. The energized low range solenoid valve routes medium pressure oil to the low range shift valve (P) and moves the spool down. The energized forward solenoid valve (B) routes medium pressure oil to the forward/reverse shift valve (O) moving its spool up. The energized speed solenoids 2 and 3 (I and M) route medium pressure oil to the shift valves 2 and 3 (K and L) moving the spools down. Shifting of the speed shift spools allows oil to flow from the regulating valve through the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) to fill the 1st speed clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool and the low range shift spool allows oil to flow from the modulation valve to fill the low range forward clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool also blocks the flow of oil downstream of the orifice (R) in valve housing from returning to tank and allows the pressure in the modulation valve to build. As pressure builds, the balance between orifice size and spring load in the modulation valve controls the rate of shift and pushes the modulation piston down. The sequence valve insures that the speed clutch fills and engages before the direction clutch by allowing oil to flow from the modulation valve to the speed clutch circuit downstream of the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) when the pressure in the speed clutch circuit is lower than the pressure in the direction clutch circuit. The downward force from the modulation piston pushes on the modulation springs which drive the modulation spool down to the fully open position. In the fully open position, high pressure oil form the pressure regulating valve keeps the speed and direction clutches engaged.
9020 05B 21
CED,TX03399,4219 1906MAR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=601
Power Shift Transmission Control Valve and Shift ValveFirst Forward (S.N. 872257 )
9020 05B 22
M SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 S SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL T MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL U RETURN OIL
T114882
CED,TX03399,4227 1922APR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=602
T114882
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE AND SHIFT VALVE - FIRST FORWARD
1926JUN98
L SPEED SHIFT VALVE 3

AMain Frame Harness BForward Solenoid Valve CLow Range Solenoid Valve DReverse Solenoid Valve EConverter Relief Valve FPressure Regulating Valve GModulation Valve HSpeed Solenoid Valve 1 ISpeed Solenoid Valve 2 JSpeed Shift Valve 1 KSpeed Shift Valve 2 LSpeed Shift Valve 3 MSpeed Solenoid Valve 3 NModulation Piston OForward/Reverse Shift Valve PLow Range Shift Valve QPressure Reducing Valve ROrifice (In Valve Housing) SSystem Pressure Oil TMedium Pressure Oil UReturn Pressure Oil VTransmission Control Valve and Shift Valve First Forward
CED,TX03399,4227 1922APR982/2
9020 05B 23
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-23
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=603
Power Shift Transmission Control CircuitHigh Range (Fourth) Forward (S.N. 872257 )
T117378 1901FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH DIFFERENTIAL LOCK REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE P SHIFT VALVE LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH MFWD PARK BRAKE
2ND SPEED CLUTCH
3RD SPEED CLUTCH
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SEQUENCE VALVE LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R N SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J
NEUTRAL
1ST FORWARD
2ND FORWARD
CED,TX03399,4216 1906MAR981/1
3RD FORWARD
1ST REVERSE
2ND REVERSE
RETURN PRESSURE
3RD REVERSE
T117378
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT FOURTH FORWARD
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=604
1ST SPEED CLUTCH 2ND SPEED CLUTCH 3RD SPEED CLUTCH TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2 LOW RANGE SOLENO VALVE C
SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2 I SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
T117378
TRAN
Page 9020-05B-24 A
Power Shift
T117378 1901FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH DIFFERENTIA REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE P SHIFT VALVE
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SEQUENCE VALVE LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
N FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B MODULATION VALVE G
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
TORQUE CONVERTER
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT FOURTH FORWARD
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9020-05B-24 B
Shift Transmission Control CircuitHigh Range (Fourth) Forward (S.N. 872257 )

901FEB99
RENTIAL LOCK
MFWD
PARK BRAKE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
CED,TX03399,4216 1906MAR981/1
26FEB02)
9020-05B-24
710D Backhoe Loader
Page 9020-05B-24 C
022602
PN=604
Power Shift Transmission Control CircuitHigh Range (Fourth) ForwardContinued (S.N. 872257 )
NOTE: Keys and story on control valve in the circuit correspond to the control valve on next page. The relief valves are the same pressure oil as shown in the neutral story. Refer to neutral story for pressure reducing, converter relief and pressure regulating valve. During 4th gear forward operation the forward solenoid valve (B), speed solenoid valve 1 (H), and speed solenoid valve 3 (M) are energized. Both the low range shift valve (P) and the forward/reverse shift valve (O) are in the up position. The energized speed solenoids 1 and 3 (H and M) route medium pressure oil to the shift valves 1 and 3 (J and L) moving the spools down. Pressure oil is routed through the shift valves to the 3rd speed clutch. Shifting of the speed shift spools allows oil to flow from the regulating valve through the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) to fill the 3rd speed clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool allows oil to flow from the modulation valve to fill the high range forward clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool also blocks the flow of oil downstream of the orifice (R) in valve housing from returning to tank and allows the pressure in the modulation valve to build. As pressure builds, the balance between orifice size and spring load in the modulation valve controls the rate of shift and pushes the modulation piston down. The sequence valve insures that the speed clutch fills and engages before the direction clutch by allowing oil to flow from the modulation valve to the speed clutch circuit downstream of the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) when the pressure in the speed clutch circuit is lower than the pressure in the direction clutch circuit. The downward force from the modulation piston pushes on the modulation springs which drive the modulation spool down to the fully open position. In the fully open position, high pressure oil form the pressure regulating valve keeps the speed and direction clutches engaged.
9020 05B 25
CED,TX03399,4222 1913MAR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=605
Power Shift Transmission Control Valve and Shift ValveHigh Range (Fourth) Forward (S.N. 872257 )
9020 05B 26
F PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE R ORIFICE N O MODULATION PISTON FORWARD OR REVERSE SHIFT VALVE
G MODULATION VALVE H SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 I SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2 J SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1
T114883
CED,TX03399,4228 1922APR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=606
T114883
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE AND SHIFT VALVE - FOURTH FORWARD
1926JUN98

AMain Frame Harness BForward Solenoid Valve CLow Range Solenoid Valve DReverse Solenoid Valve EConverter Relief Valve FPressure Regulating Valve GModulation Valve HSpeed Solenoid Valve 1 ISpeed Solenoid Valve 2 JSpeed Shift Valve 1 KSpeed Shift Valve 2 LSpeed Shift Valve 3 MSpeed Solenoid Valve 3 NModulation Piston OForward/Reverse Shift Valve PLow Range Shift Valve QPressure Reducing Valve ROrifice (In Valve Housing) SSystem Pressure Oil TMedium Pressure Oil UReturn Pressure Oil VTransmission Control Valve and Shift Valve High Range (Fourth) Forward
CED,TX03399,4228 1922APR982/2
9020 05B 27
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=607
Power Shift Transmission Control CircuitFirst Reverse (S.N. 872257 )

T117379 1901FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH DIFFERENTIAL LOCK REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH MFWD PARK BRAKE
2ND SPEED CLUTCH LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE P
3RD SPEED CLUTCH
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2 SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R N SEQUENCE VALVE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
NEUTRAL
1ST FORWARD
2ND FORWARD
CED,TX03399,4217 1906MAR981/1
3RD FORWARD
1ST REVERSE
2ND REVERSE
RETURN PRESSURE
3RD REVERSE
T117379
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT FIRST REVERSE
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=608
T117379
TRA
Page 9020-05B-28 A
Power Shift
T117379 1901FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH DIFFERENTIA REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE P
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SEQUENCE VALVE LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D N FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
TORQUE CONVERTER
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT FIRST REVERSE
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9020-05B-28 B
Shift Transmission Control CircuitFirst Reverse (S.N. 872257 )

901FEB99
RENTIAL LOCK
MFWD
PARK BRAKE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
CED,TX03399,4217 1906MAR981/1
26FEB02)
9020-05B-28
710D Backhoe Loader
Page 9020-05B-28 C
022602
PN=608
Power Shift Transmission Control CircuitFirst ReverseContinued (S.N. 872257 )

NOTE: Keys and story on control valve in the circuit correspond to the control valve on next page. The relief valves are the same pressure oil as shown in the neutral story. Refer to neutral story for pressure reducing, converter relief and pressure regulating valve. During 1st gear reverse operation the reverse solenoid valve (D), low range solenoid valve (C), speed solenoid valve 2 (I), and speed solenoid valve 3 (M) are energized. The energized reverse solenoid valve routes medium pressure oil to the forward/reverse shift valve (O) moving its spool down. The energized low range solenoid valve routes medium pressure oil to the low range shift valve (P) moving its spool down. The energized speed solenoids 2 and 3 (I and M) route medium pressure oil to the shift valves 2 and 3 (K and L) moving the spools down. Shifting of the speed shift spools allows oil to flow from the regulating valve through the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) to fill the 1st speed clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool and the low range shift spool allows oil to flow from the modulation valve to fill the reverse clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool also blocks the flow of oil downstream of the orifice (R) in valve housing from returning to tank and allows the pressure in the modulation valve to build. As pressure builds, the balance between orifice size and spring load in the modulation valve controls the rate of shift and pushes the modulation piston down. The sequence valve insures that the speed clutch fills and engages before the direction clutch by allowing oil to flow from the modulation valve to the speed clutch circuit downstream of the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) when the pressure in the speed clutch circuit is lower than the pressure in the direction clutch circuit. The downward force from the modulation piston pushes on the modulation springs which drive the modulation spool down to the fully open position. In the fully open position, high pressure oil form the pressure regulating valve keeps the speed and direction clutches engaged.
9020 05B 29
CED,TX03399,4221 1913MAR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=609
Power Shift Transmission Control Valve and Shift ValveFirst Reverse (S.N. 872257 )
9020 05B 30
T114884
CED,TX03399,4229 1922APR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=610
T114884
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE AND SHIFT VALVE - FIRST REVERSE
1926JUN98

AMain Frame Harness BForward Solenoid Valve CLow Range Solenoid Valve DReverse Solenoid Valve EConverter Relief Valve FPressure Regulating Valve GModulation Valve HSpeed Solenoid Valve 1 ISpeed Solenoid Valve 2 JSpeed Shift Valve 1 KSpeed Shift Valve 2 LSpeed Shift Valve 3 MSpeed Solenoid Valve 3 NModulation Piston OForward/Reverse Shift Valve PLow Range Shift Valve QPressure Reducing Valve ROrifice (In Valve Housing) SSystem Pressure Oil TMedium Pressure Oil UReturn Pressure Oil VTransmission Control Valve and Shift Valve First Reverse
CED,TX03399,4229 1922APR982/2
9020 05B 31
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=611
Power Shift Modulation Valve Operation (S.N. 872257 )

M ORIFICES G PISTON H OUTER SPRING F ORIFICE I INNER SPRING J SEQUENCE VALVE E ORIFICE K ORIFICE L MODULATION SPOOL C MODULATION D ENGAGEMENT A NEUTRAL
9020 05B 32
M6 M6
FILL
PRE MODULATION MOD.
ENGAGEMENT
B START OF FILL
N SYSTEM PRESSURE O MEDIUM HIGH PRESSURE P MEDIUM PRESSURE Q LOW PRESSURE R RETURN PRESSURE
T114787
1926JUN98
022602
S MODULATION VALVE
Continued on next page CED,TX03399,4225 1927MAR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-32
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=612
T114787

ANeutral BStart of Fill CModulation DEngagement EOrifice FOrifice (In Valve Housing) GPiston HOuter Spring IInner Spring JSequence Valve KOrifice In Duct Plate (Replenishing Orifice) LModulation Spool MOrifice (2 used) NSystem Pressure OMedium High Pressure PMedium Pressure QLow Pressure RReturn Pressure SModulation Valve
Rate of shift is controlled by movement of the modulation valve and modulation piston during a shift. By regulating the amount of oil flow being sent to engage the direction pack, the time required is extended to assure a smooth shift. When the machine is in neutral (A), system pressure oil (N), bleeds by the edge of the modulation spool (L). This oil (Q) (low pressure) flows through orifice (F), which is open to return. Low pressure oil (Q), also flows through orifice (E) to the bottom side of the modulation spool (L). This oil applies sufficient force on the spring to hold the valve on the edge of pressure port opening. All direction and speed clutch packs are also open to sump when the FNR is in neutral. The start of fill mode (B), begins when a shift occurs. Shifting of the speed shift spools allows oil to flow from the regulating valve through the orifice (K) to fill the speed clutch pack. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool allows oil to flow from the modulation valve and will fill the direction clutch pack. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool also blocks the flow of oil downstream of the orifice (F) from returning to tank and allows the pressure in the modulation valve to build. Both direction and speed clutch packs fill rapidly at the low pressure level. Modulation mode (C), begins as pressure in the clutch pack begins to rise (P). The pressure is also being sensed through orifice (F). Pressure on the back side of orifice (F) is building to low pressure (Q). This pressure starts moving the modulation piston (G),
springs (H and I) and modulation spool (L), down. There are two small orifices (M) located near the top of the piston (G). These orifices allow return oil to dump to sump during start of fill and half way through modulation mode. This helps control the rate of shift. The orifices in the piston close off as the piston moves down. An equalization of spring and pressure force on the modulation valve regulates the rate of clutch engagement during modulation. The orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) (K), supplies oil from the pressure regulating valve to the speed shift valves. The sequence valve (J) supplies oil from the modulation valve to the speed shift valves also, but only when the oil downstream of the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) (K) is below the modulation pressure filling the direction clutch pack. This insures that the speed clutch fills and engages before the direction clutch. When the final engagement mode (D) is reached, the modulation spool (L) is in the fully open position, and the two small orifices (M) in the modulation piston (G) are closed off. With the spool in the fully open position, high pressure oil from the pressure regulating valve maintains the downward force on the modulation piston and keeps the clutches engaged until the next shift. Cycling the forward/reverse spool allows the high pressure oil in the engaged clutch and between the orifice (F) and the top of the modulation piston to vent to tank. The resulting loss in pressure allows the modulation valve to reset to begin the next shift sequence.
9020 05B 33
CED,TX03399,4225 1927MAR982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-33
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=613
Differential Operation (S.N. 872257 )
9020 05B 34
AFinal Drive Ring Gear BDifferential Housing CDifferential Ring Gear
DBevel Pinion Shaft (2 used) EBevel Pinion (4 used) FInput Pinion Shaft
GSide Gear HSun Pinion Shaft IPlanet Pinion Carrier
JOutput Shaft KDifferential
The differential allows independent rotation of the axles when the machine is steered. The final drive planetaries are attached to the axles. Their purpose is to reduce speed and increase torque through gear
reduction. The input pinion shaft to differential ring gear also provides a reduction in speed and an increase to torque.
TX,05,SS3139 1923JUN981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-34
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=614
T117161
1902FEB99
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ) Input torque from the drive shaft rotates the input bevel pinion shaft (F) which meshes with the differential ring gear (C), causing it to turn. The ring gear is fastened to the differential housing (B) which drives the bevel pinion shafts (D) and bevel pinions (E). The bevel pinions located on the bevel pinion shaft are in mesh with the side gears (G) which spline to the sun pinion shaft (H). The sun pinion shaft meshes with the planet pinion carrier assembly (I) which rotates around the inside of the stationary planetary final drive ring gear (A). Torque is transferred into the output shaft (J) causing it to rotate at a reduced speed but with greater torque. As the machine is steered, the inside wheel slows down in relation to the outside wheel. This causes the side gear, attached to the inside wheels axle, to slow down. The rotating differential housing and bevel pinion shafts allow the differential bevel pinions to rotate around the slow moving side gear; this allows the opposite side gear to rotate at a faster speed. This rotation causes the outside wheels axle to rotate faster than the inside axle which prevents tire scuffing.
TX,05,SS3139 1923JUN982/2
9020 05B 35
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-35
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=615
Differential Lock Operation (S.N. 872257 )

E BEARING SIDE A GEAR B DIFFERENTIAL HOUSING C LEVER D CAGE F SNAP RING G SEAL
H BRAKE HOUSING
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE I

9020 05B 36
J SEAL K NEEDLE BEARING L PISTON FROM M TRANSMISSION PUMP

1902FEB99
Q SYSTEM PRESSURE R RETURN PRESSURE

T117099
P CLUTCH PACK
O SPRING
N SLIDING SLEEVE
ASide Gear BDifferential Housing CLever DCage EBearing
FSnap Ring GSeal HBrake Housing IDifferential Solenoid Valve JSeal
KNeedle Bearing LPiston MFrom Transmission Pump NSliding Sleeve OSpring
PClutch Pack QSystem Pressure RReturn Pressure SDifferential Lock
When the operator has the differential lock foot control switch in the "OFF" position (unapplied), the spring force (O) moves the sliding sleeve (N), lever (C) and
piston (L) back releasing the differential lock. The return oil returns through the same port as when the switch is in the "ON" position.
TX,05,SS3130 1923JUL981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-36
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=616
T117099
S DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ) When the operator pushes the differential lock foot control switch to the "ON" position, the switch energizes the differential lock solenoid (I) on the transmission. When the differential lock solenoid is energized, pressure oil flows to the inlet and through the cross-drilled passages to the piston (L). The pressurized oil moves the piston against the sliding sleeve and lever to lock up the clutch pack (P) with side gear (A) of the differential, causing both axles to rotate at the same speed.
TX,05,SS3130 1923JUL982/2
9020 05B 37
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-37
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=617
Park Brake Operation (S.N. 872257 )
9020 05B 38
F PISTON H PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
A INNER SPRING B OUTER SPRING
DISK E G FROM TRANSMISSION PUMP
D PLATE C TOWING CAP SCREW
SYSTEM PRESSURE
1902FEB99
J RETURN PRESSURE
T117163
K PARK BRAKE - ON
AInner Spring BOuter Spring CTowing Cap Screw
DDisk (5 used) EPlate (5 used) FPiston
GFrom Transmission Pump HPark Brake Solenoid Valve ISystem Pressure
JReturn Pressure KPark BrakeON
TX,05,SS3134 1916MAY961/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-38
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=618
T117163
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ) The park brake is spring applied and hydraulically released. When the park brake is applied (ON) or machine is shut-off, spring force applies the park brake. The springs (A&B) force the piston (F) against brake disks (D) and plates (E) on the axle input shaft. When park brake switch is cycled to the OFF position, the switch energizes the park brake solenoid (H) on the transmission. The solenoid routes transmission system pressure oil (I) to the park brake piston (F). The piston moves against the springs (A&B) and releases the disks and plates (D and E). Two manual operated cap screws (C) release the park brake for emergency towing.
TX,05,SS3134 1916MAY962/2
9020 05B 39
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-39
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=619
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation (S.N. 872257 )

ACTUATION DRIVE GEAR PIN SPRING F D B PISTON PLATES C AND DISKS E
FRONT OUTPUT SHAFT A
G MFWD SOLENOID VALVE H FROM TRANSMISSION PUMP
9020 05B 40
O MFWD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY (ENGAGED)
RETAINER J
RETAINER SPRING I
G MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
K END PLATE
H FROM TRANSMISSION PUMP

1928OCT98 T117105
K END PLATE
T117105
L SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL M RETURN OIL N LUBRICATION OIL
P MFWD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY (DISENGAGED)

CED,TX03399,4226 1915APR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-40
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=620

AFront Output Shaft BSpring CPiston DActuation Pin EPlates and Disks FDrive Gear GSolenoiod Valve HFrom Transmission Pump IRetainer Spring JRetainer KEnd Plate LSystem Pressure MReturn Oil NLubricatin Oil OMFWDOn (Engaged) PMFWDOn (Disengaged)
The MFWD is spring applied, hydraulically released. When the MFWD switch is ON, spring (B) force locks the clutch pack disk and plates with drive gear (F). The drive gear is connected to the front output shaft (A) and transmits power to the front axle drive shaft. The disengagement of the MFWD is controlled by an electric solenoid (G) located on the transmission.
When energized, with MFWD switch in the OFF position, transmission pressure oil (H) is routed to piston (C). Pressure pushes the piston against the spring (B) and releases actuation pin (D) from end plate (K). The drive gear (F) and front output shaft (A) are now disengaged.
CED,TX03399,4226 1915APR982/2
9020 05B 41
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-41
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=621
MFWD Differential OperationEqual Traction (S.N. 872257 )
9020 05B 42
UN24MAY89
ADifferential Driveshaft BRing Gear
CDifferential Housing DPinions
EBevel Drive Gears FDrive Shafts
GPower Flow HRotation Direction
Differential unit in MFWD axle has self-applied, limited-slip feature. When MFWD is engaged under slippery field conditions, this system automatically applies correct amount of torque to match traction available to each wheel. With MFWD engaged, when tractor is moving in a straight line and each wheel has equal traction, equal power is supplied to left and right axle. No differential action occurs.
Power flows into axle housing through differential drive shaft (A), turning ring gear (B) and attached differential housing (C). When both wheels have equal traction, pinions (D) remain stationary within rotating housing. Pinions turn bevel drive gears (E) and drive shafts (F) splined to drive gears.
TX,9020,BG384 1914JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-42
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=622
T6058AM
9020 05B 43
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-43
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=623
MFWD Differential OperationUnequal Traction (S.N. 872257 )
9020 05B 44
UN24MAY89
ATire With Most Traction BDrive Shaft CR.H. Drive Gear
DL.H. Drive Gear EPinion Gears FDifferential Housing
GClutch Disks HClutch Plate
IPower Flow JRotation Direction
As available traction changes, tire with better traction (A) can use move power. Self-limiting differential action begins to occur. When one wheel begins to slip more than the other, wheel with better traction hold its drive shaft (B) and drive gear (C) from rotating. Wheel with less traction provides less resistance against its drive gear (D). Pinion gears (E) continue to be driven by rotating differential housing (F). These pinion gears push against bevel drive gears as before. Angle of gear teeth tries to force meshed gears apart. On the side with more traction, pinion gears begin to "walk" around drive gear and push against restraining force transmitted from tire. Drive gear is wedged outward
and compresses a clutch pack with disks (G) splined to axle and plates (H) tanged to housing. Disks begin to slip less against plates as compressing force increases. As the pack slippage decreases driveshaft begins to receive driving force through the differential housing. Since the tire with less traction is exerting less force trying to keep its axle from turning, the bevel gear does not force the drive gear outward and its clutch pack increases its slip. Less drive force is being transmitted to this drive shaft. As long as the difference in traction between tires remains the same, the clutch pack on the side with less traction will continue to slip more than pack for other side.
TX,9020,BG385 1914JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-44
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=624
T6058AL
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ) With MFWD engaged, differential works to automatically balance driving power to available traction.
TX,9020,BG385 1914JAN972/2
9020 05B 45
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-45
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=625
9020 05B 46
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-46
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=626
Group 15A
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872256)

John Deere Inboard Planetary AxlesUse CTM43 (S.N. 872256)
UN07SEP88
TX,CTM18 1909NOV921/1
M44215
9020 15A 1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=627
Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions (S.N. 872256)

NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify; to least likely and more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when diagnosing a problem. Step 1. Operational Check Out Procedure (See Group 9005.) Step 2. Diagnostic Charts Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests
Transmission Slippage (Low Pressure)
Low oil level
Check and add oil.
Restricted oil filter Weak or broken pressure regulating valve spring Excessive clutch or brake element seal leakage Filter bypass valve stuck open
Inspect and replace filter. Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Remove filter housing and inspect valve. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.) Remove and clean screen. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.) Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
9020 15A 2
Transmission pump suction screen restricted Low transmission pump flow due to worn pump or manifold gasket leakage Pressure regulating valve housing gasket, shift valve housing gasket, or piston seal leakage
Do Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Remove valves and inspect gaskets. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.) Check and add oil. Inspect and replace filter. Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Transmission Shifts Too Slow
Low oil level (aeration of oil) Plugged filter Low transmission pressure
10T,9020,J234 1903MAR931/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=628

Symptom Problem
Solution
Transmission pump suction screen restricted Low transmission pump flow
Remove and clean screen. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.) Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Do Transmission Leakage Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Remove and inspect accumulator. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.) Remove control valve and inspect oil passages. See Transmission Oil Passage Identification in this group. Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Do Transmission Drag Check. (See Group 9005-10.) Remove and inspect accumulator. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.) Check oil level. (See Group 9000-04.) Remove and inspect breather. Remove cap screws and install in correct location. (See Repair Manual, Group 0250.) Remove torque connector and inspect. (See Repair Manual, Group 0350.) Do Control System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Remove and inspect valve. Remove transmission control valve and inspect. See Transmission Oil Passage Identification in this group.
9020 15A 3
Excessive clutch or brake circuit leakage C1-B1-B2, or B3-C2 accumulator piston stuck (in charged position) Oil passages restricted between control valve and clutch or brake
Transmission Shifts Too Fast
System pressure too high
Clutch or brake piston not returning properly or warped disks and plates C1, B1-B2, or B3-C2 accumulator piston stuck (in discharged position) Oil Leakage From Torque Converter Housing Transmission overfilled with oil
Transmission breather plugged Incorrect placement of cap screws in oil manifold
Failed torque converter seal
Erratic Shifts (Wrong Gears or No Gear Change When Gearshift Lever is Moved)
Shift valve stuck
Return passage in control valve or transmission case restricted
10T,9020,J234 1903MAR932/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=629

Symptom Problem
Solution
Machine Will Not Move In Any Gear (No Load Put On Engine When Shifted Into Gear)
Neutral disconnect solenoid
Do Transmission Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Check. (See Group 9005-10.) Inspect and repair drive shaft.
Drive shaft between transmission and differential No system pressure
Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Inspect transmission suction screen for metal particles. Inspect transmission suction screen for metal particles.
Transmission
Machine Will Not Move (Load Put On Engine Or Engine Stalls When Shifted Into Gear)
Transmission
Differential
9020 15A 4
Drain and inspect oil sample from differential for metal particles. Remove control valve and inspect gaskets and shift valves. Check oil level.
Transmission control valve gasket leakage or stuck shift valve Machine Creeps In Neutral (Load Put On Engine When Brakes Are Applied) Transmission overfilled with oil
Warped disks and plates in transmission Transmission Hydraulic System Overheats (Slow Hydraulic Functions And Transmission Slippage May Also Occur) Transmission overfilled with oil
Do Transmission Drag Test. (See Group 9005-10.) Check oil level.
Temperature gauge or sender
Install temperature sensor to verify temperature. See Tachometer and Thermometer Installation Procedure. (See Group 9025-25.) Do Radiator Air Flow Test. (See Group 9010.) Clean oil cooler and radiator. Do Transmission Drag Test. (See Group 9005-10.)
Air flow through oil cooler or radiator restricted
Drag in transmission
10T,9020,J234 1903MAR933/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=630

Symptom Problem
Solution
Cooler relief valve stuck open or spring broken
Remove and inspect cooler relief valve. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.) Do Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Leakage in transmission hydraulic system Low transmission pump output
Loss of 3rd and 4th Forward
C1 element, C1 circuit leakage, or broken sealing rings on reduction gear shaft B2 element or B2 circuit leakage
Loss of 1st and 2nd Forward
Do Transmission Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Do Transmission Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Do Transmission Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Do Transmission Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Inspect lube relief valve and spring.
Loss of 1st and 2nd Reverse
B1 element or B1 circuit leakage
9020 15A 5
Loss of 2nd, 4th Forward and 2nd Reverse
B3 element or B3 circuit leakage
Loss of 1st, 3rd Forward and Reverse
C2 element, C2 circuit leakage, or broken sealing rings on reduction gear shaft Lube relief valve stuck open or spring broken
Lube Pressure Low, Control Pressure and Charge Pressure Normal Lube Pressure Low, Control Pressure Normal, And Charge Pressure Low
Excessive wear in bushings in transmission
Remove transmission filter and suction screen to inspect for metal particles in filter and bottom of transmission case. Do Hydraulic Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Check engine slow idle speed. (See Group 9010-20.)
Main hydraulic system non-return leak Excessive Transmission Noise (Under Load or No Load) Engine slow idle too low
10T,9020,J234 1903MAR934/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=631

Symptom Problem
Solution
Parts worn or damaged in transmission
Remove transmission suction screen. Inspect for metal particles. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.) Repair as necessary. Do Transmission Lube Pressure Test or Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Remove front differential check plug. Actuate brake and observe leakage from check plug. Repair. (See CTM43.) Remove differential check plug. Actuate differential lock and observe leakage from check plug. (See CTM43.) Remove drain plug and inspect for metal particles in differential case. Disassemble and determine cause. Do Brake Drag Check. (See Group 9005-10.) Remove and inspect pinion. Check to ensure pinion housing was indexed. (See CTM43.) Remove pinion gear housing and inspect ring and pinion gear. (See CTM43.) Remove differential housing drain plug and inspect for metal particles. Disassemble and inspect. (See CTM43.) Do Ring Gear and Pinion Check. (See Group 9005-10.) Remove differential. Inspect, repair. (See CTM43.)
Low or no lube flow
Differential Overfilled With Oil
Brake piston seals leaking
Differential lock capture system seals leaking
9020 15A 6
Excessive Differential or Axle Noise
Low oil level in differential
Brakes dragging
Pinion bearing
Gear mesh pattern between ring and pinion gear incorrect
Differential pinion gears and/or shafts
Axle bearing
Axle planetary
10T,9020,J234 1903MAR935/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=632

Symptom Problem
Solution
Oil Seeping From Outer Axle Seal
Excessive axle end play
Check axle end play. (See CTM43.)
Worn outer bearing or cup
Disassemble, inspect outer axle bearing, cup, spacer, and seal, replace. (See CTM43.) Check differential oil return system for excessive internal restriction. See Differential Lock Capture Circuit Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Disassemble, inspect, replace. (See CTM43.) Remove and inspect solenoid. Inspect and repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.) Raise all wheels off ground with engine running. Engage MFWD drive. If MFWD shaft does not turn. (See Repair Manual, Group 0350.) Inspect MFWD transfer gears. Raise all wheels off ground with engine running. Engage MFWD. If MFWD drive shaft turns and wheel constant velocity joints do not turn. Inspect ring gear pinions. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.) Inspect and repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.) Raised all wheels off ground with engine running. Engage MFWD. Look at wheel without power, if MFWD constant velocity joint does not turn, repair axle. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
9020 15A 7
Differential overfilled with oil
Internal axle seal worn or damaged
No Power To Either MFWD Wheel
MFWD valve solenoid stuck Drive shaft universal joints or drive output shaft Gear in MFWD transfer case
Ring or pinion in MFWD
No Power To One MFWD Wheel
Wheel constant velocity joint
MFWD axle shaft
10T,9020,J234 1903MAR936/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=633

Symptom Problem
Solution
Outboard planetary
Raise all wheels off ground with engine running. Engage MFWD. If MFWD constant velocity joint will turn but the front tire will not, repair planetary. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.) Raise rear tires off ground. Turn steering wheel for a full left or right turn. Set engine at approximately 1200 rpm and engage MFWD. If only one wheel spins, repair limited-slip in MFWD. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.) Check MFWD oil level. Add oil as necessary. Inspect and repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.) Inspect and repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
No Power To One Wheel (Under Load)
Limited-slip in MFWD
MFWD Whines or Makes Excessive Noises
Low oil level
Worn U-joints in drive shaft

9020 15A 8
Incorrect MFWD differential backlash.
10T,9020,J234 1903MAR937/7
Transmission Oil Passage Identification (S.N. 872256)

AFrom Oil Filter to Pressure Regulating Valve BFrom Pressure Regulating to Convertor-In Circuit CFrom Lube Relief Valve to Vent of Reservoir Spring End of all Three Valves DFrom Filter Relief Valve to Lubrication Circuit EFrom Regulating Valve to Transmission Control Circuit
Pressure Regulating Valve Oil Passages
10T,9020,J242 1930OCT911/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=634
T6917AN
UN20MAR90
UN22MAR90
T6921AC
Transmission Filter Oil Passages AFrom Filter to Transmission Control Circuit BFrom Filter Relief Valve to Lubrication Circuit CFrom Transmission Pump to Filter DOil Filter Housing ETransmission Housing
10T,9020,J242 1930OCT912/3
T6921AB
UN22MAR90
9020 15A 9
Oil Pump and Transmission Oil Passages
AConvertor-Out To Oil Cooler
BFrom Pump To Filter CFrom Reservoir To Pump
T6917AK
UN22MAR90
DFrom Regulating Valve To Convertor-In
EFrom Oil Cooler To Lubrication Circuit
10T,9020,J242 1930OCT913/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=635
T6917AJ
UN22MAR90
9020 15A 10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=636
Group 15B
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257 )

Diagnose Power Shift Power Train Malfunction (S.N. 872257 )
Machine Will Not Move in Low Range Forward, High Range (4th) or Reverse
Low oil level in transmission, park brake will not release and light on console is ON. Service Brakes Dragging
Add oil to correct level. See Group 9000-04.
Adjust Brake Pedals and Equalizing Valves. See group 9025-20. Check brake valve and repair. See repair manual, Group 1060. Check console light and /or pressure switch. See Group 9015-15. Check park brake disks and separator plates. See repair in Group 0250. Test solenoids. See Group 9015-15. Check system pressure. See Group 9020-25. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350. Check System Pressure, Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25 If OK, mechanical problem is indicated. See repair manual, Group 0350. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25 Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350 for Removal and Installation. See Group 0651 for Disassemble and Assemble.
9020 15B 1
If light in console OFF and park brake not releasing
Proper solenoids not energized Low or no system pressure
Leaking clutch piston O-ring
Piston in clutch pack stuck
Piston ball does not seat
Torque Converter Flexplate broken
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN981/10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=637

Symptom Problem
Solution
Worn or slipping low range forward, high range forward reverse, or speed clutch disks Incorrect shim under modulation piston
Check system pressure. See Group 9020-25.
Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Repair and adjust. See Group 0360. Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Remove orifice and check for contamination and/or plugged. See repair manual Group 0360. Do Clutch Pressure Tests in Group 9020-25. Remove and inspect control valve spools. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Torque Converter Stall Speed Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Cooler In and Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Replace converter. See repair manual, Group 0651. Replace pump assembly, Inspect and replace pump drive parts as necessary. See repair manual, Group 0360. Inspect transmission and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350. Inspect drive shafts, universal joints, and pump drive shaft for external or internal damage. See repair manual, Group 0325 or 0360.
Restricted modulation orifice
Stuck spool in control valve
9020 15B 2
Clutch malfunction in torque converter Low torque converter oil flow/pressure Clutch shaft sealing rings leaking
Converter drive splines worn or not engaged in pump drive shaft Pump gears seized
Mechanical failure in transmission
Broken drive shafts or pump drive shaft
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN982/10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=638

Symptom Problem
Solution
Broken ring or pinion gear
If drive shafts rotate with transmission in gear but machine does not move a differential failure is indicated. Repair. See Rear Axle, Group 0250. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. Check solenoids. See Group 9015-15. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Add oil. See Group 9000-04.
9020 15B 3
Machine Will Not Move In One Gear
Leakage in speed clutch
Proper solenoids not working
Worn or slipping in one clutch pack
Transmission Slippage
Low oil level and park indicator light ON Wrong oil grade Restricted modulation orifice
Change oil. See Group 9000-04. Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Remove orifice and check for contamination and/or plugged. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Clutch shaft sealing rings leaking.
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN983/10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=639

Symptom Problem
Solution
Worn or slipping clutch disks
Do individual clutch pressure tests. See Group 9020-25. Check system pressure or circuit pressure. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350. Do Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Remove valve and inspect gaskets. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Transmission System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360. Check transmission. See repair manual, Group 0350. Check System Pressure and Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350. Check Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25
Leak in transmission control valve, shift valve or gaskets
Low torque converter oil flow/pressure Low transmission pump flow due to worn pump
9020 15B 4
Weak or broken pressure regulating valve spring
Weak or broken modulation valve spring
Machine Creeps with FNR in Neutral
Warped disks and plates in transmission Piston in clutch pack stuck.
Ball pressed in end of clutch shafts (lube passage) came out
Clutch ball stuck shut
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN984/10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=640

Symptom Problem
Solution
Internal leakage in control valve
Do Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25. Check Solenoids. See Group 9015-15. Add oil to correct level. See Group 9000-04 Change oil. See Group 9000-04 Check for excessive heat in brake area of axle housing after operating machine. See repair manual, Group 0250. Repair park brake in rear axle. See repair manual, Group 0250. Check fast idle adjustment. See Group 9010-20. Do Transmission System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Remove orifice and check for contamination and/or plugged. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Transmission System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Repair clutch pack. See repair manual, Group 0350.
9020 15B 5
Solenoids stuck
Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow
Oil level is low and park brake indicator light is ON Wrong oil, aerated oil Service Brake dragging
Park brake dragging, piston stuck
Engine fast idle speed set too low
Low pressure in transmission system
Clutch pack slipping
Clutch pack dragging, disks warped
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN985/10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=641

Symptom Problem
Solution
Clutch shaft sealing ring leaking
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25 Do Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Torque Converter Stall Speed Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Torque converter Stall Speed Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Torque Converter Stall Test in Group 9020-25. Check number of torque converter through access hole under machine either 247002 or 4168-028-211. Do Engine Performance Test. See Group 9010-25. Inspect. See repair manual, Group 0250 or 0350. Add oil or drain. See Group 9000-04 Change oil. See Group 9000-04. Do Reducing Valve Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Repair, see repair manual, Group 0350 Do Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25 Repair.
Clutch ball stuck shut
Internal leakage in control valve
Failed torque converter
Low torque converter oil flow/pressure Wrong torque converter

9020 15B 6
Low engine power
Mechanical failure in transmission or axle Transmission Shifts Too Slow Low or high oil level (aeration of oil) Wrong oil Pressure reducing valve setting incorrect Pressure regulating valve setting incorrect Clutch pack slipping
Control valve leaking internally
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN986/10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=642

Symptom Problem
Solution
Control valve modulation piston not shimmed properly
Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Repair. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Remove control valve cover and inspect modulation piston and spring. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Pump Flow Test and System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Repair transmission. See repair manual, Group 0350. Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Repair, see Group 0360. Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Remove control valve cover and inspect modulation piston and spring. Repair, see Group 0360. Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360. Check oil level and correct. See Group 9000-04. Drain and replace oil. See Group 9000-04.
9020 15B 7
Modulation piston spring broken
Restricted oil passage to clutch pack
Transmission pump malfunction
Transmission pump oil pickup blocked Transmission Shifts Too Fast Modulation piston orifice blocked
Modulation valve piston stuck
Modulation orifice out of place or missing
Modulation orifice oversized
Transmission Overheats
Oil level too high or too low
Incorrect type of oil
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN987/10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=643

Symptom Problem
Solution
Temperature sensor malfunction Clutch pack dragging, worn disks
Check sensor, see Group 9015-15. Repair transmission. See Group 0350. Do Torque Converter Stall Speed Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350. Use neutral disconnect switch in machine operations to reduce stall. Operate one gear lower. See Operators Manual. Inspect and clean exterior of cooler. Do Air Flow Test. See Group 9010-25. Inspect and check belt. See Group 9010-20. Check baffles and repair. See repair manual, Group 0510. Do Cooler In and Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Flush Cooling System. See CTM104. Do Cooler-In/Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Converter-In Relief Valve Test in Group 9020-25. Remove valve, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350. Do Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect transmission and repair. See Repair, Group 0350. Remove fuel injection pump. See your authorized Injection Pump Service Center
Torque converter malfunction
Torque converter stalled excessively
Operating in too high a gear
Oil cooler air flow restricted
9020 15B 8
Missing baffles, damaged fan shrouds or loose fan belt
Oil cooler restricted internally
Oil flow to or from cooler restricted
Converter-In relief valve stuck open or broken spring
Low transmission pump flow
Transmission mechanical malfunction Engine Over-fueled
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN988/10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=644

Symptom Problem
Solution
Excessive Power Train Noise
Engine low idle too slow
Check engine slow idle speed. See Group 9010-20. Fill to correct oil level. See Group 9000-04. Check transmission filter for metal particles. Repair as necessary. See repair manual, Groups 0250 and 0350. Inspect universal joints or drive shaft. See repair manual, Group 0325. Check position of components. Be sure they are setting on mounts correctly. Do Cooler In and Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Converter Relief Valve Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect all hydraulic lines and repair. See Hydraulic Component Location in Group 9025-05. Isolate where noise is coming from. Adjust. Repair. Check mounts. See Groups 0315, 0315 and 0350. Do Modulation Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Inspect transmission. See repair manual, Group 0350. Add oil. See Group 9000-04.
9020 15B 9
Oil level low
Worn or damaged parts in transmission or axle
Worn universal joints on drive shaft
Misalignment of power train components
No oil in lube circuit
Hydraulic lines in contact with power train components
Assembly adjustments or setting made incorrectly
Excessive Gear Clash When Shifting
Rate of shift too fast
Worn Gears
Park Brake Pressure Light Comes On
Transmission oil level too low
Park brake solenoid not working
Test solenoid. See Group 9015-15.
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN989/10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=645

Symptom Problem
Solution
Park brake piston leak
Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect and repair leak.
Park brake hose leaking
CED,TX03399,4235 1904JUN9810/10
Diagnose MFWD Malfunction (S.N. 872257 )

NOTE: See CTM4509 for repair for MFWD axle.
9020 15B 10
No Power to MFWD
Solenoid not actuated
Check electrical connection. Inspect solenoid. See Group 9015-10. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0325. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240 Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240.
Drive shaft failure
Failed MFWD output shaft spline
Failed axle shaft in MFWD
Failed ring gear or pinion in front axle. Failed MFWD gear train components in transmission No Power to One Wheel of MFWD Wheel U-Joint failure
Failed outboard planetary
Failed axle shaft in MFWD
Failed limited-slip in MFWD
TX,15,MA17 1923JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=646
Diagnose Rear Axle Malfunction (S.N. 872257 )

No Differential Lock Operation
Malfunction in electrical circuit to solenoid
With engine stopped and key switch turned to accessory, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Do Differential Lock Operational Checks. See Group 9015-10.
Stuck differential lock solenoid valve
With engine stopped and key switch turned to accessory, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Remove and inspect valve. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Check rear axle oil level. See Group 9000-04 Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Disassemble, inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Disassemble, inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Remove and inspect seals. See repair manual, Group 0360. Disassemble, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Disassemble, inspect, and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Inspect. See electrical, Group 9015-10.
Excessive leakage in differential lock piston seals
9020 15B 11
Stuck differential lock piston
Excessive wear on differential lock engaging gears or clutch Differential Lock Slips or Chatters When Engaged Excessive leakage differential lock piston seals Failed seals on differential lock solenoid valve Stuck differential lock piston
Excessive wear of differential lock engaging gears or clutch Differential Lock Will Not Release Stuck foot switch
TX,15,MA18 1923JUL981/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=647

Symptom Problem
Solution
Malfunction in electrical circuit
With engine stopped and key switch on, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. See Differential Lock Circuit, Group 9015-10. With engine stopped and key switch on, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Remove and inspect valve. See repair manual, Group 0360. Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Disassemble, inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Disassemble, inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Add oil to correct level. See Group 9000-04. Check axle for overfill. Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Do Brake Valve Leakage Test. See Group 9025-25. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Check oil level and fill. See Group 9000-04. Bleed brakes. See Group 9025-20. Do Brake Valve Leakage Test. See Group 9025-25. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Stuck differential lock solenoid valve
Stuck differential lock piston
Stuck differential lock engaging gears or clutch

9020 15B 12
Oil level low in transmission
Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil
Differential lock piston seals leaking
Service brake piston seals leaking
Park brake piston seals leaking
Poor Service Brakes
Low oil level
Air in brake valve or lines or piston Brake valve leaks
Brake piston seals leak
TX,15,MA18 1923JUL982/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=648

Symptom Problem
Solution
Brake disks worn excessively
Inspect disks through axle brake inspection hole. Disassemble, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Remove lines and components and inspect. Inspect brake pedal linkage. Repair/Adjust. See Group 1060. Remove, disassemble and inspect. Repair brake valve. See repair manual, Group 1060. Disassemble, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Remove and inspect. See Repair, Group 0250. Disassemble and inspect, check specifications. See repair manual, Group 0250. Bleed brakes. See Group 9025-20. Drain and refill with correct oil. See Group 9000-04. Disassemble, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250. Do Brake Valve Leakage Test. See Group 9025-25. Repair. Inspect and replace. See repair manual, Group 0250. Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do System and Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25
Restriction in brake circuit
Service Brakes Will Not Release
Brake pedal not returning to full up position or not adjusted properly Brake valve malfunction
Warped brake disks
Stuck brake piston
No free travel on brake adjusters
9020 15B 13
Service Brakes Chatter or Noisy
Air in brake system Wrong oil in rear axle
Disks worn excessively
Brake Valve leakage
Park Brake Will Not Hold
Worn parts
Park brake piston stuck
Park brake manually released
TX,15,MA18 1923JUL983/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=649

Symptom Problem
Solution
Park brake solenoid plugged
Check solenoid. See Group 9015-15. Repair. Inspect and repair all leaks. Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25 Check solenoid. See Group 9015-15. Remove and inspect. See Repair. Do Park Brake Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect and repair. See Group 0250.
Park Brake Will Not Release
Park brake hose leaking Low hydraulic pressure oil to park brake Park Brake Solenoid not working Park brake piston stuck Park Brake piston seals leaking
TX,15,MA18 1923JUL984/4
9020 15B 14
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=650
Hydraulic Circuit Symbols (S.N. 872257 )
9020 15B 15
TX,9020,SS3253 1930AUG961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=651
TS700
1928SEP89
9020 15B 16
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=652
Group 20
Adjustments
Check and Adjust Toe-In
1. Measure distance from ground to hub center (A). At this height, mark front (B) and rear (C) in center of tread of each front tire. 2. Measure distance between front marks (B) and rear marks (C). MACHINES WITHOUT MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE (MFWD): 3. Front marks must be 6 3 mm (0.25 0.12 in.) closer than rear marks. To adjust toe-in, loosen both tie rod clamps (E) and turn tie rod tube (D). After adjustment, tip cap screws 45 down toward rear of machine. Tighten clamp cap screws to 95 14 Nm (70 10 lb-ft). MACHINES WITH MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE (MFWD): 4. Front marks must be 6 3 mm (0.25 0.12 in.) closer than rear marks. 5. To adjust toe-in on MFWD axle, loosen nuts (H), remove cotter pin (G) and nut (F). Remove tie rod end from steering arm. Turn end to get proper toe-in. Install nut (F), tighten to 220 Nm (162 lb-ft) and install cotter pin. Tighten nuts (H).
UN02NOV88 UN02NOV88 UN02NOV88 T6382JW
ACenter of Hub BFront of Tire CRear of Tire DTie Rod Tube FNut GCotter Pin HNut
10T,9020,J220 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=653
T5983AF2
T6162AT
9020 20 1
Adjustments
9020 20 2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-20-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=654
Group 25A
Tests (S.N. 872256)

JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation (S.N. 872256)
UN28FEB89
AClamp-on Transducer. Remove paint with emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten only. DO NOT overtighten. BBlack Clip (-). Connect to main frame. CRed Clip (+). Connect to transducer. DTachometer Readout. Install cable.
10T,9010,K182 1910AUG951/1
T6813AG
JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation (S.N. 872256)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer
UN28FEB89
9020 25A 1
ATemperature ProbeFasten to a bare metal line using a tie band. Wrap with shop towel. BCable CDigital Thermometer
TX,9020,BG388 1914JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=655
T6808CE
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Transmission Warm-Up Procedure (S.N. 872256)

1. Hold service brakes on. 2. Operate engine at fast idle. IMPORTANT: Do not stall reverser for longer than 30 seconds or serious converter damage could result. 3. Put FNR/Range lever (A) in 4th forward and stall for 30 seconds. 4. Shift FNR/Range lever to neutral position for 10 seconds to circulate oil before doing next converter stall. 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until transmission oil reaches test temperature.
9020 25A 2
UN23SEP92
TX,9020,BG389 1914JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=656
T7840BB
Tests (S.N. 872256)
9020 25A 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=657
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Torque Converter Stall Speed Test (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Minimum Engine Speed With Pump Destroked Torque Converter Stall Speed Oil Temperature 18002000 rpm
65 5C (150 10F) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT38070 Diagnostic Destroke Wire Harness SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
UN23SEP92
9020 25A 4
2. Install hydraulic pump destroke tool. (See procedure in Group 9025-25). 3. Hold service brakes on. 4. Operate engine at fast idle. IMPORTANT: Do not stall converter for longer than 30 seconds or serious damage could result. 5. Put FNR/Range lever (A)in 4th forward and stall for 30 seconds. 6. Shift FNR/Range lever to neutral position for 10 seconds to circulate oil before doing next converter stall.
TX,9020,BG390 1914JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=658
T7840BB
Tests (S.N. 872256) IMPORTANT: Minimum engine speed listed is for an engine that is broken-in and using No. 2 fuel.
Specification Minimum Engine Speed With Pump DestrokedTorque Converter Stall Speed ..................................................... 18002000 rpm
7. Run engine at fast idle until oil reaches specification.

Specification OilTemperature ................................................... 65 5C (150 10F)
8. If converter stall speed is low, check for: Low engine output. (See Group 9010.) Incorrect torque converter. Failed freewheel clutch in torque converter. 9. If converter stall is too high, check for: Incorrect oil temperature. Low oil level. Incorrect oil in machine. Restricted suction screen. (See repair manual.) Incorrect torque converter. Engine over-fueled. (See Group 9010.) Converter failure. Failed transmission clutch pack. Low system (pump) pressure in transmission.
9020 25A 5
TX,9020,BG390 1914JAN972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=659
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Transmission System Pressure Test (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed One Shim Changes Pressure Transmission Pressure 40 4C (104 7F) 1500 25 rpm 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) 240 35 kPa (12.4 0.35 bar) (180 5 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05490 (3/8-24 M ORB x 7/16 M 37) Adapter JT01608 (7/16-20 F 37 x 1/8) Nipple Quick Coupler Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer (36952) Hose Gauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) (0300 psi) 9020 25A 6
The pressure regulating valve setting and leakage in C-2 clutch is checked using this test. 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
TX,9020,YY714 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=660
Tests (S.N. 872256) 2. Connect test equipment to transmission test port (A). 3. Heat hydraulic oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.)
Specification OilTemperature ..................................................... 40 4C (104 7F)
4. Run engine at specification.

Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................. 1500 25 rpm
Record pressure reading. If pressure is low, depress neutral disconnect switch on loader control lever and move gearshift lever to 2nd gear. If system pressure increases by approximately 100 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi), excessive leakage is indicated in the C2 clutch circuit. If low pressure is NOT caused by leakage in C2 clutch circuit, adjust pressure regulating valve. One shim will change pressure approximately 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi).
Specification One Shim ChangesPressure .......................... 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
UN23SEP92
9020 25A 7
NOTE: The transmission system pressure test port is located in the circuit before the control valve. Depressing the neutral disconnect switch will NOT cause pressure to decrease at this test port.
Specification TransmissionPressure ........................ 1240 35 kPa (12.4 0.35 bar) (180 5 psi)
TX,9020,YY714 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=661
T7840BC
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Transmission Pump Flow Test (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Test Pressure Oil Temperature Engine Speed New Pump Minimum Flow Used Pump Minimum Flow 240 35 kPa (12.4 0.35 bar) (180 5 psi) 65 5C (150 10F) 1500 5 rpm 38 L/min (10 gpm) 34 L/min (9 gpm)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG419 Pump Adapter JT03059 (1-1/16-12 M 37 x 1-1/16-12 F 37) 90 Elbow (2 used) JT03048 (1-1/16-12 M 37 x 1-1/16-12 M ORB) Adapter (2 used) JT05490 (3/8-24 M ORB x 7/16-20 M 37) Adapter JT01608 (7/16-20 F 37 x 1/8) Nipple Quick Coupler Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 9020 25A 8 JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer Flowmeter Hoses (36952) Hose Gauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) (0300 psi)
TX,9020,BG391 1914JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=662
Tests (S.N. 872256) 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. 2. Remove transmission filter housing. Inspect filter elements and filter bypass valve to make sure these components are not causing low flow. 3. Connect flowmeter to transmission using parts (AE). 4. Connect gauge using parts (FH).
Specification TestPressure ....................................... 1240 35 kPa (12.4 0.35 bar) (180 5 psi)
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to transmission pump, flowmeter loading valve must be open before starting machine. 5. Open flowmeter loading valve.
UN27MAR90
6. Heat oil to specifications.

9020 25A 9
7. Adjust engine speed to specifications. Put FNR lever in neutral. Record flow rate.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................... 1500 5 rpm AJT03059 90 Elbow BJT03048 Adapter CJDG419 Pump Adapter DTo Flowmeter Inlet EFrom Flowmeter Outlet FJT01608 Quick Coupler Adapter GJT05490 Adapter HHose to Gauge
8. If flow is below specifications, check oil level and clean suction screen. Repeat test. If flow is still low, remove and inspect pump. See Repair Manual, Group 0350.
Specification New PumpMinimum Flow ......................................... 38 L/min (10 gpm) Used PumpMinimum Flow .......................................... 34 L/min (9 gpm)
TX,9020,BG391 1914JAN972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=663
T6327AA
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Converter-In/Cooler Relief Pressure Test (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Converter-In/Cooler Relief Pressure Oil Temperature Engine Speed Each Shim Changes Pressure 793 70 kPa (7.9 0.7 bar) (115 10 psi) 40 4C (104 7F) Approximately 1500 rpm 35 kPa (0.35 bar) (5 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05496 (7/16-20 M 37 x 1-1/16-12 M ORB) AAdapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS BGauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) (0300 psi) JT05800 Digital Thermometer CVice Grips
9020 25A 10
TX,9020,BG392 1914JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=664
Tests (S.N. 872256) This test checks that relief setting is low enough to protect torque converter and oil cooler (D) but high enough to provide adequate oil flow through cooler.
Specification Converter-In/Cooler Relief Pressure ............................................... 793 70 kPa (7.9 0.7 bar) (115 10 psi)
1. Apply park brake and put FNR lever in neutral. 2. Install adapter (A) and gauge (B). 3. Heat oil to specification. See procedure in this group.
4. Block transmission cooler (D) flow with vice grips (C) on hose. 5. Start engine, operate at approximately 1500 rpm (1/2 speed) and record pressure.
Specification EngineSpeed ................................................... Approximately 1500 rpm
UN23SEP92
9020 25A 11
6. Compare reading to specification. If required, adjust relief to specification with shims. Each shim will change pressure approximately 35 kPa (0.35 bar) (5 psi).
Specification Each Shim ChangesPressure......................... 35 kPa (0.35 bar) (5 psi)
7. Remove vice grips from cooler hose.
TX,9020,BG392 1914JAN972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=665
T7845AC
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Test (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed B2 Switch Down Transmission Pressure B2 Switch Up Transmission Pressure Approximately 40C (104F) Slow idle 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi) 1206 70 kPa (12.1 0.70 bar) (175 10 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05490 (7/16 M 37 x 3/8-24 M ORB) AAdapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS BGauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) (0300 psi)
9020 25A 12
TX,9020,YY716 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=666
Tests (S.N. 872256) This test checks that solenoid valve is holding system pressure and releasing all pressure in circuit when activated. 1. Install gauge (B) in B2 test port. 2. Start engine and heat oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.)
Specification OilTemperature .......................................... Approximately 40C (104F)
UN23SEP92 T7847AC
3. Lower stabilizers and raise machine off ground. 4. Put transmission in 1st forward, operate at slow idle and record pressure.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Slow idle
5. Depress and hold neutral disconnect switch on loader control lever and record pressure after three second wait. 6. Compare reading to specification: If pressure does not drop at all, check power to solenoid. See Section 9015. If pressure does not drop to zero, remove solenoid and inspect O-rings. See Repair Manual, Group 0360.
Specification B2 Switch DownTransmission Pressure .................................................................... 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
9020 25A 13
If pressure is low with switch up, system pressure may be low. Shift transmission to 1st reverse, if pressure is now OK, B2 has leakage. Do Transmission Leakage Test in this group. If pressure is still low, do Transmission System Pressure Test in this group.
Specification B2 Switch UpTransmission Pressure ................................................. 1206 70 kPa (12.1 0.70 bar) (175 10 psi)
TX,9020,YY716 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=667
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Pressure Test (S.N. 872256)
SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Engaged MFWD Clutch Pressure Disengaged MFWD Clutch Pressure 40 4C (104 7F) 1500 15 rpm 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi) 210 70 kPa (12.1 .70 bar) (175 10 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05487 (1/8 M NPT x 7/10-20 M 37) BAdapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer AGauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) 0300 psi)
9020 25A 14
TX,9020,BG393 1914JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=668
Tests (S.N. 872256) 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. See procedure in this group. 2. Remove sender. Connect gauge to sender port using fittings. 3. Heat transmission oil to test specifications. See procedure in this group.
UN07APR89 T6910AW
4. Raise machine off ground using loader bucket and stabilizers. Put transmission in 1st forward. 5. Run engine at 1500 15 rpm.
6. Engage MFWD. Record pressure reading.

Specification Engaged MFWD Clutch Pressure .................................................................... 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi) 9020 25A 15
7. Disengage MFWD. Record pressure reading.

Specification Disengaged MFWD Clutch Pressure ................................................... 1210 70 kPa (12.1 .70 bar) (175 10 psi)
8. If pressure is not correct: Remove and inspect solenoid O-rings. Do Transmission System Pressure Test in this group to adjust pressure.
TX,9020,BG393 1914JAN972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=669
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Transmission Leakage Test (Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure) (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Lube Pressure Difference Must vary proportionally in same direction as Converter-In/Cooler Pressure 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) 1000 3 rpm 65 7C (150 10F) ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT03111 (9/16-18M 37 x 7/16-20 F 37) DAdapter JT05496 (7/16-20 M 37 x 1-1/16-12 M ORB) AAdapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer 9020 25A 16 CGauge 0400 kPa (04 bar) (060 psi) BGauge 01000 kPa (010 bar) (0150 psi)
Converter-In/Cooler Maximum Pressure Difference Engine Speed Oil Temperature
TX,9020,BG394 1914JAN971/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=670
Tests (S.N. 872256) This test locates and defines the amount of leakage in the transmission using variations in cooler pressure. A new machine has a maximum cooler pressure variation of 34 kPa (0.34 bar) (5 psi). The Transmission System Pressure Test, in this group, should be done prior to this test. 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Install gauge (C) in LUBE port.
Specification LubePressure Difference .................... Must vary proportionally in same direction as Converter-In/Cooler Pressure
UN23SEP92 T7849AC
3. Install adapter (A) and gauge (B) in pressure regulating valve to record converter-in/cooler pressure.
Specification Converter-In/CoolerMaximum Pressure Difference ............................................ 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) 9020 25A 17
CAUTION: Rear wheels will turn. If machine is equipped with mechanical front wheel drive, front wheels will also turn during this test. Machine must be supported by shop stands so that wheels are free to turn or machine could move during test. 5. Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket and position shop stands under axles for support. 6. Start in 1st neutral and adjust engine rpm to 1000 rpm. This is baseline engine speed that must be maintained during test.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................... 1000 3 rpm
7. Follow procedure; record gauge readings on test chart. 8. Maintain temperature at 3C ( 5F) of starting temperature during this test.
TX,9020,BG394 1914JAN972/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=671
Tests (S.N. 872256) UNeutral disconnect switch up. DNeutral disconnect switch down.
Step 1 2 3 4 Gear N1 F1 R1 F3 Engine Speed Hold to 3 RPM 1000 1000 1000 1000 Cooler Pressure Adjust engine rpm Shift to first gear forward Shift to first gear reverse Shift to third gear forward and adjust engine rpm. Shift to fourth gear forward with clutch cut-off down. Shift to 1st neutral and disengage MFWD (light off) if equipped. Lube Pressure Test Instructions
N2
1000
N1
1000
9020 25A 18
If cooler pressures are within specification, do Transmission Drag Test in this group to isolate problem. If cooler pressure are out of specifications, see Analysis of Transmission Leakage Test to interpret this data.
TX,9020,BG394 1914JAN973/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=672
Tests (S.N. 872256)
9020 25A 19
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=673
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Analysis of Transmission Leakage Test Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure (S.N. 872256)

NOTE: Oil temperature is critical during this test. If a circuit pressure is low, repeat test with temperature held constant before starting repairs. See Repair Manual, Group 0360. Step 1 This establishes a test baseline on the principle of a constant volume of oil, (gear pump at set rpm) over a orifice (cooler circuit). Changes in cooler pressure with rpm and temperature held constant reflect leakage in circuit pressurized. In N1 the lube circuit, accumulators, gaskets, and C2 clutch sealing rings, piston rings and O-rings are pressurized. Step 2
9020 25A 20
Any change is caused by B2 brake circuit, piston rings or O-rings. It is normal for cooler pressure to drop 730 kPa (0.070.30 bar) (14 psi) when the second circuit is pressurized. Lube pressure must vary proportionally in the same direction as cooler pressure. If it does not, a leak in sealing rings on clutch circuit shaft is indicated. Step 3 Same as step 2 but now B1 brake circuit is pressurized. Step 4 Same as step 2 but now C1 clutch circuit is pressurized. C1 circuit has sealing rings on shaft.
TX,9020,DY658 1915AUG961/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=674
Tests (S.N. 872256) Step 5 Same as step 1 but now B3 brake circuit is pressurized. Changes are caused by comparison to C2 leakage baseline pressure. C2 circuit is no longer pressurized. If pressure decreases 50 kPa (0.5 bar) (7 psi), B3 has excessive leakage. It is normal for pressure to increase slightly, 715 kPa (0.07 to 0.15 bar) (12 psi). If pressure raises more than 50 kPa (0.5 bar) (7 psi), C2 circuit has excessive leakage. Step 6 Same as step 1 but now MFWD clutch circuit is pressurized. If leakage is excessive, check for failed O-rings on MFWD solenoid first.
TX,9020,DY658 1915AUG962/2
9020 25A 21
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=675
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Transmission Oil Cooler Restriction Test (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Oil Flow Gauge Difference Maximum Pressure Drop 65 6C (150 10F) 30.4 L/min. (8 gpm) 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 203654 (7/16-20 M37 x 1/2 M NPT) GConnector JT03348 (1/2 F NPT) HTee (2 used) JT03212 (1/2 I.D. Hose x 1/2 M NPT) IAdapter (6 used) JT03070 (1/2 F NPT 1-1/6-12 F 37 SW) JCoupler (2 used) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS AHydraulic Analyzer BGauge 01000 kPa (010 bar) (0150 psi) FSwitch Box 9020 25A 22 Flowmeter With Temperature Gauge
TX,9020,YY721 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=676
Tests (S.N. 872256) NOTE: If an internally restricted oil cooler is suspected, the oil cooler can be back flushed to check for debris. Steps 13 describe how to back flush the cooler and Steps 47 describe how to test cooler for an internal restriction. BACK FLUSH COOLER 1. To back flush the cooler, connect cooler inlet hose to cooler outlet. Disconnect inlet line and put end of hose in a five gallon bucket. 2. Start engine and run at slow idle for 10 seconds. 3. Connect cooler hoses to original position on flowmeter. INTERNAL RESTRICTION TEST 4. Make test connection. Refill transmission, then start engine to fill to proper level before test. 5. Open flowmeter. Heat oil to test specification. See Transmission Warm-Up Procedures in this group.
Specification OilTemperature ................................................... 65 6C (150 10F) 9020 25A 23
6. Increase engine speed until flow is at specification.

Specification OilFlow .................................................................... 30.4 L/min. (8 gpm)
7. Read pressure gauges at inlet and outlet of cooler. Difference in gauge reading is pressure drop in cooler.
Specification Gauge DifferenceMaximum Pressure Drop .................................................... 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) AHydraulic Analyzer BGauge1000 kPa CGauge Port DCooler-In ECooler-Out FSwitch Box GConnector HTee IAdapter JCoupler KFlowmeter
UN29SEP92
TX,9020,YY721 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-23
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=677
T7851AD
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Transmission Lube Pressure Test (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Lube Relief Pressure 40 4C (104 7F) Variable (Slow idle to relief valve opening) 276 70 kPa (2.8 0.7 bar) (40 10 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT03111 (9/16-18 M ORB x 7/16-20 M 37) Adapter JT01608 (7/16-20 F 37 x 1/8) Nipple Quick Coupler Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05800 Digital Thermometer JT05081 Electronic Tachometer Gauge 0400 kPa (04 bar) (060 psi) (36952) Hose 9020 25A 24
TX,9020,BG395 1914JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=678
Tests (S.N. 872256) 1. Install digital thermometer and electronic tachometer. See procedure in this group. 2. Connect test equipment to lube pressure test port.
UN23SEP92 T7852AB
3. Heat oil to specifications.

4. Slowly increase engine speed from slow idle until lube pressure stops increasing (relief valve opens). Record pressure.
Specification EngineSpeed ..................................... Variable (Slow idle to relief valve opening)
NOTE: If engine speed is increased too much, lube pressure can start increasing again due to restriction through the lube relief valve. 5. If lube pressure is high, lube relief valve may be sticking in bore or passages may be restricted.
Specification Lube ReliefPressure ........................... 276 70 kPa (2.8 0.7 bar) (40 10 psi) 9020 25A 25
6. If lube pressure is low, do the following: Put gearshift in 2nd and FNR lever in forward, depress clutch cut-off switch. If lube pressure increases to specification, leakage is indicated in C2 clutch circuit. Do Transmission Leakage Test in this group. If pressure is still low, remove and inspect lube relief valve and spring. Remove transmission filter and suction screen to inspect for metal particles in filter and bottom of transmission case. Low lube pressure can be caused by excessive wear in transmission bushings.
TX,9020,BG395 1914JAN972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=679
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Control Circuit Test Using Seven Gauge Method (Modified) (S.N. 872256)
SPECIFICATIONS Transmission System Pressure Difference Between System Maximum Pressure and Each Element Pressure Oil Temperature Engine Speed 210 70 kPa (12.1 0.7 bar) (175 10 psi) 69 kPa (0.69 bar) (10 psi) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer
65 5C (150 10F) 1500 5 rpm ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT03111 (7/16 M 37 x 9/16 M ORB) Adapter AT53713 (3/4-16 M ORB x 9/16-18 M JIC x 1/8 -27 NPTF)a 90 Elbow R39832 (1/8-27 F NPFT x 1/8-27 M 37)a Adapter JT05401 Power Shift Transmission Test Kit
a
These fittings can be ordered through normal service parts channels.
9020 25A 26
TX,9020,BG396 1914JAN971/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=680
Tests (S.N. 872256)
UN29SEP92
9020 25A 27
AJT05490 Adapter (C2) BJT05490 Adapter (B3)
CJT05490 Adapter (B1) DJT05490 Adapter (C1)
EJT05490 Adapter (B2) FJT05490 Adapter (Pressure)
GJT03111 Adapter (Lube) HGauge Kit
CLUTCH/BRAKE ENGAGEMENT CHART 1st Forward 2nd Forward 3rd Forward 4th Forward 1st Neutral 2nd Neutral 3rd Neutral 4th Neutral 1st Reverse 2nd4th Reverse B1 B1 B3 B3 C2 B3 C2 C1 C1 B3 C2 B2 B2 B3 C2 C2
in control valve of that circuit.

Specification Transmission System Pressure............................................. 1210 70 kPa (12.1 0.7 bar) (175 10 psi) Difference Between System Maximum Pressure and Each Element Pressure ...................................... 69 kPa (0.69 bar) (10 psi)
1. Raise rear wheels off the ground and position shop stands under axles for support. Raise front wheel if equipped with MFWD. 2. Connect gauges to test ports. 3. Connect electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
This test checks the engagement pressure at each pack during each shift. Difference in pressure readings may indicate leakage, stuck shift spool or failed gasket
TX,9020,BG396 1914JAN972/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=681
T7852AC
Tests (S.N. 872256) 4. Heat oil to 65 5C (150 10F). (See procedure in this group.) Operate machine in 4th forward to warm-up transmission components.
Specification OilTemperature ............................................ 65 5C (150 10F)
Shift machine into each gear and adjust engine speed to test specification. Record pressure reading of each gauge.
Specification EngineSpeed .............................................................. 1500 5 rpm
5. Run engine at slow idle. Engage MFWD if equipped. 6. Shift to each gear and use the chart to check for engagement of proper elements. If element engagement is not correct in any gear, a sticking shift spool or leaking control valve housing gasket is indicated.
If pressure difference is excessive, leakage is indicated in that element or circuit.
TX,9020,BG396 1914JAN973/3
9020 25A 28
Complete Transmission System Test (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Converter-in/Cooler Minimum Flow at Fast Idle Converter-in/Cooler Maximum Flow Difference Between Gears New Pump (with Cooler Relief Blocked) Flow Used Pump (with Cooler Relief Blocked) Flow Converter-in/Cooler Relief Pressure Lube Pressure Transmission System Pressure Difference Between System and Circuit Maximum Pressure Neutral Disconnect Switch Down Pressure Neutral Disconnect Switch Up Pressure 30.2 L/min (8 gpm) 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm) 38 L/min (10 gpm) 34 L/min (9 gpm) 793 70 kPa (7.9 0.7 bar) (115 10 psi) 276 70 kPa (2.8 0.7 bar) (40 10 psi) 1210 70 kPa (12.1 0.7 bar) (175 10 psi) 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi) 1210 70 kPa (12.1 0.7 bar) (175 10 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT03111 (7/16 M 37 x 9/16 M ORB) Adapter JT05490 (7/16 M 37 x 3/8-24 ORB) Adapter 6 used) JT03212 (1/2 I.D. Hose x 1/2 M NPT) Adapter (2 used) JT03070 (1/2 F NPT x 1-1/16-12 F 37) Adapter (2 used) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer JT05401 Powershift Transmission Test Kit Gauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) (03000 psi) (7 used)a Flowmeter 1/2 in. I.D. Hose 4 ft. Long 9.5 mm (0.38 in.) x 92 mm (3.62 in.) Pin 10 Ton Shop Stands ( 2 required4 with MFWD)
a
These items are part of JT05401 Powershift Transmission Test Kit.
TX,9020,BG397 1914JAN971/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=682
Tests (S.N. 872256)
UN29SEP92
9020 25A 29
AJT05490 Adapter (C2) BJT05490 Adapter (B3) CJT05490 Adapter (B1)
DJT05490 Adapter (C1) EJT05490 Adapter (B2) FJT05490 Adapter (P)
GJT03111 Adapter (Lube) HJT05401 Gauge Kit IJT03212 Adapter
JJT03070 Adapter KFlowmeter
This test checks the overall performance of transmission hydraulic system. Use a copy of Transmission Test Checkout Sheet to record data
during test. After test, use this data with Specifications and Analysis to make diagnosis.
TX,9020,BG397 1914JAN972/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=683
T7852AD
Tests (S.N. 872256) 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Install test gauges.
Specification Converter-in/CoolerMinimum Flow at Fast Idle .......................................................... 30.2 L/min (8 gpm) Maximum Flow Difference Between Gears ........................................................... 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm) New Pump (with Cooler Relief Blocked)Flow............................................................. 38 L/min (10 gpm) Used Pump (with Cooler Relief Blocked)Flow............................................................... 34 L/min (9 gpm) Converter-in/Cooler Relief Pressure ............................................... 793 70 kPa (7.9 0.7 bar) (115 10 psi) LubePressure ...................................... 276 70 kPa (2.8 0.7 bar) (40 10 psi) Transmission SystemPressure ............. 1210 70 kPa (12.1 0.7 bar) (175 10 psi) Difference Between System and CircuitMaximum Pressure ............................... 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) Neutral Disconnect Switch DownPressure........................................................ 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi) Neutral Disconnect Switch Up Pressure ................................................... 1210 70 kPa (12.1 0.7 bar) (175 10 psi)
9020 25A 30
3. Install flowmeter in cooler-in hose. IMPORTANT: DO NOT install pin behind cooler relief valve until Step 5 of Test Procedure. 4. Make a 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) diameter by 92 mm (3.62 in.) length pin. 5. In Step 5 of Test Procedure, remove plug and spring from behind cooler relief valve. Install pin and plug. Hand tighten plug only. One or two threads must be showing when valve is tight against seat.
TX,9020,BG397 1914JAN973/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=684
T94644
UN31JAN90
Tests (S.N. 872256)
CAUTION: Rear wheels will turn. If machine is equipped with mechanical front wheel drive, front wheels will also turn during this test. Machine must be supported by shop stands so that wheels are free to turn or machine could move during test. 6. Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Position shop stands under axles for support. 7. Check transmission oil level. 8. Heat transmission oil to 40 4C (104 7 F). (See Transmission Warm-Up Procedure in this group.)
TX,9020,BG397 1914JAN974/4
9020 25A 31
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=685
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Test Procedure (S.N. 872256)

NOTE: To get accurate test data, keep temperature and rpm at specifications. Step 1 System Pressure Check: Run engine at 1500 15 rpm. Record reading on gauge from point F. Step 2 Step 8 Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Check: Put transmission in 1st forward. Run engine at 1500 15 rpm. Observe B2 pressure gauge. Depress neutral disconnect switch and record reading. Step 3 Lube Relief Pressure Check: Run engine at slow idle. Slowly increase engine speed until lube pressure stops increasing. Record reading for lube pressure. Step 4 Cooler (converter-in) relief valve check: Close flowmeter. Put transmission in 1st neutral. Run engine at 1500 5 rpm. Record reading from pressure gauge in flowmeter. Open flowmeter. Step 5 IMPORTANT: Do not close flowmeter with cooler relief valve blocked or pump damage could occur. Block oil cooler relief valve: Stop engine. Open flowmeter. Install pin behind cooler relief valve to hold valve closed. Leave pin installed for remainder of test. NOTE: Flowmeter must be open for remainder of test. Step 6 Transmission pump check, C2 leakage check and establish base cooler flow for steps 7 through 12: Put FNR lever in 1st neutral. Engage MFWD (light on) if equipped. Run engine at 1500 3 rpm. Record cooler Stop engine, remove pin from cooler relief valve and install spring. For oil cooler and accumulator check, heat oil to 65 6C (150 10F). 1. Put FNR lever in 1st neutral. Increase engine speed to fast idle. Record cooler flow. B2 Brake Leakage Check: Put transmission in 1st forward. Run engine at 1500 3 rpm. Record cooler flow. Step 11 B3 Leakage Check: Put transmission in 2nd forward. Depress neutral disconnect switch. Run engine at 1500 3 rpm. Record cooler flow. Step 12 C1 Leakage Check: Put transmission in 3rd forward. Run engine at 1500 3 rpm. Record cooler flow. Step 13 Direction Spool Leakage Check: Put FNR lever in forward. Engage MFWD (light on) if equipped. Run engine at 1500 3 rpm. Record cooler flow. Step 9 B1 Leakage Check: Put transmission in 1st reverse. Run engine at 1500 3 rpm. Record cooler flow. Step 10 flow and pressure, lube pressure, and C2 circuit pressure. Step 7 MFWD circuit leakage check (If equipped): Disengage MFWD switch (light off). Run engine at 1500 3 rpm. Record cooler flow and pressures.
9020 25A 32
TX,9020,BG398 1914JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=686
Tests (S.N. 872256) 2. B1,B2,C1 accumulator check: Run engine at 1500 15 rpm. Observe gauge in B2 test port. Put FNR in 1st reverse then wait 5 seconds. Shift FNR lever to 1st forward. Compare observations to gauge illustration at B2 test port. 3. C2,B3 accumulator check: Observe gauge in B3 test port. Put FNR in 1st forward then wait 5 seconds. Shift into 2nd forward. Compare observations to gauge illustration at B3 test port.
TX,9020,BG398 1914JAN972/2
9020 25A 33
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-33
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=687
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Complete Transmission System Test Checkout Sheet (S.N. 872256)
U=Neutral Disconnect switch up. D=Neutral Disconnect switch down.

Step 1 2 F-1-D 3 4 5 6 N-1-U 7 9020 25A 34 8 9 10 11 12 13 a b c Gear N-1-U F-1-U 1500 15 N-1-U N-1-U Engine RPM 1500 15 1500 15 B2 Variable 1500 15 With flow meter closed. P B2 Cooler Flow Cooler Pressure Start Lube Pressure Test Port Temperature
Stop engine, install pin in cooler relief and open flow meter. MFWD (if equipped) 1500 3 N-1-U F-1-U R-1-U F-1-U F-2-D F-3-U C2 1500 3 1500 3 1500 3 1500 3 1500 3 1500 3 Fast Idle B2 B3 Observe Gauge Observe Gauge C2 C2 B1 B2 B3 C1 End
Stop engine, remove pin from cooler relief and install spring. N-1-U
R-1-U to F-1-U Shift F-1-U to F-2-U Shift
CLUTCH/BRAKE ENGAGEMENT 1st Forward 2nd Forward 3rd Forward 4th Forward 1st Neutral 2nd Neutral 3rd Neutral 4th Neutral 1st Reverse 2nd4th Reverse B2 B2 C1 C1 C2 B3 C2 B3 B1 B1 C2 B3 C2 B3 C2 B3
TX,9020,BG399 1914JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-34
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=688
Tests (S.N. 872256)
9020 25A 35
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-35
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=689
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Analysis of Complete Transmission Test (S.N. 872256)

After testing the transmission and recording data on Checkout Sheet, use the following analysis to determine if the transmission hydraulic system meets specified flows and pressures for proper transmission operation. Information is also given to help identify the cause of possible problems. Step 1 Step 5 Transmission system pressure must be 1210 70 kPa (12.1 0.7 bar) (175 10 psi). A low pressure reading can be caused by a weak, broken or wrong spring or valve spool that does not slide freely in its bore. Leak in C2 clutch circuit can also cause low pressure because it is pressurized also. Step 2 B2 brake circuit pressure must be equal to system pressure in step 1 when neutral disconnect switch is up. The pressure must drop to zero within 3 seconds after neutral disconnect switch is held down. If pressure does not drop at all, see Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Check in Group 9015. If pressure drops but not to zero, remove and inspect O-rings on neutral disconnect solenoid valve. Step 3 Lube relief valve pressure must be 276 70 kPa (27.6 0.7 bar) 40 10 psi). Shift to 2nd forward and depress neutral disconnect switch. If lube pressure increases to specification, leakage is indicated in C-2 circuit. If lube pressure is still low, remove and inspect lube relief valve and spring. Low lube pressure can also be caused by excessive wear in transmission bushings. Remove filter and suction screen to inspect for metal particles in filter and bottom of transmission case. NOTE: If during test lube pressure increases and cooler pressure does not, a sealing ring leak is indicated in that circuit. This step is required to divert full transmission pump flow to the converter-in/cooler circuit and eliminates possibility of cooler relief leakage on test results. Step 6 Minimum cooler flow (transmission pump flow) is 38 L/min (10 gpm) for a new pump and 34 L/min (9 gpm) for a used pump. If flow is low in Step 11, remove transmission filter and inspect filter bypass valve. Repeat step 6. If still low, do Transmission Pump Flow Test in this group. Step 7 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 7 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine MFWD system leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm). Step 8 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 8 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine spool leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 1.0 L/min (0.2 gpm). Step 9 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 9 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine B1 circuit leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm). Step 4 Cooler relief valve pressure must be 793 70 kPa (7.6 0.7 bar) (115 10 psi). A low pressure can be caused by a low pressure setting of filter relief valve, weak, broken or wrong cooler relief valve spring, or a valve spool that does not slide freely in its bore.
9020 25A 36
TX,9020,BG400 1914JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-36
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=690
Tests (S.N. 872256) NOTE: If leakage is excessive, check shift valve gaskets before removing clutch or brake packs. Step 10 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 10 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine B2 circuit leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm). Step 11 Compare cooler flow measured in step 11 to cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine B3 circuit leakage. They should be approximately equal. It is normal for flow to increase slightly, if it increases more than 2.0 L/min (0.6 gpm), C2 leakage is excessive. If cooler flow decreases more than 2.0 L/min (0.6 gpm), B3 leakage is excessive. Step 12 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 12 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine C1 circuit leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm). Step 13 Remove pin and install cooler relief spring to check oil cooler restriction and accumulator modulation. Cooler flow must be 30.2 L/min (8 gpm). If step 6 flow and step 4 pressure was at specifications, back-flush oil cooler. See Transmission Oil Cooler Restriction Test in this group. The actual time required to charge the accumulator is difficult to measure. The charging time is important to the service life of the transmission and can be a help in diagnosing transmission problems. Proper accumulator operation can be determined by operating the tractor as follows and observing the gauge as the specified shifts are made. As the shift is made from 1st reverse to 1st forward for front accumulator on B2 gauge or 1st forward to 2nd forward for rear accumulator on B3 gauge and count one thousand and one, one thousand and two. The gauge must be up to system pressure by the count one thousand and one. Compare your pressure gauge readings to the following gauge illustrations as the specified shift is made. The first gauge indicator movement on the illustrations indicated the point at which the accumulator piston has moved to discharge condition. The second gauge indicator movement on the illustrations is the pressure rise as the accumulator is charged. This allows the disks and plates in the transmission to pick up the load as pressure builds. The next gauge indicator movement in the illustrations indicates the accumulator piston is fully charged and in a full flow bypass condition. The time from the midpoint pressure to normal operating pressure is very short. A long charging time can be caused by excessive leakage in a given brake, clutch or plugged orifice. A short charging time can be caused by broken accumulator spring, accumulator installed backwards or missing orifice or stuck accumulator
9020 25A 37
TX,9020,BG400 1914JAN972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-37
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=691
Tests (S.N. 872256)
C2,B3 (Upper) Accumulator Operation at B3 Test Port (S.N. 872256)

(S.N. 872256)
TX,9020,BG401 1914JAN971/4
Shift lever in first forward after five seconds.
TX,9020,BG401 1914JAN972/4
9020 25A 38
Shift transmission from first forward to second forward with accumulator charging for 0.30.5 seconds. Pressure must be 275 70 kPa (2.7 0.7 bar) (40 10 psi).
TX,9020,BG401 1914JAN973/4
0.8 seconds after shifting gears with accumulator charged. Pressure is 1210 70 kPa (12.1 0.7 bar) (175 10 psi)
TX,9020,BG401 1914JAN974/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-38
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=692
T7639AC
UN28OCT91
T7639AB
UN28OCT91
T7639AA
UN28OCT91
Tests (S.N. 872256)
C1,B1,B2 (Lower) Accumulator Operation at B2 Test Port (S.N. 872256)

Shift lever in first reverse after five seconds.
UN28OCT91
10T,9020,M145 1903MAR931/3
Shift FNR lever from first reverse to first forward with accumulator charging 0.30.5 seconds. Pressure must be 275 70 kPa (2.7 0.7 bar) (40 10 psi).
UN28OCT91
T7639AA
9020 25A 39
10T,9020,M145 1903MAR932/3
1.7 seconds after shifting gears with accumulator charged. Pressure at 1210 70 kPa (12.1 0.7 bar) (175 10 psi).
10T,9020,M145 1903MAR933/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-39
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=693
T7639AC
UN28OCT91
T7639AB
Tests (S.N. 872256)
Transmission Drag Test
TX,9020,BG402 1914JAN971/1
Transmission Drag Test Transmission oil must be at operating temperature for these tests.
1/1
C1 Clutch, B1, B2 Brake Drag Test
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Release park brake. Shift transmission to 2nd forward. Adjust engine speed to 1000 rpm.
OK: Go to next test. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but at a slower speed, B2 is dragging. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but at a faster speed, C1 is dragging. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but in a reverse direction at same speed, B1 is dragging. NOT OK: "Drag" causes rpm to drop excessively. Inspect transmission. Go to Repair Manual, Group 0350.
9020 25A 40
T6295AD UN19OCT88
Move FNR lever to neutral position. LOOK: Both rear wheels must stop. NOTE: If wheels turn, apply service brakes until wheels stop and note change in rpm on tachometer. If depressing brake pedal causes rpm to drop enough that difference can be seen on tachometer (15 rpm), it indicates warped disks in that pack. Lube oil does not affect these "drag" checks because they are done at operating temperature and at slow idle. If "drag" is caused by lube oil within the transmission clutches and brakes, "drag" will increase when oil is cold. When engine speed is increased to 1500 rpm or higher, "drag" is reduced because lube relief valve opens and returns excessive cold oil to sump. It is normal for wheels to "creep" with cold oil as engine speed is increased but to stop moving at speeds above 2000 rpm. If "drag" is caused by warped clutch or brake disks or plates, "drag" will be seen at any oil temperature and will increase proportionally as engine speed is increased.
1/1
C2 Clutch, B3 Brake Drag Test
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Release park brake. Shift transmission to 1st forward. Adjust engine speed to 1000 rpm.
T6295AD UN19OCT88
OK: Check completed. NOT OK: Engine speed drops, C2 is dragging. Repair transmission. Go to Repair Manual, Group 0350. NOT OK: Engine speed increases, B3 is dragging. Repair transmission. Go to Repair Manual, Group 0350.
1/1
Shift transmission to 2nd forward. LOOK: Wheels must increase in speed but engine rpm must return to 1000 rpm.
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-40
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=694
Group 25B
Tests (S.N. 872257 )

JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation (S.N. 872257 )
UN28FEB89
AClamp-On Transducer. Remove paint using emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten only. DO NOT overtighten. BBlack Clip (-). Connect to main frame. CRed Clip (+). Connect to transducer. DTachometer Readout. Install cable.
TX,25,SS3151 1917JUN961/1
T6813AG
JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation (S.N. 872257 )

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS ATemperature Probe
UN28FEB89
9020 25B 1
BCable CDigital Thermometer
For transmission testing, run machine for two minutes. Use a temperature probe and determine which line is the hottest and install temperature probe on metal part of line for cooler IN or feel both cooler hoses and start machine, whichever one pressurizes first is cooler inlet. On Torque Converter Stall, Converter-In Relief Pressure Test, and Cooler In and Out Pressure Test, install digital thermometer probe into sump using dipstick tube.
TX,25,SS3152 1923JUN981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=695
T6808CE
NOTE: Cooler In and Cooler Out lines can be switched depending on installation.
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Transmission Warm-Up Procedure (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed Low Idle (900 25 rpm) and High Idle (2375 25 rpm)
IMPORTANT: Never operate machine equipped with MFWD with front wheels (axle) on the ground, rear wheels (axle) off the ground and transmission in fourth gear forward. Damage to the MFWD will occur. NOTE: Have test equipment installed before warm-up. Cooling system is highly efficient and may require blocking air flow around the transmission cooling system to control temperature. 1. Raise machine off ground using loader and stabilizers.
9020 25B 2
UN23SEP92
2. Put transmission in third gear (A). Park brake OFF. IMPORTANT: Do not stall converter for longer than 20 seconds or serious converter damage could result. 3. Cycle from low idle to high idle with service brakes engaged. Approximately 10 seconds in high idle and 5 seconds in low idle until desired temperature is reached.
Specification EngineSpeed ................................... Low Idle (900 25 rpm) and High Idle (2375 25 rpm)
NOTE: To cool machine, shift to neutral and run at high idle. Temperature should drop approximately 1 every 5 seconds.
CED,TX03399,4231 1915MAY981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=696
T7840BB
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Power Shift Transmission Overall Test Connections, Ports, and Locations (S.N. 872257 )
9020 25B 3
ADifferential Lock Solenoid BPark Brake Pressure Port CDifferential Lock Pressure Port DTransmission Control Valve ETransmission Speed Shift Valve FOil Drain GModel Identification Plate
HFilter ITransmission Pump JMFWD Solenoid KMFWD Test Port LPark Brake Solenoid MLow Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port NConverter-In Relief Valve Pressure Port OModulation Valve Pressure Test Port
PSystem Pressure Test Port QThird Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port RSecond Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port SFirst Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port THigh Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port
UReverse Clutch Pressure Test Port VReducing Valve Pressure Test Port WOutput Flange to Rear Axle XRear of Transmission YControl Valve ZSpeed Shift Valve
CED,TX03399,4230 1908MAY981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=697
T113993
1918MAY98
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Torque Converter Stall Speed Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Transmission/Hydraulic Oil Temperature Engine Speed Torque Converter Stall Speed 65 5C (150 10F) Fast Idle 18752100 rpm
converter damage may result. Return FNR lever to neutral position for 10 seconds before doing next stall test. 7. Operate engine at high idle. The highest stabilized speed measured is converter stall speed.
Specification EngineSpeed ...................................................................... Fast Idle Torque ConverterStall Speed ............................... 18752100 rpm
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT38070 Diagnostic Destroke Wire Harness SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
IMPORTANT: Minimum engine speed listed is for an engine that is broken-in and using No. 2 fuel. 8. If converter stall speed is low, check for: Low engine output. See Group 9010-25. Incorrect torque converter. Check part number through inspection hole in bottom of transmission housing, number should be 4168-028-219). Failed freewheel clutch in torque converter. 9. If converter stall speed is too high, check for: Incorrect oil temperature. Low oil level. Incorrect oil in machine. Restricted suction screen. See repair manual. Incorrect torque converter. Check part number through inspection hole in bottom of transmission housing, number should be 4168-028-219. Engine over fueled. See Group 9010-25. Converter failed. Failed transmission clutch pack. Low system (pump) pressure in transmission.
1. Torque Converter Stall: Install electronic tachometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Install digital thermometer probe into the transmission sump through the dipstick tube.
9020 25B 4
3. Install hydraulic pump destroke tool. See procedure in Group 9025-25. 4. Heat oil to specifications.
Specification Transmission/Hydraulic Oil Temperature .................................................... 65 5C (150 10F)
See Transmission Warm-Up Procedure in this Group and Hydraulic Warm-Up Procedure in Group 9025-25. 5. Place FNR lever in 3rd gear. 6. Apply and hold service brakes. IMPORTANT: Converter should NOT be stalled longer than 20 seconds or serious
TX,25,SS3154 1922JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=698
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
9020 25B 5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=699
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Converter-In Relief Valve Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature at Sump Engine Speed Converter-in Relief Valve Pressure (SN 895999) Converter-in Relief Valve Pressure (SN 896000) 65 5C (150 10F) 2375 25 rpm 800 + 200 kPa (8 + 2 bar) (116 + 29 psi) 9001150 kPa (9 11.5 bar) (130167 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) (0300 psi)
1. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS.

UN12JUL96
2. Install adapter and gauge in port (A).

9020 25B 6
Specification OilTemperature at Sump .................................... 65 5C (150 10F)
4. Put FNR lever in neutral. IMPORTANT: DO NOT exceed 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi) or converter damage could result. 5. Slowly increase rpm until maximum pressure is reached on gauge.
Specification EngineSpeed ......................................................................... 2375 25 Converter-In Relief Valve (SN 895999)Pressure............................... 800 + 200 kPa (8 + 2 bar) (116 + 29 psi) Converter-In Relief Valve (SN 896000)Pressure ............................... 9001150 kPa (9 11.5 bar) (130167 psi)
6. If maximum pressure is reached at low idle, check for a plugged cooler. Back flush using an oil caddy or replace cooler.
TX,25,SS3155 1917APR011/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=700
T101750
3. Install digital thermometer probe into sump using dipstick tube. Warm transmission oil, see procedure in this group.
Tests (S.N. 872257 ) 7. If pressure is too high, remove relief valve. Disassemble, clean and inspect valve. 8. If pressure is low, check for weak or broken spring and scored or sticking valve. 9. Install and check relief valve after repair.
TX,25,SS3155 1917APR012/2
9020 25B 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=701
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Park Brake Release Pressure Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Park Brake Release Pressure Park Brake Applied Pressure 65 5C (150 10F) 1500 25 rpm 1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi) 0
ESSENTIAL TOOLS D38H1032 (10 M x 10 F x 10 M ORFS) (Parker No. 10R6IO-S) Tee BJT03458 (7/16 20 M JIC x 1-14 F ORFS 10) Adapter APD34BTX Quick Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer
UN06AUG96
Digital Thermometer Gauge 03500 kPa (035 bar) (0500 psi) 9020 25B 8
1. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 2. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 3. Make test connections. 4. Heat oil to specifications.
Specification OilTemperature ................................................... 65 5C (150 10F) AQuick Coupler BAdapter CPark Brake-to-Transmission Line DTee
(See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group.) 5. Increase rpm to specification and record pressure reading with park brake OFF, FNR in neutral , MFWD engage (if equipped) and differential lock disengaged.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................. 1500 25 rpm Park BrakeRelease Pressure .......... 1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi)
With park brake switch ON pressure should be zero.

Specification Park Brake AppliedPressure ................................................................ 0
TX,25,SS3157 1922JUL981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=702
T101901
Tests (S.N. 872257 ) 6. If park brake pressure is not to specification, do System Pressure Test. (See procedure in this group.) If system pressure is OK, but park brake pressure is low, it indicates leakage in park brake circuit. Check axle oil level. See Section 9000, Group 4. If oil level is high park brake piston seals may be leaking. If axle oil level is OK, but park brake pressure is low, leakage is indicated in transmission control valve, park brake solenoid or gasket.
TX,25,SS3157 1922JUL982/2
9020 25B 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=703
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
System Pressure Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed System Pressure Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim Changes Pressure 65 5C (150 10F) 1500 25 rpm 1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi) 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (16.68 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer Gauge 03500 kPa (035 bar) (0500 psi)
9020 25B 10
2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 3. Make test connections in port (A). 4. Heat oil to specifications.
See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group. 5. With FNR lever in neutral and gear shift lever (manual shift) in neutral. Operate machine to specifications and record pressure.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................. 1500 25 rpm SystemPressure ............................... 1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi)
6. If pressure is too low, run test at 80 C (176 F) if pressure is still low check pressure regulating valve, repair or shim adjust. A 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) shim is equal to 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (16.68 psi) (see Pressure Regulating Valve Adjustment in repair manual).
CED,TX03399,4265 1922JUL981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=704
T101892
UN12JUL96
1. Install Electronic Tachometer and Digital Thermometer, see procedures in this group.
Tests (S.N. 872257 )

Specification Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim ChangesPressure .................................. 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (16.68 psi)
If adjustment does not raise pressure, do Transmission Pump Flow Test see procedure in this group. 7. If pressure is too high redo test using 80 C (176 F) temperature. If pressure is still to high check pressure regulating valve, repair or shim adjust.
Specification Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim ChangesPressure .................................. 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (16.68 psi)
Make sure test was performed at correct specifications.
CED,TX03399,4265 1922JUL982/2
9020 25B 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=705
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Power Shift Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test (S.N. 872257 )
SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Forward or Reverse Pressure Neutral Disconnect De-Activated Pressure 65 5C (150 10F) 1500 25 rpm 1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi) 0
ESSENTIAL TOOLS AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
UN21MAY98
Gauge 03500 kPa (035 bar) (0500 psi) 9020 25B 12
1. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 3. Make test connection in appropriate port (A, B, C, D, E or F). 4. Heat oil to specifications.
ALow Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port BReverse Clutch Pressure Test Port CHigh Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port DFirst Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port ESecond Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port FThird Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port
(See Transmission Oil Warm-Up procedure in this group.) NOTE: All clutch pressures should be the same. 5. Machine off ground. Engine speed at specifications and park brake OFF and FNR lever in forward or reverse, record pressure in all speed ranges.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................. 1500 25 rpm Forward or ReversePressure........... 1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi)
CED,TX03399,4233 1915MAY981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=706
T115471
Tests (S.N. 872257 ) 6. Low pressure in one direction indicates a leakage in that pack or solenoid. Low pressure in both directions indicates a leakage in the speed clutch or low system pressure. (Do System Pressure Test in this group.) 7. With FNR lever in neutral, a slight pressure recorded in either the forward or reverse test port could indicate that the ball in the clutch shaft came out (lube passage) or a problem in control valve. Repair clutch pack see Group 0350. Repair control valve, see Group 0360. 8. With FNR lever in neutral, pressure recorded in the speed clutch test ports could indicate a problem with the time delay relay. See Group 9015-15. NOTE: When neutral disconnect is de-activated pressure should be zero.
Specification Neutral Disconnect De-ActivatedPressure ........................................................................... 0
9020 25B 13
CED,TX03399,4233 1915MAY982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=707
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Reducing Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Reducing Valve Pressure 65 5C (150 10F) 1500 25 rpm 8501050 kPa (8.510.5 bar) (123152 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer Gauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) (0300 psi)
9020 25B 14
2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 3. Make test connections in port (A). 4. Heat oil to specifications.
See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group. 5. With FNR lever in neutral and gear shift lever (manual shift) in neutral. Operate machine to specifications and record pressure.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................. 1500 25 rpm Reducing ValvePressure ...................... 8501050 kPa (8.510.5 bar) (123152 psi)
6. If reducing valve pressure is not to specification do System Pressure Test in this group. If system pressure is OK, but reducing valve pressure is low, it indicates a leak in the circuit. See repair Group 0360. 7. If pressure is too high check reducing valve for sticky spool or binding. See repair manual, Group 0360. Make sure test was performed at correct specifications.
CED,TX03399,4266 1922JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=708
T101897
UN22AUG96
1. Install Electronic Tachometer and Digital Thermometer, see procedure in this group
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Modulation Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed System Modulated (Final) Pressure Neutral-Modulation Phase Pressure Modulation Valve Pressure Test Shift Time 65 5C (150 10F) 1500 25 rpm 1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi) 2701200 kPa (2.712 bar) (39174 psi) Neutral into gear 01600 kPa (016 bar) (0232 psi) in 2 seconds and from Forward/Reverse or Reverse/Forward into a gear 1.7 seconds Maximum 42 kPa (0.42 bar) (6.09 psi)
Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim Changes Pressure
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
UN12JUL96
AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer Gauge 03500 kPa (035 bar) (0500 psi)
9020 25B 15
1. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 3. Make test connections in port (A). 4. Heat oil to specifications.
(See Transmission Oil Warm-Up procedure in this group.) 5. FNR lever in neutral, record pressure reading.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................. 1500 25 rpm NeutralPressure ......................................... 270300 kPa (2.73 bar) (3944 psi)
TX,25,SS3170 1922JUL981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=709
T101898
Tests (S.N. 872257 ) NOTE: Forward and reverse pressures should be the same. 6. Machine off the ground. FNR lever in forward or reverse, record pressure gauge readings.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................. 1500 25 rpm System Modulated (Final) Pressure .............................................. 1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi) Modulation PhasePressure ......................... 3001200 kPa (312 bar) (44174 psi)
7. If total shift time from 01600 kPa (016 bar) (0 232 psi) takes more than specifications while doing this test, it indicates a problem in the modulation valve.
Specification Modulation Valve Pressure TestShift Time ........................................ Neutral into gear 01600 kPa (016 bar) (0232 psi) in 2 seconds and from Forward/Reverse or Reverse/Forward into a gear 1.7 seconds Maximum
9020 25B 16
8. If shift is slow (long modulation time only), and neutral pressure is between 270300 kPa (2.73 bar) (39 44 psi) orifice in modulation circuit is restricted. If shift is hard or neutral pressure is high, orifice is oversized, loose or missing. If shift is long (hesitation or long fill time) or neutral pressure is low, spring is weak, orifice is plugged. A shim 1 mm (0.039 in.) is equal to 42 kPa (0.42 bar) (6.09 psi), see repair manual for modulation shim adjustment if modulation shift is not acceptable. See Group 0360. Clean orifice, see Group 0360.
Specification Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim ChangesPressure ...................................... 42 kPa (0.42 bar) (6.09 psi)
TX,25,SS3170 1922JUL982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=710
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
9020 25B 17
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=711
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Differential Lock Pressure Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Differential Lock Pressure 65 5C (150 10F) 1500 25 rpm 1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38H1022 (1/4 M x 1/4 F x 1/4 M) (Parker No. 4R6LO-S) Tee PD34BTX Quick Coupler JT03455 (7/16 20 M JIC x 9/16 18 x 4 F ORFS) Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer Gauge 03500 kPa (035 bar) (0500 psi)
9020 25B 18
1. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 3. Make test connections. 4. Heat oil to specifications.
Specification OilTemperature ................................................... 65 5C (150 10F) ATee BQuick Coupler CAdapter DTransmission-to-Differential Lock Rear Axle Hose
(See Transmission Oil Warm-Up procedure in this group.) 5. MFWD and park brake engaged. 6. Increase rpm to specification and record pressure reading with differential lock pedal switch pressed down.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................. 1500 25 rpm Differential LockPressure ................. 1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi)
TX,25,SS3165 1922JUL981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=712
T101983
UN16JUL96
Tests (S.N. 872257 ) NOTE: When differential lock pedal switch is released pressure should be zero. 7. If differential pressure is not to specification, do System Pressure Test. (See procedure in this group). If system pressure is OK, but differential lock pressure is low, it indicates a leak in the circuit. See repair. Check axle oil level. See Section 9000. Group 4. If oil level is high, seals may be leaking. If axle oil level is OK, but differential lock pressure is low leakage is indicated in transmission control valve, differential lock solenoid or gasket.
TX,25,SS3165 1922JUL982/2
9020 25B 19
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=713
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
MFWD Pressure Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed MFWD Pressure 65 5C (150 10F) 1500 rpm 1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS (M10 x 1.0 ORB) (Parker No. PD357) Quick Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer Gauge 03500 kPa (035 bar) (0500 psi)
1. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)

UN12JUL96
2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS.

9020 25B 20
3. Make test connections in port (A). 4. Heat oil to specifications.

(See Transmission Oil Warm-Up procedure in this group.) 5. Increase rpm to specifications and record pressure reading with MFWD switch OFF, park brake engaged and differential lock disengaged.
Specification EngineSpeed ........................................................................... 1500 rpm MFWDPressure................................ 1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi)
NOTE: When MFWD switch is ON pressure should be zero. 6. If pressure is low, check System Pressure, see procedure in this group. If low, leakage in MFWD circuit is indicated. Possible locations include the delivery tube (inside case), the MFWD piston seal, the transmission control valve gasket, or the MFWD solenoid.
TX,25,SS3166 1922JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=714
T101916
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
9020 25B 21
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=715
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test (S.N. 872257 )
9020 25B 22
UN30OCT98
A3/4 in Barb Tee
B3/4 in Test Hose SPECIFICATIONS
CGauge
DFlowmeter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
Oil Temperature at Sump Engine Speed
80 5 C (176 10 F) 1500 25 rpm 110 kPa (1 bar) (16 psi) 55 kPa (0.6 bar) (8 psi) 55 14 kPa (0.6 0.14 bar) (8 2 psi) 26 1 L/min (7 0.264 gpm) 15 1 L/min L/min (4.0 0.264 gpm)
Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer Gauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) (0300 psi) (2 Used)
Cooler In Pressure Minimum Cooler Out Pressure Test Pressure Minimum Normal Cooler Pressure Difference (Drop) Cooler Flow Minimum Cooler Flow
(D) Flowmeter
1. Install Electronic Tachometer, see procedure in this group. 2. Install digital thermometer probe into sump using dipstick tube. 3. Make test connections to cooler and flow meter.
ESSENTIAL TOOLS (1/2 M NPT x 3/4 x 3/4) (A) Barb Tee (2 Used) 3/4 in. (B) Test Hose cut to length as required (2 used)
CED,TX03399,4267 1922JUL981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=716
T118098
Tests (S.N. 872257 ) 4. Heat oil to specifications.

Specification OilTemperature at Sump............................ 80 5 C (176 10 F) CoolerFlow ....................................... 26 1 L/min (7 0.264 gpm) Minimum CoolerFlow .................... 15 1 L/min L/min (4.0 0.264 gpm)
See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group. 5. With FNR lever in neutral. Operate machine to specifications and record pressure and flow.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................ 1500 25 rpm Specification Cooler InPressure Minimum ..................... 110 kPa (1 bar) (16 psi) Cooler Out Pressure Test Pressure Minimum ......................................... 55 kPa (0.6 bar) (8 psi) Normal CoolerPressure Difference (Drop) ............................... 55 14 kPa (0.6 0.14 bar) (8 2 psi)
6. If cooler restriction is high, inspect cooler hoses and cooler for damage. If no damage found, clean cooler using oil caddy. 7. If cooler pressures are low, see Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test in this group. 8. Check cooler pressures in all shifts. If pressure is low, FNR solenoid or pump problems are indicated. Pump stop sleeve may be blocking flow to torque converter or torque converter may be plugged. Do Torque Converter Stall in this group.
9020 25B 23
CED,TX03399,4267 1922JUL982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-23
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=717
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Transmission Oil Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Test (S.N. 872257 )
9020 25B 24
UN23OCT98
ATest Hose SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed Thermal Bypass Valve Flow: (Starting To Open) Temperature Minimum Cooler Flow Thermal Bypass Valve Flow: (Full Open) Temperature Cooler Flow 1500 25 80 3 C (176 5 F)
2. Install electronic Tachometer, see procedure 3. Connect bypass valve to flow meter with 3/4 in. test hose (A). Connect flow meter outlet to existing cooler hose. 4. Open restriction valve on flowmeter. 5. Start engine.
15 1 L/min L/min (4.0 0.264 gpm) 96 C (205 F) 26 1 L/min (7 0.264 gpm)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Temperature Reader Flow Meter 3/4 in. Test Hose
6. Heat Transmission oil to specifications. See warm up procedure in this Group. 7. Run engine at test speed.
Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................... 1500 25
1. Install digital temperature reader in sump of transmission using the dipstick tube..
TX,9020,ME475 1926JUN981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=718
T117559
Tests (S.N. 872257 ) 8. Flow meter reading must start to increase at specified temperature.
Specification Thermal Bypass Valve Flow: (Starting To Open) Temperature .................................................... 80 3 C (176 5 F) Minimum CoolerFlow .................... 15 1 L/min L/min (4.0 0.264 gpm) Specification Thermal Bypass Valve Flow: (Full Open)Temperature............................................ 96 C (205 F) CoolerFlow ....................................... 26 1 L/min (7 0.264 gpm)
10. If valves does meet specifications, inspect valve repair or replace. 11. Repeat test after repair.
9. Flow meter reading must be at maximum flow at specified temperature.
TX,9020,ME475 1926JUN982/2
9020 25B 25
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=719
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Transmission Oil Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872257 )
9020 25B 26
UN23OCT98
A3/4 in. Barb Tee SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature Engine Speed Cooler Bypass Pressure Differential Pressure
B3/4 in. Test Hose
C3/4 in. Barb Plug
80 6C (176 10F) Slow Idle 214269 kPa (2.12.7 bar) (3139 psi)
NOTE: If an oil cooler bypass valve malfunction is suspected, the thermal bypass valve can be removed and inspected or replaced in less time than it takes to perform a test. 1. Install Electronic Tachometer, see procedure in this Group. 2. Install digital thermometer probe on thermal relief bypass valve housing. 3. Disconnect hose from oil cooler at thermal bypass valve and install plug (C) in hose. 4. Install Tee (A) and short test hose in line going to torque converter from bypass valve..
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JTO5753 Hydraulic Switch Box or Differential Pressure Gauge SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 3/4 in. Barb Plug 3/4 in. Barb Tee 3/4 in. Test Hose Temperature Reader Electronic Tachometer Gauge 700 kPa (7 bar) (100 psi)
TX,9020,ME476 1917JUL981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=720
T117560
Tests (S.N. 872257 ) 5. Connect differential pressure gauge or Hydraulic Switch Box to tee and bypass valve outlet going to cooler. 6. Heat transmission oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.)
Specification Transmission OilTemperature ...................... 80 6C (176 10F) Specification Cooler Bypass Pressure DifferentialPressure ............................ 214269 kPa (2.12.7 bar) (3139 psi)
If Pressure Is Low: A failed cooler thermal bypass valve is indicated. Disassemble and inspect valve or replace. See Repair Manual. If Pressure Is High: A failed torque converter relief valve. Disassemble and inspect relief valve or replace. See Repair Manual. A failed cooler thermal bypass valve is indicated. Disassemble and inspect valve or replace. See Repair Manual.
NOTE: Pressure differential should start out low and then when thermal bypass valve opens, pressure differential will increase. 7. Observe pressure gauges during warm-up. 8. With transmission in neutral, run engine at test speed.
Specification EngineSpeed ...................................................................... Slow Idle
9. Record differential pressure and compare to specification.
9020 25B 27
TX,9020,ME476 1917JUL982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=721
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature at Sump Engine Speed 80 C (176 F ) 900 + 25 - 0 rpm
NOTE: Do Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test in conjunction with this test. If cooler pressures are low from the Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test do the following test. 1. Install test equipment, see Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test in this group. 2. Heat oil to specification. See procedure in this group.
Specification OilTemperature at Sump ............................................... 80 C (176 F ) 9020 25B 28
3. Machine off the ground. FNR lever in neutral, operate machine to specifications. Record pressures and flows in forward, high range forward reverse, neutral, speed clutches, MFWD, differential lock and park brake.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................... 900 + 25 - 0 rpm
There should be a momentary fluctuation in pressure/flow if circuit is normal. If pressure and cooler pressure in and out and flow remains down, this indicates a leakage in that circuit. See 9015-15 to check solenoids.
CED,TX03399,4268 1922JUL981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=722
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
9020 25B 29
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=723
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
Transmission Pump Flow Test (S.N. 872257 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed New Pump Flow Used Pump Flow 65 5C (150 10F) 1500 25 rpm 42 L/min (11.2 gpm) 36 L/min (9.5 gpm) ESSENTIAL TOOLS AJDG596 Filter Adapter JDG596A1 Spacer and Sealing Washer Kit SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS BFlowmeter Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
9020 25B 30
1. Make test connections. When installing filter adapter use a washer on both sides of spacer on early machines. 2. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) IMPORTANT: Before starting engine, check that flowmeter loading valve is open. Pump can be damaged if engine is started with loading valve closed. 3. Heat oil to specifications.
(See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group.) 4. Run engine at test specification.
TX,25,SS3207 1922JUL981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=724
T119993
UN03FEB99
IMPORTANT: On early machines use the washers and spacer to make filter adapter fit. This will keep filter from leaking. On later machines just use the filter adapter.
Tests (S.N. 872257 ) Measure flow.

Specification PumpFlow .............................................................. 42 L/min (11.2 gpm)
5. Low transmission pump flow can be caused by: Low oil level in transmission Cold transmission oil Plugged intake tube Air leak in pump suction tube Pump mounting cap screws loose Worn transmission pump
TX,25,SS3207 1922JUL982/2
9020 25B 31
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=725
Tests (S.N. 872257 )
9020 25B 32
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=726
Section 9025
Hydraulic System
Contents
Page Page
Group 05Theory of Operation Main Hydraulic System Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-2 Main Hydraulic System Operation (S.N.872329 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-4 Hydraulic Schematic (SN 830204) . . . . . . .9025-05-5 Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 830205 850352) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-6 Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 850353 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-7 Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 872329 ) . . . . .9025-05-8 Charge Pump Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-9 Main Hydraulic Pump Operation . . . . . . . . .9025-05-10 Pressure Compensator Operation . . . . . . . .9025-05-12 Hydraulic Return Filter Operation . . . . . . . .9025-05-14 Priority Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-16 Accumulator OperationBrake (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-19 Accumulator OperationBrake (S.N. 872329 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-20 Steering Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-22 Loader Circuit Relief and Anti-Cavitation Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-24 Loader Bucket Valve Section Operation . . .9025-05-25 Loader Boom Valve Section Operation . . . .9025-05-28 Loader Auxiliary Valve Section Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-32 Backhoe Circuit Relief and Anti-Cavitation Valve OperationGresen . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-34 Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-Cavitation Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-35 Circuit Relief Valve without Anti-CavitationHusco . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-36 Backhoe Swing Valve Operation-Swing Left PositionHusco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-38 Backhoe Bucket Valve OperationBucket Curl PositionHusco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-40 Backhoe Boom Valve OperationHusco . .9025-05-42 Backhoe Valve Crowd OperationCrowd In PositionHusco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-44 Backhoe Valve Auxiliary OperationExtend OperationHusco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-46 Backhoe Solenoid Controlled Auxiliary ValveStanley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-48 Backhoe Swing Valve Operation Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-50 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Backhoe Boom Valve Operation Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-52 Backhoe Bucket Valve Operation Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-53 Backhoe Crowd Valve Operation Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-54 Backhoe Auxiliary Valve Operation Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-55 Stabilizer Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-56 Brake Pistons, Plates and Disks Operation (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-57 Brakes Released (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . .9025-05-58 Brakes Engaging (S.N. 872328) . . . . . . .9025-05-62 Manual BrakingPrefill (S.N. 872328). . .9025-05-66 Manual Braking (Engaging) (S.N. 872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-70 Brake Pistons, Plates and Disks Operation (S.N. 872329 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-74 Brake Valve Operation (S.N. 872329 ). . .9025-05-76 Brakes Released (S.N. 872329 ) . . . . . . .9025-05-78 Brakes Engaging (S.N. 872329 ) . . . . . . .9025-05-80 Brake EngagingRight Side Only (S.N. 872329 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-82 Parking Brake Operation (S.N. 872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-84 Differential Lock Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-86 Park Brake Differential Lock Valve Operation (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-88 Group 15Diagnostic Information Diagnose Steering System Malfunctions . . . .9025-15-1 Diagnose Main Hydraulic System Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-4 Diagnose Brake System Malfunctions . . . . .9025-15-10 Diagnose Park Brake and Differential Lock System Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-12 Group 20Adjustments Charge Pump Belt Tension Adjustment (SN 830204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-1 Loader Bucket Level Indicator and Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Adjust Park Brake (S.N. 872328) . . . . . . . .9025-20-4
9025
9025-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=1
Contents
Page
Page
Service Brake Inspection (S.N. 872328) . .9025-20-5 Service Brake Inspection (S.N. 872329 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-6 Service Brake Valve And Pedal Adjustment (S.N. 872329 ) . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-8 Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment . . . . . .9025-20-10 Loader Control Valve Linkage Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-10 Stabilizer Valve Linkage Adjustment . . . . . .9025-20-12 Group 25Tests John Deere Radial Piston PumpUse CTM7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-1 JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-1 JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation . . .9025-25-1 Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. . . . . . . . .9025-25-2 Manual Destroke Installation Procedure . . . .9025-25-3 Diagnostic Destroke Wire Harness Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-4 Charge Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-5 Charge Pump Flow (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . .9025-25-6 Charge Pump Flow (S.N. 872329 ) . . . . . .9025-25-8 Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-9 Main Pump Standby Pressure Test . . . . . . .9025-25-10 Main Pump Flow Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-12 Priority Valve Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-14 Priority Valve "LS" Port Flow Test . . . . . . . .9025-25-16 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test. . . . . .9025-25-18 Steering Valve Neutral Drift Test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-20 Cylinder Drift Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-21 Steering System Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-22 Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-26 Cylinder Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-28 Hydraulic Component Leakage Test . . . . . .9025-25-29 Circuit Relief Valve Test with Flow RegulatorTest Cylinder Method Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-36 Circuit Relief Valve TestRemote Pump Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-43 Cycle Time Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-48 Cycle Time Test Continued . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-49 Flowmeter Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . .9025-25-50 Differential Lock Pressure Reducing Valve Test (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-52 Park Brake Circuit Pressure Test (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-54 Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve Test (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-56 Service Brake Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-58 Service Brake Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872329 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-60 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Service Brake Valve Work Port Pressure Test (S.N. 872329 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-62 Brake Accumulator Precharge Pressure Test (S.N. 872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-64 Brake Accumulator Precharge Pressure Test (S.N. 872329 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-66
9025
9025-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation
9025 05 1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=729
Theory of Operation
Main Hydraulic System Operation (S.N. 872256)
9025 05 2
(Serial No. 830204)
(Serial No. 830205872256)

Continued on next page TX,9025,BG216 1902JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=730
T106263
UN19FEB97
T105415
UN19FEB97
Theory of Operation
ABackhoe Control Valve BStabilizer Control Valve CBrake Valve DSteering Valve EHydraulic Reservoir FBrake Accumulator GCharge Pump HHydraulic Oil Cooler IMain Hydraulic Pump JSurge Relief Valve KLoader Control Valve LPriority Valve MPark Brake/Differential Lock Valve NHydraulic Filter ORear Differential
This is a closed-center hydraulic system. Oil flows from the hydraulic reservoir to the charge pump (G). Charge oil flows to inlet of hydraulic filter (N). Return oil from all hydraulic functions except steering, brakes and differential lock also flows to filter inlet to form charge circuit flow. A surge relief check valve (J) is used to maintain charge pressure and protect oil cooler from excess pressure by releasing excess oil to the hydraulic reservoir (E). Oil flows from the filter to main hydraulic pump (I) inlet. Oil flows from the main pump to the park brake/differential lock valve (M). Oil from the park
brake/differential lock valve is routed to the priority valve (L) and brake valve (C). Oil flows past the priority valve spool to the non-priority circuit (loader function). When pressure drops below setting of valve, flow to the loader circuit is restricted to supply priority oil to the steering circuit. Charge circuit flow not required by the main hydraulic pump flows to the hydraulic oil cooler (H). Oil cooler, main hydraulic pump seal drain, steering valve, brake valve, and differential lock and park brake valve return oil flow directly to hydraulic reservoir.
TX,9025,BG216 1902JAN972/2
9025 05 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=731
Theory of Operation
Main Hydraulic System Operation (S.N.872329 )
9025 05 4
ABackhoe Control Valve BStabilizer Control Valve CBrake System Filter DRight Stabilizer Cylinder ESteering Valve FBrake Valve GBrake Accumulator (2 used)
HHydraulic Reservoir ISurge Relief Valve JTransmission Oil Cooler KHydraulic Oil Cooler LLeft Loader Boom Cylinder MLoader Bucket Cylinder NMain Hydraulic Pump
OSteering Cylinder PAttenuator Hose QThermal Relief Bypass Valve RRight Loader Boom Cylinder SLoader Control Valve
TPriority Valve UCharge Pump VHydraulic Filter WRight Swing Cylinder XLeft Swing Cylinder YLeft Stabilizer Cylinder
The hydraulic system is a closed-center system. Oil flows from the hydraulic reservoir to the charge pump (U). Charge oil flows to inlet of hydraulic filter (V). Return oil from all hydraulic functions except steering, brakes, transmission and differential lock flows to filter inlet to form charge circuit flow. A surge relief check valve (I) is located in the reservoir return line from the filter base in the bottom of the reservoir. It is used to maintain charge pressure and protect oil cooler from excess pressure by releasing excess oil to the hydraulic reservoir (H). Oil flows from the filter to main hydraulic pump (N) inlet. Oil flows from the main pump to the priority valve
(T). Oil flows to the priority valve spool to the non-priority circuit (loader function). When pressure drops below setting of valve, flow to the loader circuit is restricted to supply priority oil to the steering circuit. Charge circuit flow not required by the main hydraulic pump flows to the hydraulic oil cooler (H). Oil cooler, main hydraulic pump seal drain, steering valve, brake valve, and differential lock and park brake valve return oil flow directly to hydraulic reservoir.
CED,TX03610,135 1919MAR991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=732
T117454
UN23OCT98
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Schematic (SN 830204)

SURGE RELIEF VALVE STEERING VALVE L R ACCUMULATOR CHARGE PUMP RESERVOIR (S.N. 80220 ) STEERING VALVE BRAKE VALVE BRAKE VALVE
T119027
1913JUL99
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
OUTLET END CAP
BACKHOE VALVE STABILIZER VALVE
AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
CROWD T LS P
HYDRAULIC FILTER ) PRIORITY VALVE PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE PRIORITY VALVE MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP ACCUMULATOR
LOADER CONTROL VALVE (S.N. 812258 BUCKET AUXILIARY
BUCKET
BOOM
BOOM
LOADER VALVE
LOADER CONTROL VALVE (S.N. BOOM BUCKET AUXILIARY
812257)
RESERVOIR
SWING PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
STABILIZER VALVE RELIEF VALVE DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
HYDRAULIC FILTER HIGH PRESSURE OIL MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL SURGE RELIEF VALVE CHARGE PUMP REDUCED PRESSURE OIL CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
INLET END CAP
PARK BRAKE DIFF. LOCK
PARK BRAKE SWITCH THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
FILTER BYPASS VALVE
RETURN OIL HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
T119027
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

CED,TX03768,8484 1924APR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9025-05-5
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=733
See Page 9025-05-5 A
See Page 9025-05-5 B
See Page 9025-05-5 C
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 830205850352)

T119026 1917DEC98
STEERING VALVE ACCUMULATOR L R SURGE RELIEF VALVE
BRAKE VALVE
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE BRAKE VALVE
OUTLET END CAP
BACKHOE STABILIZER VALVE VALVE STEERING VALVE RESERVOIR
AUXILIARY
CROWD T LS P
HYDRAULIC FILTER PRIORITY VALVE PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE PRIORITY VALVE LOADER VALVE CHARGE PUMP MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP ACCUMULATOR
BUCKET
BOOM
LOADER CONTROL VALVE BOOM BUCKET AUXILIARY MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP ATTENUATOR HOSE SURGE RELIEF VALVE
RESERVOIR
SWING PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS
STABILIZER VALVE RELIEF VALVE DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID PARK BRAKE DIFF. LOCK
HYDRAULIC FILTER HIGH PRESSURE OIL MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL CHARGE PUMP REDUCED PRESSURE OIL CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL PARK BRAKE SWITCH FILTER BYPASS VALVE RETURN OIL
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
INLET END CAP
T119026
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (GRESEN BACKHOE VALVE)
THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
CED,TX03768,8485
1924APR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=734
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Schematic (SN 830204)

T119027 1913JUL99
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE OUTLET END CAP AUXILIARY
BACKHOE VALVE STABI VALVE
CROWD
HYDRAULIC FILTER LOADER CONTROL VALVE (S.N. 812258 BUCKET BOOM BUCKET AUXILIARY PARK BRAKE DIFF. LOCK V )
BOOM
LOADER CO BOOM SWING STABILIZER VALVE
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE INLET END CAP
T119027
CED,TX03768,8484 1924APR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
Page 9025-05-5 A
PN=733
SURGE RELIEF VALVE STABILIZER VALVE BRAKE VALVE STEERING VALVE RESERVOIR (S.N. 80220 ACCUMULATOR CHARGE PUMP )
BRAKE/ OCK VALVE
PRIORITY VALVE
ACCU MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
LOADER VALVE
ER CONTROL VALVE (S.N. OM BUCKET
812257) AUXILIARY PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
RELIEF VALVE DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS

/1
der
22602
733
Page 9025-05-5 B
STEERING VALVE L R
BRAKE VALVE
LS P
PRIORITY VALVE ACCUMULATOR
RESERVOIR
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
HYDRAULIC FILTER HIGH PRESSURE OIL SURGE RELIEF VALVE MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL CHARGE PUMP REDUCED PRESSURE OIL CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE RETURN OIL HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Page 9025-05-5 C
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE OUTLET END CAP AUXILIARY
BACKHOE STABILIZER VALVE VALVE
BRAKE VALVE
CROWD
HYDRAULIC FILTER BUCKET
PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE PRIORITY VALVE BOOM
LOADER CONTROL VALVE BOOM SWING STABILIZER VALVE BU
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE INLET END CAP
T119026
Page 9025-05-6 A
Hydraulic Sc
T119026 1917DEC98
KE E
STEERING VALVE RESERVOIR
STEERIN ACCUMULATOR SURGE RELIEF VALVE L
PR VA ACCUMULATOR MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP LOADER VALVE CHARGE PUMP
ALVE BUCKET AUXILIARY PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE MAIN HYDRAU ATTE HOSE
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (GRESEN BACKHOE VALVE)
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9025-05-6 B
Theory of Operation
ulic Schematic (S.N. 830205850352)

917DEC98
TEERING VALVE L R
BRAKE VALVE
LS P
PRIORITY VALVE OR
RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC PUMP ATTENUATOR HOSE SURGE RELIEF VALVE CHARGE PUMP
HYDRAULIC FILTER HIGH PRESSURE OIL MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL REDUCED PRESSURE OIL CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE RETURN OIL HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
CED,TX03768,8485 1924APR981/1
26FEB02)
9025-05-6
710D Backhoe Loader
Page 9025-05-6 C
022602
PN=734
Theory of Operation

BACKHOE STABILIZER VALVE VALVE BRAKE VALVE ACCUMULATOR L SURGE RELIEF VALVE STEERING VALVE RESERVOIR STEERING VALVE R BRAKE VALVE
T119025
1917DEC98
OUTLET END CAP HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
AUXILIARY
LS P
CROWD HYDRAULIC FILTER PRIORITY VALVE PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE PRIORITY VALVE LOADER VALVE CHARGE PUMP MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP ACCUMULATOR
BUCKET
BOOM
SWING LOADER CONTROL VALVE BOOM BUCKET AUXILIARY
RESERVOIR
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS RELIEF VALVE ATTENUATOR HOSE SURGE RELIEF VALVE CHARGE PUMP
AUXILLIARY (ATTACHMENT)
STABILIZER VALVE
HYDRAULIC FILTER HIGH PRESSURE OIL MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL REDUCED PRESSURE OIL DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID PARK BRAKE DIFF. LOCK THERMAL RELIEF VALVE PARK BRAKE SWITCH CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE RETURN OIL HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
INLET END CAP
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
T119025
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (HUSCO BACKHOE VALVE)

CED,TX03768,8486 1924APR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
022602
9025-05-7
710D Backhoe Loader
PN=735
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 872329 )

T116994 1913NOV98
EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK CYLINDER CROWD CYLINDER BRAKE ACCUMULATORS HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE LEFT LOADER CYLINDER ACCUMULATOR SURGE RELIEF VALVE STABILIZER VALVE BRAKE SYSTEM FILTER BACKHOE VALVE RIGHT STABILIZER CYLINDER STEERING BRAKE VALVE VALVE
BRAKE VALVE
OUTLET END CAP
AUXILIARY
BUCKET CYLINDER
CROWD
BOOM CYLINDER
ACCUMULATOR
A C
A I C
LEFT STABILIZER CYLINDER RIGHT SWING CYLINDER CHARGE PUMP PRIORITY VALVE LOADER VALVE TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC FILTER RIGHT LOADER CYLINDER ATTENUATOR HOSE STEERING VALVE L R STEERING CYLINDER AUXILIARY TRANSMISSION MAIN HYDRAULIC OIL PUMP BUCKET CYLINDER HYDRAULIC FILTER
BUCKET
LEFT SWING CYLINDER
B I P
B P
BOOM
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
SWING BOOM BUCKET
RESERVOIR
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP ATTENUATOR HOSE PRIORITY VALVE SURGE RELIEF VALVE CHARGE PUMP
T LS P
STABILIZER VALVE
HYDRAULIC FILTER
HIGH PRESSURE OIL MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL LUBRICATION OIL RETURN OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
INLET END CAP
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
T116994
Hydraulic Schematic
CED,TX04577,769 1928SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=736
Theory of Operation

T119025 1917DEC98
BACKHOE STABILIZER VALVE VALVE BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
OUTLET END CAP AUXILIARY
CROWD HYDRAULIC FILTER BUCKET PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE BOOM PRIORITY VALVE
SWING
LOADER CON BOOM
STABILIZER VALVE
INLET END CAP
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
T119025
CED,TX03768,8486 1924APR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
Page 9025-05-7 A
PN=735
ER
BRAKE VALVE
STEERING VALVE RESERVOIR
ACCUMULATOR SURGE RELIEF VALVE
VE ORITY VE LOADER VALVE MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP CHARGE PUMP
ACCU
ER CONTROL VALVE OM BUCKET AUXILIARY PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (HUSCO BACKHOE VALVE)

/1
der
22602
735
Page 9025-05-7 B
STEERING VALVE L R
BRAKE VALVE
LS P
PRIORITY VALVE ACCUMULATOR
RESERVOIR
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP ATTENUATOR HOSE SURGE RELIEF VALVE CHARGE PUMP
HYDRAULIC FILTER HIGH PRESSURE OIL MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL REDUCED PRESSURE OIL CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE RETURN OIL HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Page 9025-05-7 C
EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK CYLINDER BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
CROWD CYLINDER
BACKHOE VALVE
RIGHT STABILIZE CYLINDER
STABILIZ VALVE
OUTLET END CAP AUXILIARY
BUCKET CYLINDER CROWD BOOM CYLINDER LEFT STABILIZER CYLINDER BUCKET
LEFT SWING CYLINDER
RIGHT SWING CYLINDER BOOM
HYDRAULIC FILTER CHARGE PUMP
PRIORITY VALVE
LOADER VALVE
SWING BOOM
BU
STABILIZER VALVE
INLET END CAP
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
T116994
Page 9025-05-8 A
Hydraulic S
HT BILIZER INDER ABILIZER LVE BRAKE SYSTEM FILTER STEERING BRAKE VALVE VALVE BRAKE ACCUMULATORS HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR
T116994 1913NOV98
SURGE RELIEF VALVE TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE LEFT LOADER CYLINDER ACCUMU
RITY VE OADER ALVE TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC FILTER AUXILIARY RIGHT LOADER CYLINDER ATTENUATOR HOSE STEERING CYLINDER
BUCKET CYLINDER
MAIN HYDRAULIC OIL PUMP
BUCKET
STEERING VALVE L R
MAIN HYDRA
ATTE HOS PRIORITY VALVE
T LS
TM1537 (26FEB
Page 9025-05-8 B
Theory of Operation
ulic Schematic (S.N. 872329 )

913NOV98
BRAKE VALVE
CUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
B I P
A C
A I C
B P
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC PUMP ATTENUATOR HOSE SURGE RELIEF VALVE CHARGE PUMP
HYDRAULIC FILTER
HIGH PRESSURE OIL MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL LUBRICATION OIL RETURN OIL
FILTER BYPASS VALVE HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Hydraulic Schematic
CED,TX04577,769 1928SEP981/1
26FEB02)
9025-05-8
710D Backhoe Loader
Page 9025-05-8 C
022602
PN=736
Theory of Operation
Charge Pump Operation
H E F G
L J A B C K
1915JAN98 T6895AD
TXC6895AD
9025 05 9
ACharge Pressure BReturn Oil (Low Pressure) CReturn Oil (Pressure Free)
DCharge Pump EMain Hydraulic Pump FHydraulic Oil Cooler
GLoader Control Valve HStabilizer Control Valve IBackhoe Control Valve
JAuxiliary Valve KHydraulic Filter LHydraulic Reservoir
The charge pump (D) (SN 830204) is located on left side of engine above injection pump. It is belt driven off the engine crankshaft pulley and belt tension is adjustable. The charge pump (SN 830205 872256) is located on the right side of the engine beneath the alternator. It is driven by the right camshaft gear through the auxiliary drive assembly. The charge pump (S.N. 872329 ) is mounted on the rear of the transmission. The pump is driven by the transmission input shaft at engine speed.
Charge pump is a low pressure, constant displacement gear pump. Charge oil is drawn from hydraulic reservoir (L) and pumped into return line ahead of hydraulic filter to supply main hydraulic pump (E). When main hydraulic pump is at standby, charge oil (A) flows through oil cooler (F) and is returned to hydraulic reservoir. Excess charge flow is returned to reservoir through surge relief check valve. The surge relief check valve is located in reservoir return line from filter base and limits charge pressure to a maximum of 827 kPa (120 psi).
TX,9025,BG217 1902JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=737
Theory of Operation
Main Hydraulic Pump Operation
K N L O U T I M A J
H F
G D B
9025 05 10
Q R S
TXC6902AA Single Bank Pump Shown AInlet BHigh Pressure Outlet CDischarge Valve DPiston EShaft FBearing Race GInlet Valve HCrankcase IOrifice JPressure Compensator Adjusting Screw KSpring LPressure Compensator Valve MDestroke Plug (Optional Manual or Electric Solenoid) NShuttle Valve OCrankcase Relief Valve PDischarge Pressure Oil QCrankcase Pressure Oil RInlet Pressure Oil SPump Housing TInlet Housing UValve Housing
The 3000 Series radial piston pump is a variable displacement pump. Single and double bank versions operate the same to provide high pressure oil flow. A
double bank pump is essentially two single bank pumps sharing a common drive shaft and control valve.
27T,9025,M65 1924MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=738
T6902AA
1915JAN98
Theory of Operation Inlet oil (R) enters through inlet ports (A) in the inlet housing (T). A common inlet gallery in the housing provides oil to eight inlet valves (G) in pump housing (S). Pistons (D) radially surround an eccentric cam. The pistons ride on the cam bearing race (F). A spring behind each piston hold it against the bearing race. As pump shaft (E) rotates, a low pressure cavity develops in the piston spring area during downward stroke of piston. This low pressure allows inlet valve (G) to open filling the piston cavity with oil. Inlet valves close at the end of intake stroke of pistons. High pressure oil is developed as bearing race pushes pistons outward. As pressure increases, the discharge valve (C) opens allowing discharge pressure oil (P) to pass into the outlet gallery. At the end of stroke, discharge pressure oil in the outlet gallery closes the discharge valve (C). All discharge valves share a common outlet gallery in the pump housing (S). An orifice (I) is located between the crankcase and the inlet gallery. Any oil leakage past the pistons is routed through the orifice (I) to the inlet gallery. This flow allows for cooling and lubrication. Pressure compensation pumps (both older style non-utilized and newer style unitized designs) are designed to provide "on demand" discharge pressure oil (P) regardless of flow requirements. As demand for oil decreases, system pressure increases. Pressure compensator valve (L) then routes system oil into crankcase (H). Increased pressure in the crankcase overcomes piston spring pressure and holds pistons (D) away from race (F), thereby destroking the pump.
27T,9025,M65 1924MAR932/2
9025 05 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=739
Theory of Operation
Pressure Compensator Operation
G E C E G B N
M I F J H
9025 05 12
K L
APressure Compensator Adjusting Screw BPressure Compensator Spring(s) CSpring Guide DPressure Compensator Valve
ECrankcase Relief Valve FExternal Control Valve GSpring HShuttle Valve ISpring JDischarge Pressure Oil
KCrankcase Pressure Oil LInlet Pressure Oil MPressure Compensator Valve in 1st Position NPressure Compensator Valve in 2nd Position
OPlug (or Optional Manual Destroke or Electric Solenoid) PValve Housing
27T,9025,M67 1915OCT911/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=740
T6902AB
TXC6902AB
1915JAN98
Theory of Operation The 3000 Series unitized designed pump provides a bolt-on control valve. The pressure compensator valve (D) controls the flow of oil in the pump. Valve movement is controlled by discharge pressure oil (J) on one end of the valve and by inlet pressure oil (L) and force from spring (B) on the other end. Discharge pressure can be increased or deceased by changing the force on spring (B) using the pressure compensator adjusting screw (A). Shuttle valve (H) is used in conjunction with either a manual destroke screw or an electric destroke solenoid in place of plug (O). Valve (H) moves against crankcase relief valve (E) and spring (G) allowing discharge pressure oil to be dumped into crankcase and inlet destroking the pump. Pump is in FULL STROKE when pressure compensator valve (D) is in the position (M) shown above. As demand for oil decreases, discharge pressure increases moving pressure compensator valve (D) toward spring (B). The valve continues to move to position (N) dumping discharge pressure oil (J) into the crankcase, increasing crankcase pressure. Crankcase pressure overcomes the combined spring force on the pump pistons. Pistons are then held away from the pump shaft bearing race and the pump is DESTROKED. The pump goes into QUICK DESTROKE when there is a sudden drop in demand for oil flow, creating a sudden increase in discharge pressure oil. Discharge pressure oil increases greatly allowing the crankcase relief valve (E) to move against the spring (G). This allows crankcase pressure oil (K) to dump into inlet pressure oil (L). This limits high pressure spikes caused by discharge pressure oil being too rapidly routed into crankcase cavity.
27T,9025,M67 1915OCT912/2
9025 05 13
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=741
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Return Filter Operation

A INLET I G BYPASS VALVE A J P
INLET A P
HOUSING B PISTON C
NORMAL OPERATION SPRING D
SPRING F J
H TERMINAL
9025 05 14
J TO RESERVOIR K OUTLET
I ELEMENT
K O RETURN FILTER
M SEMI-RESTRICTED FLOW INDICATOR LIGHT ON N RETURN FLOW
T101460
AInlet Passage BHousing CPiston DSpring
FSpring GValve HTerminal IElement
JTo Reservoir KOutlet Passage LRestricted Flow
MSemi-Restricted Flow NReturn Flow OReturn Filter
The hydraulic return filter removes contaminants from the hydraulic system oil. The filter housing contains a bypass valve and a filter restriction switch. Under normal operation, return flow from the backhoe loader and priority valve enters the inlet (A), flows through the filter element (I), up through the filter canister and out the outlet (K) or to the reservoir (J). If the pressure differential between the inlet and outlet increases past a set level due to cold oil or partially restricted filter element, inlet pressure in the housing
(B) increases, moving the piston (C) down against spring (D) force and outlet pressure. The piston contacts the terminal (H), completing a circuit which causes the filter restriction indicator light to glow. As the filter element becomes plugged, the pressure differential between the inlet and outlet increases. Inlet pressure is sensed on one side of the valve (G) which opens against spring (F) force and outlet pressure. The return oil then bypasses the filter while the restriction indicator lights glow.
27T,9025,M69 1924MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=742
T101460
1910SEP98
L RESTRICTED FLOW INDICATOR LIGHT ON AND BYPASS OIL
Theory of Operation Under normal operation, the restriction indicator light will glow when operating the hydraulic functions with cold oil. If the restriction indicator light continues to glow after the oil reaches operating temperature, the return filter is being bypassed. Extended operation in the bypass mode will cause damage to the hydraulic system.
27T,9025,M69 1924MAR932/2
9025 05 15
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=743
Theory of Operation
Priority Valve Operation

D P PORT A D E
SPOOL C LAND NOTCHES
E SPOOL B H G F
LS PORT B
SPRING A ORIFICE H LOADER I VALVE ACTUATED F CF PORT J G EF PORT SYSTEM PRESSURE
K STEERING CIRCUIT PRESSURE

1915JAN98
022602
RETURN PRESSURE
9025 05 16
TXC7833AG
M PRIORITY VALVE NEUTRAL
ASpring B"LS" Port CSpool Land Notches D"P" Port, Inlet
ESpool F"CF" Port, To Steering Valve G"EF" Port, To Loader Valve
HOrifice ILoader Valve Actuated JSystem Pressure
KSteering Circuit Pressure LReturn Pressure MPriority Valve-Neutral
The priority valve (M) is a pressure control valve that maintains priority pressure to the closed-center steering valve. With the engine running and the steering valve in neutral, flow to the steering valve is not required and all flow through the priority valve is directed out the "EF" port (G) to the loader control valve. With the engine off, the spool (E) is pushed to the right by the spring (A). The passage to the "CF" port (F) is open. When the machine is first started, all pump flow is routed to the steering valve which, if not being operated, blocks the flow. This causes pump pressure to increase. Steering inlet pressure is supplied through the pilot orifice to the right end of the spool. This
causes the priority valve spool to shift left against the spring and open the "EF" port. As long as the steering valve is in neutral, just enough pressure to the steering valve is maintained to keep the priority valve spool shifted to the left. The operating pressure in the loader circuit does not affect the operation of the priority valve. With a loader function activated the priority valve will not shift until the unit is steered. Flow through the priority valve spool passes through the orifice (H) and into the "LS" port (B) flowing through the steering valve "LS" passage which is routed to return when the steering valve is in neutral. This provides a warm-up circuit to prevent binding of the steering valve due to temperature extremes.
TX,902505,BS152 1903MAR931/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-16
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=744
T7833AG
Theory of Operation
D P PORT
E D
SPOOL B LAND NOTCHES
E SPOOL A C G F
LS PORT A
SPRING H ORIFICE C FULL STEER I RATE F CF PORT J G EF PORT HIGH PRESSURE
K MEDIUM PRESSURE
1915JAN98 T7833AH
L PRIORITY VALVE STEERING ACTIVATED

TXC7833AH
LOADER VALVE IN NEUTRAL

ESpool F"CF" Port, To Steering Valve G"EF" Port, To Loader Valve HSpring IFull Steer Rate JHigh Pressure KMedium Pressure LPriority ValveSteering ActivatedLoader Valve in Neutral
A"LS" Port BSpool Land Notches COrifice D"P" Port, Inlet
9025 05 17
When steering the machine, load-sensing pressure from the steering valve flows through the orificed "LS" port (A) in the priority valve. Load sensing pressure plus spring (H) force moves the spool (E) to the right against the pilot pressure on the right end of the spool. This restricts flow through the "EF" port (G) while the "CF" port (F) is open to the steering valve. The load sensing circuit is a control circuit that routes steering work port pressure oil to the spring side of the priority valve spool to sense the pressure that is required to steer the machine under various load
conditions. During normal conditions, oil is metered into the load sensing circuit through an orifice in the steering valve. When steering is at the full steer rate (I), the spool shifts to the full right position, directing all flow to the steering valve. At fast idle, the steering system will not use all of the pump flow. Therefore, the excess oil flows to the loader control valve. The load sensing circuit receives the majority of its flow from the load sensing orifice in the steering valve. Some flow is also supplied from the "CF" port through orifice (C) in the priority valve spool.
TX,902505,BS152 1903MAR932/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=745
Theory of Operation
E PORT SPRING D PLUG C SPOOL B LAND NOTCHES LS PORT A F SPOOL A
G H
I J H EF PORT G CF PORT
HIGH PRESSURE MEDIUM PRESSURE

1915JAN98
TXC7833AI 9025 05 18
BOTTOMED AND LOADER ACTIVATED

E"P" Port, Inlet FSpool G"CF" Port, To Steering Valve H"EF" Port, To Loader Valve IHigh Pressure JMedium Pressure KPriority ValveSteering Cylinder Bottomed, Loader Activated
A"LS" Port BSpool Land Notches CPlug DSpring
With steering turned fully against stop, maximum steering system pressure (I) is created, which is pump standby pressure. The spool (F) is shifted to the right as shown. Notches on spool land (B) allow limited flow
into loader valve for boom and bucket operation from EF port. Priority flow and pressure is still given to the steering valve through the CF port (G).
TX,902505,BS152 1903MAR933/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=746
T7833AI
K PRIORITY VALVE STEERING CYLINDER
Theory of Operation
Accumulator OperationBrake (S.N. 872256)

NOTE: Brake accumulator is not repairable and is serviced as a complete unit. The brake system uses one accumulator. The accumulator is used to store pressurized oil for reserve brake application. The top side of accumulator is pre-charge with dry nitrogen gas (B) through valve (F). When hydraulic system oil (A) pressure exceeds precharge pressure (B), oil flows through inlet port (C), past check valve (D), and into the accumulator. If hydraulic system pressure (A) decreases, check valve (D) closes and traps oil in the accumulator. When the function is activated, oil flows out outlet port (H) to valve. The thermal relief valve (G) protects the system from high pressure when the temperature changes. When pressure in the accumulator exceeds the pressure setting of thermal relief valve (G), the valve opens and releases oil to the inlet port (C).
AHigh Pressure Oil BGas Pressure CInlet Port DCheck Valve EPiston FGas Valve GThermal Relief Valve HOutlet Port
D C A B
T94230
9025 05 19
G
UN07APR98 T94230
022602
TX,902505,BS209 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-19
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=747
Theory of Operation
Accumulator OperationBrake (S.N. 872329 )
9025 05 20 AInlet Check Valve BPiston COutlet DInlet EBrake Circuit Pressure FPrecharge Pressure GBrake Accumulator
NOTE: Brake accumulators are not repairable and are serviced as a complete unit. The brake system uses two accumulators. They are used to store pressurized oil for reserve brake application. The top of the accumulator is charged with dry nitrogen gas valve. When the hydraulic system pressure exceeds the charge pressure, oil flows through the inlet (D) and inlet check valve (A). The piston (B) moves upward until gas pressure is equal to hydraulic circuit pressure.
If pump flow stops, the inlet check valve will close against inlet fitting which is machined to provide a check valve seat, keeping the accumulator charged. The accumulator will remain pressurized until the brakes are applied. The volume of the accumulator will allow several brake applications in the event of a loss of brake pump flow.
TX,9025,ME327 1928AUG961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=748
T119238
1904JAN99
Theory of Operation
9025 05 21
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=749
Theory of Operation
Steering Valve Operation
A NEUTRAL B STEERING CYLINDER
D GEROTOR LOAD SENSE PORT TO PRIORITY VALVE C J SPOOL I SLEEVE
9025 05 22
H RETURN K STEERING SHAFT

L R
RETURN H
E INLET CHECK VALVE F FROM PRIORITY VALVE G MANUAL STEER CHECK VALVE
H C
T LS P
G E F L M N O SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL WORK PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL RETURN PRESURE OIL
1915JAN98
022602
TXC7849AB
P STEERING VALVE OPERATION
TX,902505,BS155 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-22
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=750
T7849AB
Theory of Operation
ANeutral BSteering Cylinder CLoad Sense Port DGerotor EInlet Check Valve FPressure from Priority Valve GManual Steer Check Valve HReturn ISleeve JSpool KSteering Shaft LSystem Pressure Oil MWork Pressure Oil NTrapped Oil OReturn Pressure Oil PSteering Valve Operation
The steering valve (P) is a closed center valve that consists of a rotary spool (J) inside a sleeve (I) within a housing. When steering wheel is not moving, the valve is in the neutral (A) position. In neutral, the spool and sleeve are aligned so that oil flow through the valve is blocked. The steering cylinder (B) is held stationary by trapped oil (N) in the left and right workports. When the steering valve is turned to the right or left, the spool rotates relative to the sleeve, and opens passages which allows pressure oil from priority valve oil (F) to flow through the spool and sleeve assembly. Work pressure oil (M) flows to gerotor (D) causing the gerotor gear to rotate. Oil flow from the gerotor flows back into the valve where it is directed out the right or left workport to the respective ends of the steering cylinder. Return oil (O) flows back in through the right or left workport through the spool and sleeve assembly to return circuit (H). The load-sensing orifice is located between the sleeve and the gerotor. This orifice feeds the load-sensing circuit between the steering valve and the priority valve through the LS-port (C). When the rotation of the steering wheel shaft (K) stops, the gerotor (D) gear continues to move, turning
the sleeve, until the sleeve stops the flow to the gerotor. At this point, the valve is back in the neutral position and will remain there until the steering wheel is moved again. The steering valve has a variable steering rate which is proportional to the speed the steering wheel is rotated. A variable orifice bypasses oil around the gerotor. Turning the steering wheel slowly takes approximately six turns (variable orifice small) stop-to-stop versus three turns (variable orifice large) when turning the steering wheel quickly. An inlet check valve (E) prevents oil from returning through the steering unit, when pressure on the cylinder side is greater than on the inlet side. This prevents steering wheel kickback. If there is no power to supply pressure oil (L) to the steering valve, the unit can be steered manually. If no pressure oil is available, there is a direct mechanical connection through the drive shaft to the gerotor gear assembly (D). As the gerotor is turned it pumps oil to the steering cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder is drawn through a check valve (G) between inlet and outlet ports to provide oil for manual steering operation. Thus the unit can be steered manually until the unit is brought to a stop.
9025 05 23
TX,902505,BS155 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-23
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=751
Theory of Operation
Loader Circuit Relief and Anti-Cavitation Valve Operation
F E
H D M G
C K J
T6298BF
AHigh Pressure Oil BLow Pressure Oil CCharge Pressure (Return to Charge Circuit)
DRelief ValveOpen ERelief ValveClosed FAnti-Cavitation Valve Open
GReturn Port HCollar IReturn Passage JPilot Valve
KPoppet LOrifice MWork Port NSnap Ring
When the circuit relief valve is closed (E), oil from work port (M) flows through orifice (L) into the area behind poppet (K). With pressure equal on both sides of poppet, spring force holds poppet (K) closed and stops flow through return port (G). During relief operation (D) when pressure in the circuit increases above relief valve setting, high pressure oil (A) pushes pilot valve (J) off its seat. Low pressure oil (B) behind the poppet flows out return passage (I)
faster than oil can flow though orifice causing pressure oil (B) to decrease. Then high pressure oil pushes the poppet off its seat releasing oil through return port (G) to return passage of valve. During anti-cavitation operation (F) the pressure in return port is greater than pressure in work port. The difference in pressure pushes collar (H) against snap ring (N) pulling the poppet off its seat. Oil then flows from return port into work port to prevent cavitation.
TX,9025,BG218 1902JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=752
T6298BF
UN06MAR97
9025 05 24
A B
Theory of Operation
Loader Bucket Valve Section Operation

E F
C A B J G I M N C
9025 05 25
G
T6298BM
I K D H
Loader Bucket Valve in Bucket Rollback Position AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) CReturn-To-Dig Electromagnet DReturn Passage EBucket Dump Work Port FBucket Rollback Work Port GCircuit Relief Valve HInlet Passage ILift Check JCircuit Relief Valve With Anti-Cavitation KBucket Dump Position LCheck Valve MBucket Cylinder NBucket Rollback Position
The bucket valve is a three-position, four-way, spool-type valve. It contains a lift check (J) and two circuit relief valves. Relief valve (K) also contains an anti-cavitation valve.
When bucket dump function is activated and pressure in circuit is less than charge pressure, oil flows from return passage (E) past anti-cavitation valve (K) to the bucket dump circuit (F).
TX,902505,BS228 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=753
T6298BM
UN20FEB97
Theory of Operation
D A B C J I K H
UN20FEB97
T6298BN Loader Bucket Valve Shown in Neutral Position AHigh Pressure Oil BTrapped Oil CCharge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) DReturn-To-Dig Electromagnet EReturn Passage FBucket Dump Work Port GBucket Rollback Work Port HCircuit Relief Valve IInlet Passage JLift Check KCircuit Relief With Anti-Cavitation
9025 05 26
The valve is equipped with a return-to-dig. When loader control lever is moved to the bucket rollback position, a plate fastened to end of valve spool, contacts an electromagnet (D). If the bucket is in dump position, the return-to-dig switch is closed which energizes the electromagnet and holds spool in the
rollback position. When the bucket rolls back to the dig position, a mechanical linkage opens the return-to-dig switch, which de-energizes electromagnet (D) letting the spool centering spring move the spool to neutral position.
TX,902505,BS228 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=754
T6298BN
Theory of Operation
9025 05 27
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=755
Theory of Operation
Loader Boom Valve Section Operation
F G
M L A B C P
9025 05 28
J N
L M O F
T6298BG
Q J N
Loader Boom Valve Shown in Neutral (SN812257) AHigh Pressure Oil BTrapped Oil CCharge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) DBoom Raise Work Port EBoom Lower Work Port FReturn Passage GLeakage Return Passage HBoom Spool ICircuit Plug JInlet Passage KLift Check LAnti-Cavitation Valve MCap With Detent NBoom Cylinders OBoom Float Position PBoom Lower Position QBoom Raise Position
The boom valve (SN812257) is a four-position, four-way spool type valve. The spool (H) has grooves in both ends to meter oil through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops. The boom valve contains a lift check (K) and an anti-cavitation valve (L). A leakage return passage (G) is used to prevent leakage from the inlet passage to boom raise circuit
causing function drift. Leakage flows from the inlet passage, through the leakage return passage, into the return passage (F), then out of control valve to charge circuit. Valve spool can be metered to restrict oil flow to the cylinder.
TX,9025,BG219 1902JAN971/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=756
T6298BG
UN20FEB97
Theory of Operation When spool (H) is moved to activate a function, oil flows from functional inlet passage (J), past lift check (K) and spool (H), out the work port to the cylinders. Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (F), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
TX,9025,BG219 1902JAN972/5
9025 05 29
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=757
Theory of Operation
E F G
H M A B C P L K J Q N I
I
T105845
O F J
K N
Boom Valve Shown in Neutral (SN 812258 ) AHigh Pressure Oil BTrapped Oil CCharge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) DBoom Raise Work Port EBoom Lower Work Port FReturn Passage GLeakage Return Passage HBoom Spool IBoom Head Circuit Relief Valve JInlet Passage KLift Check LAnti-Cavitation Valve MCap With Detent NBoom Cylinders OBoom Float Position PBoom Lower Position QBoom Raise Position
The boom valve for (SN 812258 ) uses a relief valve in the head end circuit. The spool (H) has grooves in both ends to meter oil through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops. The boom valve contains a lift check (K) and an anti-cavitation valve (L). A leakage return passage (G) is used to prevent leakage from the inlet passage to boom raise circuit
causing function drift. Leakage flows from the inlet passage, through the leakage return passage, into the return passage (F), then out of control valve to charge circuit. Valve spool can be metered to restrict oil flow to the cylinder.
TX,9025,BG219 1902JAN973/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=758
T105845
UN06MAR97
9025 05 30
Theory of Operation When spool (H) is moved to activate a function, oil flows from functional inlet passage (J), past lift check (K) and spool (H), out the work port to the cylinders. Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (F), then out of control valve to charge circuit. The relief valve (I) protects the head end of the boom circuit for pressures exceeding the relief valve setting.
TX,9025,BG219 1902JAN974/5
F G
9025 05 31
M L H
A B K
T6298BH Boom Valve Shown in Float AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil (Return To Charge Circuit) CDetent Housing DBoom Raise Work Port EBoom Lower Work Port FReturn Passage GSpool HCircuit Plug (SN 812257) HRelief Valve (SN 812258 ) IInlet Passage JLift Check KFloat Oil Passage LPlug with Anti-Cavitation MDetent Balls (4 used) NDetent Spring (Compressed)
The boom float function operates the same for all 710D machines. When spool (G) is moved to the boom float (detent) position, both work ports (D and E)
are open to return passage (F) connected by float passage (K) allowing oil to flow in and out both ends of cylinders.
TX,9025,BG219 1902JAN975/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=759
T6298BH
UN20FEB97
Theory of Operation
Loader Auxiliary Valve Section Operation

RETURN PASSAGE C CENTERING SPRING B ROD END WORK PORT D HEAD END WORK PORT F
LIFT CHECK E
A E C H
G PLUG
I HIGH PRESSURE OIL A RELIEF VALVE

TXC7419BC
H PRESSURE PASSAGE M LOADER AUXILIARY VALVE NEUTRAL

Valve Shown in Neutral Position
J CHARGE PRESSURE OIL K TRAPPED OIL
9025 05 32
ARelief Valve BCentering Spring CReturn Passage DRod End Work Port
ELift Check FHead End Work Port GPlug
HPressure Passage IHigh Pressure Oil JCharge Pressure Oil
KTrapped Oil MLoader Auxiliary Valve Neutral
The loader auxiliary valve is a three position, four-way, spool-type valve. It contains a lift check (E), relief valve (A) and a plug (G). The valve spool is returned to neutral by a centering spring (B).
The relief valve is in the cylinder head end circuit. The auxiliary valve is used to control clam buckets or other front-mounted hydraulic functions.
TX,902505,BR122 1924MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=760
T7419BC
1915JAN98
Theory of Operation
RETURN PASSAGE C
ROD END WORK PORT D
HEAD END WORK PORT E
B C A
F HIGH PRESSURE OIL LIFT CHECK B A PRESSURE PASSAGE G CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
1915JAN98 T7419BB
TXC7419BB
H LOADER AUXILIARY VALVE EXTEND

Valve Shown in Extend Position
APressure Passage BLift Check
CReturn Passage DRod End Work Port
EHead End Work Port FHigh Pressure Oil
GCharge Pressure Oil
9025 05 33
When the auxiliary valve is moved to the extend position, oil flows from pressure passage (A) by lift check (B) out head end work port (E) to cylinder head end. Oil from rod end of cylinder flows back to valve
through rod end work port (D) to return passage. Oil in the return passage is sent to main hydraulic filter where it combines with other return oil and becomes charge oil for main pump.
TX,902505,BR122 1924MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-33
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=761
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Circuit Relief and Anti-Cavitation Valve OperationGresen
K L
D I
9025 05 34
A B C
O H
UN06MAR97
G M
T88947
AHigh Pressure Oil BLow Pressure Oil CCharge Pressure Oil (Return To Charge Circuit)
DRelief Valve Open EAnti-Cavitation Valve Open FRelief Valve Closed GReturn Port
HPoppet IWork Port JCollar KSnap Ring
LPilot Valve MReturn Passage NOrifice ORelief Valve
When the circuit relief valve is closed (F), oil from work port (I) flows through orifice (N) into the area behind poppet (H). With pressure equal on both sides of poppet, spring force holds poppet (H) closed and stops flow through return port (G). During relief operation (D) when high pressure oil (A) in the head end work port circuit increases above relief valve setting, high pressure oil pushes pilot valve (L) off its seat. Low pressure oil (B) behind the poppet flows out return passage (M) faster than oil can flow
through orifice causing pressure to decrease. Then high pressure oil pushes the poppet off its seat releasing oil through return port (G) to return passage of valve. During anti-cavitation operation (E), the pressure in return port is greater than pressure in work port. The difference in pressure pushes collar (J) against snap ring (K) pulling the poppet off its seat. Oil then flows from return port into work port to prevent cavitation.
27T,9025,M78 1924MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-34
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=762
T88947
Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-CavitationHusco
I RETURN PASSAGE
ANTI-CAVITATION POPPET F
C CAVITY
H WORK PORT
9025 05 35
B RELIEF POPPET
D PRESSURE OIL E CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
T115031
G CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE WITH ANTI-CAVITATION

DPressure Oil ECharge Pressure Oil FAnti-Cavitation Poppet GCircuit Relief Valve with Anti-Cavitation HWork Port IReturn Passage
AOrifice BRelief Poppet CCavity
The relief is direct acting, non adjustable and has anti-cavitation operation. In normal operation, pressure oil less than relief valve setting flows through orifice (A) into cavity (C) behind relief valve poppet. Pressure oil and spring in cavity hold the anti-cavitation poppet (F) closed because effective area on the spring side is greater than on work port side (H). In relief operation,
pressure oil overcomes relief poppet (B) pressure setting and opens a path to return passage of valve (I). During anti-cavitation operation, the pressure in the work port (H) is less than pressure in return passage (I). The pressure difference pushes the anti-cavitation poppet (F) off the seat allowing oil to flow from the return passage to work port to prevent cavitation.
CED,TX03768,8487 1924APR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-35
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=763
T115031
1903JUN98
A ORIFICE
Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve without Anti-CavitationHusco
MAIN POPPET A
9025 05 36
E WORK PORT
F RETURN PASSAGE B HIGH PRESSURE OIL C CHARGE PRESSURE OIL

1903JUN98
022602
T115029
D CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE WITHOUT ANTI-CAVITATION
AMain Poppet BPressure Oil
CCharge Pressure Oil DCircuit Relief Valve without Anti-Cavitation
EWork Port
FReturn Passage
The relief is direct acting, screw adjustable and does not have anti-cavitation operation. The pressure set point is adjustable by turning the adjustment screw at the end of the relief. In relief operation, pressure oil
overcomes main poppet (A) pressure setting and oil flows from the pressurized work port (E) to return passage of valve (F).
CED,TX03768,8488 1924APR981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-36
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=764
T115029
Theory of Operation
9025 05 37
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-37
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=765
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Swing Valve Operation-Swing Left PositionHusco

I C
F R S
SWING LEFT WORK PORT D

9025 05 38
H BRIDGE PASSAGE
LIFT I CHECK
SWING RIGHT WORK PORT CIRCUIT RELIEF WITH ANTICAVITATION C
CIRCUIT RELIEF C WITH ANTICAVITATION
SPOOL N RETURN G PASSAGE RETURN J METERING K BRIDGE METERING L INLET METERING J RETURN METERING K BRIDGE METERING F M BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE INLET PRESSURE A HIGH PRESSURE OIL B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
T115025
O BACKHOE SWING SECTION-SWING LEFT POSITION

CED,TX03768,8493 1927APR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-38
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=766
T115025
1903JUN98
Theory of Operation
AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil CCircuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation (2 used) DSwing Left Work Port ESwing Right Work Port FInlet Passage GReturn Oil HBridge Passage ILift Check JReturn metering KBridge Metering LInlet Metering MBridge Bleed Passage NSpool OBackhoe Swing Section-Swing Left Position PSwing Cylinders (2 used) QSwing Right RSwing Left SNeutral Position
The swing section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains two circuit relief valves with anti-cavitation (C) and a lift check (I). The valve section contains a bridge bleed (M) to bleed bridge passage (H) to the return passage (G) when spool (N) is in the neutral position (S) to prevent inlet pressure (F) from leaking to either work port (D or E) causing function drift. When the spool is moved to
activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (F), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (L) and lift check (I), into the bridge passage (H), past bridge metering notches (K) and out work port (D or E) to the cylinders (P). Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, through holes in spool and return metering notches (J), into the return passage (G), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit.
CED,TX03768,8493 1927APR982/2
9025 05 39
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-39
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=767
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Bucket Valve OperationBucket Curl PositionHusco
BUCKET CURL F WORK PORT

9025 05 40
E I BRIDGE PASSAGE J LIFT CHECK
BUCKET DUMP WORK PORT CIRCUIT RELIEF WITHOUT ANTICAVITATION C
CIRCUIT RELIEF D WITH ANTICAVITATION
SPOOL O K RETURN METERING L BRIDGE METERING T BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE
RETURN H PASSAGE K RETURN METERING
L M INLET G INLET BRIDGE METERING PRESSURE METERING
A HIGH PRESSURE OIL B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
T115026
P BACKHOE BUCKET SECTION-BUCKET CURL POSITION
CED,TX03768,8491 1927APR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-40
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=768
T115026
1903JUN98
Theory of Operation
A High Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil CCircuit Relief Valve without Anti-cavitation DCircuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation EBucket Dump Workport FBucket Curl Workport GInlet Pressure HReturn Oil IBridge Passage JLift Check KReturn metering LBridge Metering MInlet Metering NBridge Bleed Passage OSpool PBackhoe Bucket Section-Bucket Curl Position QBucket Dump RBucket Curl SNeutral Position TBucket Cylinder
The bucket section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains one circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation (D) in the bucket-curl position, one circuit relief valve without anti-cavitation (C) in the bucket-dump position and a lift check (I). The valve section contains a bridge bleed (N) to bleed bridge passage (I) to the return passage (H) when spool (O) is in the neutral position (S) to prevent inlet pressure (G) from leaking to either work port (E or F)
causing function drift. When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (G), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (M) and lift check (J), into the bridge passage (I), past bridge metering notches (L) and out work port (E or F) to the cylinder (T). Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, through return metering notches (K), into the return passage (H), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit.
CED,TX03768,8491 1927APR982/2
9025 05 41
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-41
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=769
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Boom Valve OperationHusco

K D
BOOM LOWER WORK PORT F J BRIDGE PASSAGE

9025 05 42
LIFT CHECK
G BOOM RAISE WORK PORT CIRCUIT RELIEF WITH ANTICAVITATION D
CIRCUIT RELIEF E WITH ANTICAVITATION
SPOOL P RETURN L METERING RETURN I PASSAGE M INLET N METERING BRIDGE METERING L RETURN METERING N BRIDGE METERING O BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE H INLET PRESSURE A HIGH PRESSURE OIL B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL C TRAPPED OIL
T115024
1903JUN98
022602
Q BACKHOE BOOM SECTION-BOOM NEUTRAL POSITION

CED,TX03768,8489 1927APR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-42
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=770
T115024
Theory of Operation
AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil CTrapped Oil DCircuit Relief Valve without Anti-cavitation ECircuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation FBoom Lower Workport GBoom Raise Workport HInlet Pressure IReturn Oil JBridge Passage KLift Check LReturn metering MInlet Metering NBridge Metering OBridge Bleed Passage PSpool QBackhoe Boom Section-Boom Neutral Position RBoom Raise SBoom Lower TNeutral Position UBoom Cylinder
The boom section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains one circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation (E) in the boom-lower position, one circuit relief valve without anti-cavitation (D) in the boom-raise position and a lift check (K). The valve section contains a bridge bleed (O) to bleed bridge passage (J) to the return passage (I) when spool (P) is in the neutral position (T) to prevent inlet pressure (H) from leaking to either work port (F or G)
causing function drift. When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (H), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (M) and lift check (K), into the bridge passage (J), past bridge metering notches (N) and out work port (F or G) to the cylinder (U). Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, through return metering notches (L), into the return passage (I), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit.
CED,TX03768,8489 1927APR982/2
9025 05 43
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-43
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=771
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Valve Crowd OperationCrowd In PositionHusco

J C
CROWD OUT WORK PORT E

9025 05 44
CIRCUIT RELIEF WITHOUT ANTICAVITATION D
I BRIDGE PASSAGE
LIFT CHECK
CROWD IN WORK PORT CIRCUIT RELIEF C WITH ANTICAVITATION
SPOOL O RETURN K METERING H RETURN PASSAGE L BRIDGE METERING M INLET METERING G INLET PRESSURE K RETURN METERING L BRIDGE METERING N BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE
1903JUN98
022602
T115027
P BACKHOE CROWD SECTION-CROWD IN POSITION

CED,TX03768,8490 1927APR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-44
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=772
T115027
Theory of Operation
AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil CCircuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation DCircuit Relief Valve without Anti-cavitation ECrowd Out Workport FCrowd In Workport GInlet Pressure HReturn Oil IBridge Passage JLift Check KReturn metering LBridge Metering MInlet Metering NBridge Bleed Passage OSpool PBackhoe Crowd Section-Crowd In Position QCrowd Out RCrowd In SCrowd Cylinder TNeutral Position
The crowd section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains one circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation (C) in the crowd-in position, one circuit relief valve without anti-cavitation (D) in the crowd-out position and a lift check (I). The valve section contains a bridge bleed (N) to bleed bridge passage (I) to the return passage (H) when spool (O) is in the neutral position (T) to prevent inlet pressure (G) from leaking to either work port (E or F)
causing function drift. When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (G), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (M) and lift check (J), into the bridge passage (I), past bridge metering notches (L) and out work port (E or F) to the cylinder (S). Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, through return metering notches (K), into the return passage (H), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit.
CED,TX03768,8490 1927APR982/2
9025 05 45
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-45
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=773
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Valve Auxiliary OperationExtend OperationHusco

I
BASE END (EXTEND) D WORK PORT

9025 05 46
BRIDGE PASSAGE
LIFT I CHECK
ROD END (RETRACT) E WORK PORT
SHUT-OFF PLUG C
SHUT-OFF PLUG
SPOOL N J RETURN METERING RETURN G PASSAGE RETURN J METERING K BRIDGE METERING L INLET METERING F INLET PRESSURE K BRIDGE METERING M BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE
1903JUN98
022602
T115028
O BACKHOE AUXILIARY SECTION-EXTEND POSITION
CED,TX03768,8494 1927APR981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-46
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=774
T115028
Theory of Operation
AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil CShut-off Plug (two used) DBase End (extend) Workport ERod End (retract) Workport FInlet Pressure GReturn Oil HBridge Passage ILift Check JReturn metering KBridge Metering LInlet Metering MBridge Bleed Passage NSpool OBackhoe auxiliary Section-extend Position PCylinder QRetract Position RExtend Position SNeutral Position
The auxiliary section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains two shut-off plugs (C) in place of relief valves and a lift check (I). Shut-off plugs may be replaced with circuit relief valves appropriate to attachment being installed. The valve section contains a bridge bleed (M) to bleed bridge passage (H) to the return passage (G) when spool (N) is in the neutral position (S) to prevent inlet pressure (F) from leaking to either work port (D or E) causing function drift. When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (F), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (L)
and lift check (I), into the bridge passage (H), past bridge metering notches (K) and out work port (D or E) to the cylinder (P). Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, through return metering notches (J), into the return passage (G), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit. Two auxiliary valve sections can be added to the backhoe valve for a total of six sections. Both are the same in design and operation. The fifth section is normally used for extendible dipper operation. The sixth section can be used to operate accessory hydraulic equipment.
CED,TX03768,8494 1927APR982/2
9025 05 47
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-47
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=775
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Solenoid Controlled Auxiliary ValveStanley
RELIEF CARTRIDGE B
C SPRING
D THREE POSITION ORIFICE
I RETURN PRESSURE OIL
9025 05 48 ASolenoid Cartridge BRelief Cartridge CSpring DThree Position Orifice EOil Passage FSpool GHigh Pressure Oil HReduced Pressure Oil IReturn Pressure Oil JSolenoid Controlled Auxiliary Valve Operation
The Auxiliary Hydraulic Valve is a flow control valve that is mounted on the RH rear side of the backhoe valve mounting plate. Operation of the valve is controlled by an electrical solenoid. A pressure compensated, variable volume flow rate is provided to meet specific attachment requirements. High pressure oil (G) flow is routed to the auxiliary valve, which is connected to the main hydraulic system at the inlet to the backhoe valve. When the console mounted control switch is moved to the "on" position, electrical current is provided to the foot pedal. Pressing the foot pedal energizes solenoid cartridge (A) and oil flow "in" is diverted at a controlled rate past the spool (F) and three position orifice (D) to the regulated port for operation of the accessory attachment.
The reduced pressure (H) that results from oil passing through the three position orifice to the regulated port is routed through passage (E) past the energized solenoid cartridge (A) to the spring (C) end of spool (F). Main pressure oil "in" flows through the radial holes to the opposite end of the spool. Consequently the position of the spool is maintained in a balanced position to provide the "regulated" flow rate that was selected. The relief cartridge (B) protects the regulated circuit by dumping excess pressure oil at the spring (C) end of the spool (F) to tank. Reduced pressure assisting the spring causes the spool to shift toward the spring and the flow of oil that is being routed to the regulated circuit is decreased.
TX,902505,BS184 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-48
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=776
T7864AC
TXC7864AC
1915JAN98
A SOLENOID CARTRIDGE
F SPOOL
E OIL PASSAGE
G HIGH PRESSURE OIL H REDUCED PRESSURE OIL
Theory of Operation The regulated flow can be turned off by de-energizing the solenoid cartridge (A). This allows oil in the spring chamber to be released to tank and pressure inlet oil (G) forces the spool to move against the spring which blocks oil flow through the valve.
TX,902505,BS184 1903MAR932/2
9025 05 49
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-49
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=777
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Swing Valve OperationGresen

CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE WITH ANTICAVITATION D VALVE E SWING RIGHT WORK PORT F LIFT CHECK SWING LEFT G WORK PORT
FUNCTIONAL INLET PASSAGE
RETURN K PASSAGE
M METERING GROOVES
METERING O PASSAGES
AUXILIARY I PASSAGE
J SPOOL
B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL D

9025 05 50 TXC8381BB
P VALVE IN SWING RIGHT POSITION

Valve in Swing Right Position
AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil (Return To Charge Circuit) CSwing Right DCircuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation Valve (2 used)
ESwing Right Work Port FLift Check GSwing Left Work Port HFunctional Inlet Passage IAuxiliary Passage
JSpool KReturn passage LSwing Cylinders (2 used) MMetering Grooves
NSwing Left OMetering Passages PBackhoe Swing Valve-Swing Right Position
The swing valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve contains two circuit relief valves with anti-cavitation (D). The spool (J) has grooves on both ends to meter oil flow through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops. The return oil metering grooves (M) are longer to give more control of function speed. Radial metering passages (O) are used to reduce lever effort.
When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the functional inlet passage (H), past the lift check (F) and spool (J), out the work port to the cylinders. Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (K), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
TX,902505,BS157 1920DEC941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-50
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=778
T8381BB
1915JAN98
A HIGH PRESSURE OIL
Theory of Operation
9025 05 51
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-51
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=779
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Boom Valve OperationGresen

E D F G I H
J Q P
D A C I
T88938 Valve Shown in Neutral Position AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil CTrapped Oil DCircuit Relief Valve EBoom Raise Work Port FFunctional Inlet Passage GLift Check HBoom Lower Work Port ICircuit Relief Valve with Anti-Cavitation Valve JReturn Passage KSpool LAuxiliary Passage MBoom Up NBoom Down OBoom Cylinder PMetering Grooves QPressure Seal Passage 9025 05 52
P N G O
The spool (K) has grooves on both ends to "meter" oil flow through valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops. The boom down return oil metering grooves (P) are longer to give more control of boom down speed. The boom valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve contains a lift check (G), a circuit relief valve (D) in boom rise circuit, and a circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation valve (I) in boom lower circuit.
Pressure seal passages (Q) are used to prevent leakage from the boom raise circuit to return passage (J) causing function drift. Oil flows from the inlet passage, through pressure seal passage to the land between boom raise work port (E) passage and return passage to form a high pressure seal between land and housing.
27T,9025,M74 1906APR941/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-52
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=780
T88938
UN07FEB97
Theory of Operation When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the functional inlet passage (F), past the lift check (G) and spool (K), out the work port to the cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (J), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
27T,9025,M74 1906APR942/2
Backhoe Bucket Valve OperationGresen

E BUCKET DUMP WORK PORT CIRCUIT RELIEF D VALVE FUNCTIONAL F INLET PASSAGE H BUCKET LOAD WORK PORT O CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE WITH ANTICAVITATION VALVE
G LIFT CHECK
AUXILIARY K PASSAGE A HIGH PRESSURE OIL B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL C TRAPPED OIL
TXC8381BA
SPOOL J
RETURN PASSAGE
9025 05 53
1915JAN98
022602
M O D L G
P BACKHOE BUCKET VALVE - LOAD POSITION

Valve in Bucket Load Position
AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) CTrapped Oil DCircuit Relief Valve
EBucket Dump Work Port FFunctional Inlet Passage GLift Check HBucket Load Work Port IReturn Passage
JSpool KAuxiliary Passage LBucket Dump MBucket Load NBucket Cylinder
OCircuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation PBackhoe Bucket Valve-Load Position
The backhoe bucket valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve contains a circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation valve (O) in the bucket load circuit and circuit relief valve (D) in the bucket dump circuit. The spool (J) has grooves on both ends to meter oil flow through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops.
When the spool (J) is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the functional inlet passage (F), past the lift check (G) and spool out the work port to the cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (I), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
TX,902505,BS156 1920DEC941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-53
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=781
T8381BA
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Crowd Valve OperationGresen

E D F G I H
K L
O A C D I
T88940 Valve Shown in Crowd-In Position AHigh Pressure Oil BCharge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) CTrapped Oil DCircuit Relief With Anti-Cavitation Valve ECrowd-In Work Port FFunctional Inlet Passage GLift Check HCrowd-Out Work Port ICircuit Relief Valve JReturn Passage KSpool LAuxiliary Passage MCrowd-In NCrowd-Out OCrowd Cylinder
UN07FEB97
9025 05 54
N G
The backhoe crowd valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve contains a circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation valve (D) in the crowd-in circuit and circuit relief valve (I) in the crowd-out circuit. The spool (K) has grooves on both ends to meter oil flow through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops.
When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the functional inlet passage (F) past the lift check (G) and spool (K), out the work port to the cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (J), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
27T,9025,M75 1906APR941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-54
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=782
T88940
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Auxiliary Valve OperationGresen

ROD END WORK PORT B PRESSURE LIFT PASSAGE CHECK D C HEAD END WORK PORT E
A RETURN PASSAGE A
A RETURN PASSAGE
F HIGH PRESSURE OIL

TXC7419BM AReturn Passage BRod End Work Port
H BACKHOE AUXILIARY VALVE EXTEND

CLift Check DPressure Passage EHead End Work Port FHigh Pressure Oil
G CHARGE PRESSURE OIL

GCharge Pressure Oil
T7419BM
022602
1915JAN98
9025 05 55
The auxiliary valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve has two plugs and no reliefs. Plugs may be replaced with reliefs appropriate to attachment being installed. When the spool is moved to extend position, oil flows from the pressure passage (D) past the lift check (C) and spool, out the head end work port to the cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder flows into the rod end work
port (B), past the spool into the return passage (A), then out of the valve to charge circuit. Two auxiliary valve sections can be added to the backhoe valve for a total of six sections. Both are the same in design and operation. The fifth section is normally used for extendable dipper operation. The sixth section can be used to operate accessory hydraulic equipment.
TX,902505,BS158 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-55
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=783
Theory of Operation
Stabilizer Valve Operation

D F G E G F D
A H H J
9025 05 56 TXC7348AD
B
1910SEP98
C STABILIZER VALVE - LOWER

DReturn Passage ENeutral Passage FConnecting Passage GPower Passage HPoppet IThermal Relief Valve JWork Passage
APressure Oil BReturn Oil CStabilizer Valve-Lower
The stabilizer valve is a two-spool, unibody valve containing two lockout poppets (H) and one thermal relief valve (I) for each circuit. When the valve is activated to lower a stabilizer, inlet oil (A) acts on the lockout plunger and lockout poppet (H). The inlet oil pushes the poppet off its seat and flows through work port (J) to head of cylinder. At the same time, the lockout plunger is pushed against the other poppet, opening the return flow (B) from the cylinder to the return passage (J). The lockout poppets are used to prevent cylinder drift while the valve is in neutral. The poppets trap oil in both rod and head ends of the stabilizer cylinder.
The thermal relief valve is used to release high pressures in the rod end of cylinder due to high temperatures changes. When the stabilizer is in the full down position, high temperatures can be generated by the forces working against the stabilizer. If the forces get too high, the lockout plunger would not push the poppet off its seat to raise the stabilizer.
TX,902505,BR125 1924MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-56
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=784
T7348AD
Theory of Operation
Brake Pistons, Plates and Disks Operation (S.N. 872256)

E
C A B
TXC7879AD
T7879AD
1915JAN98
9025 05 57
ABrake Disk BFinal Drive Sun Pinion
CBacking Plate
DAnnular Brake Piston
EOil From Brake Valve
Brake piston (A), backing plate (C), and disk (B) are located on each side of the transmission case final drive. Force applied to a brake pedal unseats the appropriate brake valve sending pressure oil (E), in proportion to force applied, to the connected brake pistons. The right brake pedal operates the brake on the right-hand side and the left brake pedal operates the left side. Locking the pedals together provides simultaneous braking on both sides. Brake disk (A) is tanged to final drive sun pinion (B). Backing plate (C) seats against final drive ring gear
(not shown). Anti-rotation pin prevents rotation of backing plate. Annular brake piston (D) seats against axle housing and is held in place by anti-rotation pins. When brakes are applied, oil pressure in annular passage forces piston out. Brake disk is squeezing against backing plate which stops rotation of disk and sun pinion. When force is removed, oil flows from annular pistons back through the brake valve and returns to the hydraulic reservoir.
TX,902505,BS197 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-57
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=785
Theory of Operation
Brakes Released (S.N. 872256)
21
RWC20537
20
23 18 22
9025 05 58
13
14
12
19
12 13 10 16 8 15 11 17 22
13
24
16
TX,902505,BS198 1920DEC941/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-58
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=786
RWC20537
UN20AUG98
Theory of Operation
1Pressure Oil Inlet 2Inlet Check Valve 3Piston (LS) 4Capped Port (LS) 5Shuttle Valve (LS) 6Orifice Ring 7Brake Piston 8Prefill Chamber 9Equalizing Passage 10Pressure/Return Passage 11Make-Up Check Valve 12Orificed Check Valve 13Annular Pressure Passage 14Brake Chamber 15Pin 16Relief Valve Ball 17Spool Valve 18Return To Sump 19Equalizing Valve Land 20Bleed Orifice (LS) 21Check Ball (LS) 22To Right And Left Brake Pistons 23Pressure Oil 24Return (Pressure Free) Oil
NOTE: The brake valve has a load sense (LS) feature which is not used for this machine. Load sense port (4) is closed using a cap. Pressure oil (1) from main hydraulic pump opens inlet check valve (2) to reach annular passage (13). Inlet check valve is only required during manual braking. With brake piston and spool in released position, annular pressure passage (13) is closed to brake chamber (14).
Brake chamber (14) is connected to sump by passage (10). Oil in prefill chamber (8) returns to sump by passing through drilled holes in forward land of brake piston (7) and between orifice ring (6) and second land of piston. Orificed equalizing valve lands (19) are closed trapping oil in equalizing passage (9).
TX,902505,BS198 1920DEC942/3
9025 05 59
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-59
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=787
Theory of Operation
23 PRESSURE OIL 4 12 16 11 8 7 6 21 3 20
9025 05 60
13
14
19
22
24 RETURN OIL
18
TXC7879AE
Brake Released
TX,902505,BS198 1920DEC943/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-60
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=788
T7879AE
1915JAN98
Theory of Operation
9025 05 61
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-61
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=789
Theory of Operation
Brakes Engaging (S.N. 872328)

5 21 4 3
23 24 25 1
20 2
18
9025 05 62
14 12 22 12
9 13 19 22 17 11 15 13 13 16 8
10
16
TX,902505,BS200 1920DEC941/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-62
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=790
RWC20540
UN11JUL00
Theory of Operation
1Pressure Oil Inlet 2Inlet Check Valve 3Piston (LS) 4Capped Port (LS) 5Shuttle Valve (LS) 6Orifice Ring 7Brake Piston 8Prefill Chamber 9Equalizing Passage 10Pressure/Return Passage 11Make-Up Check Valve 12Orificed Check Valve 13Annular Pressure Passage 14Brake Chamber 15Pin 16Relief Valve Ball 17Spool Valve 18Return To Sump 19Equalizing Valve Land 20Bleed Orifice (LS) 21Check Ball (LS) 22To Right And Left Brake Pistons 23Pressure Oil 24Return (Pressure Free) Oil 25Low Pressure Oil
NOTE: The brake valve has a load sense (LS) feature which is not used for this machine. Load sense port (4) is closed using a cap. When brake pedal is depressed, piston (7) and spool valve (17) moves right closing off return at passage (10). Equalizing valve land (19) opens to equalizing passage (9). When both pedals are depressed, equalization of pressure in chambers (14) occurs through passage (9). Additional pedal travel aligns passage (10) in spool valve with pressure oil annular passage (13). Pressure
oil flows through spool valve, opens check valve (12) and is routed to annular brake piston at rear axle. Oil pressure on pin (15) unseats relief valve ball (16) providing passage to sump for oil trapped in prefill chamber. When pedal release begins, passage (10) closes to annular pressure passage (13) and orifice ring (6) moves against forward land of piston, this opens prefill chamber to sump (18). Brake chamber pressure (14) bleeds past shuttle valve (5), check ball (21) and bleed orifice (20) to sump.
TX,902505,BS200 1920DEC942/3
9025 05 63
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-63
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=791
Theory of Operation
23 PRESSURE OIL 4 3 12 17 16 11 21 8 6
22
9025 05 64
13
14
19
20
24 RETURN OIL
18
TXC7879AF
Brake Engaging
TX,902505,BS200 1920DEC943/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-64
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=792
T7879AF
1915JAN98
Theory of Operation
9025 05 65
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-65
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=793
Theory of Operation
Manual BrakingPrefill (S.N. 872328)
21
RWC20539
20
23 18 13
9025 05 66
14
12
24 16 8 15 11 17 22 12
22
13
10
13
19
TX,902505,BS202 1920DEC941/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-66
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=794
RWC20539
16
UN20AUG98
Theory of Operation
1Pressure Oil Inlet 2Inlet Check Valve 3Piston (LS 4Capped Port (LS) 5Shuttle Valve (LS) 6Orifice Ring 7Brake Piston 8Prefill Chamber 9Equalizing Passage 10Pressure/Return Passage 11Make-Up Check Valve 12Orificed Check Valve 13Annular Pressure Passage 14Brake Chamber 15Pin 16Relief Valve Ball 17Spool Valve 18Return To Sump 19Equalizing Valve Land 20Bleed Orifice (LS) 21Check Ball (LS) 22To Right And Left Brake Pistons 23Pressure Oil 24Return (Pressure Free) Oil
NOTE: The brake valve has a load sense (LS) feature which is not used for this machine. Load sense port (4) is closed using a cap. When main pump pressure is unavailable for braking, inlet check valve (2) prevents loss of oil from brake circuit. Check ball (21) remains seated preventing lose of oil through sensing circuit.
When pedal is depressed, piston (7) and spool (17) move forward. Orifice ring (6) seats to rear closing return passage. Oil trapped in pre-fill chamber (8) forces make-up check valve (11) forward against spring pressure. Oil from prefill chamber flows past check valve (12) to differential to take up free play between brake piston, disk and backing plate.
TX,902505,BS202 1920DEC942/3
9025 05 67
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-67
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=795
Theory of Operation
23 PRESSURE OIL 4 12 16 11 8 6 21 3 20
9025 05 68
13
14
19
22
24 RETURN OIL
18
TXC7879AG
TX,902505,BS202 1920DEC943/3
Manual BrakingPrefill
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-68
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=796
T7879AG
1915JAN98
Theory of Operation
9025 05 69
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-69
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=797
Theory of Operation
Manual Braking (Engaging) (S.N. 872328)
21
RWC20541
20
23 18 13 22
9025 05 70
14
12
24 16 8 15 11 17 22 12
13
13
19
16
TX,902505,BS204 1920DEC941/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-70
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=798
RWC20541
UN20AUG98
10
Theory of Operation
1Pressure Oil Inlet 2Inlet Check Valve 3Piston (LS) 4Capped Port (LS) 5Shuttle Valve (LS) 6Orifice Ring 7Brake Piston 8Prefill Chamber 9Equalizing Passage 10Pressure/Return Passage 11Make-Up Check Valve 12Orificed Check Valve 13Annular Pressure Passage 14Brake Chamber 15Pin 16Relief Valve Ball 17Spool Valve 18Return To Sump 19Equalizing Valve Land 20Bleed Orifice (LS) 21Check Ball (LS) 22To Right And Left Brake Pistons 23Pressure Oil 24Return (Pressure Free) Oil
NOTE: The brake valve has a load sense (LS) feature which is not used for this machine. Load sense port (4) is closed using a cap. When pressure in prefill chamber (8) reaches relief valve setting, ball (16) is unseated reducing pressure in prefill chamber. As pressure drops in prefill chamber, make-up check valve (11) is seated by spring and oil pressure. As pedal moves further, pressure increases in brake chamber (14), sensing pin (15) fully opens valve ball (16) relieving pressure in prefill chamber to sump. Further pedal travel now works against smaller diameter of spool (17) producing higher pressure required to apply brakes.
If operator is unable to press pedal hard enough to reach relief valve setting, relief of prefill chamber is accomplished as oil bleeds through end gap of orifice ring (6). Pedal effort is transferred to smaller diameter of spool. When pedal is released, orifice ring seats against forward piston land opening sump passage to pre-fill chamber. Relief valve ball (16) reseats. Oil is drawn past orifice ring into prefill chamber from return line as piston retracts. Smaller orificed check valve (12) slows return of oil from rear axle to allow pumping action to fill chambers.
9025 05 71
TX,902505,BS204 1920DEC942/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-71
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=799
Theory of Operation
23 PRESSURE OIL 4 3 12 16 11 8 6 21 20
14
9025 05 72
13
19
22
24 PRESSURE OIL
18
TXC7879AH
TX,902505,BS204 1920DEC943/3
Manual BrakingEngaging
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-72
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=800
T7879AH
1915JAN98
Theory of Operation
9025 05 73
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-73
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=801
Theory of Operation
Brake Pistons, Plates and Disks Operation (S.N. 872329 )
9025 05 74
TX,05,SS3133 1916MAY961/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-74
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=802
T117162
1904FEB99
Theory of Operation
ADisk (4 used) BPlate (4 used) CPiston DFrom Brake Valve EBrake Housing FAdjusting Screw GHub HSun Gear Shaft IService Brake
The rear axle assembly uses wet multi-disk brakes which are self-adjusting to compensate for wear. The disks are splined to the sun gear shaft and the plates are splined to the rear axle housing. When the service brakes are applied, the pressure oil from the brake valve (D), forces the brake piston (C)
against the brake plates (B) and disks (A) which stops rotation of the sun gear shaft (H). When the brakes are released the return oil flows back out the same port to the brake valve.
TX,05,SS3133 1916MAY962/2
9025 05 75
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-75
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=803
Theory of Operation
Brake Valve Operation (S.N. 872329 )

The brake system is hydraulic with no mechanical connection between the brake valve and the brake pressure plates. It consist of two accumulators which are sourced from system pressure oil from the stabilizer valve. The brake valve is a full power valve with equalization. The brake valve is activated by two brake pedals that allow individual or simultaneous operation of brake pressure pistons that are located in the brake housing of each axle. Two accumulators provide pressure oil for secondary braking. A pressure switch will alert operator with light and audible warning if pressure is below specification. When the brakes are engaged, the brake piston applies force on the brake disks and plates which are connected to the final drive pinion shaft.
TX,05,SS3131 1923JUL981/1
9025 05 76
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-76
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=804
Theory of Operation
9025 05 77
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-77
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=805
Theory of Operation
Brakes Released (S.N. 872329 )

12 19 6
14 9
17 22
11
T118962
16 13 10 15 21 18
20
9025 05 78
13
14 15
16 17
18
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27
1911JAN99 T118980
28 29 HIGH PRESSURE OIL 30 RETURN OIL
T118980
LEFT TM1537 (26FEB02)
31 BRAKES RELEASED
RIGHT
CED,TX03610,138 1919MAR991/2
9025-05-78
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=806
T118962
UN07JAN99
Theory of Operation
1Spring 2Retainer 3Shim 4Spring 5Retainer 6Check Ball 7Spring 8Tank Port 9Left Port 10Check Ball 11Left Pressure Switch Port 12Spool 13Left Pressure Switch Port 14Orifice 15Brake Light Switch Port 16Shuttle Tee Check Ball 17Orifice 18Right Pressure Switch Port 19Spool 20Right Pressue Port 21Check Ball 22Right Brake Port 23Spring 24Retainer 25Spring 26Shims 27Retainer 28Spring 29High Pressure Oil 30Return Oil 31Brakes Released
Oil pressure from the accumulators enters pressure ports (11 & 20). Pressure switches connected to ports (13 & 18) sense pressure in each accumulator through the valve. Spools (12 & 19) block oil pressure from
moving through the valve. All other internal chambers and brake ports (9 & 22) are connected to the reservoir via the tank port (8). The pedals are held in the neutral position by springs (7 & 23).
CED,TX03610,138 1919MAR992/2
9025 05 79
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-79
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=807
Theory of Operation
Brakes Engaging (S.N. 872329 )

12 6 19
14 9 8
17
22 8
11
T118979
16 13 10 15 21 18
20
9025 05 80
13
14 15
16 17
18
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 HIGH PRESSURE OIL 30 LOW PRESSURE OIL

1911JAN99 T118981
022602
T118981
LEFT
32 BRAKES ENGAGED
RIGHT
31 RETURN OIL
CED,TX03610,139 1919MAR991/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-80
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=808
T118979
UN16DEC98
Theory of Operation
1Spring 2Retainer 3Shim 4Spring 5Retainer 6Check Ball 7Spring 8Tank Port 9Left Port 10Check Ball 11Left Pressure Switch Port 12Spool 13Left Pressure Switch Port 14Orifice 15Brake Light Switch Port 16Shuttle Tee Check Ball 17Orifice 18Right Pressure Switch Port 19Spool 20Right Pressue Port 21Check Ball 22Right Brake Port 23Spring 24Retainer 25Spring 26Shims 27Retainer 28Spring 29High Pressure Oil 30Low Pressure Oil 31Return Oil 32Brakes Engaged
Oil under pressure from accumulators enters pressure ports (11 & 20). Both pedals are depressed forcing spools (12 & 19) to move through springs (1 & 4) and (25 & 28) respectively. When the spools travel a short distance, the brake ports (9 & 22) become blocked to tank and are then pressurized by oil moving through spools (12 & 19), through check balls (10 & 21), again through spools (12 & 19) and to brake ports (9 & 22). Pressure modulation to each brake is regulated by springs (25 & 28) for the right brake and (1 & 4) for the left brake. If the right side spool (19) is regulating pressure lower than the left side spool (12), check ball
(21) closes and shuttle ball (16) moves to close off the lower right side pressure. The higher pressure from the left spool (12) moves through orifice (17) to increase the right brake pressure to equal that of the left brake. The maximum pressure that can be reached in the brakes is limited by the force of springs (1 & 28) regardless of higher accumulator pressures or pedal force. The maximum brake pressures are set by shims (3 & 26) on retainers (2 & 27). The brake light switch is connected to port (15) and will see the higher modulated brake pressure of either side.
CED,TX03610,139 1919MAR992/2
9025 05 81
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-81
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=809
Theory of Operation
Brake EngagingRight Side Only (S.N. 872329 )

19
12 6
14 9 8
17
22 8
11
T118978
16 13 10 15 21 18
20
9025 05 82
13
14 15
16 17
18
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27
1911JAN99 T118982
022602
28 29 HIGH PRESSURE OIL
T118982
32 BRAKE ENGAGED LEFT
30 LOW PRESSURE OIL RIGHT 31 RETURN OIL

CED,TX04577,834 1918DEC981/2
(RIGHT ONLY)
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-82
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=810
T118978
UN16DEC98
Theory of Operation
1Spring 2Retainer 3Shim 4Spring 5Retainer 6Check Ball 7Spring 8Tank Port 9Left Port 10Check Ball 11Left Pressure Switch Port 12Spool 13Left Pressure Switch Port 14Orifice 15Brake Light Switch Port 16Shuttle Tee Check Ball 17Orifice 18Right Pressure Switch Port 19Spool 20Right Pressue Port 21Check Ball 22Right Brake Port 23Spring 24Retainer 25Spring 26Shims 27Retainer 28Spring 29High Pressure Oil 30Low Pressure Oil 31Return Oil 32Brake Engaged (Right Only)
Oil under pressure from the accumulators enters pressure ports (11 & 20). The right pedal is depressed forcing spool (19) to move through springs (28 & 25). Spool (12) remains in the neutral position blocking accumulator pressure from moving through the valve and the left brake port (9) remains at tank pressure. When spool (19) travels a short distance, the right brake port (22) becomes blocked to tank and is pressurized with oil moving through spool (19), through
check ball (21), again through spool (19) and to the right brake port (22). Brake pressure is blocked from entering the left brake by check ball (10), shuttle ball (16), and spool (12). Pressure modulation is regulated by springs (25 & 28). The maximum pressure to the right brake is limited by the force of spring (28) regardless of higher accumulator pressures or pedal force. The brake light switch connected to port (15) will see the right brake pressure.
CED,TX04577,834 1918DEC982/2
9025 05 83
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-83
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=811
Theory of Operation
Parking Brake Operation (S.N. 872328)
L PARK BRAKE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK VALVE
DUST SEAL
B SEALS C PISTON
9025 05 84
D ADJUSTING SCREW
DISC K J PADS
E LOCK NUT F COVER
I SHAFT
H SPRING WASHERS
G SNAP RING M RETURN PRESSURE OIL N HIGH PRESSURE OIL O ENGAGEMENT PRESSURE OIL
1915JAN98
022602
TXC8381BC
P PARKING BRAKE
TX,902505,BS185 1920DEC941/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-84
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=812
T8381BC
Theory of Operation
ADust Seal BSeals CPiston DParking Brake Adjusting Screw ELock Nut FCover GSnap Ring HSpring Washers IShaft JPark Brake Pads KPark Brake Disc LPark Brake/Differential Lock Valve MReturn Pressure Oil NHigh Pressure Oil OEngagement Pressure Oil PParking Brake
NOTE: For (S.N. 872329 ) see Section 9020 for operation and test procedures for the park brake. The parking brake (P) is spring applied and hydraulic released. When the operator actuates the park brake switch to the "on" position or shuts the machine off, spring washers (H) force the piston (C) against the shaft (I). This force causes the park brake pads (J) to be compressed against the parking brake disc (K) which is attached to the axle input shaft. When the park brake is applied, engagement of the brake pads with the brake disc prevents machine movement. When the operator moves the parking brake switch to the "off" position with the engine running, two solenoids that are located on the park brake/differential lock valve (L) are energized simultaneously. Main hydraulic pressure oil (N) is routed to the piston (C)
and the return of oil to reservoir is blocked. This causes the piston to move against the spring washers (H) which releases the force on the shaft (I) and the park brake pads (J). As the pressure on the pads is released, the parking brake disc (K) is free to turn and the machine can move. To release the parking brake following machine shut-down with the switch in the off position, the switch must be cycled from "off" to "on" then back to "off" after the engine is started. If required, the parking brake can be manually released to allow movement of the machine if the engine cannot be started. Remove cover (F), loosen lock nut (E) and turn out parking brake adjustment screw (D) until brake disc is released by the brake pads. The adjusting screw must be turned back in to allow the parking brake to engage.
9025 05 85
TX,902505,BS185 1920DEC942/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-85
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=813
Theory of Operation
Differential Lock Operation (S.N. 872256)

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PISTON D E OIL SEAL CAPTURE SYSTEM RETURN PASSAGE H DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID K PARK BRAKE/ I DIFFERENTIAL LOCK VALVE
F OIL SEAL
J PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE A HIGH PRESSURE OIL SEALING G RINGS

TXC8381BD
1915JAN98
022602
B ENGAGEMENT PRESSURE OIL C RETURN OIL
9025 05 86
L DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATION

EOil Seal FOil Seal GSealing Rings HCapture System Return IPark Brake/Differential Lock Valve JPressure Reducing Valve KDifferential Lock Solenoid LDifferential Lock Operation
AHigh Pressure Oil BEngagement Pressure Oil CReturn Oil DDifferential Lock Piston
NOTE: For (S.N. 872329 ) see Section 9020 for operation and test procedures for the differential lock. The hydraulic differential lock is supplied with high pressure oil (A) by the main hydraulic system. A pressure reducing valve (J) and a differential lock solenoid valve (K) are located on the park brake/differential lock valve (I) to control oil pressure and flow required for engagement. When the differential lock is not engaged, oil flow to the differential lock piston (D) is blocked and the passage to the piston is open to return. Normal differential action occurs when the differential lock is not activated.
Engagement of the differential lock occurs when the differential lock solenoid is energized. Oil is allowed to flow past the energized valve and engagement pressure (B) is routed between internal sealing rings (G) to move the differential lock piston (D). Oil that seeps past the sealing rings is contained by the outer oil seals (E) and (F), and is return oil (C) that is routed to reservoir through the capture system return passage (H). Refer to CTM43 for additional details on differential lock and axle assembly.
TX,902505,BS186 1920DEC941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-86
710D Backhoe Loader

PN=814
T8381BD
Theory of Operation
9025 05 87
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-87
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=815
Theory of Operation
Park Brake Differential Lock Valve Operation (S.N. 872256)

D C B E G F
N A
K W R Q D P1-PORT SERVICE BRAKES E WORK PORT

9025 05 88
F P2-PORT P3-PORT C PARK BRAKE B SOLENOID "P1" "SERVICE BRAKE" "SWITCH" "DRAIN" A DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID "PARK BRK" "REG TEST" H PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE N RELIEF VALVE
"P3"
"P2"
PARK BRAKE G SOLENOID
"DIFF LOCK"
M DIFFERENTIAL LOCK TEST PORT
TXC8381BE
V PARK BRAKE/DIFFERENTIAL LOCK VALVE
TX,902505,BS187 1920DEC941/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-88
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=816
T8381BE
1915JAN98
I RETURN J DIFFERENTIAL TO DRAIN L LOCK WORK PARK BRAKE PORT WORK PORT K PARK BRAKE S HIGH PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE SENSING T REDUCED PRESSURE OIL SWITCH U RETURN OIL
Theory of Operation
ADifferential Lock Solenoid Valve BPark Brake Solenoid Valve-Normally Open CP3 Port DP1 Port EService Brakes Work Port FP2 Port GPark Brake Solenoid Valve-Normally Closed HPressure Reducing Valve IReturn To Drain JDifferential Lock Work Port KPark Brake Pressure Sensing Switch LPark Brake Work Port MDifferential Lock Test Port NRelief Valve OOrifice PCheck Valve QPark Brake RDifferential Lock SHigh Pressure Oil TReduced Pressure Oil UReturn Oil VPark Brake/Differential Lock Valve WThermal Relief Valve
NOTE: For (S.N. 872329 ) see Section 9020 for operation and test procedures for the differential lock and park brake. The park brake/differential lock valve is mounted on the right frame member below the cab and receives oil directly from the main hydraulic pump at P3 port (SN830204) or at P1 port (SN 830205 ). Solenoid valves control the internal flow of oil that operates the park brake and differential lock functions. Incoming oil is routed to the park brake solenoid valve (G) that is normally closed when de-energized and the park brake is "on". Therefore oil is prevented from flowing to the park brake. Another park brake solenoid valve (B) is normally "open" when de-energized, which allows oil within the park brake to return to reservoir. This results in the spring applied, hydraulic release park brake becoming engaged to prevent the machine from moving. When the park brake switch is moved to the "off" position with the engine running, the normally closed park brake solenoid valve (G) is energized and becomes "open". This allows pressure oil to flow through an orifice (O) and a check valve (P) to the
park brake. Since the "normally open" park brake solenoid valve (B) is energized at the same time and becomes "closed", oil is prevented from returning to reservoir and pressure increases to release the park brake. A thermal relief valve (W) is located in the park brake pressure port (L). The relief valve prevents excessive pressure build-up from thermal expansion in the park brake circuit. Park brake pressure is sensed at a switch (K) which de-activates a light on the control panel when the brake is "off". Relief valve (N) is in the park brake circuit to protect against excessive pressure build-up on trapped oil due to heat and expansion. By energizing the differential lock solenoid valve (A) reduced pressure oil (T) is allowed to flow to the rear axle for differential lock engagement. When disengaged return oil flows back through the de-energized solenoid and is routed to reservoir. High pressure oil is (S) provided the service brakes from the inlet galley through the service brake work port (E).
9025 05 89
TX,902505,BS187 1920DEC942/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-89
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=817
Theory of Operation
9025 05 90
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-90
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=818
Group 15
Diagnostic Information
Diagnose Steering System Malfunctions
NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when diagnosing a problem: Step 1. Operational Check Out Procedure Step 2. Diagnostic Charts Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests
Slow or Hard Steering
Air in system. Steering lines or load sensing "LS" lines damaged (bent). Priority valve.
Check oil level. Check and replace.
Operate loader while steering machine. If steering effort increases, do Priority Valve Pressure Check. (See Group 9025-10.) Check "LS" orifice for plugging. Check for bent steering column.
9025 15 1
Steering valve binding internally. Shaft in steering wheel column binding. Internal leakage in system.
Do Steering System Leakage Check. (See Group 9025-10.) Do Main Hydraulic Pump Standby Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Inspect and Repair. Do Steering System Leakage Check. (See Group 9025-10.) Do Steering System Leakage Check. (See Group 9025-10.) Check oil level. Check for cavitation in charge system. Disassemble and inspect. Flush.
Main hydraulic pump (low pressure).
Priority valve spool. Excessive Steering Wheel Turns to Steer Machine Steering cylinder leakage.
Excessive wear in steering valve.
Erratic ("Spongy") Steering
Air in system.
Steering Wheel "Locks" Up
Debris in gerotor section.
T60,9025,C148 1924MAY931/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=819
Symptom Problem
Solution
Priority valve.
Do Priority Valve Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Replace. Check system pressure and flow. Replace.
Broken drive shaft to gerotor pin. Low hydraulic flow. Steering Wheel Turns Freely But No Wheel Movement Steering column shaft broken.
Splines on shaft disengaged from steering valve. No oil in steering valve. Can happen when starting machine after a repair.
Check and repair.
Verify and repair the cause of no oil. Operate valve to purge air from system. Replace valve. Remove line, inspect. Replace.
Internal steering valve damage. Poor Centering of Steering Wheel (Wheels Continue to Move After Steering Wheel is Stopped) High back pressure in return line.
Debris between spool and sleeve.

9025 15 2
Inspect screen in priority valve housing to verify. Flush. Inspect column and spline to steering valve connection. Repair. Disassemble, inspect and reassemble.
Binding or misalignment in steering column or splined connection. Steering Wheel Oscillates Or Turns By Itself After Starting Machine Parts assembled wrong (steering valve improperly timed)
Line connected to wrong ports. WanderVehicle Will Not Stay in a Straight Line. Air in the system due to low level of oil, cavitating pump, leaky fitting, pinched hose. Worn mechanical linkage.
Inspect and connect correctly. Inspect and correct.
Repair or replace. See Repair Manual. Repair or replace. See Repair Manual.
Bending of linkage or cylinder rod.
T60,9025,C148 1924MAY932/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=820
Symptom Problem
Solution
Loose steering cylinder piston.
Repair or replace. See Repair Manual. Replace the steering control unit. Replace linkage and align front end (toe-in). Replace seals.
Severe wear in steering control unit. DriftVehicle Veers Slowly in One Direction SlipA Slow Movement of Steering Wheel Fails to Cause any Movement of Steered Wheels Worn or damaged steering linkage.
Leakage of steering cylinder piston seals.
Worn steering control unit meter. Erratic Steering. Loose cylinder piston. Sticking priority valve control spool. "Spongy" or Soft Steering. Steered Wheels Turn in Wrong Direction When Operator Activates Steering Wheel. Steering Wheel Kicks at Start of Steering. Low fluid level. Lines connected to wrong cylinder ports.
Replace steering control unit. Replace cylinder. Replace. Add fluid and check for leaks. Inspect and reconnect correctly.
Inlet check valve in steering valve stuck open.
Check and repair.
9025 15 3
T60,9025,C148 1924MAY933/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=821
Diagnose Main Hydraulic System Malfunctions

No Hydraulics
Low oil level. Broken pump drive shaft.
Check Oil level. Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual. Inspect and replace. See Repair Manual. Check destroke solenoid. See Repair Manual. Remove oil cooler inlet hose to check for flow. Repair pump. See Repair Manual. Inspect and replace filter. See Repair Manual. Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual. Check hydraulic functions. If only loader is affected, problem is priority valve. Inspect and repair destroke solenoid. See Repair Manual. Remove and inspect surge relief valve. See Repair Manual. Inspect and clean screen. See Repair Manual. Do Hydraulic Pump Charge and Return System Check. (See Group 9025-25.) Inspect destroke solenoid. See Repair Manual. Do System relief Valve Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Charge pump belt. (SN 830204)
Destroke solenoid stuck or O-ring.
Charge pump.
Slow Hydraulics (Low Pump Output)
Hydraulic filter restricted.
Charge pump belt slipping or missing. (SN 830204)

9025 15 4
Priority valve stuck or orifice in spool plugged.
Destroke solenoid stuck.
Surge relief valve stuck open.
Charge pump suction screen restricted. (SN 830204) Charge or return circuit.
Destroke solenoid packing.
System Relief valve too low.
710D,DS4165 1903MAR931/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=822
Symptom Problem
Solution
Low standby pressure.
Do Main Pump Standby Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Inspect valve. See Repair Manual.
Stroke control valve seat, spring, or packing. Crankcase relief valve stuck closed. Charge pump worn.
Inspect valve. See Repair Manual. Do Charge Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Do Cycle Time Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Main pump discharge valve worn. Inlet valve broken or leaking. Worn pistons.
Do Main Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Low Hydraulic Power (Low Hydraulic Pressure) Low oil level (aeration of oil) Add oil. (See Group 9000-04.)
Inspect and replace filter. See Repair Manual. Adjust. Inspect and clean screen. See Repair Manual. Do Main Pump Standby Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Check. (See Group 9025-25.) Feel component for heat. Inspect O-ring. See Repair Manual. Do Charge Pump Pressure Check and Transmission Pump Flow Test Group. (See Group 9025-25.) Check and add oil. (See Group 9000-04.)
9025 15 5
Low standby pressure. Charge pump section screen restricted. (SN 830204) Stroke control valve setting too low.
Excessive leakage in hydraulic system.
Leakage within work circuit. Destroke solenoid O-ring damaged. Low charge flow due to filter relief valve stuck or setting too low, or restriction in filter base or lines. Hydraulic Function (Or Pump) Makes "Chatter" Noise Low oil level (pump cavitation).
710D,DS4165 1903MAR932/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=823
Symptom Problem
Solution
Pump cavitation during combined full cycle crowd and bucket curl.
This is normal in full cycle operation of both functions. Function not used in actual digging operation. Remove, inspect, and replace filter. Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual. Feel components for heat. Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Tests. (See Group 9025-25.) Do Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Do Charge Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Remove, inspect, and clean screen.
Hydraulic filter restricted. Charge pump belt slipping or missing. (SN 830204) Excessive non-return circuit leakage (such as system relief valve leakage).
Surge relief valve setting low .
Charge or return circuit leakage.
Charge pump suction screen restricted. (SN 830204) Charge pump worn.
9025 15 6
Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Inspect pistons. See Repair Manual. Inspect valves. See Repair Manual. Inspect relief valves. See Repair Manual.
Pump pistons sticking. Outlet valve or spring broken. Wrong circuit relief valve (without anti-cavitation valve) installed in backhoe valve. Excessive Pump Noise Low oil level. Hydraulic filter restricted. Charge pump belt slipping. (SN 830204) Surge relief valve sticking open.
Add oil. (See Group 9000-04.) Inspect and replace filter. Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual. Do Surge Relief Valve Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Do Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Surge relief valve setting low.
710D,DS4165 1903MAR933/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=824
Symptom Problem
Solution
System relief valve malfunction.
Feel components for heat. Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Inspect and clean screen.
Charge pump suction screen restricted (aeration of inlet oil). (SN 830204) Oil lines in contact with operators station. Rubber isolators.
Inspect and repair.
Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual. Inspect and tighten coupling. See Repair Manual. Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Inspect O-ring. See Repair Manual. Inspect valve. See Repair Manual.
9025 15 7
Loose pump drive coupling.
Leakage in hydraulic circuit.
Destroke solenoid O-ring failed. Stroke control valve seat, spring or packing. Pump pistons sticking. Outlet valve broken. Inlet valve broken. Misalignment between pump and engine.
Inspect pistons. See Repair Manual. Inspect valve. See Repair Manual. Inspect valve. See Repair Manual. Loosen pump mounting cap screws and start engine. If noise is not heard, misalignment is indicated. Replace pump support. Check oil level. (See Group 9000-04.) Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual. Check and add oil. (See Group 9000-04.)
Hydraulic System Overheats
Reservoir overfilled with oil.
Charge pump belt slipping. (SN 830204) Low oil level.
710D,DS4165 1903MAR934/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=825
Symptom Problem
Solution
Oil cooler and radiator air flow restricted. Wrong oil (viscosity too low)
Do Air Flow Test. (See Group 9010-25.) Verify type of oil. Change oil. (See Group 9000-04.) Remove, inspect, and replace filter. See Repair Manual. Feel components for heat. Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Feel components in circuit for heat. Do Hydraulic System Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Do Surge Relief Valve Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Remove and inspect surge relief valve. See Repair Manual. Remove and clean screen. See Repair Manual. Do Charge Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Do Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Inspect lines for kinks and dents. Check for internal restrictions by feeling for excessive heat. Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Excessive leakage in hydraulic system.
Excessive leakage in work circuit.
Surge relief valve stuck open or spring broken.
Charge pump suction screen restricted. (SN 830204)

9025 15 8
Low charge pump output.
Cooler plugged internally.
Restriction in hydraulic line.
Function Drifts Down
Excessive leakage in circuit.
710D,DS4165 1903MAR935/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=826
Symptom Problem
Solution
Individual Function Low On Power Also see Low Hydraulic Power. Higher hydraulic demand by backhoe can make a system problem appear to be isolated to backhoe.
Excessive leakage in circuit.
Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Incorrect circuit relief valve, low relief valve setting, or broken spring in relief valve.
Do Circuit Relief Valve Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
710D,DS4165 1903MAR936/6
9025 15 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=827
Diagnose Brake System Malfunctions

Poor or No Brakes (steering and hydraulic system operation normal)
Air in system.
Check for damaged O-ring or lines.
Internal brake valve leakage.
Do Brake Valve Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Remove differential level check plug. Actuate brakes and observe leakage from check plug. Remove lines and components and inspect. Remove, inspect and repair. See Repair Manual. (Spool valve and housing are matched.) Remove, inspect, clean. See Repair Manual. Remove, inspect and repair. Do Service Brake Work Port Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25) Check for damaged O-rings or lines. Replace. See Repair Manual.
Internal leakage in axle brake pistons.
Internal restriction in circuit.
Brakes Will Not Release Or Drag
Brake valve sticking.
Work port orifice plugged. (S.N. 872256) Malfuntioning retraction springs in axle. (S.N. 872329 )
9025 15 10
Brakes Chatter or Noisy Manual Brakes Do Not Build Pressure (S.N. 872329)
Air in brake system. Inlet check valve leaking.
Make-up check valve leaking. Internal leakage in axle brake pistons.
Replace. See Repair Manual. Remove differential check plug. Actuate brakes and observe leakage from plug. Remove spool valve, clean and replace.
With Pedals Locked Together Machine Does Not Stop in Straight Line Brakes Dragging (S.N. 872328 )
Equalization orifice plugged.
Improper Adjustment
Do Service Brake Valve and Pedal Adjustment. (See Group 9025.25)
T60,9025,C198 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=828
Symptom Problem
Solution
Brake Single Pedal Drift (S.N. 872328 )
Leaking shuttle valve check in brake valve. Leak in circuit
Inspect and Repair. See Repair Manual Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual.
T60,9025,C198 1903MAR932/2
9025 15 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=829
Diagnose Park Brake and Differential Lock System Malfunctions

No Differential Lock Operation
Differential lock pressure regulating valve stuck open or spring broken. (S.N. 872256)
Do Differential Lock Pressure Regulating Valve Test See Group 9025-25. Remove and inspect regulating valve. Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25 Differential Lock Pressure Test. Do Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve Leakage Test For (S.N. 872267) see Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872329 ) see 9020-25. Remove and inspect seals. (See Repair Manual, Group 1160.) Remove differential check plugs and check leakage. See Differential Lock Capture Circuit Leakage Test. For (S.N. 872256) see Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872329 ) see 9020-25. Disassemble, inspect, repair. For (S.N. 872329) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872256 ) see Repair Manual Section 02. Disassemble, inspect, repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0260.) Do Differential Lock Pressure Regulating Valve Test. For (S.N. 872256) See Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872329 ) See 9020-25. Do Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve Leakage Test. For (S.N. 872329) See Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872256 ) See 9020-25.
Differential lock solenoid failed. (S.N. 872329 )
Excessive differential lock sealing ring leakage
Seals on differential lock regulating valve. Excessive leakage in differential lock circuit
9025 15 12
Differential lock piston stuck in bore
Excessive wear on differential lock disks and plates Differential Lock Slippage Low pressure
TX,902515,BS206 1920DEC941/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=830
Symptom Problem
Solution
Seals on differential lock regulating valve. Excessive leakage in differential lock circuit
Remove and inspect seals. (See Repair Manual, Group 1160.) Remove differential check plugs and check leakage. See Differential Lock Capture Circuit Leakage Test. For (S.N. 872329) see Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872256 ) see 9020-25. Do Differential Lock Solenoid check. (See group 9015-15) Do Differential Lock Pressure Regulating Valve Pressure Test. Remove and inspect regulating valve. Disassemble, inspect, and repair. For (S.N. 872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329 ) see Repair Manual Section 02. Disassemble, inspect, and repair. For (S.N. 872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329 ) see Repair Manual Section 02. Disassemble, inspect, repair. For (S.N. 872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329 ) see Repair Manual Section 02. Disassemble, inspect, repair. For (S.N. 872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329 ) see Repair Manual Section 02. Do Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve Leakage For (S.N. 872329) see Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872256 ) see 9020-25 Remove and inspect seals. (See Repair Manual, Group 1160.)
Differential lock pressure regulating valve stuck open or spring weak or broken. (S.N. 872256)
Differential lock piston sticking in bore
Excessive wear of differential lock disks and plates
9025 15 13
Differential Lock Will Not Release
Differential piston stuck in bore
Warped differential lock disks and plates
Differential Lock Chatters When Engaged
Differential lock regulating valve seal
TX,902515,BS206 1920DEC942/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=831
Symptom Problem
Solution
Differential lock pressure regulating valve stuck open, or spring weak or broken (S.N. 872329
Do Differential Lock Pressure Regulating Valve Test See Group 9025-25. Remove and inspect regulating valve. Disassemble, inspect and repair. For (S.N. 872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329 ) see Repair Manual Section 02. Disassemble, inspect, and repair. For (S.N. 872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329 ) see Repair Manual Section 02.) Disassemble, inspect, and repair.. For (S.N. 872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329 ) see Repair Manual Section 02. Remove differential check plugs and check leakage with differential lock engaged. Remove differential check plugs and check leakage with brakes applied. Adjust park brake. (See Group 9025-20.) Disassemble, inspect, repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 1111.) Do Park Brake Solenoid check. (See group 9015-15.) Replace. See Repair Manual. Adjust park brake. (See Group 9025-20.) Disassemble, inspect brake. Repair if necessary. (See Repair Manual, Group 1111.) Replace. See Repair Manual.
Differential lock piston sticking in bore
Differential Lock Chatters When Disengaged
Warped differential lock disks and plates
Differential lock piston stuck in bore
Differential Overfilled With Oil
Differential lock pressure oil leaking at piston seals, capture seals, or around differential bearing cup Brake piston seals leaking
9025 15 14
Park Brake Will Not Hold
Incorrect park brake adjusting screw torque. Brake disk and/or brake shoes worn
Park brake solenoids
Thermal relief valve will not open. Park Brake Disk Overheats Incorrect park brake adjusting screw torque. Brake not released
Thermal relief valve will not close.
TX,902515,BS206 1920DEC943/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=832
Symptom Problem
Solution
Park Brake Will Not Apply
Incorrect park brake adjusting screw torque. For (S.N. 872329) Park Brake Solenoids
Adjust park brake. See Group 9025-25. Do Park Brake Solenoid Check. (See Group 9015-15.) Replace. See Repair Manual.
Thermal relief valve will not open.
TX,902515,BS206 1920DEC944/4
9025 15 15
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=833
9025 15 16
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=834
Group 20
Adjustments
Charge Pump Belt Tension Adjustment (SN 830204)
SPECIFICATIONS Belt Strand (without Air Conditioning) Tension (New) Belt Strand (without Air Conditioning) Tension (Used) Belt Strand (with Air Conditioning) Tension (New) Belt Strand (with Air Conditioning) Tension (Used) 445 N (100 lb force) 311 N (70 lb force) 623800 N (140180 lb force) 356512 N (80115 lb force)
UN06OCT92
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Belt Tension Gauge
ACharge Pump Drive Belt BBelt Tension Gauge
1. Remove left engine shield. 2. Loosen mounting cap screws. 3. Loosen adjusting strap cap screw and adjust belt tension to specifications.
Specification Belt Strand (without Air Conditioning)Tension Belt Strand (without Air Conditioning)Tension Belt Strand (with Air Conditioning)Tension Belt Strand (with Air Conditioning)Tension (New) ................................... 445 N (100 lb force) (Used) .................................... 311 N (70 lb force) (New) ............... 623800 N (140180 lb force) (Used) ................ 356512 N (80115 lb force) 9025 20 1
4. Tighten adjusting strap and mounting cap screws.
TX,9025,DS4173 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=835
T7861AF
Adjustments
Loader Bucket Level Indicator and Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment

1. Position bucket flat on ground. Turn engine off.
1915OCT92
2. Hold bucket lever in roll-back position. 3. Measure gap (A) between guard and stop (B) and bell crank (C). Gap should be 1 mm (0.04 in.). 4. If gap is not to specification, adjust rod jam nut and yoke (D) to obtain correct gap. Allow bucket lever to return to neutral position. 5. Measure gap (E) between top of bell crank pin (F) and top of actuator tang (G). Gap should be 130 mm (5.1 in.). 6. If gap is not to specification, adjust sensor tube jam nut and yoke (H) to correct length.
A1 mm (0.04 in.) gap BGuard/Stop CBell Crank-Neutral Position DRod Jam Nut and Yoke E130 mm (5.1 in.) gap FBell Crank Pin GActuator Tang HSensor Tube Jam Nut and Yoke IBucket Dump JBucket Rollback
9025 20 2
TX,9025,DS4174 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=836
T7864AD
1915OCT92
T7864AE
Adjustments 7. Loosen cap screw (A) and move return-to-dig switch so roller (B) is touching area (C) on the cam. 8. Move switch toward cam until a "click" is heard.
UN09NOV88
9. Move switch away from cam until a "click" is heard. 10. Tighten cap screw without moving switch. 11. Remove pin from sensor tube yoke. 12. While watching clearance between cam and switch, turn command pointer back and forth to be sure cam does not hit switch bracket. NOTE: Be sure that switch arm and roller does not bottom on switch housing. 13. If cam touches bracket or switch arm, and roller bottoms on switch housing, reposition switch. (See steps 710.)
ACap Screw BRoller CArea on Cam
TX,9025,DS4174 1903MAR932/2
T87154
9025 20 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=837
Adjustments
Adjust Park Brake (S.N. 872328)
9025 20 4 ADust Seal BSeals CPiston DParking Brake Adjusting Screw ELock Nut FCover GSnap Ring HSpring Washers IShaft JPark Brake Pads KParking Brake Disk LCap Screw
1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Lower bucket to ground. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Never rely on loader bucket to keep machine from moving. Machine can unexpectedly roll, resulting in death or serious injury. Always block wheels to hold machine when working on park brake. 3. Stop engine. This will engage park brake. 4. Place blocks in front and behind tires.
NOTE: If this is the initial installation of new park brake pads, install the four mounting screws but do not tighten them.
Specification Brake Pad Assembly Minimum Thickness .................................................. 9 mm (0.354 in.) Pad-to-Disk Running Maximum Clearance ............................................ 4.76 mm (0.187 in.) Pad-to-Disk RunningMinimum Clearance............................................................... 0.5 mm (0.020 in.)
5. Remove three park brake adjustment cover cap screws (L) and cover (F). Loosen lock nut (E).
TX,9025,DS4176 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=838
T7799CW
1914SEP92
Adjustments 6. Tighten park brake adjustment screw (D) to 100 Nm (75 lb-ft). 7. If a new brake assembly is being installed, tighten brake assembly mounting cap screws to 70 Nm (50 lb-ft). 8. Turn park brake adjustment screw counterclockwise 1/2 turn (180). 9. Hold adjusting screw (D) and tighten lock nut (E). 10. Install cover and tighten cap screws (L).
TX,9025,DS4176 1903MAR932/2
Service Brake Inspection (S.N. 872328)

1. Brake disks can be inspected for wear through the external inspection ports (A).
UN13DEC90 RW18679
Specification Service Brake Inspection Thickness (New) ......................................................... 7.57 mm (0.298 in.)
2. Remove axle housing and replace brakes if oil grooves on facing material are no longer visible. (See Repair Manual.)
ABrake Inspection Port
9025 20 5
TX,2520,DS4307 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=839
Adjustments
Service Brake Inspection (S.N. 872329 )

NOTE: Right side inspection port (A) is located on front side of axle but is not shown in illustration.
UN01OCT98
1. Brake disks can be inspected for wear through the external inspection ports (A).
Specification Service Brake Inspection Thickness (New) ......................................................... 7.24 mm (0.285 in.)
2. Remove axle housing and replace brakes if oil grooves (B) on facing material are no longer visible. (See Repair Manual.)
ABrake Inspection Port (Rear shown) BOil Grove
External Inspection Ports
9025 20 6
Oil Grooves on Brake DiskLeft Side Shown

OUO1048,00003E4 1913SEP001/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=840
T8137AC
UN03DEC93
T117539
Adjustments
9025 20 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=841
Adjustments
Service Brake Valve And Pedal Adjustment (S.N. 872329 )

SPECIFICATIONS Brake Pedal Leveling Adjustment Brake Valve Pressure Setting Brake Pedal Linkage Adjustment Jam Nut Torque 2022 mm (0.7870.866 in.) 689 kPa (7 bar) (100 psi) 31.8 mm (1.25 in.) 45 Nm (33 lb-ft)
IMPORTANT: If adjustments are made to Service Brake, the pedal leveling adjustment must be done prior to doing the brake pedal pressure adjustment. 1. Adjust and level pedals by adjusting jam nut (B) and stop screw (A) to dimension (C) on left pedal. Adjust right pedal level with left pedal allowing lock bar (D) to engage as shown.
UN04JAN99
Specification Brake Pedal Leveling AdjustmentClearance ............................. 2022 mm (.07870.866 in.)
9025 20 8
AStop Screw BJam Nut CLeveling Adjustment Dimension DLock Bar
Pedal Leveling Adjustment
CED,TX04577,768 1921SEP981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=842
T118050
Adjustments 2. Remove brake light indicator switch in brake valve. Connect fittings and gauge to brake valve port. See Service Brake Valve Pressure Test in this Group. 3. Disengage locking bar in brake pedal. Depress right pedal 31.8 mm (1.25 in.) and measure distance (D) using a straight edge or ruler. Measure from edge of one pedal to other pedal as shown. Note pressure reading on gauge when pedal has been depressed down one inch travel dimension (D).
Specification Brake Valve Pressure Setting Pressure ............................................................ 689 kPa (7 bar) (100 psi) Brake Pedal Linkage AdjustmentDistance .................................................. 31.8 mm (1.25 in.)
UN28OCT98
6. Loosen jam nut on push rod. Adjust as required being careful not to tear boot. Note, one flat on jam nut equals approximately 25 psi. Tighten jam nut to specification.
Specification Jam NutTorque ............................................................ 45 Nm (33 lb-ft)
Brake Pedal Linkage Adjustment APush Rod BScribe Line CJam Nut DPedal Travel (Pressure Setting Positon) 9025 20 9
CED,TX04577,768 1921SEP982/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=843
T118819
5. Scribe a line (B) on jam nut (C) and push rod (A) for ease of adjustment
UN02FEB99
4. If pressure is not in specification, adjust pedal linkage to obtain correct pressure setting.
T118051B
Adjustments
Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment

NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full travel and proper operation of backhoe valves. Rod lengths given are nominal. Final adjustment is to be done using knob position. Cab and other components have been removed in some photographs for clarity. 1. Put backhoe valve spools in neutral position. 2. Measure rods (A) from center of clevis pin hole to center of ball joint. This distance should be 280 mm (11.2 in.) 3. On machines with extendible dipperstick, auxiliary valve linkage adjustment is also required. Measure rod from center of clevis pin hole to center of ball joint. Distance should be 190 mm (7.5 in.). 4. Put a piece of masking tape across the rear ROPS posts on inside surface at backhoe lever know height. 5. Measure from edge of knobs to tape. Distance (B) should be 140 mm (5.5 in.). Knobs should be 250 mm (9.8 in.) apart.
9025 20 10
TX,9025,DS4178 1903MAR931/1
Loader Control Valve Linkage Adjustment

NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full travel and proper operation of loader valves.
UN06OCT92
Cab and other components have been removed in some photographs for clarity. 1. Put loader control valve spools in neutral position. 2. Adjust rods (A) so tabs (B) on bell crank are horizontal.
ARod BTab
TX,9025,BG231 1906JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=844
T7861AE
T7407AJ
UN30OCT90
T7861AD
UN15OCT92
Adjustments 3. Put a piece of masking tape from right front to right rear ROPS posts on inside surface at loader know height. 4. Distance (D) from right side of knob to tape should be 250 mm (9.8 in.). 5. Put a piece of masking tape from left front to right front ROPS posts on inside surface at loader knob height. 6. Distance (C) from front of knob to tape should be 130 mm (5.1 in.). 7. The distances in steps 4 and 6 can be obtained by adjusting rods (E). NOTE: Pivot (F) must remain in slot when holding the loader lever in the roll-back position.
C130 mm (5.1 in.) D250 mm (9.8 in.) EAdjusting Rod FPivot
UN30OCT90 T7407AP
T7407AO
UN14NOV90
9025 20 11
TX,9025,BG231 1906JAN972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=845
T7407AQ
UN30OCT90
Adjustments
Stabilizer Valve Linkage Adjustment

NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full travel and proper operation of loader valves.
UN30OCT90
Cab and other components have been removed in some photographs for clarity. 1. Put stabilizer valve spools in neutral position. 2. Adjust linkage rods (A) to position tabs (B) vertically. 3. Put masking tape across rear ROPS posts on inside surface at stabilizer knob height. 4. Measure the distance (C) from edge of right stabilizer knob to tape. It should be 260 mm (10.2 in.). Measure the distance (D) from edge of left stabilizer knob to tape. It should be 295 mm (11.6 in.). Adjust rods (E) as necessary.
ALinkage Rods BTab C260 mm (10.2 in.) D295 mm (11.6 in.)
9025 20 12
TX,9025,DS4180 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=846
T7407AM
UN30OCT90
T7407AL
UN30OCT90
T7407AK
Group 25
Tests
John Deere Radial Piston PumpUse CTM7
For complete repair information the Component Technical Manual (CTM) is also required. Use the CTM in conjunction with this repair manual.
UN17JAN89
09T,2160,K5 1912MAY941/1

UN28FEB89 T6813AG
AClamp-on Transducer. Remove paint with emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten only. DO NOT overtighten. BBlack Clip (-). Connect to main frame. CRed Clip (+). Connect to transducer. DTachometer Readout. Install cable.
TS225
9025 25 1
10T,9010,K182 1910AUG951/1
JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer ATemperature Probe
UN28FEB89
Fasten to a bare metal line using a tie band. Wrap with shop towel. BCable CDigital Thermometer
902525,AA4 1928FEB951/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=847
T6808CE
Tests
Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure

1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the system. CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 2. Disconnect boom cylinder rod end hose (A) from control valve, and boom cylinder head end hose (B) from boom cylinder.
9025 25 2
UN23AUG88
3. Connect boom cylinder rod end hose (A) to cylinder head end port and boom cylinder head end hose (B) to control valve. 4. Put cardboard or other suitable material in front of oil cooler to restrict air flow. 5. Start engine and run at 2000 rpm. 6. Move and hold loader control valve lever to boom raise position to heat oil. 7. Operate all hydraulic functions to distribute heated oil. 8. Heat oil to temperature specified in test.
TX,902525,BS159 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=848
T7839AA
UN17SEP92
X9811
Tests
Manual Destroke Installation Procedure

ESSENTIAL TOOLS RE25493 Manual Destroke Assembly
a a
Order from John Deere parts system.
27T,9025,M100 1916OCT911/2
1. Lower all equipment to ground, stop engine and operate hydraulic controls to relieve pressure. 2. Remove grille.
UN20MAR90 T6900AG
3. Remove destroke solenoid and install manual destroke assembly. 4. Turn destroke adjusting screw in to destroke pump.
9025 25 3
27T,9025,M100 1916OCT912/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=849
T6900AH
UN20MAR90
Tests
Diagnostic Destroke Wire Harness Installation Procedure

See Section 99 for instructions to make harness. 1. Connect ground clamp (A) to frame. 2. Disconnect solenoid wire harness. Connect diagnostic destroke wire harness solenoid. 3. Turn switch box to "ON" to destroke pump before starting engine. Turn switch "OFF" to put pump into stroke.
AGround Clamp BPower Cable CInjection Pump DSwitch Box EConnector FMain Hydraulic Pump
UN26OCT88
9025 25 4
27T,9025,M101 1916OCT911/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=850
T6900AI
Tests
Charge Pressure Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Charge Minimum Pressure 66 4C (150 7F) WOT
UN26SEP91 T6900AF UN26OCT88 T7615AF
827 138 kPa (8 1.4 bar) (120 20 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05494 (7/16-20 M 37 x 3/4-16 ORB) AAdapter JT05490 (7/16-20 M 37 x 3/8-24 M ORB) BAdapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer Gauge 01000 kPa (010 bar) (0150 psi)
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Connect gauge to hydraulic pump using fitting (A) or backhoe valve using fitting (B). 3. Heat hydraulic oil to test specifications. (See procedure in this group.)
9025 25 5
4. Run engine at fast idle. Record oil pressure reading.

Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................................. WOT ChargeMinimum Pressure ................... 827 138 kPa (8 1.4 bar) (120 20 psi)
If pressure is low check the following: Loose charge pump belt (S.N. 830204). Restricted charge pump suction screen (S.N. 872256). Do Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test in this group.
TX,902525,BS160 1908NOV011/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=851
Tests
Charge Pump Flow (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Charge Minimum Flow 40 4C (104 7F) Fast Idle 102 L/min (27 gpm) ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05690 (1-1/16-12 M 37 x -12 F ORFS) AAdapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05800 Digital Thermometer BFlowmeter
1. Install digital thermometer in hydraulic reservoir. 2. Remove left engine side shield.
UN26OCT88
IMPORTANT: Flowmeter must be open to prevent damage to charge pump. 3. Connect flowmeter (B) to charge pump using hoses and fittings (A). Open flowmeter loading valve. 4. Apply park brake. Start engine and warm oil to specification (see procedure in this group or use flowmeter).
9025 25 6
5. Operate engine at fast idle and record flow rate.

Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Fast idle ChargeMinimum Flow ............................................. 102 L/min (27 gpm)
6. If flow is low, check the following before servicing the pump: Charge pump belt tension (SN 830204). Suction screen in hydraulic reservoir restricted.
TX,902525,BS161 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=852
T6900AM
Tests
9025 25 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=853
Tests
Charge Pump Flow (S.N. 872329 )
9025 25 8 AUnion SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Charge Minimum Flow 40 4C (104 7F) Fast Idle 102 L/min (27 gpm) ESSENTIAL TOOLS A38H1272 (12 M x 12 M ORFS) AUnion SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05800 Digital Thermometer Flowmeter
3. Apply park brake. Start engine and warm oil to specification (see procedure in this group or use flowmeter).
Specification OilTemperature .............................................. 40 4C (104 7F)
4. Operate engine at fast idle and record flow rate.

Specification EngineSpeed ...................................................................... Fast idle ChargeMinimum Flow ...................................... 102 L/min (27 gpm)
1. Install digital thermometer in hydraulic reservoir. IMPORTANT: Flowmeter must be open to prevent damage to charge pump. 2. Connect flowmeter test hose to charge pump and hose removed with union (A) to flowmeter test hose. Open flowmeter loading valve.
5. If flow is low, check the following before servicing the pump: Do Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test in this group.
CED,TX03610,140 1919MAR991/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=854
T117960
UN23OCT98
Tests
Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Surge Relief Pressure 40 4C (104 7F) Fast Idle
UN12NOV92 T7888AA
827 140 kPa (8.2 1.4 bar) (120 20 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT05494 (7/16-20 M 37 x 3/4-16 ORB) AAdapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS BHose CGauge 02000 kPa (020 bar) (0300 psi) Digital Thermometer DVice Grips
Purpose of this test is check that surge relief valve is set low enough to protect return circuit and high enough to maintain cooler flow to cool hydraulic oil. Surge relief valve (E) is located on bottom of reservoir in line from hydraulic filter.
1. Apply park brake. 2. Install gauge (C) and digital thermometer. 3. Clamp oil cooler hose (D) to stop oil flow.
UN26OCT88
9025 25 9
4. Operate engine at fast idle and record surge relief pressure. (Surge relief is not adjustable or repairable, see group 2160 to replace.)
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Fast idle Surge ReliefPressure .............................. 827 140 kPa (8.2 1.4 bar) (120 20 psi) AAdapter BHose CGauge DCooler Hose ESurge Relief Valve
TX,902525,BS162 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=855
T6900AN
Tests
Main Pump Standby Pressure Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Standby Pressure 40 4C (104 7F) 2000 25 rpm
UN07FEB90
17 580 350 kPa (176 3.5 bar) (2550 50 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
202850 (7/16-20 F 37 x 1/8) BNipple Adapter JT05491 (7/16-20 M 37 x 14 M x 1.5 M ORB) EConnector SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05800 Digital Thermometer JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer 36953 CHose with Needle Valve DGauge 034 500 kPa (0345 bar) (05000 psi)
9025 25 10
AConnector BAdapter CHose DGauge EConnector FAdjusting Screw
TX,9025,BR526 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=856
T6900AO
UN26OCT88
T93021
JT05490 (7/16-20 M37 x 3/8-24 M ORB) AConnector
Tests
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the hydraulic system. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Connect hose and gauge to main pump or backhoe valve. Heat oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.)
UN23AUG88 X9811
3. Adjust engine speed to specification. Record pressure.

Specification EngineSpeed .................................................................. 2000 25 rpm StandbyPressure............................... 17 580 350 kPa (176 3.5 bar) (2550 50 psi)
4. Turn adjusting screw (F) to adjust pressure to specifications. If pressure cannot be adjusted, repair or replace valve. See CTM-7.
9025 25 11
TX,9025,BR526 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=857
Tests
Main Pump Flow Test

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Oil Pressure Acceptable Minimum Flow 710D Oil Pressure 710D Oil Pressure 710D Oil Pressure Standby Oil Pressure 65 5C (150 + 10F) 2000 10 rpm 13 790 69 kPa (138 0.7 bar) (2000 10 psi) 170 L/min (45 gpm) 15 170 kPa (151.7 bar) (2200 psi) 15 860 kPa (158.6 bar) (2300 psi) 16 550 kPa (165.5 bar) (2400 psi) 17 580 kPa (175.8 bar) (2550 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT15073 (1-1/16 Male JIC x 1-5/16-12 Male ORB) Connector SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer 9025 25 12 Digital Thermometer Flowmeter Hoses
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the hydraulic system.
TX,9025,BR527 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=858
X9811
UN23AUG88
Tests 3. Connect flowmeter (C) to backhoe valve (E) using hoses (B) and connectors (A). Open loading valve (D). 4. Start engine and heat oil with flowmeter.
Specification OilTemperature ................................................... 65 5C (150 + 10F)
5. Adjust engine speed and oil pressure to specifications. Record oil flow. 6. If pump flowmeter meets test specifications, check pressure compensator valve. Maintain 2000 10 rpm for this part of test. Adjust pump pressure to each of the following test pressures. Record flow rates.
Subtract recorded flow rates from rate recorded at 13 790 kPa (138 bar) (2000 psi) during first part of test.
Specification OilPressure ......................................... 13 790 69 kPa (138 0.7 bar) (2000 10 psi)
T6264AH
UN25MAY89
Flow rate should not decrease by more than 7.5 L/min (2.0 gpm) until pump pressure is within 2069 kPa (207 bar) (300 psi) of standby pressure, then decrease sharply as pump destrokes.
Specification AcceptableMinimum Flow ....................................... 170 L/min (45 gpm)
AJT15073 Connector (2 used) BHose (2 used) CFlowmeter DLoading Valve EBackhoe Valve
9025 25 13
If stroke control valve meets specifications, go to step 7. 7. Check for a plugged screen in priority valve inlet. If screen is clean, do Hydraulic Component Leakage Tests in this group.
710D Oil
Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure
15 170 kPa (151.7 bar) (2200 psi) 15 860 kPa (158.6 bar) (2300 psi) 16 550 kPa (165.5 bar) (2400 psi) 17 580 kPa (175.8 bar) (2550 psi)
Standby Oil
TX,9025,BR527 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=859
Tests
Priority Valve Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Steering Against Stops Pressure Steering in Neutral Pressure Steering Against Stops and Loader Boom Raising Pressure 40 4 C (104 10F) High Idle
UN14SEP92
17 581 345 kPa (175 3.5 bar) (2550 50 psi) 2068 kPa (20 Bar) (300 psi) 17 581 345 kPa (175 3.5 bar) (2550 50 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS -8 ORFS (Parker No. 8R6LOS) Swivel Run Tee SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Hose Gauge 034 500 kPa (0345 bar) (05000 psi) JT05800 Digital Thermometer
9025 25 14
TX,902525,BS165 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=860
T7845AA
Tests
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Install digital thermometer and gauge (A) at priority valve steering outlet (CF) port. 2. Start engine and heat hydraulic oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.)
Specification OilTemperature .................................................. 40 4 C (104 10F)
UN23AUG88 X9811
3. Run engine at test specification. Turn steering wheel against stop. Continue turning steering wheel with approximately 22 N (5 lbs ) force. Record pressure.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ High Idle Steering Against Stops Pressure .............................................. 17 581 345 kPa (175 3.5 bar) (2550 50 psi) Steering in NeutralPressure....................... 2068 kPa (20 Bar) (300 psi) Steering Against Stops and Loader Boom RaisingPressure ......... 17 581 345 kPa (175 3.5 bar) (2550 50 psi)
9025 25 15
If pressure is low or high when steering is held against stops do pump standby pressure check in this group. If neutral pressure is high check for plugged orifices in priority valve "LS" port fitting and do "LS" Port Flow Test in this group. Also check "LS" port orifice in steering valve. (Remove hose at steering valve to inspect.) Low neutral pressure can also be caused by low spring compression (See Repair Manual) or plugged orifices on spool ends.
TX,902525,BS165 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=861
Tests
Priority Valve "LS" Port Flow Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed "LS" Port Flow 40 6C (100 10F) Slow Idle 700 100 mL/min (.18 .03 gpm) ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38H1414 (-4 F ORFS) (Parker No. FNL-S) Cap
UN17SEP92
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05801 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer Measuring Container Stop Watch
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
9025 25 16
2. Heat hydraulic oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.)

3. Disconnect "LS" line (A) at inlet to valve and cap fitting. 4. Start engine and run at specification.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Slow Idle
Catch flow from line in a measuring container.

Specification "LS" PortFlow ............................................ 700 100 mL/min (.18 .03 gpm)
TX,902525,BS167 1903MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=862
T7849AA
X9811
UN23AUG88
Tests
9025 25 17
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=863
Tests
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Oil Flow Gauge Difference Maximum Pressure Drop Gauge Difference Minimum Pressure Drop 65 4C (150 10F) 2000 rpm 68.1 L/min. (18 gpm) 586 kPa (5.8 bar) (85 psi) 517 kPa (5.1 bar) (75 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 203654 (7/16-20 M 37 x 1/2 M NPT) GConnector JT03348 (1/2 F NPT) HTee (2 used) JT03212 (1/2 I.D. Hose x 1/2 M NPT) IAdapter (6 used) JT03070 (1/2 F NPT 1-1/6-12 F 37 SW) JCoupler (2 used) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Hydraulic Analyzer Hydrostatic Switching Unit JT05801 Electronic Tachometer KFlowmeter with Temperature Gauge BGauge 01000 kPa (010.0 bar) (0150 psi)
9025 25 18
NOTE: If an internally restricted oil cooler is suspected, the oil cooler can be back flushed to check for debris. Steps 12 describe how to back flush the cooler and Steps 36 describe how to test cooler for an internal restriction. BACK FLUSH COOLER 1. To back flush the cooler, connect pump return hose to cooler outlet. Disconnect inlet line and put end of hose in a five gallon bucket.
AHydraulic Analyzer BGauge 01000 kPa CGauge Port DCooler-In ECooler-Out FSwitch Unit GFitting HTee IBarb Fitting JFitting KFlowmeter
UN07APR89
TX,902525,BS169 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=864
T6908BG
Tests 2. Start engine and run at slow idle for 10 seconds. INTERNAL RESTRICTION TEST 3. Make test connection. Refill reservoir, then start engine to fill to proper level before test. 4. Open flowmeter. Heat oil to test specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedures in this group.
5. Increase engine speed until flow is at specification.

Specification EngineSpeed ........................................................................... 2000 rpm OilFlow .................................................................. 68.1 L/min. (18 gpm)
6. Read pressure gauges at inlet and outlet of cooler. Difference in gauge reading as pressure drop in cooler.
Specification Gauge DifferenceMaximum Pressure Drop .................................................. 586 kPa (5.8 bar) (85 psi) Gauge DifferenceMinimum Pressure Drop .................................................. 517 kPa (5.1 bar) (75 psi)
Check charge pressure if pressure differential is not to specification.
9025 25 19
TX,902525,BS169 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-19
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=865
Tests
Steering Valve Neutral Drift Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Steering Valve Neutral Maximum Drift 40 10C (100 20F) (cylinders warm to touch) Fast Idle 5 mm/min (0.20 in./min)
1. Heat hydraulic oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.)

Specification OilTemperature ................................. 40 10C (100 20F) (cylinders warm to touch)
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Fast Idle
Two Wheel Drive Axle Shown
9025 25 20
4. Stop engine and remeasure steering cylinder rod. The difference between this reading and one in Step 1 is drift.
Specification Steering Valve Neutral Maximum Drift ...................................................... 5 mm/min (0.20 in./min)
5. Repair as necessary. See repair manual. NOTE: Excessive neutral drift will not affect steering control when driving unit.
TX,902525,BR119 1906APR941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-20
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=866
T6076AN
3. Lower stabilizers and operate backhoe for five minutes at fast idle.
UN25MAY89
2. Raise front wheels off of ground with loader bucket. Position wheels straight ahead, measure and record steering cylinder rod length sticking out of cylinder.
Tests
Cylinder Drift Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Cylinder Maximum Drift 40 10C (104 20F) (cylinders warm to touch)
UN26MAY89 T6222AN UN26OCT88 T6222AM
Low Idle 7 mm/min (0.28 in./min)
1. Warm hydraulic oil to specifications. (See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure in this group.)
Specification OilTemperature ................................. 40 10C (104 20F) (cylinders warm to touch)
2. Put FNR lever in neutral and engage park brake. 3. Retract cylinder. Put cylinder under load (so cylinder rod is being pulled outward) by loading bucket or by using machine weight. Measure and record cylinder rod extension. 4. Run engine at specified speed, measure extension of cylinder rod in one minute. Record measurement.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................. Low Idle
5. Compare to specification. 6. Repeat procedure for each cylinder to be tested. (Several cylinders can be done simultaneously.) NOTE: If cylinder drifts in rod extend direction, load cylinder in opposite direction, and check drift. If cylinder drifts in both directions, it indicates leakage in control valve. Repair as necessary. See repair manual.
Specification CylinderMaximum Drift...................................... 7 mm/min (0.28 in./min)
9025 25 21
7. If cylinder drifts in rod extend direction only, do Cylinder Leakage Check in this group on machine before removing cylinder for repair. See repair manual.
T60,9025,1073 1924MAR931/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-21
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=867
Tests
Steering System Leakage Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Steering Wheel Torque Steering System Maximum Leakage 65 5C (150 10F) Low Idle
UN26OCT88
11.3 Nm (100 lb-in.) 5 rpm
38H1145 (4 ORFS) Plug (2 used) 38H1352 (4 ORFS) Nut (2 used) 38H1138 (4 ORFS) Plug (2 used) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer
1. Install digital thermometer. 2. Heat hydraulic oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.)
9025 25 22
3. Put FNR lever in neutral and engage park brake. 4. Run the engine at low idle.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................. Low Idle
5. Remove steering wheel emblem. 6. Bend locking tab away from steering wheel nut. 7. Turn the steering wheel clockwise at a constant torque of 11.3 Nm (100 lb-in.) with wheels in the maximum right position. Count the rpm.
Specification Steering WheelTorque ........................................... 11.3 Nm (100 lb-in.)
8. Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise at a constant torque of 11.3 Nm (100 lb in.) with wheels in the maximum left turn position.
TX,902525,BS170 1924MAY931/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-22
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=868
T93024
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
Tests
Specification Steering WheelTorque ........................................... 11.3 Nm (100 lb-in.)
Count the rpm. 9. If the steering wheel can be turned more than 5 rpm in either direction, excessive leakage is indicated. Go to steps 12-16 to isolate steering valve or cylinder leakage.
Specification Steering SystemMaximum Leakage ............................................................................................. 5 rpm
10. If the steering wheel cannot be turned more than 5 rpm in both directions, the steering valve and cylinder are good. Stop the test here. Continue with steps 11 thru 16 if steering wheel can be turned more than 5 rpm. 11. Stop the engine. 12. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in system.
TX,902525,BS170 1924MAY932/3
9025 25 23
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-23
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=869
Tests
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 13. Disconnect hydraulic lines from steering cylinder and install caps (B) and plugs (A). 14. Start the engine and run at low idle. 15. Turn steering wheel counterclockwise and then clockwise at a constant torque of 11.3 Nm (100 lb-in.). Count the rpm. 16. If steering wheel can be turned more than 5 rpm in either direction, steering valve is leaking excessively.
UN23AUG88
9025 25 24
Two Wheel Drive Axle Shown

TX,902525,BS170 1924MAY933/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-24
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=870
T6076AM
UN25MAY89
X9811
Tests
9025 25 25
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-25
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=871
Tests
Steering Cylinder Leakage Test

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed Steering Cylinder Leakage Oil Temperature Low Idle 5 ml/min (1/6 oz/min) 65 5C (150 10F) ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38H 1145 (4 ORFS) APluga
a
These ORFS fittings should be ordered through normal service channels. SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer
1. Install digital thermometer probe in reservoir. 2. Put FNR lever in neutral and engage park brake. 3. Start engine. Turn the steering wheel to left turn stop to extend cylinder rod. Stop engine. Move steering wheel back and forth to relieve hydraulic pressure.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................. Low Idle Steering CylinderLeakage..................................... 5 ml/min (1/6 oz/min) 9025 25 26
T60,9025,1065 1921JUL941/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-26
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=872
Tests 4. Remove rod end hose and plug (A). Put beaker under cylinder port after oil stops dripping. 5. Start engine and hold steering wheel in full left turn with constant pressure for one minute. Stop engine. 6. Measure oil collected and connect hose.
Axle Without MFWD Shown
T60,9025,1065 1921JUL942/2
T6076AL
UN25MAY89
9025 25 27
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-27
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=873
Tests
Cylinder Leakage Test

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed Cylinder Leakage Oil Temperature Low Idle 5 ml/min (1/6 oz/min)
UN26OCT88
65 5C (150 10F) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
38H1353 (-6 ORFS) Nut 38H1139 (-6 ORFS) Plug 38H1354 (-8 ORFS) Nut 38H1140 (-8 ORFS) Plug 38H1146 (-6 ORFS) Plug 38H1147 (-8 ORFS) Plug SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer
1. Install digital thermometer probe in reservoir. 2. Put FNR lever in neutral and engage park brake. 3. Start engine. Fully extend cylinder rod. Stop engine. Activate a hydraulic function to relieve pressure in the system.
9025 25 28 Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................. Low Idle CylinderLeakage ................................................... 5 ml/min (1/6 oz/min)
4. Remove rod end hose and plug hose. Use a measuring beaker, after oil stops dripping, to catch oil. This can also be done at control valve, which would require capping control valve port and putting hose end into measuring beaker after oil stops dripping. 5. Start engine and actuate cylinder extend function for one minute. 6. Stop engine. Measure oil collected and connect hose.
7. Repair as necessary. (See repair manual.) 8. Repeat procedure to test each cylinder.
T60,9025,1068 1921JUL941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-28
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=874
T6222AL
Tests
Hydraulic Component Leakage Test

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Steering Valve Return Line Maximum Leakage Main Hydraulic Pump Seal Maximum Leakage Loader Valve-2 Section Maximum Leakage Loader Valve-3 Section Maximum Leakage Loader Valve Work Port Maximum Leakage Backhoe Valve-4 Section Maximum Leakage Backhoe Valve-5 Section Maximum Leakage Backhoe Valve-6 Section Maximum Leakage Backhoe Valve Work Port Maximum Leakage Stabilizer Valve Maximum Spool Leakage Stabilizer Valve Maximum Cylinder Drift (SN872328)Brake Valve Maximum Leakage (Both pedals Applied) Diff. Lock/Park Brake Valve Maximum Leakage Differential Lock Capture Circuit Maximum Leakage Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve Maximum Leakage 40 4C (104 7F) 1000 10 rpm 900 mL/min (30 oz/min) 2 mL/min 0.07 oz/min 220 mL/min (7 oz/min) 320 mL/min (11 oz/min) 31 mL/min (1 oz/min) 1000 mL/min (34 oz/min) 1050 mL/min (36 oz/min) 1100 mL/min (38 oz/min) 60 mL/min (2 oz/min) 500 mL/min (17 oz/min) 0.15 mm/min (.006 in/min) 50 mL/min (1.7 oz/min) 9025 25 29
160 mL/min (6 oz/min) 1.9 L/min (0.5 gpm) 10 mL/min (0.34 oz/min)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group). 2. Heat hydraulic oil to 40 4C (104 7F). (See procedure in this group.)
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR931/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-29
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=875
Tests
3. Excessive heat in a return line can indicate leakage in that component. If one return line is hotter than the others check that component first.
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR932/12
NOTE: Return line removed must be capped or hydraulic reservoir will drain through line. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 4.
9025 25 30
Disconnect return lines for hydraulic components, one at a time, to check for leakage. Install cap on fitting. 5. Place beaker under component to be tested. 6. Apply park brake. 7. Start engine and run for one minute.
8. Stop engine and measure leakage in beaker.
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR933/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-30
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=876
X9811
UN23AUG88
Tests Remove steering return line (A) from reservoir.

Specification Steering Valve Return Line Maximum Leakage ............................................... 900 mL/min (30 oz/min)
ASteering Valve Return Line BReservoir
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR934/12
T7855AI
UN25SEP92
If leakage is excessive, check main hydraulic pump shaft for excessive end play.
Specification Main Hydraulic Pump Seal Maximum Leakage .................................................. 2 mL/min 0.07 oz/min
UN25SEP92
9025 25 31
ANo. 4 Plug (In reservoir) BPump Seal Drain Hose
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR935/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-31
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=877
T7855AE
Tests 1. Disconnect valve return line (A). 2. Install drain hose (B) (approximately 18 in. X 1.25 in. I.D.) on valve return port.
UN25SEP92
3. If valve return leakage is high, perform individual work port leakage test using beaker to collect oil.
Specification Loader Valve-2 Section Maximum Leakage ................................................. 220 mL/min (7 oz/min) Loader Valve-3 Section Maximum Leakage ............................................... 320 mL/min (11 oz/min) Loader Valve Work Port Maximum Leakage ................................................... 31 mL/min (1 oz/min)
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR936/12
1. Disconnect return line (B), cap line and fitting. 2. Disconnect stabilizer return line (A) and cap line. 3. Measure leakage at fitting (C).
Specification Backhoe Valve-4 Section Maximum Leakage ............................................. 1000 mL/min (34 Backhoe Valve-5 Section Maximum Leakage ............................................. 1050 mL/min (36 Backhoe Valve-6 Section Maximum Leakage ............................................. 1100 mL/min (38 Backhoe Valve Work Port Maximum Leakage ................................................... 60 mL/min (2
UN07JAN91
9025 25 32
oz/min) oz/min) oz/min) oz/min)
4. If valve return leakage is high, perform individual work port leakage test using beaker to collect oil.
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR937/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-32
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=878
T7440BN
T7855AH
Tests NOTE: Stabilizer valve has lockouts to prevent cylinder drift up or down. If drift is above specification remove lockout and check for scratches on seat and poppet. Check for contamination in the thermal relief poppet seat. Also check the cylinder packings, and the lockout plunger spool which slides between the two lockouts . If the lockout plunger spool is stuck it can hold a lockout open.
Specification Stabilizer ValveMaximum Spool Leakage ................................................................ 500 mL/min (17 oz/min) Maximum Cylinder Drift .................................... 0.15 mm/min (.006 in/min)
To check cylinder drift lower stabilizers to lift machine off ground. Check for cylinder rod movement with dial indicator.
AStabilizer Valve Return Line
UN26OCT88
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR938/12
T6222AN
T7440BO
UN07JAN91
Specification Brake ValveMaximum Leakage (Both pedals Unapplied) ........................................ 50 mL/min (1.7 oz/min)
9025 25 33
ABrake Valve Return Line BReservoir Connection

UN25SEP92
(SN 802550) & (SN 872329)
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR939/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-33
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=879
T7855AJ
Tests NOTE: For (SN 872329), see Group 9020-25.

Specification Diff. Lock/Park Brake Valve Maximum Leakage ................................................. 160 mL/min (6 oz/min)
UN25SEP92
ADifferential Lock and Park Brake Valve Return Line BNo. 6 Plug (In Reservoir)
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR9310/12
Specification Differential Lock Capture Circuit Maximum Leakage ..................................................... 1.9 L/min (0.5 gpm)
ANo. 4 Plug (In Reservoir) BCapture Circuit Return Line

UN25SEP92
9025 25 34
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR9311/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-34
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=880
T7855AF
T7855AG
Tests NOTE: For (SN 872329) See Group 9020-25. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Never rely on loader bucket to keep machine from moving. Machine can unexpectedly roll, resulting in death or serious injury. Always block wheels to hold machine when working on park brake components. 1. Block wheels. 2. Release park brake using switch in cab. 3. Disconnect hose (A) from thermal relief valve (B). Used a plug to close end of hose.
Specification Park Brake Thermal Relief ValveMaximum Leakage.................................. 10 mL/min (0.34 oz/min)
4. Change position of tee fitting so relief valve outlet is down. 5. Put beaker under relief valve. Operate engine for 1 minute at slow idle and measure leakage at relief valve. 6. Connect hose and engage park brake.
AThermal Relief Valve Return Hose BThermal Relief Valve
T8373BC
UN04DEC94
9025 25 35
TX,902525,BS172 1903MAR9312/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-35
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=881
Tests
Circuit Relief Valve Test with Flow RegulatorTest Cylinder MethodGresen

SPECIFICATIONS Test Cylinder Rod End Flow Engine Speed Oil Temperature Test Cylinder Rod Extend Cycle Time Relief Valve Oil Tolerance Pressure System Relief Pressure 710D Backhoe Circuits Crowd Out Pressure Bucket Curl Pressure Boom Down Pressure Swing Left Pressure Crowd In Pressure Bucket Dump Pressure Boom Raise Pressure Swing Right Pressure Loader Circuits Auxiliary Extend Pressure Bcuket Curl Pressure 9025 25 36 Bucket Dump Pressure Boom Raise (SN 812258 ) Pressure 20 600 kPa (206 bar) (3000 psi) 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) 22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi) 14 000 kPa (140 bar) (2030 psi) 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi) 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) 3.78 L/min (1 gpm) (Approximately) 1000 rpm 40 6C (104 10F) 1.5 sec +1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi) 20 300 kPa (203 bar) (2950 psi)
TX,902525,BS181 1903MAR931/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-36
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=882
Tests
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38H1030 (-6 F ORFS) a Tee 38H1031 (-8 ORFS) a Tee 38H1033 (-12 ORFS) a Tee 38H1002 (-16 ORFS) a Tee AH120121 a Test Cylinder (Cancelled) AH93323 (Replaces AH120121) a Test Cylinder (-6 ORFS x 3/8 M NPT) Adapter (3/8 M NPT x 3/8 F NPT) 90 Elbow (9/1618 M ORB x 3/8 F NPT) Adapter AT81867 Check Valve (1/4 M NPT x 9/16-18 F 37) Adapter NA Quick Coupler (1/8 M NPT x 1/4 F NPT) Nipple (1/4 M NPT x 1/4 F NPT 90) Elbow (1/4 M NPT x 1/4 F NPT x 1/4 F NPT) Tee 38H1146 (-6 ORFS)a Plug 38H1147 (-8 ORFS)a Plug 38H1149 (-12 ORFS)a Plug 38H1150 (-16 ORFS) a Plug 38H1415 (-6 ORFS) a Cap (2 used) JT03408 Hydraulic Flow Regulator
a
These ORFS fittings and parts should be ordered through normal service parts channels. SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 2750 kPa (27 bar) (400 psi) JT05801 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer Rod End Hose to Tee Gauge 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5 000 psi)
9025 25 37
TX,902525,BS181 1903MAR932/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-37
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=883
Tests This test uses a test cylinder to amplify system pressure 2.25 times so reliefs can be opened and tested. Flow regulator is used to restrict flow to relief to 3.8 L/min (1 gpm) to duplicate factory calibration specifications.
UN07JAN91
Specification Test Cylinder Rod EndFlow ..................................... 3.78 L/min (1 gpm)
AAuxiliary Plug BCrowd Out Relief CBucket Curl Relief w/ anti-cavitation DBoom Lower Relief w/ anti-cavitation ESwing Left Relief w/ anti-cavitation FSwing Right Relief w/ anti-cavitation GBoom Raise Relief HBucket Dump Relief ICrowd In Relief w/ anti-cavitation JAuxiliary Plug KSystem Relief LAuxiliary Retract Plug MPlug (SN 812257) MBoom Raise Relief (SN 812258 ) NBucket Curl Relief OBucket Dump Relief PAnti-Cavitation Valve QAuxiliary Extend Relief 9025 25 38
TX,902525,BS181 1903MAR933/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-38
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=884
T7440BD
UN07JAN91
T7440BC
Test tee (B) can be installed at most accessible part of circuit being tested.
Tests IMPORTANT: Hydraulic system return pressure must be subtracted from relief valve gauge reading to get correct valve setting. NOTE: Remaining keys for Essential Tools are shown on corresponding pages. 1. Lower stabilizer to ground.
DCylinder IAdapter JJT03408 Hydraulic Flow Regulator KElbow LAdapter MCheck Valve NAdapter OQuick Coupler PNipple Q90 Elbow RTee SAdapter
TX,902525,BS181 1903MAR934/7
T6725AB
UN26OCT88
9025 25 39
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-39
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=885
Tests
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 2. Operate hydraulic control valves to relieve pressure in the hydraulic system. 3. Install fitting (A) and hose (B) to connect 2750 kPa (27.5 bar) (400 psi) gauge to return side of backhoe valve. 4. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) CAUTION: Stabilizer control valve contains lock-outs, which prevent releasing of hydraulic pressure when engine is off. Slowly loosen stabilizer hoses to bleed off stored pressure to prevent being sprayed with high pressure oil. 5. Install stabilizer hoses to test cylinder.
AAdapter BTest Hose-to-Gauge
9025 25 40
TX,902525,BS181 1903MAR935/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-40
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=886
T6900AL
UN20MAR90
X9811
UN23AUG88
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
Tests
T6773AN
1921MAR89
ARod End Hose-To-Tee BTee
CGauge DCylinder
EStabilizer Hose (Rod End) FStabilizer Hose (Head End)
G38H1415 Cap (2 used)
9025 25 41
6. Install adapter in relief valve port to be tested. Tee in test gauge (C) and rod end hose (A) from test cylinder. NOTE: Test system relief valve by removing system relief from inlet valve section and installing in swing section relief valve port. Install swing circuit relief valve in system relief inlet section to do test. 7. Start engine, use stabilizer lever to cycle test cylinder until temperature is to test specifications.
Specification EngineSpeed .......................................... (Approximately) 1000 rpm OilTemperature ............................................ 40 6C (104 10F)
Specification Test Cylinder Rod Extend Cycle Time ............................................................................... 1.5 sec
9. Activate stabilizer to extend test cylinder and record pressure readings on gauge (C) and on filter housing gauge. NOTE: If test cylinder stalls while extending cylinder rod, do Main Pump Standby Pressure Test in this group. 10. Subtract backhoe return pressure gauge reading from gauge (C) reading, compare this value with specifications.
Specification Relief Valve Oil Tolerance Pressure.................................................. +1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi)
8. Adjust JT03408 Hydraulic Flow Regulator (3) on head end of test cylinder, until rod extends in 1.5 seconds. Lock flow regulator at this setting.
TX,902525,BS181 1903MAR936/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-41
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=887
Tests
710D Backhoe CircuitsSpecification Crowd OutPressure............................. 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) Bucket CurlPressure ........................... 22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi) Boom DownPressure .......................... 14 000 kPa (140 bar) (2030 psi) Swing LeftPressure ............................. 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Crowd InPressure ............................... 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Bucket DumpPressure ........................ 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) Boom RaisePressure .......................... 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi) Swing RightPressure........................... 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Loader CircuitsSpecification Auxiliary ExtendPressure .................... 20 600 kPa (206 bar) (3000 psi) Bucket CurlPressure ........................... 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) Bucket DumpPressure ........................ 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) Boom Raise (SN 812258 ) Pressure.................................................. 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) Specification System ReliefPressure........................ 20 300 kPa (203 bar) (2950 psi)
11. Retract cylinder rod for next test cycle. Repeat steps 8 and 9 if required. 12. Move tee (B) to next relief valve port to be tested. Repeat steps 7 through 11. IMPORTANT: To prevent structural damage of machine, do not adjust relief valves above specifications. 13. Adjust or replace reliefs as required.
9025 25 42
TX,902525,BS181 1903MAR937/7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-42
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=888
Tests
Circuit Relief Valve TestRemote Pump Method

Specifications-Husco SPECIFICATIONSHUSCO BACKHOE VALVE Relief Valve Oil Tolerance Pressure System Relief Pressure Oil Temperature 710D Backhoe Circuits Crowd Out Pressure Bucket Curl Pressure Boom Down Pressure Swing Left Pressure Crowd In Pressure Bucket Dump Pressure Boom Raise Pressure Swing Right Pressure 24 100 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) 22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi) 14 800 kPa (148 bar) (2150 psi) 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) 24 100 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi) 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) SPECIFICATIONS Relief Valve Oil Tolerance Pressure System Relief Pressure Oil Temperature 710D Backhoe CircuitsGresen Crowd Out Pressure Bucket Curl Pressure Boom Down Pressure Swing Left Pressure Crowd In Pressure Bucket Dump Pressure Boom Raise Pressure Swing Right Pressure Loader Circuits Auxiliary Extend Pressure Bcuket Curl Pressure Bucket Dump Pressure Boom Raise (SN 812258 ) Pressure 20 600 kPa (206 bar) (3000 psi) 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) 22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi) 14 000 kPa (140 bar) (2030 psi) 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi) 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) +1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi) 20 300 kPa (203 bar) (2950 psi) 40 6C (104 10F) 9025 25 43 +1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi) 20 700 kPa (207 bar) (3000 psi) 40 6C (104 10F)
TX,9025,BD2746 1904APR971/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-43
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=889
Tests
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 38H1414-4 ORFS Capa 38H1416-8 ORFS Capa JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump (-8 ORFS) Loader Hoses (-4 ORFS) Hitch Hoses Gauge 035 000 kPa (0350 bar) (05000 psi)
a
These ORFS fittings should be ordered through normal service parts channels.
TX,9025,BD2746 1904APR972/6
Relief Valve TestGresen
Relief Valve TestGresen

Continued on next page TX,9025,BD2746 1904APR973/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-44
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=890
T7440BD
UN07JAN91
T7440BC
UN07JAN91
9025 25 44
AAuxiliary Plug BCrowd Out Relief CBucket Curl Relief w/ anti-cavitation DBoom Lower Relief w/ anti-cavitation ESwing Left Relief w/ anti-cavitation FSwing Right Relief w/ anti-cavitation GBoom Raise Relief HBucket Dump Relief ICrowd In Relief w/ anti-cavitation JAuxiliary Plug KSystem Relief LAuxiliary Retract Plug MPlug (SN 812257) MBoom Raise Relief (SN 812258 ) NBucket Curl Relief OBucket Dump Relief PAnti-Cavitation Valve QAuxiliary Extend Relief
Tests This test uses a remote pump to amplify system pressure so reliefs can be opened and tested.
Specification Relief Valve Oil Tolerance Pressure ........................................................ +1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi) 710D Backhoe CircuitsSpecification Crowd OutPressure ............................ 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) Bucket CurlPressure ........................... 22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi) Boom DownPressure .......................... 14 000 kPa (140 bar) (2030 psi) Swing LeftPressure ............................. 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Crowd InPressure ............................... 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Bucket DumpPressure ........................ 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) Boom RaisePressure .......................... 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi) Swing RightPressure .......................... 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Loader CircuitsSpecification Auxiliary ExtendPressure .................... 20 600 kPa (206 Bucket CurlPressure ........................... 31 000 kPa (310 Bucket DumpPressure ........................ 31 000 kPa (310 Boom Raise (SN 812258 ) Pressure ................................................. 31 000 kPa (310
bar) (3000 psi) bar) (4500 psi) bar) (4500 psi) bar) (4500 psi)
UN29MAY98
Specification System ReliefPressure ....................... 20 300 kPa (203 bar) (2950 psi)
AAuxiliary Plug (4 used) BCrowd Out Circuit Relief CBucket Curl Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation DBoom Lower Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation ESwing Left Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation FSwing Right Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation GBoom Raise Circuit Relief HBucket Dump Circuit Relief ICrowd In Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation JSystem Relief
Backhoe Valve--Husco
T114667
9025 25 45
TX,9025,BD2746 1904APR974/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-45
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=891
Tests IMPORTANT: Hydraulic system return pressure must be subtracted from relief valve gauge reading to get correct valve setting. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. CAUTION: Stabilizer control valve contains lock-outs, which prevent releasing of hydraulic pressure when engine is off. Slowly loosen stabilizer hoses to bleed off stored pressure to prevent being sprayed with high pressure oil. Lower stabilizer to ground. 2. Operate hydraulic control valves to relieve pressure in the hydraulic system.
Specification OilTemperature ................................................... 40 6C (104 10F) 9025 25 46
TX,9025,BD2746 1904APR975/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-46
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=892
X9811
UN23AUG88
Tests
T108839
UN08APR97
ACap
BTest Pump
CPressure Gauge
9025 25 47
3. Disconnect pressure line at cylinder inlet port of relief valve to be tested. Install cap (A) on cylinder port. 4. Connect test pump (B) pressure hose to inlet hose of relief valve to be tested. Install gauge (C) on test pump. 5. Start remote pump to pressurize valve inlet. IMPORTANT: To prevent structural damage of machine, do not adjust relief valves above specifications.
NOTE: Take reading when pressure on gauge starts to decrease. The point at which pressure decreases is the opening pressure of the relief valve. 6. Adjust or replace reliefs as required.
TX,9025,BD2746 1904APR976/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-47
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=893
Tests
Cycle Time Test

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed Oil Temperature Fast idle 65 5C (150 10F) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer
1. Install digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Start engine and heat oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.)
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Fast Idle OilTemperature ................................................... 65 5C (150 10F)
3. Check cycle times. The individual cycle times give an indication of any restriction in a circuit. The overall hydraulic system performance cycle time gives an indication of low pump flow or low charge pressure. If cycle time is slow, change hydraulic filter and check cycle time again.
9025 25 48
TX,9025,BR539 1916OCT911/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-48
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=894
Tests
Cycle Time Test Continued

CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS Individual Circuit Cycle Time Specifications Oil temperature 65 5C (150 10F) Engine speed: fast idle Function Loader boom raise Loader boom lower (power down) Boom float down Loader bucket dump Loader bucket rollback Backhoe boom raise Backhoe boom lower Crowd in Crowd out Backhoe bucket dump Backhoe bucket curl Backhoe swing Stabilizer down Stabilizer up Extendible dipperstick Steering Left to right-fast turn Right to left-slow turn Left to Right-slow turn Boom raised to cushion, bucket curled, dipperstick parallel to ground. Time cycle to cylinder cushion. Full up to ground level Ground level to full up Extend or retract Right to left-fast turn 3 turns 6 turns 6 turns Operating Conditions Bucket flat on ground to full height (includes bucket self leveling) Bucket rolled back at full raise Bucket rolled back at full raise Bucket just clears ground Bucket just clears groun Backhoe at maximum reach with bucket teeth on ground up to cylinder cushion Backhoe at maximum reach, transport position, to bucket teeth on ground Boom in transport position. Maximum Cycle Time 4.5 seconds 2.8 seconds 3.1 seconds 2.0 seconds 2.4 seconds 3.3 seconds 3.2 seconds 3.8 seconds 3.0 seconds 1.8 seconds 2.8 seconds 4.0 seconds 2.8 seconds 3.1 seconds 3.7 seconds 3.0 turns 9025 25 49
TX,9025,BD2740 1917MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-49
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=895
Tests
Flowmeter Calibration Procedure

To prevent error in tests using a flowmeter, check calibration using a John Deere Radial Piston Pump as a test source.
Flowmeter 38114 L/min (1030 gpm) 76228 L/min (2060 gpm) Radial Piston Pump 49 cc (3 cu in.) 100 cc (6 cu in.)
UN23AUG88
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Connect flowmeter inlet hose as close as possible to main pump outlet. 2. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 3. Heat oil to 60C (140F). See procedure in this group. 4. Open flowmeter. Adjust engine speed to 1800 10 rpm. Record flow. 5. Close flowmeter until pressure reaches 10 340 kPa (103.4 bar) (500 psi). Adjust engine speed to 1800 10 rpm. Record flow. High pressure flow must be 95% or more of low pressure flow or pump cannot be used for test. 6. Open flowmeter to minimum restriction. Adjust voltage calibration and zero flowmeter. 7. Record rpm versus flow at the low, medium and high range of flowmeter. Example: When checking a 284 L/min (75 gpm) flowmeter, check rpm at 76, 151 and 227 (L/min (20, 40, and 60 gpm). 8. Use chart to find recorded rpm for size of pump on test tractor. Note specified flow and compare to measure flow.
9025 25 50
27T,9025,M124 1916OCT911/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-50
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=896
X9811
Tests
L/min (gpm) rpm L/min (gpm) rpm L/min (gpm) rpm L/min (gpm) rpm
100 cc (6 cu. in.) Pump Specs 76 80 83 87 91 95 98 102 106 110 227 20 (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (60) 811 851 892 932 973 1013 1054 1094 1135 1175 2431 114 117 121 125 129 132 136 140 144 148 (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) 1216 1256 1297 1337 1378 1418 1459 1499 1540 1580 151 155 159 163 167 170 174 178 182 185 (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) 1621 1661 1702 1742 1783 1823 1864 1904 1945 1985 189 193 197 201 204 208 212 216 220 223 (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) 2026 2066 2107 2147 2188 2228 2269 2309 2350 2390
49 cc (3 cu. in.) Pump Specs 38 42 45 49 53 114 (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (30) 811 892 973 1054 1135 2431 57 61 64 68 72 (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) 1216 1297 1378 1459 1540 76 80 83 87 91 (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) 1621 1702 1783 1864 1945 95 98 102 106 110 (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) 2026 2107 2188 2269 2350
65 cc (4 cu in.) Pump Specs 53 57 61 64 68 72 76 (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) 851 911 972 1033 1094 1155 1215 79 83 87 91 95 98 102 (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) 1277 1337 1398 1459 1520 1580 1641 106 110 114 117 121 125 129 (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) 1702 1763 1823 1884 1945 2006 2067 132 136 140 144 148 151 (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) 2127 2188 2250 2310 2370 2431 9025 25 51
27T,9025,M124 1916OCT912/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-51
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=897
Tests
Differential Lock Pressure Reducing Valve Test (S.N. 872256)

NOTE: For (SN 872329) Differential Lock Pressure Reducing Valve Test see Group 9020-25.
SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Differential Lock Pressure 40 4C (104 7F) Slow Idle 36544482 kPa (3644 bar) (550650 psi)
UN23AUG88
ESSENTIAL TOOLS (1/2 M ORB x 7/16 M 37) (Parker No. 5-4-0503) Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 06895 kPa (068 bar) (01000 psi)
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Stop engine, FNR in neutral, park brake on.
9025 25 52
TX,902525,BS189 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-52
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=898
X9811
Tests 2. Install gauge and connector in port (A) of park brake/differential lock valve.
3. Start engine.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Slow Idle
4. Engage differential lock and record pressure.

Specification Differential LockPressure ........................ 36544482 kPa (3644 bar) (550650 psi)
Check standby pressure (See Test in this Group) if differential Lock pressure is low. Adjust pressure reducing valve if standby is to specification. If pressure reducing valve will not adjust with differential lock in "on" position, adjust in "off" position. If valve can be adjusted in "off" position leakage is in differential lock assembly. To test differential lock solenoid see group 9015-15.
A"Reg Test" Port BPressure Reducing Valve
T7861AA
1905OCT92
9025 25 53
TX,902525,BS189 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-53
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=899
Tests
Park Brake Circuit Pressure Test (S.N. 872256)

NOTE: For (SN 872329) Park Brake Circuit Pressure Test see Group 9020-25. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Engine Speed Park Brake Pressure 40 4C (104 7F) Fast Idle 17 23022750 kPa (172228 bar) (25003300 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS (-4 ORFS) (Parker No. -4 R6LO-S) Swivel Run Tee SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 034 500 kPa (0345 bar) (05000 psi)
UN23AUG88
9025 25 54
NOTE: For (S.N 872329) Park Brake Circuit Pressure Test see Section 9020. 1. Stop engine, FNR in neutral, park brake on.
TX,902525,BS190 1920DEC941/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-54
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=900
X9811
Tests 2. Install gauge and tee on port (A) between park brake differential lock valve and hose to park brake.
3. Start engine and disengage park brake. Record pressure.

Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Fast Idle Park BrakePressure .............................. 17 23022750 kPa (172228 bar) (25003300 psi)
4. Raise loader lift arms so bucket is at hood height. Put loader control lever in bucket roll back position. Record pressure when bucket reaches self level stop. Repeat 3-4 times. Pressures recorded in step 3 or 4 should be within specified range. If pressure exceeds 3300 psi adjust park brake relief valve. If pressure is low check pump standby pressure (See Test in this Group). Check park brake assembly for external leakage, or adjust park brake relief valve if standby is to specification. To test park brake solenoids see group 9015-15.
APark Brake Work Port BRelief Valve
T7861AB
1905OCT92
9025 25 55
TX,902525,BS190 1920DEC942/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-55
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=901
Tests
Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve Test (S.N. 872256)

SPECIFICATIONS Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve Setting Pressure 24 130 1380 kPa (241 14 bar) (3500 200 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01019AA Hydraulic Hand Pump with Gauge (from D01047AA 17-1/2 and 30 Ton Puller Set) JT15068 (3/8 F NPT x 9/16 F ORB) BCoupler
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Remove park brake thermal relief valve (B). 2. Connect relief valve to hand pump using coupler (A). 3. Slowly operate hand pump while watching pressure gauge and relief valve.
9025 25 56
4. Note the pressure when relief valve allows oil to be released.

Specification Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve SettingPressure....................................... 24 130 1380 kPa (241 14 bar) (3500 200 psi)
If pressure is not within specification, replace thermal relief valve.
TX902525,BD1663 1920DEC941/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-56
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=902
T8373BE
UN04DEC94
X9811
UN23AUG88
Tests
9025 25 57
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-57
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=903
Tests
Service Brake Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872328)

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed Oil Temperature Brake-Engine On- LH or RH Minimum Pressure Brake-Engine Off-Manual Mode, LH or RH Minimum Pressure Differential, LH to RH, Engine On Maximum Pressure Slow Idle 49 2.5C (120 5F) 47757 kPa (47.5 bar) (690 70 psi) 5 515 kPa (55 bar) (800 psi) 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05487 (1/8 M NPT x 7/16 M 37) Fitting SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 034 500 kPa (0345 bar) (05000 psi)
9025 25 58
1. Engine off, park brake on, FNR neutral. Remove brake light pressure switches from LH and RH brake outlet lines.
TX,902525,BS192 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-58
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=904
X9811
UN23AUG88
Tests 2. Install connectors and gauges (B). 3. Start engine and firmly apply LH brake pedal. Record pressure. Firmly apply RH brake pedal and record pressure.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Slow Idle OilTemperature .................................................. 49 2.5C (120 5F) Brake-Engine On- LH or RH Minimum Pressure................................... 17 47757 kPa (47.5 bar) (690 70 psi) Brake-Engine Off-Manual Mode, LH or RHMinimum Pressure..................... 5 515 kPa (55 bar) (800 psi) Differential, LH to RH, Engine OnMaximum Pressure ............................... 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi)
NOTE: Pump brake pedals if required. Manual mode-engine off-pressures may not be to specification when engine on pressures are to specification. See group 9025-15 "Manual brakes do not build pressure" for causes. 4. Stop engine and firmly apply LH brake pedal. Record pressure. Firmly apply RH brake pedal and record pressure. 5. Start engine and lock LH and RH brake pedals together. Firmly apply locked brakes, with foot on centerline between pedals, to obtain a pressure reading on gauges of approximately 1000 psi. Record pressure differential between gauges. To determine excessive leakage in brake valve, do brake valve leakage test. (See Hydraulic Component Leakage Test in this group.)
T7869CA
UN16OCT92
ABrake Valve BGauges
9025 25 59
TX,902525,BS192 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-59
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=905
Tests
Service Brake Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872329 )

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed Oil Temperature Brake-Engine On- LH or RH Minimum Pressure Slow Idle 10 000 kPa 345 kP (100 3.5 bar) (1450 50 psi)
UN23AUG88
49 2.5C (120 5F)
JT05494 ( 7/1628 M 37 x 3/416 M ORB) Connector JT05483 ( 7/1620 M 37 x 7/1620 F 37 Deg.) Elbow (90 Degree Swivel) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 034 500 kPa (0-345 bar) (05000 psi)
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. NOTE: Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 1. Engine off, park brake on, FNR neutral. Remove brake light pressure switch and adapter fitting from port in brake housing. 2. Install connector (A), elbow (B) and gauge (C). 3. Start engine and firmly apply LH brake pedal. Record pressure. Firmly apply RH brake pedal and record pressure.
Specification EngineSpeed ............................................................................ Slow Idle OilTemperature .................................................. 49 2.5C (120 5F) Brake-Engine On- LH or RH Minimum Pressure.................................. 10 000 kPa 345 kP (100 3.5 bar) (1450 50 psi) AConnector BElbow CGauge
9025 25 60
OUO1048,00003DE 1908SEP001/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-60
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=906
T118039
UN23OCT98
X9811
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
Tests To determine excessive leakage in brake valve, do brake valve leakage test. (See Hydraulic Component Leakage Test in this group.) 4. Remove test equipment and bleed brakes. Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 5. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal.
OUO1048,00003DE 1908SEP002/2
9025 25 61
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-61
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=907
Tests
Service Brake Valve Work Port Pressure Test (S.N. 872329 )

SPECIFICATIONS Brake Work Port Pressure 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38h1030 (6M x 6M x 6 F ORFS) Tee (Running) JT03456 (7/16-20 M JIC x 6 F ORFS) Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 13,790 kPa (138 bar) (2,000 psi) Gauge
UN16DEC98
NOTE: This test is required only if brake drag is diagnosed or brake valve is serviced. The test will isolate each brake work port pressure by connecting a gauge to right or left lines located under cab floor access panel.
9025 25 62
ATee BAdapter CGauge DRight Brake Line ELeft Brake Line
1. Engine off, park brake on, FNR neutral. Remove floor plate in cab floor. CAUTION: Depress both brake pedals multiple times (approximately 25) to release brake line pressure to reservoir. 2. Depress both brake pedals multiple times (approximately 25) to release brake line pressure to reservoir. 3. Install Tee (A), adapter (B), and gauge (C). 4. Start engine and apply both brakes. 5. Turn OFF engine and apply both brakes and release. 6. Record pressure on gauge from each brake line work port with brake unapplied. There must be NO pressure in work port lines (brake valve to rear axle) when brakes are unapplied.
CED,TX04577,833 1917DEC981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-62
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=908
T119057
Tests
Specification Brake Work PortPressure ...................................... 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
If any pressure is recorded: Do Brake Valve and Pedal Adjustment. See 9025.20 Inspect Brake valve for free spool travel. Check for contamination. See Repair Manual Section 1062. NOTE: Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 7. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal
CED,TX04577,833 1917DEC982/2
9025 25 63
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-63
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=909
Tests
Brake Accumulator Precharge Pressure Test (S.N. 872328)

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Accumulator Precharge Pressure 40 4C (104 7F)
UN23AUG88
8500 300 kPa (85 3 bar) (1230 44 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT03083 (7/16 Male JIC x 1/2 ORB Male) Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 034 500 kPa (0345 bar) (05000 psi) Digital Thermometer Electronic Tachometer
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
9025 25 64
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 1. With engine off, relieve pressure in brake system by pumping brakes until firm pedal feel is gone (brakes in manual mode).
TX,902525,BS207 1903MAR931/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-64
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=910
X9811
Tests NOTE: Accumulator can be discharged due to normal leakage through brake valve when machine is not running. 2. Remove accumulator test port plug (A). Install adapter, gauge and digital thermometer. 3. Heat hydraulic oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.)
4. Stop engine and observe pressure gauge. If pressure reading on gauge is decreasing, leakage is indicated in the accumulator check valve, accumulator thermal relief valve, or brake valve. NOTE: To determine if leakage is in brake valve, do brake valve leakage test. (See Hydraulic Component Leakage Test in this group.) 5. Operate brake valve and observe pressure gauge. Pressure will slowly decrease, then drop immediately to zero. The last pressure observed before dropping to zero is the accumulator precharge pressure.
Specification Accumulator Precharge Pressure ....................................................... 8500 300 kPa (85 3 bar) (1230 44 psi)
T7888AB
UN12NOV92
9025 25 65
If accumulator precharge pressure is not correct, repair or charge accumulator. (See repair manual.) NOTE: Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 6. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal
TX,902525,BS207 1903MAR932/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-65
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=911
Tests
Brake Accumulator Precharge Pressure Test (S.N. 872329 )

SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature Accumulator Precharge Pressure 40 4C (104 7F)
UN23AUG88
3 447 345 kPa (34.5 3.45 bar) (500 50 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05494 ( 7/1628 M 37 x 3/416 M ORB) Connector JT05483 ( 7/1620 M 37 x 7/1620 F 37 Deg.) Elbow (90 Degree Swivel) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 034 500 kPa (0345 bar) (05000 psi) Digital Thermometer Electronic Tachometer
9025 25 66
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. NOTE: Accumulators can be discharged due to normal leakage through brake valve when machine is not running. 1. Engine off, park brake on, FNR neutral. Remove brake light pressure switch in brake valve and install connector, elbow and pressure gauge. See Service Brake Valve Pressure Test in this Group.
OUO1048,00003DF 1908SEP001/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-66
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=912
X9811
Tests 2. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this Group.) 3. Heat hydraulic oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.)
4. Stop engine and observe pressure reading on gauge. NOTE: To determine if leakage is in brake valve, do brake valve leakage test. (See Hydraulic Component Leakage Test in this group.) 5. Depress right pedal multiple times and observe pressure gauge. Pressure will slowly decrease with each application, then drop immediately to zero. Repeat step for left pedal and observe pressure gauge.
NOTE: Brake pressure indicator light (on side console) comes on at 5 515 690 kPa (55 6.9 bar) (800 100 psi). Accumulator Precharge is adequate if light on side console and audible alarm does not come on within the first six applications of brake pedals. The last pressure observed before dropping to zero is the accumulator precharge pressure.
Specification Accumulator Precharge Pressure ..................................................... 3 447 345 kPa (34.5 3.45 bar) (500 50 psi) 9025 25 67
IMPORTANT: Accumulators are NOT serviceable. An external plumbing leak between the accumulators and brake valve may also cause low pressure. If accumulator precharge pressure is not in specification or zero after one applicaton of pedal, replace accumulator 6. Remove test fittings.
OUO1048,00003DF 1908SEP002/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-67
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=913
Tests NOTE: Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 7. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal
OUO1048,00003DF 1908SEP003/3
9025 25 68
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-68
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=914
Section 9031
Heating and Air Conditioning

Contents
Page Page
Group 05Theory of Operation Proper Refrigerant Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-1 R134A Refrigerant Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-1 Refrigerant Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-2 Air Conditioning Circuit Operational Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-3 Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816286). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-4 Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-5 Air Conditioning Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 816287872256). . . . . . .9031-05-6 Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816287872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-7 Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-8 Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-9 Blower Circuit Operational Information . . . .9031-05-10 Blower Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-10 Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-11 Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-12 Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816287 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-13 Receiver/Dryer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-14 Expansion Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-16 Compressor Relief Valve Operation . . . . . .9031-05-17 Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-17 Group 15Diagnostic Information Diagnose Air Conditioning Electrical Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-1 Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-2 Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 816287872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-4 Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . .9031-15-6 Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . .9031-15-7 Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-8 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Sub System Diagnostics/Air Conditioning Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-9 Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks . . . . .9031-15-9 Group 20Adjustments Proper Refrigerant Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-1 R134A Refrigerant Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-1 R134A Compressor Oil Charge Check . . . . .9031-20-2 R134A Compressor Oil Removal. . . . . . . . . .9031-20-2 R134A Component Oil Charge . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-3 R134A Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling And Charging Station Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-4 Recover R134A System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-5 Evacuate R134A System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-6 Charge R134A System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-8 Check And Adjust Compressor Belt Tension (S.N. 816286). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-9 Group 25Test Proper Refrigerant Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-1 R134A Refrigerant Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-1 R134A Air Conditioning System Test . . . . . .9031-25-2 Pressure Diagnostic Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-4 Low Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-5 Low Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816287 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-8 High Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-10 High Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816287 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-12 A/C Freeze Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-14 Leak Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15 Refrigerant Hoses And Tubing Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15
9031
9031-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=1
Contents
9031
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation
Proper Refrigerant Handling
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency prohibits discharge of any refrigerant into the atmosphere, and requires that refrigerant be recovered using the approved recovery equipment. IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere. It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. Recovery, recycling and charging stations for R12 and R134a refrigerants MUST NOT be interchanged. Systems containing R12 refrigerant use a different oil than systems using R134a. Certain seals are not compatible with both types of refrigerants.
TX,9031,QQ5732 1905AUG961/1
R134A Refrigerant Cautions

CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials. DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52C (125F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. (R12 ONLY) Refrigerant exposed to high temperature forms phosgene gas. Inhaling toxic phosgene gas may result in serious illness or death. Phosgene gas has an odor like new mown hay or green corn. If you inhale phosgene gas, go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
9031 05 1
TX,9031,QQ5733 1911JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=917
Theory of Operation
Refrigerant Theory of Operation
9031 05 2
ACompressor BLow Pressure Switch CHigh Pressure Switch DHigh Pressure Gas
ECondenser FEngine Fan GHigh Pressure Liquid HReceiver Dryer
IExpansion Valve JLow Pressure Liquid KEvaporator
LBlowers MA/C Freeze Switch NLow Pressure Gas
The compressor (A) draws low pressure gas (N) from the evaporator (K) and compresses it into high pressure gas (D). Increasing the pressure of the refrigerant causes its boiling point to rise to a temperature higher than the outside air temperature. High pressure gas (D) leaves the compressor (A) and passes through two switches (B and C). These switches monitor refrigerant pressure. Should the pressure become too great or too small, either the high or low pressure switch will open and stop the compressor, interrupting the cycle. As the high pressure gas flows through the condenser (E), the engine fan (F) draws air through the condenser core which cools the refrigerant. Cooling
the refrigerant causes it to condense and it leaves the condenser (E) as a high pressure liquid (G). The high pressure liquid flows into the receiver-dryer (H) where moisture and contaminants are removed. The refrigerant flows from the receiver-dryer (H) to the expansion valve (I). The expansion valve (I) is a variable orifice used to cause a pressure and temperature drop in the refrigerant causing refrigerant to vaporize. The expansion valve (I) is one of the dividing lines between the high side and low side of the air conditioning system. At this point in the system, the high pressure/high temperature liquid is sprayed into the evaporator (K) where it changes and becomes a gas.
TX,9031,BG643 1929JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=918
T106841
1904MAR97
Theory of Operation The expansion valve diaphragm is activated by sensing temperature and pressure within the valve body. The internal bulb senses the evaporator outlet or discharge temperature and pressure of refrigerant as it passes through the valve back to the low pressure or suction side of the compressor. (See Expansion Valve Operation in this group for additional information on theory of operation.) If too much refrigerant is flowing into evaporator, the liquid refrigerant will still be evaporating as it leaves the evaporator, causing a low temperature at the evaporator outlet. The low temperature causes the expansion valve variable orifice to decrease in size, restricting refrigerant flow. If the evaporator outlet temperature is too warm, the orifice will increase in size, allowing more refrigerant into evaporator. If evaporator (K) temperature becomes too low, the A/C freeze switch (M) will interrupt current flow to the compressor clutch coil, stopping system operation until the temperature becomes normal, between 31 and 40.
TX,9031,BG643 1929JAN972/2
Air Conditioning Circuit Operational Information

The following conditions must exist for air conditioning circuit to function: Key switch ON Machine running Air conditioning switch turned ON Blower switch turned to low, medium or high
9031 05 3
TX,9031,QQ5735 1911JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=919
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816286)

Power from 30 amp heater fuse flows through P16 red and 518 red wires to blower switch. With blower switch turned to low, medium or high position, power flows to blower resistor and then to heater blower motors. Power also flows from C terminal of blower switch, through 522 white wire to freeze control switch, through 517 dark blue wire to air conditioning switch. With air conditioning switch turned ON, power flows through A17 orange wire to the lower pressure switch. With low pressure switch closed, power flows through A18 green wire to high pressure switch. With high pressure switch closed power flows through A19 green wire to the coil terminal of the compressor coil to energize the compressor clutch. Low Pressure Switch The low pressure switch will open if the air conditioning system loses its refrigerant charge. The switch opens to stop current flow to the compressor which prevents compressor engagement. The low pressure switch is located near the compressor in high pressure line. The A/C freeze switch receives power from the blower switch when blower switch is turned to low, medium or high position. NOTE: For component identification code description see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10. High Pressure Switch The high pressure switch protects the system from high pressure. If a malfunction or line restriction causes the high pressure to increase above the setting of the switch, the switch will open to stop current flow to the compressor clutch. The high pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. A/C Freeze Switch The A/C freeze switch is used to sense the temperature in the evaporator core. When the temperature drops, the clutch cycle switch opens, shutting the compressor off. When the temperature in the evaporator core raises, the A/C freeze switch closes sending voltage to the compressor.
9031 05 4
TX,9031,BG784 1904MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=920
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816286)
9031 05 5
TX,9031,BG647 1929JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=921
T7835AU
1924SEP92
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 816287872256)

Power from 30 amp heater fuse flows through P16 red and 518 red wires to blower switch. With blower switch turned to 1, 2, or 3 position, power flows to blower resistor and then to heater blower motor. With blower switch turned to position 4 the resistor is bypassed and blower motor is in max speed. Power also flows from blower switch, through white wire to A/C freeze switch, through black/white and A16 orange wire to air conditioning switch. With air conditioning switch turned ON, power flows through A17 orange wire to the low pressure switch. With low pressure switch closed, power flows through A18 green wire to high pressure switch. With high pressure switch closed power flows through A19 green wire to the coil terminal of the compressor coil to energize the compressor clutch. Low Pressure Switch The low pressure switch will open if the air conditioning system loses its refrigerant charge. The switch opens to stop current flow to the compressor which prevents compressor engagement. The low pressure switch is located near the compressor in high pressure line. High Pressure Switch The high pressure switch protects the system from high pressure. If a malfunction or line restriction causes the high pressure to increase above the setting of the switch, the switch will open to stop current flow to the compressor clutch. The high pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. A/C Freeze Switch The A/C freeze switch is used to sense the temperature in the evaporator core. When the temperature drops, the A/C freeze switch opens, shutting the compressor off. When the temperature in the evaporator core raises, the A/C freeze switch closes sending voltage to the compressor. The A/C freeze switch receives power from the blower switch when blower switch is turned to low, medium or high position. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9031 05 6
TX,9031,BG645 1929JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=922
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816287872256)
9031 05 7
TX,9031,BG648 1929JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=923
T101444
1931MAY96
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 )

Power flows through the heater fuse to the blower switch. The blower switch has five different positions, off and four speeds. With the switch in speeds 1, 2, and 3 power is sent to the blower resistor. The blower resistor has three different resistance values causing the fan to have different speeds. With the blower switch on the speed 4, power is sent directly to the blower motor and bypasses the blower resistor. This causes the fan to be at the highest speed. When the blower switch is in any of the four ON speeds, power also flows through the normally closed freeze control switch and to the A/C on/off switch. When the A/C on/off switch is switched on power continues to flow through the normally closed high and low pressure switches to the A/C compressor engaging the compressor clutch. Low Pressure Switch The low pressure switch will open if the air conditioning system loses its refrigerant charge. The switch opens to stop current flow to the compressor which prevents compressor engagement. The low pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. The freeze protection switch receives power from the blower switch when the blower switch is in any of the four ON speeds. High Pressure Switch The high pressure switch protects the system from high pressure. If a malfunction or line restriction causes the high pressure to increase above the setting of the switch, the switch will open to stop current flow to the compressor clutch. The high pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. Freeze Protection Switch The freeze protection switch is used to sense the temperature in the evaporator core. When the temperature drops, the freeze protection switch opens, stopping power flow to the compressor. When the temperature in the evaporator core raises, the freeze protection switch closes allowing power to continue to flow to the compressor.
9031 05 8
CED,TX17864,203 1917SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=924
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 )
9031 05 9
CED,TX17864,194 1916SEP981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=925
T117258
1918SEP98
Theory of Operation
Blower Circuit Operational Information

The following conditions must exist for blower circuit to function: Key switch in ON or ACC position Blower switch turned ON
TX,9031,BG649 1929JAN971/1
Blower Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 816286)

Power from heater fuse goes to blower switch. With blower switch in low position power is sent to blower resistor. Voltage goes through complete resistor and is reduced to 3.03.5 volts, blower motor runs in low speed. With blower switch in medium position power is sent through half the blower resistor and is reduced to 6.06.5 volts. Blower motor runs in medium speed. With blower switch in high position power by-passes resistor and 12 volts is applied to blower motor, causing it to run at high speed. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9031 05 10
TX,9031,BG650 1902OCT981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=926
Theory of Operation
9031 05 11
TX,9031,BG651 1929JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=927
T7857AD
1930SEP92
Theory of Operation
Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287 )

Power from heater circuit breaker goes to blower switch. With blower switch in positions 1, 2, or 3 power is sent to blower resistor reducing blower motor speed. With blower switch in position 4 the resister is bypassed and blower motor will run in max speed. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9031,BG652 1929JAN971/1
9031 05 12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=928
Theory of Operation
Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816287 )
9031 05 13
TX,9031,BG653 1929JAN971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=929
T101441
1922APR97
Theory of Operation
Receiver/Dryer Operation
The receiver/dryer is a reservoir to store excess liquid refrigerant in the system. Excess refrigerant is required for two reasons: Outside air temperature and humidity have an effect on the minimum quantity of refrigerant required in the system for the air conditioner to operate at maximum efficiency. The higher the temperature and humidity, the more refrigerant required in the system. More refrigerant is required due to the expansion valve opening farther allowing more refrigerant into the low pressure side of the system. Refrigerant hoses allow a small amount of refrigerant to migrate through their walls. Extra refrigerant stored in the system allows for a longer period of time before additional refrigerant is needed. The receiver/dryer also contains two filters (E) and desiccant (F) between the filters. The filters remove solid materials which could be generated by a compressor failure, debris left in the system due to improper service procedures, or particles caused by corrosion of metal parts due to moisture and acids in the system (also caused by improper service procedures). Desiccant is used to absorb moisture. If too much moisture gets into the system, the desiccant may not be able to absorb it all. When moisture is combined with refrigerant oil, a sludge is formed. This sludge does not permit moving parts to be adequately lubricated. When moisture is combined with refrigerant, hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids are formed. These acids are very corrosive to metal surfaces and leakage will eventually develop. If the air conditioning system is left open for a period of time or if the plugs are removed from the receiver/dryer, the desiccant will also absorb moisture from the air. The receiver/dryer contains a color moisture indicator. (Blue) indicates dryer is dry. (Pink) indicates moisture in the desiccant. Evacuating the system will not remove moisture from the desiccant. You must replace the receiver/dryer.
UN19OCT93
AInlet Port BSight Glass COutlet Port DPickup Tube EFilter FDesiccant GStrainer HSpring IReceiver/Dryer JWet/Dry Indicator
TX,9031,QQ5741 1911JUN961/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=930
T8104AF
UN10JAN94
9031 05 14
T8104AE
Theory of Operation A sight glass is installed in the receiver/dryer outlet port. If the refrigerant level is low, a steady stream of gas bubbles will be present in the liquid flowing from the receiver/dryer. These gas bubbles can be seen in the sight glass and are an indication that the system needs charging. However, bubbles may be present when the compressor clutch first engages but must disappear after a few seconds. If the sight glass is clear, the system either has a sufficient charge or is completely discharged.
TX,9031,QQ5741 1911JUN962/2
9031 05 15
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=931
Theory of Operation
Expansion Valve Operation
AValve Diaphragm BSealed Sensing Bulb COutlet to Compressor 9031 05 16
DOperating Pin EInlet Flow FMetering Orifice
GValve Spring HBall Seat IOutlet to Evaporator
JDischarge from Evaporator KInternal Equalization Passage
The expansion valve is used to regulate the amount of refrigerant flowing into the evaporator. At this point in the system, the high pressure/high temperature liquid is sprayed into the evaporator where it changes state and becomes a gas. The valve diaphragm (A) is activated by sensing temperature and pressure within the valve body. The sealed sensing bulb (B) senses the evaporator outlet (I) or discharge temperature and pressure of the refrigerant as it passes through the valve back to the low pressure or suction side of the compressor.
The metering orifice (F) and ball seat area (H) in the expansion valve is relatively small. The rapidly expanding refrigerant passing through this area can cause any moisture in the system to freeze at this point and block refrigerant flow. Other contaminants in the system can also cause a valve to malfunction. If expansion valve malfunctions, it must be replaced. Expansion valve is not repairable.
TX,9031,QQ5742 1911JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=932
T7828AY
1924SEP92
Theory of Operation
Compressor Relief Valve Operation

The compressor relief valve is a direct acting pressure limiting valve. If a malfunction in the system occurs that would cause high pressure, such as a restricted line, the valve will open near 4137 kPa (41.4 bar) (600 psi) and remain open until pressure drops to below the valve setting. If the relief valve opens, a loud popping noise will be heard. Some oil may also be lost from the system. Correct any condition that would cause the valve to open.
TX,9031,QQ5743 1911JUN961/1
Temperature Control
Temperature control is adjusted by the position of the heater temperature switch in the cab. This switch is mechanically connected to the water valve at the base of the heater core. Turning the heater temperature switch towards maximum and/or towards off opens and closes the water valve controlling engine coolant flow through the heater core, thus controlling the temperature inside the cab. In certain conditions when the air conditioning switch is turned on and the blower switch is in low position, the cab temperature may still be too cool. It may be necessary to blend heat with cooling to get a comfortable cab temperature.
9031 05 17
TX,9031,QQ5744 1911JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-17
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=933
Theory of Operation
9031 05 18
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-18
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=934
Group 15
Diagnose Air Conditioning Electrical Malfunctions
NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when diagnosing a problem: Step 1. Operational Check Out Procedure Step 2. Diagnostic Charts Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests
Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate
Circuit Breaker (S.N. 816286) or Fuse (S.N. 816287 ) Blower switch
Replace circuit breaker or fuse.
See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10. See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10. See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10. See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10. See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10. See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10. See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10. See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10. Check wiring harness. See Group 9015-10.
9031 15 1
Blower resistor
Heater/blower motor
A/C Freeze switch
Air conditioning switch
Low pressure switch
High pressure switch
Compressor clutch coil
Wiring harness
TX,9031,QQ5746 1912JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=935
Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 816286)

T7861AC 1913MAR97
S25
AIR CONDITIONING P SWITCH
F6
A 30 AMP HEATER/A.C. CIRCUIT BREAKER
HIGH PRESSURE QUICK DISCONNECT N
S26
CLUTCH CYCLE O SWITCH
S23
S22
B HEATER TEMP. SWITCH
LOW PRESSURE M SWITCH
S24
HIGH PRESSURE L SWITCH
S8
C BLOWER SWITCH
Y10
D EXPANSION VALVE
COMPRESSOR K
CONDENSOR J
M7
E HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
M6
F HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
G BLOWER RESISTOR
R1
H EVAPORATOR I RECEIVER DRYER
T7861AC
710D AIR CONDITIONING COMPONENT LOCATION

TX,9031,BG656 1930JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=936
AAir Conditioning Switch (S25) BBlower Switch (S8) CHeater Temperature Switch (S22) DExpansion Valve EHeater Blower Motor (M7) FHeater Blower Motor (M6) GBlower Resistor (R1) HEvaporator IClutch Cycle Switch (S26) JReceiver Dryer KCondenser LCompressor (Y10) MHigh Pressure Switch (S24) NLow Pressure Switch (S23) OHigh Pressure Quick Disconnect PHeater/A.C. Circuit Breaker
NOTE: For electrical call-outs in parenthesis, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend in Group 9015-10.
TX,9031,BG656 1930JAN972/2
9031 15 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=937
Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 816287872256)

T106846 1911APR97
F6 S25 S22
B HEATER TEMPERATURE SWITCH AIR CONDITIONING S SWITCH A 30 AMP HEATER/A.C. CIRCUIT BREAKER
BLOWER SWITCH R CONNECTOR
YEL
BLU
PUR
S8
C BLOWER SWITCH
ORG
RED
BLOWER HARNESS Q TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR BLK / W C B
D EVAPORATOR
RED
S23
EXPANSION E VALVE
S24
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH P
R1
F BLOWER RESISTOR
HIGH PRESSURE O SWITCH
CONDENSOR N
G HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
M6
HIGH PRESSURE M CHARGE PORT
H AC FREEZE SWITCH
S26
LINE J TO ENGINE BLOCK K L RECEIVER DRYER
LINE TO WATER PUMP
Y10
COMPRESSOR
T106846
AIR CONDITIONING COMPONENT LOCATION

TX,9031,BG655 1930JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=938
A30 Amp Heater/A.C. Circuit Breaker (F6) BHeater Temp. Switch (S22) CBlower Switch (S8) DEvaporator EExpansion Valve FBlower Resistor (R1) GHeater Blower Motor (M6) HA/C Freeze Switch (S26) ILine To Water Pump JLine To Engine Block KReceiver Dryer LCompressor (Y10) MHigh Pressure Charge Port NCondenser OHigh Pressure Switch (S24) PLow Pressure Switch (S23) QBlower Harness To Side Console Harness Connector RBlower Switch Connector SAir Conditioning Switch (S25)
NOTE: For electrical call-outs in parenthesis, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend in Group 9015-10.
TX,9031,BG655 1930JAN972/2
9031 15 5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=939
Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )

T116840 1910SEP98
CED,TX17864,147
1925AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=940
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257 )
9031 15 7
CED,TX17864,140
1921AUG981/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=941
T116838 1908OCT98
Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 872257 )

T117557 1915OCT98
CED,OUTX466,1107
1920JUL981/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=942
1Condenser 2High Pressure Switch (S24) 3Low Pressure Switch (S23) 4A/C Compressor Harness (W11) 5Not Used 6Expansion Valve 7Cab Floor Ground (W3) 8Not Used 9Blower Harness To Side Console Harness Connector (X35) 10Blower Switch (S8) 11Heater Temp. Switch (S22) 12Blower Harness (W10) 13Blower Harness To Side Console Harness Connector (X5) 14Seat Position Sensor (S19) 15Blower Harness To Air Adjust Seat Harness Connector (X56) 16Blower Resister (R1) 17Heater Blower Motor (M6) 18A/C Freeze Switch (S26) 19Evaporator 20Line To Water Pump 21Line To Engine Block 22Receiver Dryer 23A/C Compressor Harness to Engine Harness Connector (X59) 24A/C Compressor Harness to Engine Harness Connector (X34) 25Compressor (Y10)
CED,OUTX466,1107 1920JUL982/2
Sub System Diagnostics/Air Conditioning Circuit

This procedure is designed so the mechanic can make a quick check of the system using a minimum amount of diagnostic equipment. If you need additional information, read Theory of Operation (Group 9031-05). The engine or other major components must be at operating temperature for some checks. Locate system check in the left column and read completely, following this sequence from left to right. Read each check completely before performing. At the end of each check, if no problem is found, that check is complete. When a problem is indicated, additional checks or repair information will be given. T.M. Group or CTM number required for repair will be given. If verification is needed, you will be given next best source of information: Group: 10 (System Operational Checks) Group: 15 (Diagnostic Information) Group: 20 (Adjustments) Group: 25 (Tests) CTM (Component Technical Manual)
9031 15 9
TX,9031,BG654 1902OCT981/1
1 Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=943
Blower Switch (S.N. 816286) Disconnect harness from blower switch. Using a multimeter check for continuity. Move blower switch to LOW, MEDIUM and HIGH checking terminals B to L and C, B to M and C and B to H and C.
T7199CL UN17SEP90
1/1
Blower Resister (S.N. 816286)
Measure resistance between terminals 3 and 1. Does ohmmeter read 1.0 ohms?
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace resistor
T6534CR UN19OCT88
1/1
Blower Switch (S.N. 816287 )
Disconnect harness from blower switch. Using a multimeter check for continuity.
9031 15 10
T117277 1918SEP98
Move blower switch to position 1, 2, 3, and 4 checking terminals B and 1, B and 2, B and 3, B and 4. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=944
Blower Resister (S.N. 816287 ) Measure ohms between terminals 4 and 2. Does ohmmeter read 1.0 ohms? NO: Replace resistor YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness.
T102849 UN06AUG96
1/1
Heater/Blower Motor Check
Disconnect harness from heater blower motor. Connect 12 volts to heater blower motor, and ground motor. Does heater blower motor operate?
YES: Heater blower motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace heater blower motor.
T7199CM UN16AUG90
1/1
9031 15 11
A/C Freeze Switch
With A/C freeze switch at room temperature. Disconnect harness from switch. Measure continuity across switch terminals. Is continuity measured?
T7835AV 1924SEP92
YES: Do A/C Freeze Switch Test. See Group 9031-25. If Switch is OK. Check wiring harness. NO: Switch has failed. Replace switch.
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=945
Air Conditioning Switch (S.N. 816286) Disconnect harness from air conditioning switch. Place switch in snowflake or A/C position, and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 1. Is continuity measured? Place switch in cactus or defrost position and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured? YES: A/C switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace A/C switch.
T7199DE UN02OCT90
1/1
Air Conditioning Switch (S.N. 816287 )
YES: A/C switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace A/C switch.
T100731 UN28MAY96
9031 15 12
Disconnect harness from air conditioning switch. A/C switch OFF, and measure for continuity between terminals 2A and 1. Is continuity measured? Turn switch ON, and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=946
Air Conditioner Low Pressure Switch Check Disconnect harness from switch. Check for continuity between terminals. Is continuity measured? YES: Continue with this check. NO: Replace switch.
T101619 1913JUN96
Remove switch from system. (The line that attaches the low pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed.) Measure for continuity across switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read open?
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Go to Low Pressure Switch Test, Group 9031-25.
1/1
Air Conditioner High Pressure Switch Check
Disconnect harness from switch. Measure continuity across outer switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read continuity?
YES: Continue with this check. NO: Switch may be bad, or system pressure is too high. Continue with this check to verify switch operation.
T101618 1913JUN96
Remove switch from system. (The line that attaches the high pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed.) Measure continuity across switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read continuity?
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness and 9031 system pressure. Go to Air Conditioning Pressure 15 13 Diagnostic Chart, Group 9031-25. NO: Replace switch.
1/1
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Coil
Disconnect harness from clutch. Connect battery voltage to clutch terminal that has orange wire. Ground black wire terminal. Does Clutch "click"?
YES: A/C compressor clutch coil is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace clutch coil.
T6534CV UN19OCT88
1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=947
9031 15 14
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=948
Group 20
Adjustments
TX,9031,QQ5748 1912JUN961/1

9031 20 1
TX,9031,QQ5749 1912JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=949
Adjustments
R134A Compressor Oil Charge Check

Remove compressor if R134a leakage was detected and repaired. See Remove and install Compressor in Repair Manual. Drain oil from the compressor and record the amount. See Compressor Oil Removal procedure in this group. NOTE: Drain oil and save if this is a new compressor. If the oil drained from a compressor removed from operation is very black or the amount of oil is less than 6 mL (0.2 fl oz), perform the following: 1. Remove and discard the receiver-dryer. 2. Remove, clean, but do not disassemble the valve. 3. Flush the complete system with TY16134 air conditioning flushing solvent. 4. If the compressor is serviceable, pour flushing solvent in the manifold ports and internally wash out the old oil. 5. Install a new receiver-dryer. 6. Install required amount of TY22025 refrigerant oil in the compressor. (See R134a Component Oil Charge in this group.) 7. Connect all components, evacuate and charge the system.
TX,9031,QQ5750 1912JUN961/1
R134A Compressor Oil Removal

1. Remove compressor from machine. See Remove and Install Compressor in Repair Manual. 2. Remove inlet/outlet manifold from compressor, and clutch dust cover. 3. Drain oil into graduated container while rotating compressor shaft. 4. Record measured oil and discard oil properly. 5. Install new oil. See R134a Component Oil Charge in this Group. 6. Install compressor. See Remove and Install Compressor in Repair Manual.
9031 20 2
TX,9031,QQ5751 1912JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=950
Adjustments
R134A Component Oil Charge

CAUTION: All new compressors are charged with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant and TY22025 (R134a) refrigerant oil. Wear safety goggles and discharge the compressor slowly to avoid possible injury. Compressors can be divided into three categories when determining the correct oil charge for the system. New compressor from parts depot Used compressor removed from operation Compressor internally washed with flushing solvent Determining the amount of system oil charge prior to installation of compressor on a machine. 1. When the complete system, lines, and components were flushed add the correct amount of oil as described. New compressor from parts depot contains the amount of new oil of 230 20 mL (7.7 0.7 fl oz). System requires an additional amount of new oil of 118 mL (4.0 fl oz) of new oil. Used compressor removed from operation, oil drained, and flushed requires 348 20 mL (11.6 0.7 fl oz) of new oil. 2. When the complete system was not flushed add the correct amount of oil for the compressor plus amount of oil for each component that was serviced. New compressor from parts depot, drain and return 63 mL (2.1 fl oz) of oil to the compressor. (See Compressor Oil Removal procedure in this group.) Used compressor removed from operation and oil drained, (See Compressor Oil Removal procedure in this group.) Add 63 mL (2.1 fl oz) of new oil. Used compressor removed from operation, oil drained, and flushed add 78 mL (2.6 fl oz) of new oil. NOTE: Components listed below which have been removed, drained or flushed, require the removal of the compressor to determine the correct oil charge. Use the following chart as a guide for adding oil to components:
Evaporator Condenser Receiver-Dryer Hoses 130 mL (4.4 fl oz) 65 mL (2.2 fl oz) 30 mL (1.0 fl oz) 60 mL (2.0 fl oz)
NOTE: Hoses = 3 mL per 30 cm (0.1 fl oz per ft). Approximate total length equals 600 cm (20 ft). If any section of hose is removed and flushed or replaced, measure the length of hose and use the formula to determine the correct amount of oil to be added. CAUTION: DO NOT leave the system or R134a compressor oil containers open. This oil easily absorbs moisture. DO NOT spill R134a compressor oil on acrylic or ABS plastic. This oil will deteriorate these materials rapidly. Identify R134a oil containers and measures to eliminate accidental mixing of different oils.
9031 20 3
TX,9031,BG804 1906MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=951
Adjustments
R134A Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling And Charging Station Installation Procedure

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
NOTE: JT02046 and JT02050 recovery and charging stations can be substituted for the JT02045 station. CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. 1. Close both high and low pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station (J). 2. Remove cap from low pressure test port (A). 3. Connect low pressure blue hose (G) from refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station (J) to low pressure test port (A) on compressor. 4. Connect high pressure red hose (I) to high pressure quick disconnect (F).
9031 20 4
UN10SEP96
5. Follow the manufactures instructions when using the refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station.
ALow Pressure Test Port BHigh Pressure Relief Valve CLow Pressure Hose DLow Pressure Switch EHigh Pressure Switch FHigh Pressure Quick-Disconnect GBlue Hose HHigh Pressure Hose IRed Hose JRefrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
TX,9031,QQ5753 1912JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=952
T101551
Adjustments
Recover R134A System

NOTE: JT02046 and JT02050 recovery and charging stations can be substituted for the JT02045 station. CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. NOTE: Run the air conditioning system for three minutes to help in the recovery process. Turn air conditioning system off before proceeding with recovery steps. 1. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. (See installation procedure in this group.) 2. Follow the manufactures instructions when using the refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station.
T101551
UN10SEP96
9031 20 5
TX,9031,QQ5754 1912JUN961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=953
Adjustments
Evacuate R134A System

NOTE: JT02046 and JT02050 recovery and charging stations can be substituted for the JT02045 station. CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. Do not run compressor while evacuating. 1. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. (See installation procedure in this group.) 2. Open low and high pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. 3. Follow the manufactures instructions and evacuate the system. NOTE: The vacuum specifications listed are for sea level conditions. Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. 4. Evacuate system until low pressure gauge registers 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum. If 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum cannot be obtained in 15 minutes, test the system for leaks. (See Leak Testing, 9031-25). Correct any leaks. 5. When vacuum is 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg), close low-side and high-side valves. Turn vacuum pump off. 6. If the vacuum decreases more than 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) in 5 minutes, there is a leak in the system.
ALow Pressure Test Port BHigh Pressure Relief Valve CLow Pressure Hose DLow Pressure Switch EHigh Pressure Switch FHigh Pressure Quick-Disconnect GBlue Hose HHigh Pressure Hose IRed Hose JRefrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging station
9031 20 6
TX,9031,QQ5755 1912JUN961/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=954
T101551
UN10SEP96
Adjustments 7. Repair leak. 8. Start to evacuate. 9. Open low-side and high-side valves. 10. Evacuate system for 30 minutes after 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum is reached. 11. Close low-side and high-side valves. Stop evacuation. 12. Charge the system. (See procedure in this group.)
TX,9031,QQ5755 1912JUN962/2
9031 20 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=955
Adjustments
Charge R134A System

NOTE: JT02046 and JT02050 recovery and charging stations can be substituted for the JT02045 station. CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. 1. Connect JT02045 R134a refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. (See installation procedure in this group.) 2. Evacuate the system. (See Evacuate Air Conditioning System, this group.) NOTE: Before beginning to charge air conditioning system, the following conditions must exist: Engine STOPPED, the pump must be capable of pulling at least 28.6 in. Hg vacuum (sea level). Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. 3. Follow the manufacturers instructions and charge the system. 4. Add refrigerant until system is charged with 2.4 Kg (5.2 lbs). 5. Do air conditioner checks and tests in Groups 9031-10 and 9031-25.
9031 20 8
TX,9031,BG805 1906MAR971/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=956
T101551
UN10SEP96
Adjustments
Check And Adjust Compressor Belt Tension (S.N. 816286)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Belt Tension Gauge
2. Belt must deflect 19 mm (0.75 in.) at 400 N (90 lb force). If not, allow belt to cool for 810 minutes. IMPORTANT: Force to adjust belt must be applied to front of compressor housing only to prevent damage to compressor. 3. Loosen compressor mounting cap screws. Apply force to front of compressor housing to tighten belt. Tighten cap screws. 4. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to check belts.
IMPORTANT: Never over tighten belt. Over tightening may cause belt cord damage and excessive load on bearings. 1. Run engine for five minutes. Stop the engine, then immediately check tension using a belt tension gauge. Measure strand tension or deflection at a point halfway between pulleys.
TX,9031,BG806 1906MAR971/1
9031 20 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=957
Adjustments
9031 20 10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=958
Group 25
Test
TX,9031,QQ5758 1913AUG961/1

9031 25 1
TX,9031,QQ5759 1913AUG961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-1
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=959
Test
R134A Air Conditioning System Test

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed Air Conditioning Cooling Blower Speed 2200 rpm Maximum Maximum Maximum Louver Temperature (F) 7.3C (45F) 10C (50F) 13C (55F) 16C (60F) 19C (65F)
Ambient Temperature (F) 1621C (6070F) 2127C (7080F) 2732C (8090F) 3238C (90100F) 3843C (100110F)
Suction Pressure 4189 kPa (0.410.89 bar) (613 psi) 55103 kPa (0.551.03 bar) (815 psi) 68124 kPa (0.681.24 bar) (1018 psi) 82137 kPa (0.821.37 bar) (1220 psi) 103151 kPa (1.031.51 bar) (1522 psi)
Discharge Pressure 6551172 kPa (6.5511.72 bar) (95170 psi) 7921516 kPa (7.9215.16 bar) (115220 psi) 11721792 kPa (11.7217.92 bar) (170260 psi) 14822068 kPa (14.8220.68 bar) (215300 psi) 11722275 kPa (11.7222.75 bar) (260330 psi)
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT use refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils intended for R12 refrigerant. 1. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. (See installation procedure in this group.)
9031 25 2
2. Close both low and high pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. 3. Open cab doors and windows.
TX,9031,BG657 1930JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-2
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=960
Test 4. Connect low pressure blue hose (G) from refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station (J) to low pressure test port (A) on compressor. 5. Connect high pressure red hose (I) to high Pressure Quick-Disconnect (F) on compressor. 6. Follow the manufactures instructions when using the refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. 7. Start engine and run at rated engine speed.
Specification EngineSpeed ........................................................................... 2200 rpm
8. Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position.

Specification Air ConditioningCooling ........................................................... Maximum
9. Turn blower switch to high speed.

Specification BlowerSpeed ............................................................................ Maximum
10. Check sight glass in receiver-dryer. 11. Run unit for at least 5 minutes. 12. Measure air temperature at condenser air inlet and at air ducts in air conditioning unit. 13. Compare air duct temperature reading to the temperatures shown in the specifications. 14. Observe low and high pressure gauges on refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. 15. Compare pressure readings to the pressure shown in specifications. Use the Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart in this group to diagnose the malfunction.
T101551
UN10SEP96
9031 25 3
TX,9031,BG657 1930JAN972/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-3
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=961
Test
Pressure Diagnostic Chart
9031 25 4
TX,9031,QQ5761 1913AUG961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-4
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=962
T6609AB
1928FEB89
Test
Low Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816286)

SPECIFICATIONS Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open) Closes on Increasing Pressure Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open) Opens on Decreasing Pressure 276 20 kPa (2.76 0.2 bar) (40 3 psi) 220 20 kPa (2.2 0.2 bar) (32 3 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter
NOTE: Low pressure switch is normally open when removed from machine. When installed the switch becomes closed because of normal system pressure. 1. Turn key switch ON but do not start engine. Turn blower switch ON. Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position. 2. Disconnect and connect low pressure switch connector. Compressor clutch must engage and disengage (click). NOTE: Low pressure switch fitting has a valve installed in it to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed. 3. Remove low pressure switch. Connect low pressure switch connector. 4. The actual pressure setting of switch can be checked by connecting it to a pressure source such as a regulated air supply or hydraulic hand pump. 5. Switch must not have continuity between terminals A and C until pressure increases to switch closing pressure specification.
Specification Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open)Closes on Increasing Pressure ............................................... 276 20 kPa (2.76 0.2 bar) (40 3 psi) 9031 25 5
TX,9031,BG659 1930JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-5
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
T88001
UN08NOV88
PN=963
Test Slowly release pressure. Switch must have continuity until pressure decreases to switch opening pressure specification.
Specification Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open)Opens on Decreasing Pressure ................................................. 220 20 kPa (2.2 0.2 bar) (32 3 psi)
TX,9031,BG659 1930JAN972/2
9031 25 6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-6
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=964
Test
9031 25 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-7
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=965
Test
Low Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816287 )

SPECIFICATIONS Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open) Opens on Decreasing Pressure Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open) Closes on Increasing Pressure 173 35 kPa (1.73 0.3 bar) (25 53 psi) 345 35 kPa (3.45 0.3 bar) (50 5 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter
NOTE: Low pressure switch is normally open when removed from machine. When installed the switch becomes closed because of normal system pressure. 1. Turn key switch ON but DO NOT start engine. Turn blower switch ON. Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position. 2. Disconnect and connect low pressure switch at harness connector. Compressor clutch must engage and disengage (click). NOTE: The line that attaches the low pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed. 3. Disconnect harness from switch and remove switch from line. Connect low pressure switch to harness.
9031 25 8
Compressor clutch must not engage (click). 4. The actual pressure setting of switch can be checked by connecting it to a pressure source such as a regulated air supply or hydraulic hand pump.
TX,9031,BG658 1930JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-8
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=966
Test 5. Switch must not have continuity between terminals (A and B) until pressure increases to switch closing pressure specification.
Specification Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open)Opens on Decreasing Pressure ............................................... 173 35 kPa (1.73 0.3 bar) (25 53 psi)
Slowly release pressure. Switch must have continuity until pressure decreases to switch opening pressure specification.
Specification Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open)Closes on Increasing Pressure ............................................... 345 35 kPa (3.45 0.3 bar) (50 5 psi)
TX,9031,BG658 1930JAN972/2
T106843
UN04MAR97
9031 25 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-9
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=967
Test
High Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816286)

SPECIFICATIONS High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed) Opens on Increasing Pressure High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed) Closes on Decreasing Pressure 2410 100 kPa (24.1 1 bar) (350 15 psi) 1390 100 kPa (13.91 1 bar) (220 15 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter Air Conditioning Gauge Set
NOTE: High pressure switch fitting has a valve installed in it to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed. 1. Remove high pressure switch. 2. Connect a portable pressure source, such as a hydraulic hand pump, to high pressure switch. 3. Switch must have continuity between terminals A and C until pressure increases to switch opening pressure specification.
Specification High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)Opens on Increasing Pressure .................................................... 2410 100 kPa (24.1 1 bar) (350 15 psi) 9031 25 10
4. Slowly release pressure. Switch must not have continuity until pressure decreases to switch closing pressure specification.
Specification High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)Closes on Decreasing Pressure .................................................. 1390 100 kPa (13.91 1 bar) (220 15 psi)
5. The switch can also be checked when installed in air conditioning system, however, pressure is slow to increase to test specification.
TX,9031,BG660 1930JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-10
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
T88002
UN08NOV88
PN=968
Test Connect an air conditioning gauge set to service fittings at compressor. Cover condenser with paper or plastic to stop air flow. Operate air conditioner on maximum cooling. Note high-side pressure when high pressure switch opens and then closes.
TX,9031,BG660 1930JAN972/2
9031 25 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-11
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=969
Test
High Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816287 )

SPECIFICATIONS High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed) Opens on Increasing Pressure High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed) Closes on Decreasing Pressure 2760 138 kPa (27.6 1.38 bar) (400 20 psi) 1310 138 kPa (13.11 1.38 bar) (190 20 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter Air Conditioning Gauge Set
NOTE: The line that attaches the high pressure switch has a valve installed to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed. The high pressure switch is normally closed when removed from the machine. It does not open when installed in the A/C system until pressure exceeds specification. 1. Remove high pressure switch. 2. Connect a portable pressure source, such as a hydraulic hand pump, to high pressure switch.
9031 25 12
TX,9031,BG661 1930JAN971/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-12
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=970
Test 3. Switch must have continuity between terminals (A and B) until pressure increases to switch opening pressure specification.
Specification High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)Opens on Increasing Pressure ............................................... 2760 138 kPa (27.6 1.38 bar) (400 20 psi)
4. Slowly release pressure. Switch must not have continuity until pressure decreases to switch closing pressure specification.
Specification High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)Closes on Decreasing Pressure ..................................................... 1310 138 kPa (13.11 1.38 bar) (190 20 psi)
5. The switch can also be checked when installed in air conditioning system, however, pressure is slow to increase to test specification. Connect an air conditioning gauge set to service fittings at compressor. Cover condenser with paper or plastic to stop air flow. Operate air conditioner on maximum cooling. Note high-side pressure when high pressure switch opens and then closes.
T106842
UN04MAR97
TX,9031,BG661 1930JAN972/2
9031 25 13
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-13
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=971
Test
A/C Freeze Control Switch

SPECIFICATIONS A/C Freeze Control Switch (Normally Closed) Opens as Temperature Drops A/C Freeze Control Switch (Normally Closed) Closes as Temperature Rises -0.5C (31F)
4C (39F)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
1. Remove A/C freeze switch from evaporator. 2. Connect ohmmeter to switch terminals. Switch must be closed at room temperature. 3. Put switch into a freezer (assure freezer temperature is below -0.5C (31F). Switch must open, and continuity must not be read.
Specification A/C Freeze Control Switch (Normally Closed)Opens as Temperature Drops ............................................................... -0.5C (31F)
4. Remove switch from freezer. Put sensing tube into a glass of warm water. Switch must close, and continuity must be read.
Specification A/C Freeze Control Switch (Normally Closed)Closes as Temperature Rises .................................................................... 4C (39F)
9031 25 14
5. If switch does not open and close during testing, install new switch.
TX,9031,QQ5764 1913AUG961/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=972
Test
Leak Testing
1. Inspect all lines, fittings, and components for oily or dusty spots. When refrigerant leaks from the system, a small amount of oil is carried out with it. 2. A soap and water solution can be sprayed on the components in the system to form bubbles at the source of the leak. 3. If a leak detector is used, move the leak detector probe under the hoses and around the connections at a rate of 25 mm (1 in.) per second. 4. Some refrigerant manufacturers add dye to refrigerant to aid in leak detection.
TX,9031,QQ5765 1913AUG961/1
Refrigerant Hoses And Tubing Inspection

When a component is disconnected from the system, special care should be given to inspecting hoses and tubing for moisture, grease, dirt, rust, or other foreign material. If such contamination is present in hoses, tubing, or fittings and cannot be removed by cleaning, then replace parts. Fittings that have grease or dirt on them should be wiped clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. Chlorinated solvents (such as trichloroethylene) are contaminants, and must not be used for cleaning. To assist in making leak-proof joints, use a small amount of clean correct viscosity refrigerant oil on all hose and tube connections. Dip O-rings in correct viscosity oil before assembling. IMPORTANT: Hose used for air conditioning systems contains special barriers in its walls to prevent migration of refrigerant gas. DO NOT use hydraulic hoses as replacement hoses in the air conditioning system. Use ONLY certified hose meeting SAE J51B requirements.
TX,9031,QQ5766 1913AUG961/1
9031 25 15
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-15
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=973
Test
9031 25 16
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-16
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=974
Index
Page Page
A
Accessories check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-44 Accumulator operation (S.N. 872256 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-19 Accumulator operation (S.N. 872257 ) Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-20 Adjust Engine speed control linkage (S.N. 830204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-5 (S.N. 830205) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-6 Adjustment Backhoe valve linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-10 Loader bucket level indicator. . . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Loader control valve linkage . . . . . . . . .9025-20-10 Return-to-dig switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Stabilizer valve linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-12 Adjustment (S.N. 872256) Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-4 Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-5 Adjustment (S.N. 872257 ) Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-6 Air Adjust Seat Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-39 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-40 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-41 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-39 Air conditioning Charge system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-8 Circuit checks . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-48, 9031-15-9 Component location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-8 S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-2, 9031-15-4 Component oil charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-3 Compressor relief valve operation . . . . .9031-05-17 Electrical circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-3 Evacuate system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-6 Hoses and tubing inspection . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15 Leak testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15 Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-1 Operational checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-9 Receiver/dryer operation . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-14 System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-2 Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-17 Air Conditioning Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-45 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-47 Specifications (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . 9015-15B-45 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-48 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-46 Air conditioning circuit schematic S.N. -816286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-5 (S.N. 816287872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-7 (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-9 Air conditioning circuit theory of operation (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-4 (S.N. 816287872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-6 (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-8 Air conditioning compressor harness (W11) Component location (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-43 Component location (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-44 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-42 Air Conditioning Compressor harness (W11) Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-43 Air conditioning compressor harness (W11) Wiring diagram (S.N. -825657) . . . . . 9015-10A-42 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-41 Air conditioning expansion valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-16 Air system, engine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-39 Alternator Operation 78 Amp DELCO REMY (Serial No. 787513) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-10 95 Amp BOSCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-13 95 Amp BOSCH (Serial No. 787514 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-12 Alternators Use CTM77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-1 Analysis of Complete Transmission Test (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-36 Analysis of Transmission Leakage Test Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-20 Anti-cavitation circuit relief valve. . . . . . . .9025-05-24 Anti-cavitation circuit relief valve-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-35 Auxiliary Valve Soleniod controlled-Gresen . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-48 Auxiliary valve circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-118 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-119 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-120 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-118 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Indx 1
Index-1
PN=1
Index
Page
Page
Auxiliary valve harness (W14) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-48 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-47
B
Backhoe auxiliary valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-55 Backhoe auxiliary valve w/soleniod-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-48 Backhoe boom valve-Husco . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-42 Backhoe bucket valve operation-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-53 Backhoe crowd valve operation-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-54 Backhoe swing valve operation-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-50 Backhoe valve auxiliary operation-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-46 Backhoe valve boom operatrion-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-52 Backhoe valve crowd operation-Husco . . .9025-05-44 Backhoe valve linkage adjustment . . . . . .9025-20-10 Battery Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-8 Electrolyte level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-5 Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-4 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-3 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-7 Beacon circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-106 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-84 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-108 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-85 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-109 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-86 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-107 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-84 Blower circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-68 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Indx 2
Blower Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-42 Blower circuit Schematic (S.N. 816286). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-69 Schematic (S.N. 816287872256) . . 9015-15A-71 Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-43 Blower circuit Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-72 Blower Circuit Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-44 Blower circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-68 Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-70 Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-42 Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-11 (S.N. 816287 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-13 Blower Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-10 (S.N. 816287 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-12 Blower harness (W10) Component location (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-39 Component location (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-41 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-39 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-40 Wiring diagram (S.N. -825657) . . . . . 9015-10A-38 Wiring diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-40 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-38 Brake accumulator precharge pressure test (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-64 Brake inspection (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . .9025-20-5 Brake inspection (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . .9025-20-6 Brake (S.N. 872256 Accumulator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-19 Brake (S.N. 872256) Manual (engaging) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-70 Manual (prefill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-66 pistons, plates and disks . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-57 Brake (S.N. 872257 ) Accumulator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-20 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Index-2
PN=2
Index
Page
Page
Engaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-80 Released. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-78 Valve work port pressure test . . . . . . . .9025-25-62 Brake system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-10 Brake valve presssure test (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-58 Brake Valve (S.N. 872257 ) Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-8 Brake valve (S.N. 872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-76 Brake, park (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-38 Brake, parking (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . .9025-05-84 Brake, service (S.N. 872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-74 Brakes (S.N. 872256) Engaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-62 Released. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-58 Bucket Backhoe specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 Bucket level adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Bypass valve (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-6 Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-26
C
Cab component checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-46 Cab roof harness (W5) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-20 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-16 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-17 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-19 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-15 Cab side console harness (W6) Component location (S.N. -825657) (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-25 Component location (S.N. -825657) (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-26 Component location (S.N. 825658-872256) (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-30 Component location (S.N. 825658-872256) (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-31 Cab Side console harness (W6) Wiring diagram (S.N. -815415) (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-21 Wiring diagram (S.N. -815415) (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-22 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Wiring diagram (S.N. 815415-825656) (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-23 Wiring diagram (S.N. 815416-825657) (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-24 Wiring diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) (1 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-27 Wiring diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) (2 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-28 Wiring diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) (3 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-29 Calibration Tachometer (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . .9015-20-18 Cap screw torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-3 Capacities Drain and refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-14 Charge pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-5 Charge Pump Belt Tension Adjustment (SN 830204) Charge pump belt tension . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-1 Charge pump flow test (S.N. 872256) . . .9025-25-6 Charge pump flow test (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-8 Charge Pump Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-9 Charging circuit Operational information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-14 Operational information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-10 Schematic (S.N. 815415). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-16 Schematic (S.N. 815416825657) . . 9015-15A-17 Schematic (S.N. 825658872256) . . 9015-15A-18 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-12 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-19 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-13 Theory of operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-15 Theory of operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-11 Circuit Malfunction Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-3 Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-8 Circuit Malfunctions Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-2 Circuit relief valve test Remote pump method. . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-43 Circuit relief valve test-Gresen . . . . . . . . .9025-25-36 Circuit relief valve w/o anti-cav.-Husco . . .9025-05-36 Circuit relief valve, w/anti-cavitation-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-35 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Indx 3
Index-3
PN=3
Index
Page
Page
Indx 4
Clutch packs (S.N.872257 ) Power shift, high range forward 1st and 2nd speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-8 Cold weather starting aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-4 Compensator, Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-12 Complete Transmission System Test Checkout Sheet (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-34 Component location A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-43 A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-44 A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-42 Auxiliary valve harness (W14) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-48 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-39 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-41 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-39 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-20 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-16 Cab side console harness (W6) (S.N. -825657) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-25 (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-26 Cab side console harness (W6) (S.N. 825658-872256) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-30 (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-31 Component Location Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-22 Component location Engine harness (W8) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-35 Engine harness (W8) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-34 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-33 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-29 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-46 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-45 Selective flow valve harness (W15) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-48 Side console harness (W6) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-22 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Transmission solenoid harness (W9) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-37 Compressor Belt tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-9 Oil charge check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-2 Oil removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-2 Compressor relief valve, A/C Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-17 Connectors, wire and pin location Air Conditioning Compressor harness (W11) (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-43 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-40 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-17 Engine harness (W8) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-35 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-30 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-46 Selective flow valve harness (W15) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-49 Side console harness (W6) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-24 Control valve and shift valve transmission power shift (S.N.872257 ) Operation-First Forward . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-22 Operation-first reverse. . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-30 Operation-neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-18 Control valve transmission power shift (S.N.872257 ) Operation-Fourth Forward . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-26 Converter, torque (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-2 Converter, torque,stall (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-4 Converter-in relief valve (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-6 Coolant Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-8 Cooler in and cooler out (S.N.872257 ) Transmission pressure test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-22 Cooling system, engine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-37 Crowd valve operation-Gresen . . . . . . . . .9025-05-54 CTM104 6068 engine (S.N. 830205 ) . . . . . . . .9005-10-3 CTM11 Engine accessories (S.N. 830204). . . .9005-10-2 CTM67 OEM engine accessories (S.N. 830205 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Index-4
PN=4
Index
Page
Page
CTM7 Radial piston pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 CTM77 Alternators and starting motors . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 CTM8 6059 engine (S.N. 830204) . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 Cycle time test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-48 Cylinder drift test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-21 Cylinder leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-28 C1,B1,B2 (Lower) Accumulator Operation at B2 Test Port (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-39 C2,B3 (Upper) Accumulator Operation at B3 Test Port (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-38
D
Destroke the wire hrness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-4 Destroking the pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-3 Diagnose MFWD Malfunction (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-10 Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15A-2 Diagnose Rear Axle Malfunction (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-11 Diagnostic information Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-10 Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-4 Park brake and differential lock . . . . . . .9025-15-12 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-1 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Differential Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-43 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-15 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-44 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-17 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-45 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-18 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-43 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-16 Differential lock pressure reducing valve test (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-52 Differential lock pressure (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-18 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Differential lock (S.N. 872256) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-86 Differential lock (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-36 Differential (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-34 Digital Thermometer Installation . . . . . . . . .9025-25-1 Digital thermometer installation. . . . . . . . . .9010-20-1 Digital Thermometer Installation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-1 Digital Thermometer Installation (S.N.872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Dimensions Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-3 Display Module and logic module circuit Schematic (S.N. 815415). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-25 Schematic (S.N. 815416825657) . . 9015-15A-26 Schematic (S.N. 825658872256) . . 9015-15A-27 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. 815416 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Display Module and logic module circuit with logic module Operational information (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-21 Theory of operation (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-22 Display Module and logic module circuit without logic module Operational information (S.N. 815416 825627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-22 Theory of operation (S.N. 815416 825627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-23 Theory of operation (S.N. 825628 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-24 Display monitor circuit perational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-100 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . .9015-15B-103 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-104 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-101 Dome Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-57 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-25 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-58 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-26 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-59 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Indx 5
Index-5
PN=5
Index
Page
Page
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-27 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-57 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-25 Drain and refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 Drive and work light circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-74 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-75 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-76 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-74 Driving check MFWD disengaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-16 MFWD engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-25
E
Electrical Circuit Malfunction Definitions . . . . . . . . .9015-05-3 Circuit Malfunction Locations. . . . . . . . . .9015-05-8 Circuit Malfunction Troubleshooting. . . . .9015-05-9 Circuit Malfunctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-2 Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-1, 9015-10B-1 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-1 Logic module bench test . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-17 Logic module test in machine . . . . . . . .9015-20-15 Monitor test in machine. . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-14 Schematic symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-26 System functional schematic reading . .9015-05-20 System Functional schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-8 System Functional schematic (S.N. 825658). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-8 System Functional schematic (S.N. 825658-872256) 1 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-14 2 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-15 3 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-16 4 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-17 5 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-18 Test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-15 Test procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-16 Wiring Diagram, Reading . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-21 Wiring Diagram, Schematic, And Component Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-18 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Indx 6
Electrical circuit, A/C Malfunction diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-1 Operational Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-3 Schematic diagram S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-5 Electrical circuit, blower Operational information . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-10 Electronic tachometer (S.N.872257 ) Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Engine General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-1 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-3 Sectional view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-3 Engine harness (W8) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-35 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-34 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-35 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-34 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-32 Engine (S.N. -830204) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-4 Engine (S.N. 830205- ) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-5 Engine system operational check Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Engine system operational checks Air system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-39 Cooling system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-37 Lubrication checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Performance checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-42 Speed checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-42 Expansion valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-16 Extendible dipperstick Grease specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-6
F
Filter Operation, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-14 Filter, transmission (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-5 Flowmeter calibration procedure. . . . . . . .9025-25-50 FNR/Range Control Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-86 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-89 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Index-6
PN=6
Index
Page
Page
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-90 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-87 Front console harness (W7) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-33 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-29 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-30 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-32 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-28 Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-60 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-61 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-62 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-60 Fuel Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-2 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-91 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-93 Specifications (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . 9015-15B-91 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-94 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-92 Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-48 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-30 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-50 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-32 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-51 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-33 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-49 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-31 Fuel system, engine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Fuse Color Codes . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-2, 9015-10B-2 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Fuse Specifications (S.N. -872256) . . . . 9015-10A-3 Fuse Specifications (S.N. 872257- ) . . . . 9015-10B-3
G
Gauge/hour meter circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-113 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-115 Specifications (S.N. 872256) . . . . .9015-15A-113 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-116 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-114 Gauges and indicators check Engine off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-3 Engine on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-6 Grease Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-6 Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . .9000-04-6 Gresen-Backhoe circuit relief valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-34
H
Heater and air conditioning Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-33 High pressure A/C switch Test S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-10 S.N. 816287- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-12 Horn circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-98 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-75 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-99 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-76 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-100 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-77 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-98 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-75 Hydraulic Fittings, 30° cone seat. . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-9 Fittings, 37° flare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-9 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Indx 7
Index-7
PN=7
Index
Page
Page
Hydraulic Circuit Symbols (S.N.872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-15 Hydraulic component leakage test . . . . . .9025-25-29 Hydraulic oil cooler restriction test . . . . . .9025-25-18 Hydraulic oil warm-up procedure . . . . . . . .9025-25-2 Hydraulic Pump Operation Pump, Hydraulic Operaton . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-10 Hydraulic Return Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-14 Hydraulic system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-27 Hydraulic System Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-2 Hydraulic System Operation (S.N.872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-4
JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-1 (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1
L
Legend System Functional Schematic Section (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-7 System Functional Schematic Section (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-7 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-4 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-4 Lifting Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-14 Loader auxiliary valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-32 Loader boom valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-28 Loader bucket valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-25 Loader control valve linkage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-10 Low pressure A/C switch Test S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-5 S.N. 816287- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-8 Lubricant Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Lubrication system, engine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41
I
Inch torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-4 Indicator circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-29 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-107 Schematic With Logic Module (S.N. 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-33 Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 815416 825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-34 Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 825658 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-35 Specifications (S.N. 872256) . . . . . 9015-15A-29 Specifications (S.N. 872257 ) . . . .9015-15B-106 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-36 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-110 Theory of Operation (S.N. 815415) With Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-30 Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416825657) Without Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-31 Theory of Operation (S.N. 825658872256) Without Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-32 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-108 Inspection Hoses and fittings, A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15
Indx 8
M
Machine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-2 Main pump flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-12 Main pump standby pressure test. . . . . . .9025-25-10 MFWD Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-5 MFWD circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-40 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-19 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-41 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-20 Specifications (S.N. 872256) . . . . . 9015-15A-39 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
J
John Deere Inboard Planetary AxlesUse CTM43 (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15A-1 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-8
PN=8
Index
Page
Page
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-42 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-20 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-40 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-19 MFWD differential-unequal traction (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-31 (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-44 MFWD operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-30 MFWD Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-40 MFWD operation equal tractio) (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-33 MFWD operation equal traction (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-42 MFWD pressure test (S.N.872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-20 Miscellaneous checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-51 Mixing lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Modulation valve power shift (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-32 Modulation valve (S.N.872257 ) Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-15
Transmission neutral disconnect . . . . . .9005-10-15
P
Park brake adjustment (S.N. 872256) . . .9025-20-4 Park brake circuit pressure test (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-54 Park brake (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-38 Release pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-8 Park brake thermal relief valve test (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-56 Park brake/differential lock valve (S.N. 872256) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-88 Park Brake/FNR Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-63 Specifications (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . 9015-15B-63 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-67 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-64 Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-77 Schematic (S.N. 815415). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-79 Schematic (S.N. 815416825657) . . 9015-15A-80 Schematic (S.N. 825658872256) . . 9015-15A-81 Specifications (S.N. 872256) . . . . . 9015-15A-77 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-82 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-78 Parking brake (S.N. 872256) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-84 Power circuit Operational information (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-1 Operational information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-1 Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-2 Schematic (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . 9015-15A-3 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-2 Subsystem Diagnostics (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-4 Subsystem Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-3 Theory of operation (S.N. -872256). . . 9015-15A-1 Theory of operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-1 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
O
O-ring boss fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-10 Oil Lines and fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-8 MFWD specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-5 Specification differential . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Specification engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-3 Specification hydraulic system . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Oil lines and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-8 Operational checkout procedures . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 Operational checks Accessories (engine stopped) . . . . . . . .9005-10-44 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-10 Cab components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-46 Driving checks (with MFWD) . . . . . . . . .9005-10-25 Driving checks (w/o MFWD) . . . . . . . . .9005-10-16 Gauges and indicators (engine off) . . . . .9005-10-3 Gauges and indicators (engine on) . . . . .9005-10-6 Heater and air conditioning system . . . .9005-10-33 Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-27 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-51 Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-14 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Indx 9
Index-9
PN=9
Index
Page
Page
Indx 10
Power shift high range forward clutch (S.N.872257 ) Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Power shift low range forward clutch (S.N.872257 ) Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Power shift modulation valve (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-32 Power shift power train (S.N.872257 ) Diagnose malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-10 Power shift speed clutch (S.N.872257 ) Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit (S.N. 872257 ) First Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-20 First Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-28 High range (fourth) forward . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-24 Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-16 Power shift transmission control circuit (S.N.872257 ) First forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-20 First Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-28 Fourth forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-24 Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-16 Power shift transmission control valve and shift valve (S.N.872257 ) Operation-first forward. . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-22 Operation-first reverse. . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-30 Operation-neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-18 Power shift transmission (S.N.872257 ) Control valve operation-fourth forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-26 Gear flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-12 Power train overview (S.N.872257 ) Power shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-10 Pressure Compensator Operation . . . . . .9025-05-12 Pressure regulating valve (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-20 Priority valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-16 Priority valve LS port flow test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-16 Priority valve test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-14 Pump, Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-9 Pump, transmission (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-4
R
Radio circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-60 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-22 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-61 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-23 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-62 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-24 Radio harness (W12) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-46 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-45 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-46 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-45 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-44 Rear Work Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-56 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-59 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-57, 9015-15B-58 Receiver/dryer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-14 Reducing valve presssure (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 Refrigerant A/C Theory of operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-2 Refrigerant, A/C Cautions . . . . . . . 9031-05-1, 9031-20-1, 9031-25-1 Handling . . . . . . . 9031-05-1, 9031-20-1, 9031-25-1 Recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-5 Recovery/recycling/charging . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-4 Return to dig adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-109 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-87 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-111 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-88 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-112, 9015-15B-89 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-110 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-87 Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-52 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Index-10
PN=10
Index
Page
Page
Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-33 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-53 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-35 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-54 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-36 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-52 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-34 Roll-over protective structure Torque specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-2
S
Selective Flow Valve Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-113 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . .9015-15B-115 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-116 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-114 Selective flow valve harness (W15) Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-48 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-49 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-47 Service Brake (S.N. 872257 ) Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-8 Service brake (S.N. 872257 ) Engaging Right Side Only . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-82 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-74 Service Brake (S.N. 872257 ) Pedal Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-8 Side console harness (W6) Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-22 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-24 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-19 Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment (S.N. 830204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-2 (S.N. 830305 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-4 Solenoid circuit leakage (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-28 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Solenoids activated (S.N.872257 ) Transmission clutch engagement power shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-14 Specification Differential oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-3 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Mechanical front wheel drive oil . . . . . . .9000-04-5 Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-1 Specifications Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-2 Machine (S.N. -872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-6 Machine (S.N. 872329-) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-8 Other information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-11 Stabilizer valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-56 Stabilizer valve linkage adjustment . . . . . .9025-20-12 Start aid circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-45 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-27 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-47 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-29 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-48 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-30 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-46 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-28 Start circuit Operational information (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-8 Operational information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-5 Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-9 Schematic (S.N. 825658872256) . . 9015-15A-10 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-7 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-11 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-8 Theory of operation (S.N. -872256). . . 9015-15A-8 Theory of operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-6 Starting motors Use CTM77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-1 Steering Valve operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-22 Steering cylinder leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-26 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Indx 11
Index-11
PN=11
Index
Page
Page
Steering system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-14 Steering system leakage test . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-22 Steering valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-22 Steering valve neutral drift test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-20 Surge relief valve pressure test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-9 Switch, A/C freeze control Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-14 System Functional Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-8 System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825658) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-8 System Functional Schematic Section Legend (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-7 System Functional Schematic Section Legend (S.N. 872257- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-7 System pressure (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-10
T
Tachometer Calibration (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . .9015-20-18 Calibration (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . . .9015-20-19 Tachometer, electronic (S.N.872257 ) Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Test A/C leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15 Charge Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-5 Complete transmission system . . . . . 9020-25A-28 Cycle time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-50 Cyle time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-48 Cylinder drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-21 Cylinder leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-28 Hydraulic Component Leakage . . . . . . .9025-25-29 Main pump flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-12 Main pump standby pressure . . . . . . . .9025-25-10 Oil cooler restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-18 Priority valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-14 Priority valve LS port flow . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-16 Relief valves (with remote pump) . . . . .9025-25-43 Relief valves (with test cylinder) . . . . . .9025-25-36 Steering cylinder leakage . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-26 Steering System leakage . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-22 Steering valve neutral drift . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-20 Surge Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-9 Switch, A/C freeze control. . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-14 Switch, high pressure A/C S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-10 S.N. 816287- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-12 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Indx 12
Switch, low pressure A/C S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-5 S.N. 816287- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-8 Torque converter stall speed(S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-4 Test (S.N. 872256) Brake Accumulator Precharge. . . . . . . .9025-25-64 Test (S.N. 872256) Charge Pump Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-6 Diff. lock pressure reducing valve . . . . .9025-25-52 MFWD clutch pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-14 Test (S.N. 872256)) Neutral disconnect solenoid . . . . . . . 9020-25A-12 Test (S.N. 872256) Park Brake Circuit Pressure . . . . . . . . .9025-25-54 Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve . . . . .9025-25-56 Service Brake Valve Pressure. . . . . . . .9025-25-58 Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-4 Transmission leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-16 Transmission Procedure . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-32 Transmission pump flow . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-8 Test (S.N. 872256)) Transmission system pressure . . . . . . 9020-25A-6 Test (S.N. 872257 ) Charge Pump Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-8 Service brake valve work port pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-62 Test (S.N.872256 ) Converter-in/cooler pressure . . . . . . . 9020-25A-10 Transmission control circuit. . . . . . . . 9020-25A-26 Transmission cooler restriction . . . . . 9020-25A-22 Transmission lube pressure . . . . . . . 9020-25A-24 Test (S.N.872257 ) Converter-In Relief Valve Testest . . . . 9020-25B-6 Cooler in and cooler out pressue . . . 9020-25B-22 Differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-18 MFWD pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-20 Modulation valve pressure . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-15 Park Brake Release Pressure . . . . . . . 9020-25B-8 Power Shift Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Reducing valve pressure. . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 System Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-10 Thermal Bypass Relief Valve . . . . . . 9020-25B-24 Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . . . 9020-25B-4 Transmission oil cooler thermal bypass valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-24 Transmission oil cooler thermal bypass valve pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-26 Transmission pump flow . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-30 Tests Air intake system leakage . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-6 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Index-12
PN=12
Index
Page
Page
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-1 Fuel line leakage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-7 Radiator air flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-2 Turbocharger boost pressure . . . . . . . . .9010-25-4 Thermal bypass valve test (S.N.872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-24 Thermometer Installation, Digital . . . . . . . .9025-25-1 Thermometer installation, digital . . . . . . . . .9010-20-1 Thermometer Installation, Digital (S.N.872257 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Toe-in adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9020-20-1 Torque Wheel cap screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-3 Torque converter (S.N.872256) . . . . . . 9020-05A-4 Torque converter (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-2 Torque converter stall speed (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-4 Torque specifications Roll-over protective structure. . . . . . . . . .9000-03-2 Torque value Flat face O-ring seal fitting . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-12 Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting. . . . . . .9000-03-13 Metric cap screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-6 Metric four bolt flange fitting . . . . . . . . .9000-03-14 O-Ring boss fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-10 30° cone seat hydraulic fittings . . . .9000-03-9 37° flare hydraulic fittings . . . . . . . .9000-03-9 Torque values Inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-4 Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-5 Transmission clutch engagement power shift (S.N.872257 ) Solenoids activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-14 Transmission filter (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-5 Transmission Gear Flow (S.N.872257 ) Power Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-12 Transmission hydraulic circuit (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-24 Transmission neutral disconnect circuit check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-15 Transmission oil cooler (S.N.872257 ) Bypass valve pressure test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-26 Thermal bypass valve test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-24 Transmission Oil Passage Identification (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15A-8 Transmission power flow (S.N. 872256) First forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-8 First reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-16 Fourth Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-14 Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-6 Seconc Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-18 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Second forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-10 Third Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-12 Transmission Pump Flow (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-30 Transmission Pump (S.N.872257 ) Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-30 Transmission pump (S.N.872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-4 Transmission (S.N. 872256) Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-22 Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-1 Transmission (S.N.872257 ) Cooler in and cooler out press. test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-22 Modulation valve pressure test . . . . . 9020-25B-15 Reducing Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 System pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-10 Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-1 Transmission solenoid harness (W9) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-37 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-36 Transmission test connection (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-3 Transmission Warm-Up Procedure (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-2 Transmission Warm-Up Proceduredash; ) (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-2 Transmission, power shift (S.N.872257 ) Control circuit-first forward . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-20 Control circuit-first reverse . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-28 Control circuit-fourth forward . . . . . . . 9020-05B-24 Control circuit-neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-16 Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-9 Turn/flasher/brake light circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-100 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-78 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-103 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-79 Specifications (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . 9015-15B-77 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-104 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-80 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-101 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-78 710D Backhoe Loader
022602
Indx 13
Index-13
PN=13
Index
Page
Page
V
Valve Backhoe auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-55 Backhoe bucket-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-53 Backhoe swing-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-50 Loader auxiliary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-32 Loader boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-28 Loader bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-25 Loader circuit relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-24 Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-16 Stabilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-56 Valve (S.N. 872257 ) Service brake work port pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-62 Valve, backhoe auxiliary operation-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-46 Valve, backhoe boom valve-Gresen . . . . .9025-05-52 Valve, backhoe boom-Husco . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-42 Valve, backhoe crowd operation-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-44 Valve, brake (S.N. 872257 ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-76 Valve, converter-in relief (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-6 Valve, modulation (S.N.872257 ) Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-15 Valve, reducing, pressure (S.N.872257 ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 Valve-Gresen Backhoe circuit relief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-34
W
Indx 14
Wiper/washer circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-63 Operational Information (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-51 Schematic (S.N. 872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-64 Schematic (S.N. 872257 ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-52 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-65 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-53 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-63 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-51 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-4 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend (S.N. 872257- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-4 Wiring diagram A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-42 A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-41 Wiring Diagram Air conditioning compressor harness (W11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-7 Wiring diagram Auxiliary valve harness (W14) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-47 Blower harness (W10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-6 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-38 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-40 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-38 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-19 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. 872258). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-15 Cab side console harness (W6) (S.N. -815415) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-21 (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-22 Cab side console harness (W6) (S.N. 825658-872256) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-27 (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-28 (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-29 Engine harness (W8) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-34 Engine harness (W8) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-32 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-32 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-28 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-45 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-44 Selective flow valve harness (W15) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-47 Side console harness (W6) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-19 Transmission solenoid harness (W9) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-36
Index-14
710D Backhoe Loader

022602
PN=14

710D Backhoe - Technical Manual (TM1537)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

710D Backhoe - Technical Manual (TM1537)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test

TECHNICAL MANUAL 710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test

Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader

Help!! Help!! Help!! Help!!

FAX NUMBER: 319-589-5800

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader

Group 20Adjustments Group 25Test

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader

Prevent Battery Explosions

Prepare for Emergencies

710D Backhoe Loader

Prevent Acid Burns

710D Backhoe Loader

Handle Chemical Products Safely

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

710D Backhoe Loader

Park Machine Safely

Support Machine Properly

Wear Protective Clothing

710D Backhoe Loader

Work in Clean Area

Service Machines Safely

Work In Ventilated Area

Illuminate Work Area Safely

710D Backhoe Loader

Replace Safety Signs

Use Proper Lifting Equipment

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

710D Backhoe Loader

Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Keep ROPS Installed Properly

710D Backhoe Loader

Service Tires Safely

Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust

710D Backhoe Loader

Practice Safe Maintenance

Use Proper Tools

710D Backhoe Loader

Dispose of Waste Properly

Live With Safety

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader Specifications

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader Dimensions

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. 830204)

Quantity Voltage Amperage

Fan Air Cleaner

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. 830205 )

Quantity Voltage Amperage

7 12 volts 95 amps w/AC 65 amps w/o AC

PowerTech is a registered trademark of Deere & Company

710D Backhoe Loader

710D Backhoe Loader Specifications (S.N. 872328)

Continued on next page